Category Sub Category Book Title Sub Title Author ISBN (HB) ISBN (PB) Year Bibliography Price (PB) Price (HB) Contents About The Book About The Author Additional Info Publisher Discount Image Url
PREVENTION OF AIDS IN SEARCH OF ANSWERS GRACIOUS THOMAS 8185402919 2000 viii + 200 pp/3rd Impression 0.00 650.00 The AIDS Pandemic . Towards Prevention of HIV . Substance Abuse and HIV. Towards Prevention of HIV and Substance Abuse. Towards Prevention of Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Professional Counselling in HIV and Substance Abuse. Appendices . Index AIDS is syndrome that continue affect people from every walk of life without any distinction of one’s colour, class, rligious beliefs, qualification, sex, age and socio-eoonomic status. The diseases which was earlier spreading in urban areas has found its way to rural areas of the country. As a result India has largest number of HIV infected cases among all nations. No doubt, it has begun to create serious socio-economic and public health problems in the society. The book will not only be useful to University and college students, but also be of immense use of agencies involved in AIDS work, policy makers, counsellors, research scholars and those interested in acquiring knowledge on the subject. Dr. Gracious Thomas is pioneer in introducing HIV/AIDS education in the Indian University system through Distance Learning Mode. He had been engaged in HIV related work since 1989 and has had wide experience in working with the HIV infected, organisations that work in the area of HIV/AIDS, donor agencies academic bodies and government bodies both within and outside the country. Professor Thomas has had a distinguished academic career as Principal of the Postgraduate College of Social Work at NISWASS, Bhubaneswar, Reader at IGNOU New Delhi, and Lecturer in Social Work at the Indore School of Social Work, Indore. He has authored about a dozen books only on HIV/AIDS and has developed half a dozen brochures, folders, leaflets etc. on HIV and related topics apart from publishing numerous research papers and articles in reputed journals and periodicals within and outside the country. His D Litt dissertation was on “Situation of AIDS in India : Strategies for Prevention. “He has extensively travelled across the country and had been to several countries situated in all the continents to lecture on HIV/AIDS and provide his expertise on the subject to various government bodies, national and international organisations, medical colleges and universities. His folder on “HIV/AIDS prevention guide for students” has been widely circulated among University Students. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000002.jpg
Sociology DRUG ABUSE SOCIO-PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND INTERVENTION STRATEGIES RASHMI AGRAWAL 8185402647 1995 xvi + 205 pp 0.00 700.00 Introduction . Drug Menace- The Indian Scene. India in the Drugs Conduit. Drug Trafficking - The World Scene.Commonly Used Drugs - Their use and Effects. Socio-economic Factors influencing Drug Abuse. Psychological Correlates of Drug Abuse. Prevention of Drug Abuse. Treatment of Drug Addicts.Psychology of Relapse . Life Skill Training Through Self-Help Techniques. Drug Abuse Control - Practical Difficulties. Drug-related Behaviours. Self-esteem Structure of Drug-abusers. Emergng Vulnerable Groups. Myths and False Beliefs. Towards a Drug-Free India. Bibliography. Drug Abuse has acquired transnational dimensions. It is also a billion- dollar industry. While some governments connive at their territory being used as a drug supplier or for transit, others find themselves helpless against politically and financially strong mafias. The book analyses the problems that arise as drugs gain social acceptability. While discussing the individual and social damage being caused by the use of drugs, the book suggests preventive measures and also therapeutic strategies. The book is based on the author’s experiences in India, European countries and USA. There are case profiles from India and conclusions drawn from these investigations. The focus all through is on the psychological aspects of the problem while equal importance has been given to the social dimensions. It has a special relevance for those who want to come out of the drugs trap through self effort aided by other institutional supports. Dr. Rashmi Aggarwal, a Ph. D in Psychology from Lucknow University, has vast experience of dealing with persons of varying age groups and with problems relating to maladjustments and emotional disturbances. She launched many new projects in the field of drug abuse. Dr. Aggarwal is currently working as a Deputy Director with the Ministry of Labour, Government of Inida. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000004.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2000 J.K. RAY(Ed.) 8175410620 2000 x + 254 pp 0.00 995.00 Introduction, Maulana Azad: the great integrator, scholar and visionary; Manumission and imperialist & Imperialist designs in Central Asia, Indians in Central Asia in the 19th century, Geopolitics or geoculture: redefining Pan-Turkism in Central Asia context, Shared identities: Iran and Tajikistan, The future of demographic out-flow from Bangladesh, Classes and communities in Quit India Movement, The economic and intellectual origins of movements of protest in east Pakistan (1947-1971), The rise of Taliban in Afghanistan, Afghan Refugee, China: domestic development and foreign policy in Asia with special reference to India, Eurasian cooperation, New geopolitics of Central Asia: Russia, China and India, Globalization and Revitalization of silk routes, The role of ASEAN regional forum in Asia-Pacific Security, India and Iran, Nuclearization of the Sub-continent, Asian events 1999, Index, Contributors. The Asia Annual is the cross –disciplinary Journal of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Calcutta. The Institute is a centre for research and learning with focus on social , cultural, economic and political/ administrative developments in Asia, from the middle of ninetieth centuryon wards with special emphasis on their links with Indian and on works of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. These remain the principal foci of the Journal. It seeks to explore the complex interconnections between cultural and socio economic structure of society and provides a critical dialogue around questions of ethnicity, nationalism and related themes like identity politics. This book focuses on a range of such issues and includes a summary of Asian events for 1999. Dr Jayanta Kumar Ray, a founder member of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, is presently the Vice Chairman of its Executive Council and Honorary Director. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000006.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2001 MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175410957 2001 x + 302 pp 0.00 995.00 Introduction; The Islamic, The Pre- Islamic and the Modernist in Central Asian Religion; On India's Problems of Rule and Realities of Globalisation; Mongolia and the Soviet Union: A study of Political Relations(1921-1990); Fundamentalism in Bangladesh (1975-1990); 'Mahalgaloi' and Fragmentation of Tajik Society during the Tajik Civil War (1990-92); Governance in Bangladesh: Institutions and Processes; A Search for Identity: Crises of 'Nationalism' in the north-east India; Modernisation in Afganistan (1880-1901): Futile Experiments?; Pakistan's Involvement with Taliban; Pakistan's Fourth Military Regime; Long, Long War in Srilanka; Towards a Civil Society Resilence, Good Governance and Peace in South Asia: The Case of Bangladesh; Nuclear Factor in Sino-Indian Relations; The Question of Indonesian Unity; Russia and the Tajik Civil War; Asian Events 2000;Documents: US-India Relations - A Vision for 21st Century, Valadamir Putin's Visit to India (October,2000), The Shanghai Five Declaration (July,2000) Central Asian region, Afganistan, Iran, Pakistan, Srilanka, Mangolia and India and a wide range of issues pertaining to geo-politics of the region, socio-cultural contacts to globalisation are covered in this second issue of Asia Annual.

Besides fifteen well researched articles by specialists of the respective areas, a summary of events for the year 2000 and the text of three important declarations of the year are added for the ready reference of the readers.
Mahavir Singh is presently Director of MAKAIAS. He obtained his M.Phil and Ph.D degrees from the School of International Studies, JNU, New Delhi. He was Professor of History, at the Pondicherry University, Pondicherry where he was responsible for the Centre for Archival Studies and was also Coordinator for the UGC Centre for Nehruvian Studies. He is member of a number of professional bodies like International Records Management Trust, London, Indian History Congress and Indian Association for Canadian Studies. A recipient of the Commonwealth Sr. Academic Staff Fellowship of the Commonwealth Commission in the UK, he was visiting fellow at the University College, London for academic year 1995-96. He had travelled extensively in the UK and had attended conferences and visited archival organisations in France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Russia, Canada and Nepal. He has two books and a number of research papers published in national and international journals to his credit. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000007.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture INDIA AND EAST ASIA CULTURE & SOCIETY N.N VOHRA(Ed.) 8175411066 2002 viii + 202 pp 0.00 650.00 Introduction. India and Asia : Parallels and Transmissions. In Search of an Asian Commonality. Feudalism in China and India : A Comparative Study. New Evidence on Wang Xuance’s Missions to India. China’s Tradition of Research on India. India and China : The Beyond and the Within. Re-Discovering Cultural Heritage through Studies on Local Religion. Legacies of Liberation in India and China. Revisiting Civilisational Dialogue between India and China. Cultural Globalisation and Localisation in Taiwan. The Worlds of Japanese Culture. India in Japanese Literature.The Ramayana in Japan. Growing Indo-Mongolian Relations in Recent Years. Literary Exchanges Between Mongolia and India. The Heritage of Folk Painting in India and Korea. Tagore’s Quatrain on Korea : Context and Beyond. Select Oral Presentations. Contributors. The mutually beneficial impact flowing from the close and interactions between Asian cultures is a glorious chapter in the history of mankind. The millennial Asian Civilisations neither believe that history ends nor that future life is predisposed towards clashes of civilisations. As more and more Asians lift their lives from levels of survival, they acquire the economic freedom to think, reflect and rediscover their cultural heritage. There is a growing consciousness that their societies, like those in the west have a rich social cultural and philosophical legacy that they can resuscitate and use to evolve their own modernising societies. In an increasingly golbalising world, and the heightened pressures for greater uniformity, it is essential to nurture, revere and support the culture of Asian countries. This volume brings together discussions on these themes between Indian and East Asian scholars, who share cultural affinities and certain Asian values. It will benefit scholars of Asian studies, academics, policy makers and all those who wish to contribute to the revitalisation of a shared heritage. N N Vohra was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97-98). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001) and Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000); has been writing on issue relating to security and good governmance. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000008.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture INDIA AND CENTRAL ASIA CULTURAL, ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL LINKS SURENDRA GOPAL(Ed.) 8175410728 2001 216 pp 0.00 650.00 Preface. Abbreviations.Indians in Central Asia 16th and 17th Centuries. Indian Traders in Uzbekistan in the Eighteenth Century. Indians around the Pamir Plateau in the First Decade of the Nineteenth century : A view of Contemporary Russians. The Economic Relations between India and Central Asia in the 19th Century. >From the History of Indian Colony in Central Asia (2nd half of the xix Century – Beginning of the XX Century). India and Central Asia : Political Contacts from Colonial Period to Aftermath of the Socialist Revolution. An Essay on the Ethnography of a group of Indic Language Speaking Pariah (in the Hissar Valley). Bibliography. Index. Contributors. A regular flow of men and merchandise has been characteristic of the millennia old relations between India and Central Asia. Their inclusion in a common cultural complex evolved through their age old interaction has imparted strength to them for overcoming the political barriers. The present volume is an anthology of seven contributions by four scholars, two each from India and the former Soviet Union, throwing light on the multifaceted contacts between India and Central Asia from the 16th century to the early decades of the 20th century. The three essays by Surendra Gopal cover the gamut of these relations from 16th Century to the first decade of the 19th century focussing largely on Indian traders in Central Asia and Russianand Central Asian travellers to Kashmir and Panjab. In his two papers included in this volume Devendra Kaushik examines the economic relations between the two regions during the 19th century and reconstructs the history of their political contacts from the colonial period to the aftermath of the establishment of the Soviet rule. The other two contributions by Russian scholars, late G L Dmitriyev from Tashkent and late I M Oranskii from Leningrad (St. Petersburg), provide respectively socio-cultural profile of the Indian settlers in Central Asia from the latter half of the 19th century to early 20th century and information about an Indian ethnolinguistic group settled in parts of Tajikistan and Uzbekistan which still speaks an Indian dialect and observes several Indian customs. Surendra Gopal, retired Professor of History, Patna University, has published a series of articles on Indian diaspora in Iran, Russia and Central Asia from XVI Century to the XX century. He has also published a book and several research papers on India's maritime trade in medieval times. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000009.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture,Political Science CULTURE,SOCIETY AND POLITICS IN CENTRAL ASIA AND INDIA N.N VOHRA(Ed.) 817541040X 1999

xxx + 304 pp

0.00 995.00 Introduction. An Overview. Tradition and History: Philosophy, Relogion and Literature. Archaeological and Historical Findings and Perspectives.Cultural and Economic Exchanges: Arts and Crafts, Artisans and Merchants. The Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries: Culture and Religion; Political and economic Contacts. The Post War Era: Impact of Globalisation. National Identity and the Revival of Traditional and Popular Culture. The Challenges and Prospects of Cooperation. Facing a New Millennium.

Preface. Introduction. An Overview. Tradition and History: Philosophy, Relogion and Literature. Archaeological and Historical Findings and Perspectives.Cultural and Economic Exchanges: Arts and Crafts, Artisans and Merchants. The Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries: Culture and Religion; Political and economic Contacts. The Post War Era: Impact of Globalisation. National Identity and the Revival of Traditional and Popular Culture. The Challenges and Prospects of Cooperation. Facing a New Millennium.

N N Vohra was a member of the Indian administrative service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, Vohra successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998-). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). A member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-99, 2000-) he has been writing on issue s relating to security and good governance.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000010.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture,Political Science CULTURE, DEMOCRACY AND DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH ASIA* *Not Available N.N VOHRA(Ed.) 8175410701 2001

xvi + 312 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Introduction. From Reality to Vision. Are Three Alternative Modernities. Developing Alternative Concepts of Modernity. Ethno- Nationalism and Nation Building in South Asia. Nation State Building, Cultural Diversities and a Suicidal Tendency. National Consolidation in South Asian Societies. Culture and Democracy. Culture as a Factor in the Development of South Asia. Culture, Values and Governance. Democracy, Development and the Role of the Marginalised. Culture and Democracy in India.Democratising Culture. Universal Democracy for Global Sustainability. Democracy and Peace in South Asia. The Role of Literacy in the Culture of Democratic Participation and Development : The State and Civil Society. Open and Distance Learning in the SAARC Region : Frameworks for Cooperation and Collaboration. Forging a New Partnership in South Asia : Role of Think-Tank Networks.Need for a New Social Contract for Democracy and development in South Asia. Values, Development and Democracy : Dynamics of the South Asian Poor. Pro Poor Growth and Self-Reliance at the Micro Level : The Case of Ranna in Southern Sri Lanka. Social Mobilization, Development and Democracy. The State of Governance in Bhutan. Essentialising the Images of Asian Culture. Index. List of Contributors

The future peace and prosperity of South Asia hinges on various factors, the more significant among which are : a deepening of the process of democratic participation; the spread of the development process to all socio-economic strata; and accelerated regional cooperation bonded to peace. Much thought and action are needed before we can realistically hope to achieve these goals. The papers in this volume are by some of south asia’s leading scholars and activists. They give penetrating insights into the options available, the obstacles that stand in the way, and the strengths on which South Asia can collectively build a viable strategy to tackle some of its endemic and long standing problems. Culture, democracy and development provide the modern paradigm while the region’s durable ageold cultural , social and historical traditions provide the foundation for a viable solution to the problems. There is a general consensus in these papers that South Asia can learn from the experiences of its past and work to create a region in which growth and prosperity characterize a community of peace. This book will be a useful resource for scholars, diplomats, media persons, professionals, businessmen and all those who view with concern the pressing challenges which the region faces.

N N Vohra was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, Vohra successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998-). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). A member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-99, 2000-) he has been writing on issues relating to security and good governance.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000011.jpg
Asia and International Studies SAARC VISION BEYOND THE YEAR 2000* *Not Available GROUP OF EMINENT PERSONS 8175410434 1999

112 pp, OUT OF STOCK

150.00 0.00 Introduction, Evolution of SAARC, Comprehensive Appraisal, A Vision for SAARC to the year 2000 and Beyond, Economic Cooperation. Trade, Trade in Services, Investment and Finance, Infrastructure, Other Areas of Economic Cooperation, Social Sector Cooperation, SAARC Institutional Structure, The Secretary-General and the Secretariat. A group of Eminent Persons (GEP) consisting of twelve members was constituted by the Ninth SAARC Summit. Each member has been associated with SAARC in one capacity or the other and has made a significant contribution to the goal of regional cooperation in South Asia. This Report was the product of the deliberation of the GEP during their meetings held between December 1997 and June 1998. It contains a comprehensive appraisal of SAARC together with suggestions which can further enhance the effectiveness of the Association as well as regional cooperation. The Report also puts forward a set of recommendations for consideration by the Heads of the Governments of SAARC Member Countries. Finally, in attempting to define a long range vision for SAARC a perspective plan of action is initiated which includes creation of a South Asian Community by the year 2020.

A group of eminent persons (GEP) consisting of twelve members was constituted by the Ninth SAARC Summit. Each member has been associated with SAARC in one capacity or the other and has made a significant contribution to the goad of regional cooperation in South Asia.
This report was the product of deliberation of the GEP during their meeting held between December 1997 and June 1998. It contains a comprehensive appraisal of SAARC together with suggestion, which can further enhance the effectiveness of the Association as well as regional cooperation. The report also puts forward a set of recommendations for consideration by the Heads of Government of SAARC member countries. Finally, in attempting to define a long-range vision for SAARC a perspective plan of action is initiated which includes creation of a South Asian Community by the year 2020.

Group of 12 Eminent Persons consituted by 9th SAARC Summit.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000012.jpg
Asia and International Studies INDIA'S FOREIGN POLICY AND RELATIONS A DOCUMNTARY SURVEY : 1972-92 M.S. RAJAN, K K GOPAL,KRISHAN GOPAL 8175410353 1999

x + 344 pp

0.00 880.00 Preface, Abbreviation, Primary Resources Consulted, Introduction, FOREING POLICY AND RELATIONS OF INDIA: 1972-1992 (Documentary Survey), Bibliography, Report/Year book, Foreign Policy, Foreign Economic Policy, Social Affairs, Foreign Relations, FOREIGN RELATIONS: International Organisations, UN Specialised Agencies, Commonwealth Countries, Super Power/Western Bloc, Non-Aligned Countries, Developing Countries, OPEC, Asia, East Asia, Central Asia, South East Asia, South Asia, West Asia (Including UAR & Turkey), Europe, East European Countries, West Europe, Africa, East Africa, Central Africa, Southern Africa, South Africa, West Africa, North Africa, Americas, North America, Central America, Caribbean Countries, Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, Ocean Region Countries, Pacific Ocean Region Countries,

Besides the researchers, this Bibliography should also meet the need of Diplomates, Parliamentarians and journalists interested in India’s foreign policy and relations. This volume, with easy to locate 9416 entries, lists books, periodicals, articles, theses & dissertations, official records and other materials published in English language.

Prof. M.S. Rajan, is presently an emeritus Professor at the School of International Studies of the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Prof. Rajan has written and edited many volumes on International Relations, Nonalignment and the Nonaligned Movement, UN Affairs, the Commonwealth of Nations, and India's Foreign Policy and relations.

Kokila Krishan Gopal, M.A. (History), Degree in Library in Information Science and Certificate in French is presently working in Jawaharlal Nehru University Library, New Delhi. She also served in the library of the Indian Council of World Affairs, New Delhi

Dr. Krishan Gopal, Ph.D., M.L.I.S. is currently working is Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Keenly interested in International Affairs and progress of the Area Studies in India. He is associated with several academic, professional and social organizations

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000012.jpg
Economics MIGRATION STUDIES* *Not Available K.N.S YADAVA, SURENDRA YADAVA 8175410086 1998

viii + 173 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00

Almost all the development activities of the world are badly affected (hampered) due to increasing rate of population which has not only challenged the very existence of natural resources but also restricted for the betterment of human beings. Obviously, the excessive population growth reduces per capita income, standard of living and creates a number of social tensions. No doubt, efforts have been made to solve various socio eco demographic problems but because of the rising population the desired results are not being achieved.

K M S Yadava teaches Statistics and Mathematical demography at Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India. He received his M.Sc and Ph.Din statistics from Banaras Hindu University. He is a member of several professional organisations, he is the author of four books. Surendra S Yadava teaches Social statistics and social demography at the Universityof Northern lowa , Cedar Falls, lowa, U.S.A. He received his M.Sc in Statistics from Panjab Agricultural University, India and Ph.D. in Sociology from the Michigan State University, U.S.A.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000014.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT BASIC IDEAS IN EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175413252 (HB) 9788175410862(PB) 2013

xii + 204 pp, 2013 imp.

180.00 700.00 Education : Its Conceptual Development, Traditional and Modern. Educational Aims, Functions, Direction and Priorities in Indian Context. Basic Concepts : Teaching, Training, Learning, Inquiry and Education. Basic Assumptions about Human Nature. Education as a Dialogue . Knowledge and its Sources. Basic Concepts in the Sociology of Education : Socialisation, Equality, Authority. Knowledge and Ideology in Relation to Curriculum and Textbooks. Education and the Societal Context : Social Transformation/Change. Education in the Cultural Context. Education and Values. Education and the Modern Ethos : Modernization of Education. Education and Democracy. Education and the Challenges of Science and Technology. Curriculum : Basic Principles : Established and Innovative Practices. Curriculum Reconstruction in India. Rabindranath Tagore . Mahatma Gandhi. J.Krishnamurti. Rousseau.Paulo Freire. John Dewey. Great Educational Philosophers and Thinkers.

The Book attempts to present penetrating and subtle thoughts of the masterminds on educational thoughts and practices in a simple way. It includes the vary thinking of Eastern educational philosophers from Yajna Valkya to Gandhi and of the Western from Socrates to Dewey. Besides providing a detailed analysis of the contribution of Tagore, Gandhi, Krishnamurthy, Rousseau, Freire and Dewey, it incorporates a brief life sketch, publications and essence of the work of eighty eight outstanding educators who have made a very significant contribution to educational principles and practices. The book includes informative and inspiring material with up to date facts figures and insights relevant to the emerging problems in a developing society. The book also throws light on issues like- why to educate? What to educate? How to educate?

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before Joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College. His recent publications are: Educational Reforms in India – for the 21st Century; Landmarks in the History of Modern Indian Education; Essentials of Educational Technology.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000015.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT MODERN INDIAN EDUCATION:HISTORY,DEVELOPMENT AND PROBLEMS OUT OF STOCK J.C. AGGARWAL 817541331X (HB) 9788175413320(PB) 2010

xii + 188 pp, imp.

160.00 650.00 An Overview of Development of Education in India . Pre- Primary/ Nursery Education.Primary/Elementary Education. Universalisation of Elementary Education. New Initiatives in Universalisation of Elementary Education. Wastage and Stagnation, Neighbourhood School, Recent Developments and Administration of Primary Education. Basic Education or Nai Talim or Wardha Scheme of Education. Secondary Education. Secondary Education and Its Relevance to Our Needs.Vocationalisation of Education at the Secondary Level. Higher Education : Committees and Commissions. Higher Education : Aims, Admissions, Student Unrest, Major Universities Governance. Adult Education. National Integration. Religious and Moral Education. Women’s Education. Social Service in Education. Diverse Issues.Organisational Set-up at Various Levels of Education. Survey of Education Commissions ,Committees and Other Documents Since Independence. Graphs and Figures.

The book provides a meaningful survey of the development of education in India since 1800, with a focus on post independence period. It presents details of the strenuous efforts made to restructure the educational system so as to meet the aspirations and needs of the people of India. The picture, undoubtedly, is of both light and shade of some outstanding achievements as well as dismal failures. The publication draws its material from more than one hundred reports of the Committees and commissions and other educational documents. Comparative data on the development of education of a number of countries is incorporated so as to enable the reader to comprehend educational problems in a global perspective. The book responds to the needs of a wide range of potential readers. It can be used as a library volume to be consulted periodically by those seeking up to date and authentic information on various dimensions of Indian education.

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before Joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College. His recent publications are: Educational Reforms in India – for the 21st Century; Landmarks in the History of Modern Indian Education; Essentials of Educational Technology.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000016.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT BASIC IDEAS IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175418837(HB) 9788175418844(PB) 2017 impression

xii + 239 pp 

200.00 900.00 Meaning, Scope and Significance of Educational Psychology. General Ptrinciples of Growth and Development Growth Curve. Characteristics of Adolescence. Present Society : Problems, Worries, Anxieties of and Fears of Adolescence. Interests, Goals and Values of Indian Adolescents. Developmental Tasks of Adolescence and their Implications. Guidance and Counselling for Proper Development of Adolescent’s Personality. Learning Concept and Process : Primary and Concomitant Learning. Domains of Learning, their Characteristics and Educational Implications. Behaviouristic, Cognitive and Humanistic Perspectives to Learning Process. Factors Affecting Learning: Individual Differences. Social Factors Affecting Learning.School Factors Affecting Learning. Exceptional Children:Educational Provisions. Curriculum, Methods of Teaching and Assessment. Education of Physically Handicapped Children. Measurement, Evaluation and Assessment. Types of Evaluation. Tools for Evaluation. Characteristics of a Good Tool of Evaluation. Standardized Tests and Teacher – Made Tests. Construction of Achievement Tests. Elementary Concepts on Averages, Deviations, Normal , Distribution and Correlation. Statistical Analysis : Tabulation and Graphical Presentations of Scores. Uses and Calculation of Mean, Median, Percentiles and Standard Deviation. Appendix.

Book attempts to provide a meaningful explanation of issues, like why to study educational psychology?, what is its utility to the prospective as well as in-service teachers?, what is its role in making education child oriented? All these issues are explained by incorporating the views of great educational psychologists in a simple way.

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College. His recent publications : Basic Ideas in Education, Modern Indian Education: History, Development, and Problems: Educational Reforms in India – for the 21st century.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/Basic_Ideas_in_Educational_Psychology___3.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT DISTANCE OPEN LEARNING CHALLENGES TO DEVELOPING COUNTRIES P. RENGA RAMANUJAM 9788175415225(HB) 9788175415232(PB) 2009 168 pp 160.00 550.00 Preface, acknowledgements, Distance education in 21st century: implications for developing countries, Technology in distance education: potential, access and actual use, Sharing of resources: a necessity for distance education institutions in process of globalisation, Organisational structures and work culture of distance education institutions, Indira Gandhi National Open University and Distance education in India, an appraisal, Bibliography. Distance and Open Learning has been practised by more than 1300 institutions in 130 countries offering 70,000 odd courses to nearly 90 million students. Though the potential of distance and open learning offers the possibilities to institutions in the developing world to bring in educational reforms, the practising of it is checkmated by various factors and the cultural environment which still encourages teaching rather than self-learning. The implications of all these are discussed in the book by Prof. Ramanujam, the authority on the subject. Dr. P R Ramanujam is Professor of Distance Education, and Director in the Staff Training and Research Institute of Distance Education (STRIDE) at the Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU), New Delhi. He earned his Ph. D from the Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages (CIEFL) Hyderabad, India. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000018.jpg
Education CHILDREN'S EDUCATION IN INDIA S.P. AGRAWAL, MEENA USMANI 8175410450 2000 544 pp 0.00 850.00 Initiation, 50 Years of Educational Planning: Outlay and Expenditure, Documents: 1882 to 1999, Focal Points/Organisations Dealing with Questions Relating to Children's Developmental Issues, Appendices, Select Bibliography Focuses on the development of educational planning developments of children’s education since Independence. The book is useful for policy makers, administrators & the educators. The Book has also indicated the organisations which have dealt with the questions relating to children's developmental issues. S P Aggarwal was Director, National Social Science Documentation Centre, ICSSR, Government of India and Member Secretary Indian Association of Social Science Institutions. He was also the Vice Chairman of the Asia and Pacific Information Network in Social Science.

Meena Usmani has been associated with Centre for Women's Development Studies, New Delhi for the last eleven years. She has been actively involved with Centre's documentation and bibliographical activities. She did her M.Com. from Meerut University and M.L.I.Sc from Delhi University.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000019.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATIONAL REFORMS IN INDIA FOR THE 21st CENTURY Out of Stock J.C. AGGARWAL 8175410663(HB) 817541202X(PB) 2010

228p 4th REV. ED. I

180.00 550.00 Curriculum Defined.International Commission for the Twenty-first Century Teachers for the Twenty First Century. Comparative Curriculum Scenario. A brief History of Educational Reconstruction in India. Educational Reforms for the Twenty-first Century.Curriculum Reviews and Implementation in India. Salient Features of the National Curriculum Framework for School Education.A Critique of the NCERT Curriculum Framework. CBSE Curriculum and NCERT Framework

Education is fundamental to our all round development, material and spiritual. There are moments in history when a new direction has to be given to it. That moment is today. Accordingly, the book provides an analytical view of the efforts made in India and abroad to revitalise education so as to meet the challenges of 21st century. The deficiencies have been pointed out and prag-matic remedies are discussed. Recommendations made by the International Commission on Education for the 21st Century, Views of Eminent Indian Educationists, Critique of NCERT National Curriculum Framework, Teacher’s Education, Multiple Dimensions of Curriculum and Evaluation, Comparative Global Educational Policies and comprehensive Bibliography of National level committee and commissions are the salient features of the book. Emphasis has been laid to pay special attention to the determination of our educational priorities on the basis of actual availability of our resources and also class room needs.

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks. Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education. History and contemporary Affairs. Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Post graduate Teachers Training College. His recent publications are Landmarks in the History of Modern Indian Education; Theory and Principles of Education; Essential of Educational Technology; Teaching of Commerce; A Practical Approach; Education Policy in India; Major Recommendations of the 1999 International Commission on Education for the 21st Century, and their implications; Education in India since 1991; Significant Documents; Development of Education in India Select Documents 1991; Significant Documents; Development of Education in India; Select Documents 1993-94; Educational Administration, Management and Supervision and Bharat Mei Nari Shiksha.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000020.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,North East EDUCATION IN NORTH-EAST INDIA N.B BISWAS 9788175414099 (HB) 9788175414105(PB) 2013

184pp, 2013 impression

150.00 550.00 Foreword, Preface, Development of Education: an overview, Education in Arunachal Pradesh: a historical review, Development of school education, higher education, teacher education, Adult, non-formal, vocational and technical education, Women education, Educational management, Panchayati raj and educational planning: prospects and problems  

Western Missionaries, proselytization being their main objective, have been the pioneers of progress in the field of education.. The work, with special reference to Arunachal Pradesh, is comprehensive one to acquaint the readers not only the modern period education but also of the ancient times. An useful study for the development of education in the region.

Dr. Nikunja Behari Biswas is a Reader in the Department of Education, Assam University, Silcher. Dr. Biswas had earlier worked in Arunachal University, Itanagar. He has contributed numerous articles.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000021.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ORGANISATION AND PRACTICE OF MODERN INDIAN EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175411081(HB) 2010 impression

xii + 204 pp, 2010 imp.

0.00 750.00 Concept of School Organisation The School Plan and Equipment School Time-Table Co-curricular Activities or Extra-curricular Activities Self Government in Schools Rewards and Punishments Principal-Teacher-Pupil-Parent Relationship Parent-Teacher Associations School Records Classification of Pupil Adjustment Classes School Library and Reading Room School Health Services Common Ailments and Physical Defects of Children Healthy Physical Life in the School Funjctions and Responsibilities of Teachers

It covers wide range of issues and themes relating to the organisation and practice of modern Indian education . It highlights the importance of giving a new dimension to the problems, like, Role of the Head, the Teachers and the Community in developing balanced and harmonious relationship in the schools so that the pupils develop ideals and values needed in an enlightened citizen of a democratic state.

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and Contemporary Affairs Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. His recent publications are : Basic ideas in Educational Psychology.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000023.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT PHILOSOPHICAL AND SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175417366(HB) 9788175417373 (PB) 2014

xii+244pp, 11th rev. ed.

170.00 795.00 Philosophical Perspectives on Education (PART 1) : Meaning, Nature & Scope of Education; Aims of Education; Meaning, Nature & Scope of Philosophy: Philosophy & Education; Concept & Development of National System of Education; Sri Aurobindo Ghose(1872-1950); Swamy Vivekananda(1863-1902); Rabindranath Tagore(1861-1941); M.K. Gandhi (1869-1948); Zakir Hussain (1897-1969); Idealism; Naturalism; Pragmatism; Humanism: Comparative study of Idealism, Naturalism & Pragmatism; Practical Work: Diverse Issues Sociological Perspectives on Education(PART 11) : Meaning Concept & Importance of Educational Sociology; Sociological Bases of Education; Social Aims of Education; Contemporary Social System in India: Its Structure(Caste & Class); Guiding Principles of Indian Policy; Secularism; Socialism; Democracy; National Integration & Role of Teacher; Socialisation & Education; Social Change, Nature, Process, Causes & Effects; Education as a Means & Product of Social Change; Role of Education in Preservation of Cultural Heritage of India; Informal, Formal & Non-Formal Agencies; Role of Family, School, Community (NGOs) & State in Education; Constitutional Provisions Regarding Elementary Education; Girls Education; Problems, Issues & Remedies Regarding Child Labour; Problems, Issues & Remedies Regarding Children with Special Needs; Problems, Issues & Remedies Regarding Disadvantaged Sections; Practical Work: Diverse Issues

The book discusses the philosophical and sociological perspectives of education in the context of Indian society. It analysis and interprets various educational theories in the light of needs of 21st century. The book suggests practical measures for fulfilling the objectives of secularism, socialism and democracy as envisaged in the Constitution of India. The role of different types of formal, informal and formal agencies of education in this regard is highlighted.

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before Joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College. His recent publications are: Educational Reforms in India – for the 21st Century; Landmarks in the History of Modern Indian Education; Essentials of Educational Technology.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175417373.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT POPULATION EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175414624(HB) 9788175414631(PB) 2013

xii + 353 pp

220.00 950.00 Concepts of Population Education; Needs & Importance of Population Education; Objectives of Population Education; Population Situation in India; Population Situation in Developed & Developing Countries: With Special Reference to India; Key Statements about Population; Their Impact on Country’s Development & Need for Population Education; National Policy on Education (NPE) & Population Education; Growing Population: Need & Importance of Population Education in India; Implementation of Population Education Programme: Role of Variour Agencies; Strategies for Transacting Population Education Curriculum; Population Education Curriculum at Various Levels ( Including Elementary); Teaching Methodology of Population Education; Population Education & Teachers; Small Family Norm Significance & Societal Level; Interrelation Between Population Growth & Quality of Life; Resource Generation & Impact of Population Growth; Sex Education for Population Control & Quality of Life; Population Growth & Economic & Human Development in India; Population Education Programme in India History & Development; Population Education & Environment Education; Population Control & Family Planning in India; History & Development; Reproductive Health; Population Control: Education & Empowerment of Women; National Population Policy (2000 A.D.); India’s Population, Progress, & Human Development: An Overview; World Population, Environment, Development & Poverty; Evaluation in Population Education; Population Dynamics: Distribution and Density; Popolation Composition: Age, Sex, Rural and Urban; Fertility, Mortality and Migration; World Population: Trends and Its Economic, Social, Political and Educational Implications; Malthusian Theory of Population; Mass Media and Audio-Visual Aids in Population Education; Practical Work: Chart, Curves, Graphs & Maps Related to Population Education,; Appendix: National Environment Policy 2006

The population growth rate has affected the quality of life of the people. The citizens, while in educational institutions, should understand various issues related to the population problem.
This book covers the need to study population dynamics and its utility to prospective educators. Sex education, family planning and their relation with the population are discussed. It highlights the fact that population growth and economic-cum-human development of a country act and react to each other and in this race the latter is always the loser. Facts and figures of Census of India 2001 and Population Policy of India 2001 have been analysed.
The book should be useful to several sections of the society interested in population dynamics and development on account of its wide coverage and update data.

J. C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration, Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher, principal, plan evaluation officer, and educational supervisor and administrator. He has also taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He is widely travelled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000025.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT VALUE ORIENTED EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS RAJINDER M KALRA 8175411147(HB) 9788175411586(PB) 2009

155 pp 3RD EDITION IN 2006, 2009 impression

140.00 395.00 Preface, Acknowledgements, Inculcation of Human values in the school system, Assessing values: strategies and methods, Process used to develop and evaluate curriculum materials with a focus on values, Research in education based on values for developing countries, Values as a basis for curriculum construction, Implementing the concept of values as a basis for curriculum development-recommendations, Education in human values: certain practical initiatives, Evaluation in value education, Human rights Education, Bibliography

Values concept is directly related to student growth and development, which needs to be emphasized. This book is an attempt to achieve this objective. It deals with the theoretical as well as the practical aspect of inculcating human values among students in the school system and it also focuses on values clarification among students in the school system and it also focuses on values clarification among students, process used to develop and evaluate curriculum materials, process used for assessing values, curriculum construction and research.

Prof. Rajinder M Kalra got his Doctorate in Education and Masters in Education (Curriculum Consultant, Secondary) and Masters in Chemistry form U.S.A. & Canada. He has written several books, papers, and articles and won international recognition for his outstanding contributions in educational experimentation and innovations. He has been actively involved in Commonwealth, UNESCO, UNDP, UNICEF and World Bank assisted Projects.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000026.jpg
Education DRUG ADDICTION IN SCHOOLS RAJINDER M KALRA 8175411201 2003 196 pp 0.00 600.00 Contents: Introduction: Drug Abuse -An International Scenario & Indian PerspectiveReview of Literature, Objectives and Methodology used in the study, Data analysisDiscussion and interpretation of the data,Suggested educational strategies for the prevention of drug abuse among pupils:Psychic Drugs, Alcohol and you, Value clarification in the context of Drug Addiction,Role of Teacherss, Parents and community Participation in the Drug Abuse Prevention among School PupilsConclusion In the demanding and degenerating world, many adolescents do not find easy to cope with curriculum, physical and emotional upheavals and life in general. The life sometime looks meaningless and one starts searching world, which is away from harsh realities of life. Spiritualism has been an integral part of Indian Society but indiscriminately imitating life styles of others, the youngsters are stripped of their spiritual strength, resulting into degradation of moral and human values. Shooting Galleries in developed countries are an indicator of helplessness of the authorities to effectively implement laws to combat illicit drug trafficking.
This study is an endeavour to look into the problems of drug addiction among school pupils in India with special reference to Delhi, Haryana and Chandigarh. It gives an overview of drug menace at International and National level.
The evil is spreading on an alarming scale in India. Parents can no longer sit back in the soothing comfort of being free from worrying about their wards getting hooked on drugs. The book focuses on role of community, teacher, school administration and preventive educational strategies in the school system. The book may be found useful for all that are concerned with the problem.
Prof. Rajinder M Kalra got his Doctorate in Education and Masters in Education (Curriculum Consultant, Secondary) and Masters in Chemistry form U.S.A. & Canada. He has written several books, papers, and articles and won international recognition for his outstanding contributions in educational experimentation and innovations. He has been actively involved in Commonwealth, UNESCO, UNDP, UNICEF and World Bank assisted Projects. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000027.jpg
Library and Information Services LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SERVICES IN INDIA STATES AND UNION TERRITORIES* Not Available M.K. JAIN, P.B. MANGLA, D.R. KALIA, NEELA JAGANNATHAN(Eds.) 8175410736 2001

300p

0.00 0.00 Introduction, Development of libraries in Northern Region, Development of libraries in Eastern Region, Development of libraries in Southern Region, Development of libraries in Western region, Development of libraries in Union Territories.

Eminent LIS professionals of the country have put in the best possible efforts to present the developments in library and information services in the States and Union Territories of India since Independence. The two volume compendium was planned on the occasion of Golden Jubilee of India’s Independence. The first volume entitled “50 Years: Library and Information Services in India†which presented holistic picture of developments in various facets of library and information science was released on the occasion and it was widely acclaimed. This second volume has attempted to cover developments in LIS in each State and Union Territory of India. The first fifty years after Independence of India were important as these marked the beginning of development of different types of libraries, documentation centres and library and information networks for providing LIS in an efficient and effective manner. The next fifty years are considered an era of application of information technology in the field. The volume on library and information services in States and Union Territories of India, on the eve of new millennium, should be an invaluable source of information to library and information professionals, decision makers and educationists.

M K Jain, Former Director, Planning Commission Library, New Delhi and at present Director, ILICC, has been in the profession since 1951 and held distinguished positions in India and abroad. He has been associated with several National and International Library Committees and Associations. He is the author of eight books. He has been honoured with several awards for his contribution.

Prof. P B Mangla, has been associated with Department of Library and Information Science, Delhi University, Delhi, Since 1959. He has visited 35 countries on professional assignments, served in the Tebriz University, Iran as Head, Department of Library and Information Science, and UNESCO expert in West Indies and attended many meetings, conferences and seminars of IFLA and other International organisations. He has been honoured with several awards for his outstanding contribution to the profession.

Prof. D R Kalia, is a veteran library scientist in the country who has held top positions in India and abroad which earned him the title of a ‘Scholar Librarian’. He has been UN and UNESCO library expert and library adviser to Government of India. He has been honoured with many awards for his contribution. He has authored half a dozen books. Dr. (Mrs.) Neela Jagannathan is University Librarian and Information Officer, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi. She has published several papers in Indian and foreign journals. She is the Joint Director of the ‘Directory of Women Studies Organisations in India’ published by the Association of India and Commonwealth of Learning, Vancouver, Canada.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000027.jpg
Literature and Linguistics,Religion and Philosophy THE EARTH HAS NO CORNERS FELICITATION VOLUME ON THE 70TH BIRTHDAY OF DR. KARAN SINGH K.L. NANDAN (Ed.) 8175410884 2001 320 pp 0.00 1100.00 Contents: A Universal man, Dr Karan Singh: an integrated man of value system, The Raja-Rishi in our midst, Forgiveness or use of force: which is superior?, Dr Karan Singh: a personality rich in cultural heritage, Kahlil Gibran: the poet of culture of peace, the flow of civilisation, Evolution of human consciousness & language, Question for a new millennium, Watching the wheel whirl across time & space, Kashmir: yesterday today tomarrow, Common good & good governance, The genius of France India forum, Wonderfully diverse & distinguished man, He was called tiger by Jawahar lal Nehru, A lifetime of compassionate vision, Culture of peace & buddhism, Sustaining development in the developing countries, I knew him as a poet, Human survival: the responsibility of science & religion, the dynamics of leadership & clarity of his vision, Is mutual understanding possible between the western and indian culture, The absolute & urgent need for porper earth government, Cosmic puzzles & speculations, Politics religion & interculturality, The world in transition 'being' in the 'making', Truly a prince among men, West must relearn spiritual knowledge from the orient, Kanchi Kashmir & Sri Karan Singh, Dr. Karan Singh's contribution to interfaith dialogue, A gentleman scholar, A call for dialogue: among civilizations & faith traditions, Dr Karan singh & Human security, A tribune form down under, Experimental studies of psychological effects of medicine, Culture development & democracy, ..and thus speaks Dr Karan SinghContributors - A . P.J Abdul Kalam,T.R. Anantharaman, Chaturvedi Badrinath, Mrs Saraia Birla, Suheil Bushrui,Lokesh Chandra, D.P. Chattopadhyaya, Chungliang AI Huang,Manoj Das, P.N. Dhar, O.P. Dwivedi, Jean Francois-Ponecet, John Kenneth Galbraith, M.Y.Ghorpade, Vaclav Havel, Daisaku lkeda,T.N. Khoshoo, P.Lal, Ervin Laszio, Clovis Maksoud, Vidya Nivas Mishra, Robert Muller . Jayant V. Narlikar, R. Panikkar. Aster Patel Syed Mir Qasim,kathleen Raine ,Jagatguru Sri Sankaracharya, H.H.Sri Swami Satchidananda, K.Natwar singh. L.M Singhvi, M.S Swaminathan,Sir Moti Tikaram, Roger Walsh, Ponna Wignaraja, Dr, Karan Singh The book is a felicitation volume to mark the 70th birthday of India’s “ Universal Man”, the poet prince philosopher politician, Dr. Karan Singh, but it is much more than that. His personality and concerns have been used as a mirror by distinguished world celebrities to investigate the roots and traditions of mankind and look to its future. That makes The Earth Has No Corners a rare anthology of the deep though and vision of some of the greatest of living scientists, scholars and thinkers. They are men and women who have participated in shaping the attitudes and perceptions of the 20th century and are still active in the 21st century with their penetrative vision and creative imagination. Science, religion, technology, humanism, interfaith and intercultural aspirations of mankind, all converge in this single volume, which is like a testament of humanism and universalism for our age. Those who have joined in this exercise, inspired by the charm and magnetism of the most unusual Indian of our times, itself reads like a golden roll of intellectual celebrities. Scientists like Dr.APJ Abdul Kalam, Dr. Jayant Narlikar and Dr. MS Swaminathan; saints and sages like the Ssankaracharya of Kanchi and Swami Satchidananda; environmental scientists like Dr. T N Khoshoo; thinkers like Dr. Ponna Wignaraja, Dr. L M Singhvi, Prof Vidya Nivas Mishra, Dr. Lokesh Chandra and Prof P N Dhar, are among the eminent Indians whose voice and vision have enriched this anthology. The world thinkers who have joined include titans of the 20th century like President Vaclav Havel of the Czech Republic, Prof Ervin Laszlo, Prof J K Galbraith, Prof Suheil Bushrui, Dr. Daisaku Lkeda, Prof Roger Walsh and Dr. Robert Muller, to name a few. Together this forms a fascinating collage of thought and inspirations which will be widely read in India and around the world. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000030.jpg
Religion and Philosophy,Political Science BEYOND EGO'S DOMAIN BEING AND ORDER IN THE VEDA RAMASHRAY ROY 8175410132 1999 x + 345 pp 0.00 995.00 Preface.In Search of Order.Knowing the Unknownable .Creation and Order.The One and the Many. Devanam Purvye Yuge. The Cosmic Yajna. Ritasya Tanuth. Varuna's Pasha . Jyotir Abhayam kshatrasya kshatram. Being and Order. Selected Bibliography The book explores the source of order at three different planes, the cosmic, the individual and the socio political unit. The frame of reference for this exploration is the Veda, the Veda, Beyond Ego’s Domain argues, is the preeminent source of articulating and understanding the phenomenon of order. In establishing this, the book rejects as inadequate and misleading Vedic interpretations inspired by naturalistic, ritualistic and ideological predilections. It is this attunement that provides a reliable and firm basis for order in the socio political realm. Ramashray Roy, an eminent Political Scientist, is currently a fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi. Earlier, during the 1998-2001 he was a Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla where he worked on the Vedic Vision of Political Order. Evenearlier, hw was a Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for the Study of Developing Socities, Delhi (1963-1992) and one of its founder members and its director du;ring 1976-1982. He was director at the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi (1972-1976) and its National Fellow during 1994-1996. He is the president of Tantrabati Geeta Bhawan Trust, Madhubani. He is the recipient of Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru National Award of the M P Government in Social Sciences in 1993. He has taught in several universitites in the USA. He has also been associated with the United Nations University, Tokoyo. He has written more than two dozen books in the areas of Indian politics, Bureaucracy, Development, Gandhian Thought, Political Philosophy, and traditional Indian thought. His recent completed study is Marriage in Mithila: A study in Samskara. He has contributed numerous articles to leading journals in India and abroad. He is currently working on Purusha, Purana and History. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000031.jpg
Literature and Linguistics,Religion and Philosophy HIGHWAYS OF HIGHER LIFE* *Not Available SHIV DAS 818540299X 1998

195 pp

0.00 0.00 The book contains an absorbing record of spiritual tradation of the ancient Indian civilization based on the teachings of Sri Aurobindo.

The book contains an absorbing record of spiritual tradition of the ancient Indian civilization based on the teachings of Sri Aurobindo. The author recounts succinctly the various stages of the four main processes of the Bhaava Yoga (The Yoga of Ideation) system which hehas formulated under divine inspiration as a form of systematization of Sri Aurobindo’s Integral Yoga/ the book should also serve as a guide to those who desire to know and pursue the yoga system for higher life.

Dr. Shiv Das, is an author of saintly disposition, a dedicated yogi, a committed scholar, a superb philosopher and a creative artist of rare distinction. After seeking premature retirement from Central Government of India, he has been doing an in depth study of the theory and practice of Aurobindo’s Yoga System.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000032.jpg
Religion and Philosophy VEDAS FOR THE YOUNG* *Not Available T.R.GUPTA, J.C AGGARWAL 818540237X 0.00 0.00 Principal Features of the Vedas Vedic Literature . Swami Dayananda and the Vedas. Philosophers,Seers and Scholars on the Glory and Uniqueness of the Vedas. Vedas Sources of all knowledge of Art, Humanities and Sciences. Ethical, Moral and Spiritual Teachings of the Vedas. Vedas on family life, Husband, Wife and Children.Vedas on Social Status of Women.Vedic View on Emotional and National Integration. Vedic Concepts of International Understanding and World Peace.Vedas on God,Soul,Re-birth and Mind. Vedas and Education. Vedic Prayers.

The book aims at acquainting adequately the younger generation with the rich contents and highly inspirational teachings of the Vedas so that they take a legitimate pride on the heritage of India and thus find their genuine roots in the past, live a lofty life in the present and build up a glorious future. It is also intended to dispel the prevailing general impression that the Vedas deal with humns to be recited at various ceremonies and that their study is a domain of the scholars engaged in unraveling the mysteries and myths of the ritualistic past.
The subject matter of the Vedas is very comprehensive, absolutely related and essential to everybody life; which has been presented in the capsule form. Every effort is made to explain the matter in an easy and simple manner. Emphasis throughout the book has been on giving the essence of the Vedic hymns and not on their literal translation. Although the book is addressed to the young readers, all the same it can be used by the common reader who is interested in the Vedas.

T.R. Gupta, a recipient of state and National awards has been in the forefront in the educational, cultural and social fields in the capital for the last 40 years. He is the director of International projects of D.A.V. College managing committee, Secretary, D.A.V. Education board and Secretary of Arya Vidya Sabha. He is the member of the governing bodies of various prestigious education institutions in Delhi. He is the Principal and Manager of Hans Raj Model School, Punjabi Bagh, New Delhi.
J.C. Aggarwal, Former Deputy Director of Education and an Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of textbooks, Delhi Administration.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000032.jpg
Religion and Philosophy CEREMONIES AND FESTIVALS* *Not Available RAMCHAND MAHAJAN 8185402604 1995

153 pp

0.00 0.00 Social Ceremonies. Birthday.Welcome-Home After Graduation. Ceremony at the Time of Starting Business, Opening of an Office or Shop. Betrothal. Seharabandhi of the Bridegroom and putting on cudra by the Bride. Weeding Anniversary.Cermony Mantras for Uthala-Kriya-Cautha etc. FESTIVAL.New Year Day.Shri Ram Navami. Vijaya Dasami. Makara Saura Sankranti.Vasanta Panchami.SONGS; Nama Karan Samskara, Balak Ke Janama Divasa Par,Badhai Geet.

Ram Chand Mahajan (1904-98) Born at village Chuharmanda in Sialkot District, now in Pakistan, on 27th June, 1904 in a very respectable and philanthropic family, Shri Ram Chand Mahajan had a brilliant academic career. He fell under the magic spell of Mahatma Hans Raj and cancelled his programme of going to U.K. for higher studies and started Arya Samaj work and rural development programme.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000034.jpg
Religion and Philosophy RECITATION OF VEDIC HYMNS AND THEIR DAILY SCHEDULE (BILINGUAL)* *Not Available RAMCHAND MAHAJAN 8185402574(HB) 8185402582(PB) 1995

75pp

0.00 0.00 Prayer.Devotee's Vow at Dawn. Mantras for Dawn . Hymns to be Recited while taking Bath.Recitation for Sacred Thread Brahm Yajna.(Vaidic Prayers). Deva Yajna(Sacrifical Fire). Bali Vaisva Deva Yajna (Offering to the Creatures) . Athiti Yajna ( Offering to the Guest). Hymns to be Recited at the Time of Taking Meals. Daily Prayer at the Time of Commencement of Days's Work. Hymns to be Recited at Night while Going to Bed. Devotional Songs

Ram Chand Mahajan (1904-98) Born at village Chuharmanda in Sialkot District, now in Pakistan, on 27th June, 1904 in a very respectable and philanthropic family, Shri Ram Chand Mahajan had a brilliant academic career. He fell under the magic spell of Mahatma Hans Raj and cancelled his programme of going to U.K. for higher studies and started Arya Samaj work and rural development programme.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000035.jpg
Political Science POLITICS AND BEYOND RAMASHRAY ROY 8175410973 2002

xvi + 244 pp

0.00 795.00 Introduction. Society and Politics: Unity and Diversity.Civil Society: Myth and Reality.The Concept of Development : Its Implications for Self and Society. Culture and Development: The Question of Connection. Social Diversity, Modernization and National Intergation: A Theoretical Perspective. Beyond Ego's Domain: Emotion, Rationality and Prajnana. Multiculturalism and Development.The Limits of Human Rights.Sustainable Development of Society: Imperative and Perspective. Federalism. Elections, Democracy and Development: The Search for Interconnections. What Does Good Government Mean. Worldview-Culture and Society in India.Index

The essence of modernity lies in a paradox : while it reprsents an unceasing search for virtue, the elements that constitute the fundamental attributes of modernity make this search utterly futile. This paradox, is needless to say, at the root of modern problematique. Efforts to overcome it flounder the hard rock of y;et another paradox these efforts are inspired by, grounded in, and informed by different components that, int their interaction, have conspired to engender this paradox in the first place. It therefore, becomes necessary to go beyond the framework of the worldview that is the unquestioned source of his paradox. Politics and Beyond underlines this necessity and offers three different but organically linked paradigms- Gandhian thought, Swadhyaya, and, the source of these two the Vedicperspective-which promise to overcome the ills mankind is contemporaneously suffering today as a result of his cupidity. Central to all these perspectives is their insistence on the need to establish a conscious and living relationship between the finite existence of man and absolute that constitutes the primal source of meaning and order. It is this relationship that is the theme of Politics and Beyond. It is, again, this relationship that installs order in man’s interior and the external world, particularly socio-political universe.

: Ramashray Roy, an eminent Political Scientist, is currently a fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi. Earlier, during the 1998-2001 he was a Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla where he worked on the Vedic Vision of Political Order. Evenearlier, hw was a Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for the Study of Developing Socities, Delhi (1963-1992) and one of its founder members and its director du;ring 1976-1982. He was director at the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi (1972-1976) and its National Fellow during 1994-1996. He is the president of Tantrabati Geeta Bhawan Trust, Madhubani. He is the recipient of Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru National Award of the M P Government in Social Sciences in 1993. He has taught in several universitites in the USA. He has also been associated with the United Nations University, Tokoyo. He has written more than two dozen books in the areas of Indian politics, Bureaucracy, Development, Gandhian Thought, Political Philosophy, and traditional Indian thought. His recent completed study is Marriage in Mithila: A study in Samskara. He has contributed numerous articles to leading journals in India and abroad. He is currently working on Purusha, Purana and History.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000036.jpg
Political Science POLITICS AND SOCIETY A NEW PERSPECTIVE RAMASHRAY ROY 8175410981 2002 xiv + 201 pp 0.00 650.00 Introduction, Cultural and Political Autonomy Its Contemporary Status. Culture and Development : Some Lessons from Swadhyaya. Swaraj and Panchayati Raj. Modernity, Violence, and Gandhi.Religion and Politics:Gandhi and Modern Day India.Ethico-religious Foundations of Gandhi's Thought.Gandhi and Ambedkar: Collision of Two World-Views. Eternal Peace ; Kant versus Gandhi. What Does Being An Indian Mean. Vedic Roots of Indian Intellectual Tradition: Vakyapadiya,Tantra and Paniniya Pratyahar. The Vedic Foundation of Moral Life. Bhakti Concept in Vedic Literature. Vedic World View and the Modern Times. The key to the understanding of the main currents of thought-ways and work-ways in the world of today is the phenomenon of modernity. The principal defining characteristic of modernity is the assertion that it is man qua natural man who is the source of meaning and order in the world. The consequent dedivinization has meant, among other things, the organization and functioning of political life and relations in India, as it is elsewhere else in the world are inspired by grounded in and informed by secular values. This as it tuns out, proves only a chimera and a hope that ever slips ut of the greedy hands of man in the modern times. The search for virtue through the process of modernization proves only elusive since the constitutive principle under girding the management of pragmatic affaris of man today is the pursuit of private passions. This pursuit introduces a mismatch between what is good for one individual and what is good for all individuals. This mismatch is reflected in all the areas of human existence in culture in social life and relations in the functioning of the government, etc. Efforts to overcome this mismatch or, at least neutralize its effects on personal lives and collective relations prove ineffective. It is the character of this mismatch as well as futile efforts to overcome it that forms the subject matter of Politics and Society. Ramashray Roy an eminent Political Scientist, is currently a fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi. Earlier, during 1998-2001 he was a fellow of the Indian Institue of Advanced Study, Shimla where he worked on the Vedic Vision of Political Order. Even earlier, he was a Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for the sutdy of Developing Societies, Delhi (1963-1992) and one of its founder members and its director during 1976-1982. He was director at the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi (1972-1976) and its National Fellow during 1994-1996. He is the president of Tantrabati Geeta Bhawan Trust, Madhubani. He is the recipient of ;Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru National Award of the M P Government in Social Sciences in 1993. He has taught in several universities in the USA. He has also been associated with the United Nations University, Tokyo. He has written more than two dozen books in the areas of Indian politics, Bureaucracy, Development, Gandhian Thought, Political Philosophy and traditional Indian thought. His recent completed study is Marriage in Mithila: A study in Samskara. He has contributed numerous articles to leading journals in India and abroad. He is currently working on Purusha, Purana and History.I SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000037.jpg
Political Science BHARATIYA JANATA PARTY PERIPHERY TO CENTRE C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175410787 (HB) 8175410892 (PB) 2001

xx + 348 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, List of tables, List of Annextures, Introduction, From Periphery to Centre: Hindutva, BJP in Government. Journey to Power: The great social divide, Mandir Mania, Trouble in Temple Town, Communalism, Secularism, Ayodhya & Indian State, Saffron Tide Rising, Priests & Politics, Governance: Test Compromise National Interest, Small is not beautiful, Kargil as an Election Issue, Bureaucracy, Opposition in Disarray, Lingering Differences, Crisis of Multi-Ethnic States, Autonomy fever and BJP, Riot of Identities, Foreign Policy: Indo-Pak Nuclear Deterrence Doctrine, Flawed Diplomacy, Kashmir: Is Autonomy a solution? Kashmir on the Negotiation Agenda, Putin Visit: An Assessment. Tables & Annextures, Index.

This is a study of how the Bharatiya Janta Party has occupied centre- stage in India and what the reasons are for the shift in Indian society, polity and economy. The study has three inter linked parts. The first part is the genesis of the Sangh Parivar and its ideological and political praxis. The second part is an investigation of success of the Parivar to expand its social and political base Finally, acts of omission and commission, and foreign policy of BJP-in Government have been critically analysed. All those interested in Indian polity, research scholars and students of Political Science should find it an useful reading

Professor C P Bhambhri currently ‘Distinguished Scholar†of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanania. He is a prolific writer who has published in internationall and national academic professional journals and has also intervend through news-papers Articles. Some of his widely acclaimed books are : The Indian State ; (Two Volumes): Foreign Policy of India : The Political Process in India and Elections 1991- An Analysis.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000038.jpg
Political Science THE INDIAN STATE AFTER INDEPENDENCE* *Not Available C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175410558 (HB) 8175410566 (PB) 2000

xx + 368 pp/3rd Impression

0.00 0.00 Introduction- Indian State, Global Capitalism and Peripheral – Capitalist Democratic Nation-State System, Theoretical Perspectives on Political Change, The State in Contemporary India, The Modern State and Voluntary Societies, Constitutional Democratic State of India, Indian State, Social Classes and Secularism, Indian Secular State, Stateand Communalism in India, Culture and Democracy, Legitimacy ane Accountability of State Systems, The Indian State : conflicts and Contradictions, Political System : Nature of Contradictions, Experiment of Democratic State, Political Economy of the Indian State, New Economic Policy, Globlization, Liberalization and Welfare State, Globlization, Liberalization and Institutions for Govermance in India, Grappling with Globalization, Political Economy, Is the Indian State Really Ruthless?, In Defence of the Indian Constitution, Bureaucrats have lost their Prestige with Citizens, India’s Internal Harmony, 50 years of Indian Democracy, Federalism in the Age of Globlization, Perils of Regionalism, Naxalism and the Indian State, Hindutva and the Indian State.

The Indian State is facing many new challenges and its capacity to deal with problems of the Twenty- First century has been a special focus of our study. Every Pillar of Indian state like democracy, secularism, and sovereignty is under attack from the forces of Hindutva and global capitalism. Has the Indian State shown any capacity to defend secular democracy and national sovereignty? These issues have been examined in our study on the basis of Marxist theoretical framework of historical materialism and class theory

Prof. C P Bhambari currently Distinguished Scholar of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, and UGC appointed Emeritus Fellow has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc. Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanzania.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000039.jpg
Political Science INDIAN POLITICS SINCE INDEPENDENCE-2 VOLS SET* *Not Available C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175410256 (HB) 8175410264 (PB) 1999

xviii + 725 pp

0.00 0.00 Indian Politics since Independence vol. 1 Contents: Leadership Institutions and Political Process, Major Ideas, Issues and Institutions on Politics during 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s Indian Politics since Independence vol 11 Contents: Preface, Introduction, The Cacophony of Reservation Politics, Small is Not Always Beautiful in Federalism, Dangers of Polarisation, National Government: Panacea of Deadlock, March of the Capitalist Farmer, There is still hope of Congress, U.P. a Victim of Distorted and Disoriented Politics, An Anti-secular Agenda, The Muslim Question, BJP is filling the Congress space, Coalitions and Federalism, Empowerment of Dalits Civilization.

The Twentieth Century is coming to an end and India has undertaken a very difficult journey of working on the basis of political democracy a rare exception in the newly de colonized world. This story of Indian democracy of the last fifty years has been described and this volume completes the story upto 1998 dealing with all the major issues of Indian politics. Mandal, Mandir, globalisation and other related issues have been examined in this volume.

Professor C P Bhambhri currently ‘Distinguished Scholar†of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanania. He is a prolific writer who has published in internationall and national academic professional journals and has also intervend through news-papers Articles. Some of his widely acclaimed books are : The Indian State ; (Two Volumes): Foreign Policy of India : The Political Process in India and Elections 1991- An Analysis.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000040.jpg
Political Science BJP-LED GOVERNMENT AND ELECTIONS 1999* *Not Available C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175410493 2000

232 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, Indian democracy at work, Fragmented social classes & coalition politics, Is our Rashtrapati overly active? Divided centre, decaying institutions, Myopia at the centre, The economic crisis has political roots, National Government or National disaster? The unstoppable march of religion, Hindutva riding on secular shoulders, Options before the left, Politics of a fractured society, Bitter social struggle ahead, Friends in need, Can coalitions work in India? Times leave congress behind, Indian economy under a weak regime, Indo-Pak nuclear deterrence, Kargil as an election issue, Verdict 1999, and A B Vajpayee, Appendices, Index.

The Vajpayee-led Coalition Government took decisions which attracted global and domestic criticism. The nuclearisaion of India and the targetting of Christian minority created international and internal controversies regarding the functioning of the first BJP-led Coalition Government. Since the coalition was unstable the BJP cleverly pursued its agenda of Hindutva while public attention remained focussed on conflicts amount the coalition partners of the Central Government of India. This first government led by the forces of Hindutva remained in power for thirteen months and during this period every group of the hindutva felt free to pursue the goal of promotion of Hindutva. During its six months of temporary rule after its defeat in the Lok Sabha by one vote, Vajapee-led Government projected iteslf as the defender of India against aggressive Pakistan. This is a critical study of Pokhran II to Kargil of the first Vajpayee led Coalition Government whose decisions which attracted global & domestic attention with raised eyes. The book focuses an important phase of political process of India during BJP-led govt. leading to 13th Lok Sabha Elections.

Professor C P Bhambhri currently ‘Distinguished Scholar†of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanania. He is a prolific writer who has published in internationall and national academic professional journals and has also intervend through news-papers Articles. Some of his widely acclaimed books are : The Indian State ; (Two Volumes): Foreign Policy of India : The Political Process in India and Elections 1991- An Analysis.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000041.jpg
Political Science DECENTRALISED GOVERNANCE* *Not Available S.N. MISHRA, SWETA MISHRA 8175410760 2002

xiv + 210 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Preface, The Approach, Panchayati Raj: Retrospect and Prospect, Decentralised Planning, Rural Development: Attempts, Approaches and Programmes, Panchayati Raj, Decentralised Planning and Rural Development: a profile of Haryana, Awareness and Perception of Panchayati Raj Representatives, Awareness and Perception of the Beneficiaries, Perception and Awareness of Officials, Findings and Recommendations, Annexture, Bibliography, Index

Governance as a concept remains underdeveloped and therefore remains exposed to avariety of interpretations. However for the purpose of present book a simplistic meaning of Governance has been taken which concerns with the problem of management of the affairs of the state. When one talks about Governance he has to have in mind political institutions within which management is exercised with the focus on how the democratic institutions function, the authority and working of judiciary the administrative system and culture the role of civil society and the underlying socio political dynamics which conditions the functioning of such institutions.

S N Mishra is Professor of Political Science and Rural Studies at the in Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Before coming over to Delhi (1980), Professor Mishra taught Post graduate students of Political Science at Magadh University, Bodh Gaya for 16 years. Sweta Mishra, M.A., M.Phil and Ph.D in Political Science from University of Delhi, is well appreciated young, energetic, and committed researcher and presently teaching Political Science at Maharaja Agrasen College, University of Delhi, Delhi has to her credit four books and more than two dozen research papers.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000042.jpg
Political Science,History/culture HISTORY OF THE PARLIAMENT OF INDIA SUBHASH C. KASHYAP 8175410582 2000 2863 pp 0.00 12000.00 VOLUME 1Foreword, Preface, Discovery of Parliament, , The Constituent assembly & the framing of the constitution, indexVOLUME 2Foreword, Preface, Address, The provisional Parliament(1950-1952), The First Lok Sabha(1952-1957), The Second Lok Sabha(1957-1962), IndexVOLUME 3Foreword, Preface, The third Lok Sabha (1962-1967), The fourth Lok Sabha (1967-1970)VOLUME 4The fifth Lok Sabha (1971-1977), The Sixth Lok Sabha (1977-1979) VOLUME 5Foreword, Preface, The Seventh Lok Sabha (1980-1984), The Eighth Lok Sabha (1985-1989), IndexVOLUME 6Foreword, Preface, List of tables, The Ninth Lok Sabha (1989-1991), The Tenth Lok Sabha(1991-1996), Recap & summary up (half a century of parliament its changing faces & functions), The road ahead(need for parliamentary reforms renewing parliamentary institutions & procedures), Index. Errata This is third volume of the History of Parliament. It covers the period of the third and the fourth Lok Sabha. The third Lok Sabha was the most momentous and eventful. It saw the end of the golden era of parliamentary democracy and the beginning of the decline of Parliament. It witnessed two wars, death of two Prime Minister. End of one party dominance, split in Congress, conscience vs discipline debate and politics of defection characterized the fourth Lok Sabha scene. Dr. Subhash C Kashyap, Constitutional Law and Parliamentary Affairs specialist and author of many prestigious works, had his higher education and professional training at Allahabad, New Delhi. Washington, D C Dallas, Londonand Geneva. An experienced administrator, widely travelled over the world, he was intimately associated with Parliament for over 37 years, right from the first Lok Sabha of Nehru and Mavalankar days. He occupied one of the highest positions in the nation’s civil service as Secretary General of Lok Sabha. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000043.jpg
Political Science THE SPEAKER'S OFFICE* *Not Available SUBHASH C. KASHYAP 8175410671 2001

xii + 291 pp/2nd Edition

0.00 650.00 I Office of the Speaker, II Speaker of Lok Sabha,

The book focuses on the election procedure, the role and functions, the debate on the appropriate relationship between the speaker and political parties, and the personalities and contributions as Speaker of the twelve Speakers of LokSabha. The book would be useful by parliamentarians and students and scholars in the fields of Parliamentary Political Science, Legislative Process and Legislative Management Studies.

Dr. Subhash C Kashyap, Constitutional Law and Parliamentary Affairs specialist and author of many prestigious works, had his higher education and professional training at Allahabad, New Delhi. Washington, D C Dallas, Londonand Geneva. An experienced administrator, widely travelled over the world, he was intimately associated with Parliament for over 37 years, right from the first Lok Sabha of Nehru and Mavalankar days. He occupied one of the highest positions in the nation's civil service as Secretary General of Lok Sabha.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000044.jpg
Political Science REVIEWING THE CONSTITUTION?* *Not Available SUBHASH C. KASHYAP, D.D. KHANNA GERT W. KUECK (Ed.) 8175410612(HB) 817541068X(PB) 2000

viii + 408 pp

0.00 0.00 Contributors - U.C. Agarwal, Prof. Balveer Arora,Dr. Emmanuel Balayer-Bouchet, Dr. Subhash C. Kashyap, Prof. James Manor, Dr. Ajay K. Mehra, Dr. Jayaprakash Narayan, Sh P.P. Rao,Dr Karan Singh, Prof K.C. Sivaramakrishnan, Dr. Chiharu Takenaka,Prof Dieter C. Umbach, Sh R.Ventataraman, Justice Verma, Dr. Yogendra Yadav.

The book contains contribution s from some of the most outstanding Indian, German, French, British and Japanese constitutional experts. It should serve as a prologue or background document of immense value to any honest examination or review of the working of the Constitution.

Dr. Subhash C Kashyap, Constitutional Law and Parliamentary Affairs specialist and author of many prestigious works, had his higher education and professional training at Allahabad, New Delhi. Washington, D C Dallas, Londonand Geneva. An experienced administrator, widely travelled over the world, he was intimately associated with Parliament for over 37 years, right from the first Lok Sabha of Nehru and Mavalankar days. He occupied one of the highest positions in the nation’s civil service as Secretary General of Lok Sabha

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000044.jpg
Political Science PERSPECTIVES ON THE CONSTITUTION* *Not Available SUBHASH C. KASHYAP (Ed) 8185402256(HB) 8185402612(PB) 2003

xvi + 298 pp 6th Impression

0.00 0.00 Intro, The Political System, Equality and Social Justice, Working of the Constitution, Institutional Structure and Relations, Reforms and Alternatives

At a time when the nation is passing through difficulties and our polity is under tremendous strain, the India International Centre has taken the initiative to analyse and examine a theme of great relevance to the current crisis. Eminent political scientists, educationists and public men have come together in this prestigious work to present their perspectives on the Constitution of India.

Dr. Subhash C Kashyap, Constitutional Law and Parliamentary Affairs specialist and author of many prestigious works, had his higher education and professional training at Allahabad, New Delhi. Washington, D C Dallas, Londonand Geneva. An experienced administrator, widely travelled over the world, he was intimately associated with Parliament for over 37 years, right from the first Lok Sabha of Nehru and Mavalankar days. He occupied one of the highest positions in the nation’s civil service as Secretary General of Lok Sabha.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000046.jpg
Political Science,History/culture FOUR DECADES IN PARLIAMENT 3 Vols Set ATAL BIHARI VAJPAYEE 8185402698 2000 lvi + 1666 pp 4th Impression 0.00 9000.00 VOLUME 1:STATE OF THE NATIONSContents, Recollect, National issues, No-confidence motions, Defence & security, Home affairs, Preventive detention, Centre-state relations,, Kashmir tangle, Assam & Punjab, Judiciary & fundamental rights, Elections,education, Language policy, Social problems, Religion, Other important issues, Tributes, Annexure: the best parliamentarian award, IndexVOLUME 2: STATE OF THE ECONOMYContents, Budget & Planning, Corruption in high places, Rising price & consequences, Taxation & Banking, Industry & working class, Food & Agriculture, Railway & transport, IndexVOLUME 3: FOREIGN AFFAIRSContents, International Situation, Neighbouring Countries, Super Power, West Asia, Other Countries, Miscellaneous, Index, Shri Atal Bihari Vajpayee: a Biographical Sketch It is gratifying that a leader of the eminence of Shri Atal Bihari Vajpayee who has been shining on the Indian parliamentary firmament for the last four decades with all the glory and universal acclaim forhis speeches in the Parliament of India. Whether in the Lok Sabha or in the Rajya Sabha he has kept his audience including his most virulent critics and even the non-Hindi knowing members spell bound by his forceful and inspiring speeches delivered in crisp pawky prose, with deadly squelches, hilarious one liners sparkling witticism and reasoned arguments on national and international issues. Atal Bihari Vajpayee Prime Minister has been imbued with a nationalistic sprit from his childhood. He took part in the Quit India Movement and was imprisoned. He is an orator par excellence who even keeps his audience including his most virulent critics spellbound by his forceful and inspiring speeches delivered in crisp pawky prose, with deadly squelches, hilarious one-liners, sparkling witticism and reasoned arguments on national and international issues. These three volumes cover his speeches on State of the Nation, State of the Economy, and International Affairs and mini biography.


Dr. N.M. Ghatate (Editor) is a Senior Advocate of the Supreme Court. He is at present member of the Law Commission of India. He did his PhD in International Relations from the American University, Washington D. C. He has written number of research articles on Constitutional Law and international relations. Books to his credit are: Indo-Soviet Treaty: Reactions and Reflections; Bangladesh: Crisis and Consequences; Revoke Emergency.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000047.jpg
Political Science DECISIVE DAYS* *Not Available ATAL BIHARI VAJPAYEE 8175410485 1999

x + 364 pp

0.00 0.00 Editor's Note, Recollect, State of the Nation, Security and Defence, Foreign Policy, Indo-Pak Relation, Global Economic Issues, Other Issues, Confidence Motion, First Tenure as Prime Minister, Appendix, Index  

This book gives information about views, policies and major decisions taken during decisive period of nineteen months as Prime Minister. Sh. Vajpayee, who is leading the world’s largest democracy, has been on the central stage of Indian politics for more than any other leader since independence. He views his responsibility as a trustee and has given prime importance to enhance the dignity of the country and welfare of the people. His restraint coupled with the firmness with which he has handled the Kargil crisis ranks him amongst the top statesmen in the world. He has extended the hand of friendship to all neighbours. But at the same time he has taken firm steps to safeguard the security of India, including testing of nuclear weapons and Agni II, undeterred by expected ire of the nuclear countries. But the world has now realised that India is a responsible country desiring peace. He has made India a major player in world politics. Certainly, not a small achievement by any standard. He is an orator par excellence who even keeps his audience including his most virulent critics spellbound by his forceful and inspiring speeches delivered in crisp pawky prose, with deadly squelches, hilarious one liners, sparkling witticism and reasoned arguments on national and international issues. This book includes major speeches made by him as Prime Minister on vital questions facing the country and the world, such as defence, disarmaments, nuclear weapons, foreign policy, Indo Pak relations and economic issues. It is hoped that this book will be of abiding interest of all.

Atal Bihari Vajpayee (December 25,1924), Prime Minister has been imbued with a nationalistic spirit from his childhood. He took part in the Quit India Movement and was imprisoned. He obtained his MA degree in Political Science from DAV College, Kanpur. He began his career as Editor of Hindi Rashtra Dharma, weekly Panchjanya, later daily Veer Arjun and Swadesh. Founder member of Bharatiya Jana Sangh he was its President in 1967-77. After incarceration in Emergency (1975-77) he was a co-founder of the Janata Party and served as External Affairs Minister in Janata Government. In 1980, he founded the Bharatiya Janata Party and was its President during 1980-86. He has been a Member of Parliament almost uninterruptedly since 1957, he was Leader of the Bharatiya Jana Sangh and BJP Parliamentary Parties during 1957-77, 1980-84 and 1986-91. He became Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha in 1993. He has served on several parliamentary committees as Chairman or member with distinction, and has also been member of several Indian Parliamentary Delegations going abroad. In 1994, he led the Indian Delegation to the UN Conference on Human Rights. He was conferred Padma Vibhushan by the President and honoured by the Prime Minister’ The Best parliamentarian of 1994.’ He became the Prime Minister in 1996, second time in 1998 and again in 1999. He is a poet and a scholar and has several publications to his credit.



Dr. N.M. Ghatate (Editor) is a Senior Advocate of the Supreme Court. He is at present member of the Law Commission of India. He did his PhD in International Relations from the American University, Washington D. C. He has written number of research articles on Constitutional Law and international relations. Books to his credit are: Indo-Soviet Treaty: Reactions and Reflections; Bangladesh: Crisis and Consequences; Revoke Emergency and Four Decades in Parliament (Ed.).

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000047.jpg
Political Science,Economics,Human Rights HUMAN RIGHTS AND INSURGENCY: THE NORTH-EAST INDIA* *Not Available RANJU R. DHAMALA, SUKALPA BHATTACHARJEE 8175410914 2002

196 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Preface, Introduction, Conceptualising Human Rights, Insurgency and Polity, Insurgency, Human Rights: Towards a Counter Discourse

The book makes a critical intervention in contemporary discourses on Human Rights and examines them in the context of insurgency, particularly in North-East India. occupy different positions centering round the conflict.An attempt has been made here to bring together a host of critical views from these various perspectives. This book would be immensely useful to scholars and social activists who are looking for a starting point for a dialogic encounter in a climate of confusion and unrest in NE India.

Ranju R Dhamala is a professor of Political Science in Assam University, Silchar, Dr.Dharmala was a Reader in Political Science at the Centre for Himalaya studies, University of North Bengal. She had been the Director of the same Centre for three years. Sukalpa bhattacharjee is lecturer in the Department of English at GC College Silchar and Teacher Associate Fellow at the Inter University Center for Humanities, Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, Shimla.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000049.jpg
Political Science DALITS, DEVELOPMENT AND DEMOCRACY* *Not Available RAMASHRAY ROY 8175410248 1999

viii + 184 pp

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Preface, List of Tables, Economic Betterment of the Scheduled Castes in Bihar: Problems & Prospects, What Hinders Economic Betterment of Dalits? Economic Growth, Democracy and the Fourth World, Development of Children in Poverty, Rural Economy and Employment Generation, Empowerment: What does it mean? Democracy and Dalits' Development, Index.

Dalit Development and Democracy is an in-depth study of the worldly plight of the Dalits, that is, the Scheduled Castes, in India. The traditional Indian Society treated them for millennia as cast aways and condemned them to a life of penury,degradation and misery. However, the promise of the modern times to ensure for all freedom, equality and dignity has filled the dalits with the hope of a better life.

Ramashray Roy, an eminent Political Scientist, is currently a fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi. Earlier, during the 1998-2001 he was a Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla where he worked on the Vedic Vision of Political Order. Evenearlier, hw was a Senior Research Fellow at the Centre for the Study of Developing Socities, Delhi (1963-1992) and one of its founder members and its director du;ring 1976-1982. He was director at the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi (1972-1976) and its National Fellow during 1994-1996. He is the president of Tantrabati Geeta Bhawan Trust, Madhubani. He is the recipient of Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru National Award of the M P Government in Social Sciences in 1993. He has taught in several universitites in the USA. He has also been associated with the United Nations University, Tokoyo. He has written more than two dozen books in the areas of Indian politics, Bureaucracy, Development, Gandhian Thought, Political Philosophy, and traditional Indian thought. His recent completed study is Marriage in Mithila: A study in Samskara. He has contributed numerous articles to leading journals in India and abroad. He is currently working on Purusha, Purana and History.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000050.jpg
Political Science STATE POLITICS* *Not Available SUDHA PAI 817541037X(HB) 817541071X(PB) 2000

xii + 284 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, Abbreviation, State politics in the 1990s: an overview, Party system, Politics of ethnicity,Liberalisation, conclusion, index

A significant feature of the 1990s has been the emergence of the Indian states as important players on the polititcal scene. At independence although the constitution established a federal structure, the absence of strong regional forces in the constituent assembly a single written constitution, the overarcing position occupied by the dominant Congress party etc. led to the States playing a peripheral role. Today the States enjoy much greater autonomy from the Centre, regional parties are partners in national governance they have greater financial freedom and following liberalisation they can independently enter into negotiations with foreign countries for technological collaboration and aid. This volume analyses these developments and their impact upo politics in the Indian states. An underlying argument is that two long term processes democratisation and regionalisation of politics have been responsible leading to powr gravitating from a single centre to many poles in the states. Part one discusses the transformation of the national party system from a one party dominant to a regionalised multi party system. Part two and three focus upon the democratic upsurge and rise of new social identities in four states that have contributed to this shift. This has taken different forms, such as dalit assertion and emergence of the BSP in UP, re-examination of dravidian identity by dalits in T.N. demands for a looser federation and recognition of Sikh identity in Punjab, assertion by OBCs and MBCs against upper/ middle caste domination, resurgence of upper caste Hindus due to Hindutva etc. In the economic arena, attempts by national Goverments to introduce liberalisation, have created contradictions between the Centre and the State, affecting electoral politics at both levels, as well as agricultural patterns in the States as seen in the suicides by farmers. The concluding section provides an overview of the growth of the sub field of State Politics and discusses the importance of developing suitable frameworks for its study. An epilogue covers Lok Sabha Elections 1999 and changing political situation in UP.

Sudha Pai is an Associate Professor at the Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her earlier books are, Changing Agrarian Relations in Uttar Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh Agrarian Change and Electoral Politics. She is at present engaged in research on Dalit politics in Uttar Pradesh.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000051.jpg
Political Science CRIMINALIZATION OF POLITICS* *Not Available SUSHEELA BHAN 8185402493 1995

202 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Introduction, Criminalization of Politics, Virtue and Necessity, Erosion of the Electoral System and Criminalization, Criminal Politics, Fighting criminalization, Need for a Research Programme.

Criminalization of Politics has emerged as an alarming social programme in India today. The deadly nexus between criminals and politicians is threatening the very bases of the civil society in this country and naturally causing serious concern at all levels. Unfortunately, the country seems to be groping in the dark about how to stem the rot that has set in. This is not surprising because the phenomenon of criminalization of politics is an extremely complex process, which defies any neat solutions.

Professor Susheela Bhan, former Executive Director, Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi, is the Founder-Director of the Institute of Peace Research and Action (IPRA)at Delhi. A specialist in Education, she has written extensively in the area of Peace Studies. The project on Criminalization of Politics in India is an important input into this research programme.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000051.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION, POLITY AND SOCIETY A STUDY OF EDUCATION AND DEMOCRATIC CONSCIOUSNESS EHSANUL HAQ 8185402965(HB) 8175411562(PB) 2011 184 pp, 2nd Impression 140.00 550.00 Preaface, Introduction, Education, Democratic Structure and Process, Emerging Political Consciousness, Education and National Reconstruction, Imparting Democracy as a system of values, Polictical Consciousness of School teachers, Sources of Political Attitude Formation of the Citizens im making, Education, Family size and the consciousness for power, education caste and Political Mobilization, Education, Polity and Society, Plicy Implications. The study of education-polity relationship is a new and neglected area of research, particularly in India. With an inter-disciplinary comparative approach in view, the study focuses on the role of mainly, the formal education in providing input supports to the system of polity. It provides supports by making individual learners, politically aware and conscious; politically knowledgeable, critical and committed; politically knowledgeable, critical and comitted; politically active and participant. These are the basic political requirements of any democratic system to survive. Ehsanul Haq is an Associate Professor at the Centre for the Study of Social Systems, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is M.A. from Aligarh Muslim University, and M.Phil and Ph.D from Jawaharlal Nehru University. His main area of specialization is Sociology of Education. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175411562.jpg
Political Science PEASANT MOVEMENT IN KARNATAKA 1980-94* *Not Available MUZAFFAR H. ASSADI 8185402876 1997

328p

0.00 0.00 Preface, abbreviations, Locating Rich Peasantry: Emergence, Caste-Class and Movement, Peasant Movement and Growth of the Raitha Sangha, Institutionalisation of Peasant Movement: A Critique, Socio Economic Issue of the Movement: An Analysis, Politics Raitha Sangha and the Peasant Movement, Capitalism to Khadi Curtain-Conclusion, Bibliography, Index

During the decade of 1980s a spate of peasant movements began to envelop different parts of India, which were for the first time differed from the earlier movements in terms of strategies, discourses, politics and agendas. It all began in Maharashtra under Shetkari Sangathana, then spread to Karnataka under Karnataka Rajya Raitha Sangha (KRRS), later on in Uttar Pradesh movement came under the influence of Bharatiya Kisan Union. The specific characteristics of these movements were that they began challenging the wider exploitative relations, socio-political system, and the wider role of industrial/ western capitalism

Dr. Muzaffar H. Assadi, before joining the University of Mysore as a Reader served in Mangalore and Goa Universities. He graduated from Mangalore University and obtained his Ph.D from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000054.jpg
Political Science QUEST OF CONSCIENCE* *Not Available MADHU DANDAVATE 8175410043 1998

394 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00

This book embodies Professor Madhu Dandavate's Quest of Conscience. It contains his reflections on recent national and international developments. Written with the sensitivity of a political activist, who has succeeded in fusing ideologywith struggle and commitment with values, this book strings together the author's perspectives and analysis of events, issues and personalities.

Professor Madhu Dandvate, vateran Socialist Leader, former Railway Minister and Union Finance Minister, is now the Deputy Chairman of the Planning commission. Born in 1924 in Ahmednagar, Maharashtra, Dandvate secured his Master's degree in Physics from the Royal Institute of Science, Bombay. He taught physics in Bombay University for twenty five years form 1946 to 1971. As a student he participated in Quit India movement of 1942

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000055.jpg
Political Science LOKSABHA ELECTIONS 1999* *Not Available J.C. AGGARWAL, N.K. CHOWDHARY 8175410515(HB) 8175410523(PB) 2000

xx+217pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Dissolution of the Twelfth Lok Sabha, Events and Manifestos, Issue- Campaign Trail, Poll Miscellany, Constituency-wise Results, Last Election of the Millennium, The Electoral System, The New Government, Views and News, Lok Sabha Elections (1952-1999), Chronology of Events, The Epilougue

The book attempts to provide information, data and analysis of the 1999 Lok Sabha Elections which were marked by some unique features. It covers the circumstances necessitating elections to the 13th Lok Sabha, emergence of the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) and the near rout of the Congress Party the elections under the leadership of Sonia Gandhi who was projected as Prime Ministerial candidate and pitched against A.B. Vajpayee whose popularity had achieved new heights in the wake of Kargil victory. It also records all significant events of the elections campaign, constituency-wise detailed results, performance of the national and regional parties at the national regional and the state levels. The volume should be of interest to all interested in contemporary Indian politics.

J C Aggarwal, a retired Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration, has written extensively on education and current problems. His publication include : Learning without Burden: An Analysis: Education Policy in India : Modern History of Jammu and Kashmir; Uttarakhand : Past and Present and Elections in India:12952-96. N K Chowdhry, has been writing on contemporary politics economics and political affairs for the last six years. He is a former Deputy Director of Education, Delhi Administration. He started with the book Ramjanambhoomi throughthe ages and has since authored a number of books including Elections in India (1952-1991); Assembly Elections 1991: Dunkel Proposals (2 Vols) ; Assembly Elections 1994-95 Elections in India : 1952-96: Elections in India : 1998 etc. Shri Chowdhry frequently contributes to newspapers and magazines on topics of professional and general interest.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000056.jpg
Political Science ELECTIONS IN INDIA 1998* *Not Avaiable J.C. AGGARWAL, N.K. CHOWDHARY 8175410191(HB) 8175410205(PB)

298p

0.00 0.00 Preface, List of Tables, Abbreviations, Democracy at work, Non congress governments, Jain commission & dissolution of eleventh lok sabha, Poll schedule, Splits & defections, The star wars & sonia factors, Surveys, opinion & exit polis, Lok sabha elections: 1952-1998 (Highlights), Election & judgements, Poll talk & action in the wrong, the twelfth round: results & their analysis, Political parties: manifestos & performance, Statewise elections results, Media & reactions, Atal Bihar Vajpayee: the national agenda & coalition government, Chronology of poll & post poll events

The Lok Sabha Elections 1998 were the third in the series, necessitated as a consequence of the fall of non-congress Government at the Centre. Sonia Gandhi, had perhaps no option but to campaign for congress sensing Bharatiya Janata Party as enemy number one.
Bhartiya Janata Party had a chance of lifetime. A.B. Vajpayee seemed acceptable to the voters in general. The Strategy of alliances at States level paid rich dividends making BJP presence noticeable in the South and the East. The Janata Dal, which at one time had a nation wide spread is reduced to a single digit representation in the 12th Lok Sabha.
The present volume records all important events, constituency state wise results and reactions of 12th Lok Sabha with a comparative date of General Elections since 1952. It covers assembly elections also. The book should serve one and allas a reference manual.

J C Aggarwal, a retired Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration, has written extensively on education and current problems. His publication include : Learning without Burden: An Analysis: Education Policy in India : Modern History of Jammu and Kashmir; Uttarakhand : Past and Present and Elections in India:12952-96. N K Chowdhry, has been writing on contemporary politics economics and political affairs for the last six years. He is a former Deputy Director of Education, Delhi Administration. He started with the book Ramjanambhoomi throughthe ages and has since authored a number of books including Elections in India (1952-1991); Assembly Elections 1991: Dunkel Proposals (2 Vols) ; Assembly Elections 1994-95 Elections in India : 1952-96: Elections in India : 1998 etc. Shri Chowdhry frequently contributes to newspapers and magazines on topics of professional and general interest.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000057.jpg
Political Science ELECTION IN INDIA : 1952-96* *Not Available J.C. AGGARWAL, N.K. CHOWDHARY 8185402825(HB) 8185402833(PB) 1996

314p, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Indian Parliament and Election Commission, First to Tenth Lok Sabha, Highlights of First Ten Elections, Political Parties in India, Election Manifestos 1996, State Assemblies, Prepoll Ups and Downs, Conduct of 1996 elections, 1996 Elections, 1996 Election Results at a Glance, Voting Patterns and Regionwise swings, Statewise Election Data, Constituencywise Lok Sabha Election Rules 1991-96, Religion Caste compostion, Reactions, Main events, 13 days to 13 Parties

The 1996 General Elections, the biggest event ever witnessed by any country, to elect the 11th Lok Sabha were acomplished on 5th of June,1996. The election, with voters list of 590 milion involved the establishment of 8,25,000 polling boots, deployment of 50 lac of polling personnel and 1.75 lac of police force. The book attempts to provide encylopaedic information on all the eleven Lok Sabha Elections held so far with main focus on polls 1996.

J C Aggarwal, a retired Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration, has written extensively on education and current problems. His publication include : Learning without Burden: An Analysis: Education Policy in India : Modern History of Jammu and Kashmir; Uttarakhand : Past and Present and Elections in India:12952-96. N K Chowdhry, has been writing on contemporary politics economics and political affairs for the last six years. He is a former Deputy Director of Education, Delhi Administration. He started with the book Ramjanambhoomi throughthe ages and has since authored a number of books including Elections in India (1952-1991); Assembly Elections 1991: Dunkel Proposals (2 Vols) ; Assembly Elections 1994-95 Elections in India : 1952-96: Elections in India : 1998 etc. Shri Chowdhry frequently contributes to newspapers and magazines on topics of professional and general interest.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000058.jpg
Finance and Mangement INDIAN ARMS BAZAR* *Not Available MAJ. GEN. PARTAP NARAIN (Retd.) 8185402817 1996

x + 322 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Introduction, From boats to missiles, Krishna Menon & General Thimayya, The sixties, Admininstrative reforms commission, Research & Development, Defence production, Imports & exports, The Kuwait war & weapons of towamorrow, Technology & defence expenditure, Epilogue, Index

Disarmament in Europe led to economy in defence outlays. Has it made India a safer place to live in, can we cut down our defence costs, if not why not? India has been ranked as a top manufacturer of armaments in the Third World. Our first Ordnance Factory was set up nearly two centuries ago. We now have forty departmently run factories. In addition we have eight Public Sector units. The defence Ministry claims several breakthroughs every year. We are the top importer of conventional weapons in the whole world.

Maj. Gen. Partap Narain, after graduating in science from Govt. College, Lahore was commissioned in the Corps of Engineers, in February 1933. Sent to Cambridge University, he earned a Mechanical Science Tripos – in the class of late Sir Frank Whittle – the inventor of the Jet Engine. Appointed the first Controller General of Defence Production, by Krishna Menon, he retired at his own request.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000062.jpg
Plant and Flora DISEASES OF LINSEED AND FIBRE FLAX* *Not Available S.J. KOLTE, BRUCE D.L. FITT 8185402957 1997 0.00 0.00 Introduction: The Linseed (Flax) Crop. The Linseed Plant: Botanical Characteristics, Economic Importance and uses, Cultivation Practices and Crop Management. Trends in World Production, Production Constraints, Disease Problems, References. Linseed and Fibre Flax Diseases: Fungal Diseases. Seed Rot and Seedling Blight. Rust, Fusarium wilt.

Linseed and flax are the varieties of the same plant (Linum usitatissimum L). When the plants are grown commercially for oilseed purposes, the crop is often referred to as linseed or flax seed or oilseed flax crop. It is only recently some edible grade linseed varieties have been developed. The plants grown commercially for high quality fibres in the stem, the crop is referred to as the fibre flax crop. They are grown all over the world in tropical, sub-tropical and temperate areas covering main countries like Argentina, Canada, Egypt, Ethiopia, former Czechosolovakia and USSR, France, India, Romania, UK and USA.

S J Kolte, Professor of Plant Pathology, G B Pant University of Agriculture and Technology, Uttar Pradesh, India, is Project Leader of the Oilseeds Pathology Project at Pantnagar. He is the author of four other books and has written many book chapters, review papers, published in journals & bulletins. He has written 54 research papers in field of oilseed crop diseases. He received the Ph.D (1971) in Plant Pathology from Pantnagar University. He has visited Canada, USA, UK, Sweden, Ethiopia and China, as part of his research responsibilities on oilseed crop diseases. Bruce D L Fitt, oilseed Pathologist of IACR-Rothamsted, Harpenden, Herts, is internationally known for his work on epidemiology and management of diseases of oilseed crops especially linseed. He has visited Canada, USA, several European countries and India.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000063.jpg
Plant and Flora CASTOR:DISEASES AND CROP IMPROVEMENT* *Not Available S.J. KOLTE 818540254X 1995

xii + 119 pp

0.00 0.00 Introduction : The Castor crop. Castor Diseases: Fungal Diseases, Biodeterioration, Bacterial Diseases, Virus Diseases, Parasitic Nematodes, Non-parasitic Diseases. Agronomy of Castor. Breeding and Castor Crop Improvement. Seed Production of Castor.Insect Pests of Castor Diseases: An Update

Castor is one of the most important industrial oilseed crops in tropical and subtropical areas covering countries like Brazil, China, India, Russia, Yugoslavia and several other countries in Latin America and Africa. Besides its main use as lubricant it is also used in the manufacturing of perfumed hair oil and soaps. Castor oil is also useful in medicine because of its strong laxative action. The quality castor finest oil is used in aeroengines.

S J Kolte, Professor of Plant Pathology, G B Pant University of Agriculture and Technology, Uttar Pradesh, India, is Project Leader of the Oilseeds Pathology Project at Pantnagar. He is the author of four other books and has written many book chapters, review papers, published in journals & bulletins. He has written 54 research papers in field of oilseed crop diseases. He received the Ph.D (1971) in Plant Pathology from Pantnagar University. He has visited Canada, USA, UK, Sweden, Ethiopia and China, as part of his research responsibilities on oilseed crop diseases

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000063.jpg
Plant and Flora FLORA OF NALGONDA DISTRICTS* *Not Available P.N. RAO, B.V. RAGHAVA SWAMY, T. PULLAIAH 8175410744 2001

386 pp

0.00 0.00 Introduction, Topography and General Features, Methods, General Vegetation Types, Floristic Analysis, Forest Produce, Game Sanctuaries/ National Parks, Concluding Remarks, Systematic Treatment, Abbreviations and Acronyms.

The Nalgonda District in Andhra Pradesh, India, has its own diversity of terrain, soils and climate expressions apart from the ingredients of its biodiversity and a part of it near Nagarjunasagar Dam falls under the realms of "Project tiger" programme. Anthropognic factors galore, the district has been exposed to vagaries of temperature and rain fall, scarcity of water sources, influx of cement factories and cross-country laying of new highways and railways. The first part of the book includes introduction, previous work, topography and general features, general vegetation types, floristic analysis etc.

Prof. P N Rao, is now retired professor of Botany and a UGC Emeritus Fellow Awardee and Principal Investigator of a UGC major research project on Cuscuta biodiversity. He has 38 years of teaching and research experience at Andhra University, Vishakapatnam till 1976 and later at Nagarjuna University, Narjunanagar. Dr. B V Raghava Swamy, obtained Ph.D. degree from Nagarjuna University, Narjunanagar in 1993 and was a Research Associate at Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore. Presently he is a scientist R&D of the Monsanto – a US based Company. Prof. T Pullaiah, M.Sc. (1973) and Ph.D. (1976) is the Head of Department of Botany, Sri Krishna-devaraya University, Anantapur. He travelled widely in Europe and visited Universities and Botanical Gardens in about sixteen countries.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000065.jpg
Science and Technology WHO RUNS THE RISK OF CANCER A. RAMESHA RAO 8185402795 1996 168p 95.00 0.00 Preface, Nature of Cancer, Cancer Incidence Pattern in the world, Heredity and Cancer Risks, Radiation and Cancer Risks, Viruses and Cancer Risks, Occupation and Cancer Risks, Air, Water Pollution and Cancer Risks, Drugs, Hormones, Cosmetics, Diet , Life style Factors, Sex, Reproduction, Psychosocial Factors and Prevention of Cancer Risks. Cancer is perhaps the scariest of all diseases. While a small percentage of human cancers are believed to be heredity in nature, the majority of them are claimed to be associated with the environment and life style. These latter links obviously imply that the majority of human cancers are avoidable. Dr. A Ramesha Rao, Ph.D, F.N.A.Sc., F.N.A., is the professor and Chief of the Cancer Biology Laboratory in the School of Life Sciences at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is leading Cancer Biologist in the country and known natinally and internationally by his outstanding research contributions. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000066.jpg
Science and Technology ADVANCES IN CARBON AND CARBON MATERIALS O.P. BAHL, T.L. DHAMI, L.M. MANOCHA 8175411031 2002 438 pp 0.00 1700.00 Activated Carbons, Adsorption and Surface Science. Carbon Fibres and Composites. Nano-tubes and their Applictions. Pitches .Special Carbons Over the last few decades carbon has acquired a central position amongst the galaxy of materials. This has been made possible primarily because of the availability of carbon fibers, carbon/ carbon composites and lately of carbon nanotubes. Carbon in special/ specific forms is a sought after material, be it Defense, Aerospace, Thermal management or even Biomedical. Dr. O P Bahl (MSc, PhD, F N A Sc.) is one of the leading technologists, in the area of Carbon, of the country under whose leadership nine vital technologies pertaining to Carbon Products have been developed thus putting India on the world map of Carbon.
T L Dhami (MSc, PhD) is a senior scientist in Carbon Technology Unit, NPL, New Delhi. His research interests include co-relation between processing parameters and overall performance of fiber-reinforced composites, including carbon-carbon composites, activated carbons and other advanced carbon products.
Prof . L M Manocha (MSc., PhD) is head of the Department of Materials Science at Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar. He is one of the leading carbon technologists of the country, has successfully completed 12 National/ International research projects on carbon fibers, composites and solid carbons.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000067.jpg
Science and Technology ADVANCES IN CARBON MATERIALS O.P. BAHL, T.L. DHAMI (Ed.) 8175410574 2000 viii + 306 pp 0.00 1200.00 Activated Carbons, Adsorption and Surface Science.Carbon Fibres and Composites. Nano-tubes and their Applications. Pitches. Special Carbons. Over the last few decades carbon has acquired a central position amongst the galaxy of materials. This has been made possible primarily because of the availability of carbon fibers, carbon/ carbon composites and lately of carbon nanotubes. Carbon in special/ specific forms is a sought after material, be it Defense, Aerospace, Thermal management or even Biomedical. Dr. O P Bahl (MSc, PhD, F N A Sc.) is one of the leading technologists, in the area of Carbon, of the country under whose leadership nine vital technologies pertaining to Carbon Products have been developed thus putting India on the world map of Carbon. T L Dhami (MSc, PhD) is a senior scientist in Carbon Technology Unit, NPL, New Delhi. His research interests include co-relation between processing parameters and overall performance of fiber-reinforced composites, including carbon-carbon composites, activated carbons and other advanced carbon products. Prof . L M Manocha (MSc., PhD) is head of the Department of Materials Science at Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar. He is one of the leading carbon technologists of the country, has successfully completed 12 National/ International research projects on carbon fibers, composites and solid carbons. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000067.jpg
Science and Technology ELECTROPLATING AND METAL FINISHING* *Not Available DEVENDER PRAKASH BHATT(Ed.) 8175410108 1997

xii + 161pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Preface, Relevance of plating and finishing, Fundamental aspects of metal deposition, Recent trends on copper, nickel and chromium platings, Electroless plating, Zinc plating, Decrotizing, Industrial Anodising of aluminum and its alloys, Practical aspects in solving environmental problems in electroplating industries, Environmental regulatory restrictions, response of paint industry and Eco-friendly coating, Electro composites, Conversion coatings, Plating of precious metals, Electroforming, Control of electroplating solutions using hull cell studies, Corrosion and their preventive measures and pollution control consideration, Testing of electrodeposits, Control treat & recover waste, Indian standards on characterization of metal deposits, Fundamental aspects of electropolishing, Waste minimisation and and pollution control aspects in metal finishing plants, Powder coating SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000070.jpg
Economics DYNAMICS OF POPULATION CHANGE* *Not Available R.C. YADAVA, K.K. SINGH(Ed.) 8175410795 2001

320 pp

0.00 0.00 Contributor - Dr. Ashraf U. Ahmed, Mr S.Barman, Prof. B.N.Bhattacharya, Prof . S.K. Bhattacharya, Dr. Josefina V.Cabigon, Mr. Partha De, Mr Rajesh Kumar Gupta,Dr A.H.M. Saidul Hasan, Prof. Ali Ahmed Howlader, Prof M.Nurul Islam,Prof G.Subramanyam, Prof.C.M. Suchindran,Dr. K.N.S. Yadava, Prof R.C. Yadava, Dr. Satyender Singh Yadav

The book throws light on various dimensions of population dynamics. Many of the findings are based on real data especially from rural areas. The results offer an insight to the scholars and policy makers to understand the complex nature of population dynamics. The present volume which is divided into five major groups (i) Fertility, (ii) Mortality, (iii) Migration, Urbanisation, Marriage and Projection, (iv) Ageing and (v) Family Planning. It is hoped that contribution made by the eminent international population scientists in the book would serve the purpose of understanding the dynamics of population problems of 21 century and provide some of innovative answers to such problems. Author : Dr. R C Yadava is Professor and former Head of Department of Statistics, Banaras Hindu Universtiy, Varanasi. He has been engaged in teaching and research in the field of Statistics and Population Studies for more than three decades.

Dr. K N S Yadava has a teaching and research experience of about 28 years. He has been awarded the Post Doctoral Fellowship of the Rockefeller Foundation in Population Sciences and worked with Prof J C Caldwell at the Australian National University, Canberra (1986-88). Dr. Kaushalendra Kumar Singh is a lecturer, Department of Statistics, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi. He has written more than 60 papers for National and International journals of repute. Dr. Singh is recipient of ‘Young Scientist Award’ of Indian Science Congress Association.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000072.jpg
Economics SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHANGE IN WEST BENGAL* *Not Available SATYENDRA LAL DE 8185402973 1997

viii + 255 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Introduction, Regional Profile-A close look, Agriculture-Constraints and Prospects, Fishing, Animal Husbandry and Poultry Keeping-Problems and Development Strategy, Industries-problems of growth and development, Development of Infrastructure, Need Based Education and Training for Socio-Economic Development, Bibliography

Despite appreciable overall growth in the economy, there is wide spread disparity in wealth and income distribution. The bulk of country's population is still a victim of hunger, malnutrition and material deprivation. Justice and orderly progress of the society demands that people should have access to their minimum human needs within a reasonable period.

Dr. Satyendra Lal De obtained his Graduate and PostGraduate degrees from the University of Calcutta and also obtained his Ph.D degree from the same University. He was well versed with computer language since its early stage. He served the Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta, for more than three decades, till his retirement in 1992. He was a member of several professional and scientific organisations. His papers were published in several journals and books.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000073.jpg
Economics FOOD GRAIN ECONOMY OF INDIA* *Not Available PRADEEP K. SHARMA 8185402914 1997

170 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Preface, List of tables, Introduction, Agricultural Prices and Price Policy, Production and absorption of rice and wheat, Government operations in rice and wheat markets, A simulation model of rice and wheat, Economic reforms and India's food economy, Policy implications, References

This book examines the functioning of the dual grain market with reference to rice and wheat and traces the answer of better policy option for raising food output between investment in irrigation and fertiliser subsidy. This is done by carrying out the following three simulations: What is the impact of a 10 per cent hike in fertiliser prices? What is the impact of 1 per cent increase in irrigated acreage? What is the combined impact of the two above?

Dr. Pradeep K Sharma is a member of the Indian Economic Service. After M.Com (Economic Administration) from the University of Rajasthan, he passed MA in Development Economics from the University of East Angila (UK). He was awarded Ph.D. in Economics by the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has also contributed articles in journals of repute.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000074.jpg
Economics GLOBALISATION AND DIMENSIONS OF MANAGEMENT IN INDIA ATMANAND 8185402930 1997 viii + 312 pp 0.00 950.00 Foreword, Acknowledgement, Introduction, Intents and implications of new economic policy, Globalisation, Economic Libralisation, social transformation and human values, New economic policy, A perspective on financial restructuring in India, National stock exchange: Re-engineering of securities markets, Recent trends in primary markets: an overview, Some quaint facets of management, Strategic management and managing innovation: Indian challenge, Emerging trends in marketing, New dimensions in personnel management, Information management policy framework in India, Towards a power policy in a liberalised economy, In search of a mother: Missing motherland in liberalsed economy, Globalisation Management and human values, Economic liberalisation and employment, Liberalisation and management education in India, Economic liberalisation and management of information, Economic liberalisation and environmental management, Globalisation of television and Doordarshan: challenges and opportunities, Economic liberalisation and rural development, Agribusiness in a liberalised rural environment, Management of foodgrain production in India, Irrigation management for agricultural development in India, Privatisation of PSUs in India, Learning by doing, Annexure, Contributors. As India makes its foray on to the playfield of global competitiveness, the various sectors of its economy try to assess the impact of golbalisation in their own context looking at various dimensions of manageent, it is possible to draw out a competitive situation scenario as the management opens upto global players and analyse the implications for management opens upto global players and analyse the implications for management of the economy and market. It is hoped that the present book will be of immense use for the government, policy makers, institutes of research, managers, management and training institutes and the academicians and researchers. Dr. Atmanand is Associate Professor of Economics at the Institute of Management Technology, Ghaziabad. He is also a member of the State Finance commission, Government of Bihar. A post Graduate of economics and Master of Philosophy from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New delhi (1981,1984), he was awarded Ph.D Degree from Patna University, Patna. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000075.jpg
Economics MID-YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY 2000-2001 B.B.BHATTACHARYA 8175410841 2001 128 pp 0.00 250.00 Preface, List of tables, Introduction, Revision of production and price indices, Production behaviour, Saving and investment, Behaviour of prices, Fiscal balance, Balance of payments, Money, credit and interest rate, Forecasts in the short and medium run, Conclusions and policy implications, appendices. B B Bhattacharya is a Director, Institute of Economic Growth. His specialization includes Macroeconomics, Monetary Economics, Public Finance, Development Economics, International Finance and Macro Economic modeling and forecasting. He has published seven books and more than fifty technical papers on these subjects in well-known journals in India and abroad. A leading expert on macro econometric forecasting in India, he served as the Honorary Secretary and Vice President of the Indian Econometric Society. Currently he is the Charmin of the Committee for Review of Capital Formation in Indian Agriculture and the Vice President of the Indian Association for Research in National Income and wealth. His views on economic and public policies are widely quoted in India and abroad.

N N Vohra, was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001), Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000) and C0-Chariman of the India-EU Round Table, has been writing on issues relating to security and good governance.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000077.jpg
Economics WAR ON POVERTY ROLE OF THE PRIVILEGED PEOPLE S. C. AGGARWAL 9788175413788 2007 135 pp 0.00 350.00 PrefacePART-IPoverty-Some FactsSome Frank AdmissionsReasons of PovertyHow can Poverty be Removed?PART-IIAn appeal to Film MakersAn appeal to Television ProgrammersAn appeal to InterviewersAn appeal to TV Channel OwnersPART-IIIRemoving Poverty-Role of an EditorRole of Chartered AccountantsRole of TeachersRole of Economists-Some QueriesRole of Intellectuals-Some QuestionsPART-IVAn appeal to Manufacturers/MNCsAn appeal to Metropolitan City DwellersAn appeal to Trustees/Traders/BusinessmenAn appeal to Members of ClI, FICCI, PHDCCI, IMC,ASSOCHAM and other industrial organisationsAn appeal to NRlsAn appeal to Ex-studentsTask before Trusts, FoundationsPART-VAn appeal to the Hon'ble Prime MinisterAchieving GDP Growth Rate of more than 7%Removing poverty through the Income Tax ActRemoving poverty by Experienced Decision MakersImplementing Experts' Suggestions in a VillagePART-VIThink about your VillageMake your Village free from povertyIdentify the Problems of your Ancestral VillageServe your VillageServe your SchoolProvide Low Cost Health FacilitiesSave your Village from Dangerous Diseases through Public AwarenessSolve one or two Problems of the VillageRenovate all Village Assets and build new onesMake your Village free from problems-How?Start your own schemes for the welfare of the people of your VillageBenefits of taking care of your VillagePART-VIIDeveloping Directors' VillagesDeveloping Villages by Air TravellersSet Up Poverty Eradication Bank to Develop VillagesSources of the Poverty Eradication BankGuide State Governments to Develop VillagesDeveloping Villages through Door DarshanSet up Poverty Cell in Prime Minister/Finance     inister OfficeMy Humble Prayer..................... What needs to done by the privileged individuals to eradicate poverty from their native villages is focussed in this book. These individuals, from any walk of life, if make a determined attack on poverty, can change the life style of weaker and poorer segments of population. The author has discussed the innovative and practical strategies to tackle the problem of poverty through people’s participation. The book should be useful to all those who are really concerned and worried for the poor. The Author
S. C Aggarwal born on 1 January 1946 in a Haryana village has been an IRS officer in the income tax department.
Mr Aggarwal has been taking keen interest in rural development and other social activities. He is the founder member of 'Poverty Trust Ballabhgarh' and authored a book India without Black Money.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000078.jpg
Library and Information Services 50 YEARS LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SERVICES IN INDIA* Not Available M.K. JAIN, P.B. MANGLA, D.R. KALIA, NEELA JAGANNATHAN(Eds.) 8175410000 2000

358 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Introduction National policy on LIS Public Libraries Academic libraries Special libraries National libraries Library techniques Information technology Library and information science education LIS Literature Index Contributors.    

The most important contribution of the elementary or secondary school teacher is his/her ability to make interpretations, innovations, invent his/her own study units. Meaningful science education for pre-service and in-service teachers is imperative to develop study units in this direction. And qualitative rather than quantitative aspect of in-service orientation programmes is crucial.
The book emphasises on new approaches, effective planning, monitoring and evaluation of pre and in-service programmes to reflect upon development of desired competencies in teaching and minimum levels of learning which a pupil must acquire at the primary level. It focuses on development of exemplar science teaching learning materials; integrated science teaching activities and projects; motivational devices in science teaching and learning; classroom research etc. The book may be useful to all interested in the subject.

 

M K Jain, Former Director, Planning Commission Library, New Delhi and at present Director, ILICC, has been in the profession since 1951 and held distinguished positions in India and abroad. He has been associated with several National and International Library Committees and Associations. He is the author of eight books. He has been honoured with several awards for his contribution.

Prof. P B Mangla, has been associated with Department of Library and Information Science, Delhi University, Delhi, Since 1959. He has visited 35 countries on professional assignments, served in the Tebriz University, Iran as Head, Department of Library and Information Science, and UNESCO expert in West Indies and attended many meetings, conferences and seminars of IFLA and other International organisations. He has been honoured with several awards for his outstanding contribution to the profession.

Prof. D R Kalia, is a veteran library scientist in the country who has held top positions in India and abroad which earned him the title of a ‘Scholar Librarian’. He has been UN and UNESCO library expert and library adviser to Government of India. He has been honoured with many awards for his contribution. He has authored half a dozen books.

Dr. (Mrs.) Neela Jagannathan is University Librarian and Information Officer, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi. She has published several papers in Indian and foreign journals. She is the Joint Director of the ‘Directory of Women Studies Organisations in India’ published by the Association of India and Commonwealth of Learning, Vancouver, Canada.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000078.jpg
Literature and Linguistics EMINENT ENGLISH LETTER WRITERS XVIII CENTURY B.N. VERMA 8175410337 1999

152 pp

0.00 380.00 Acknowledgement .Introduction.The Art of Letter-Writing. Lady Mary Wortley Montagu.Lord Chesterfield. Horace Walpole. Thomas Gray. Alexander Pope and Samuel Johnson. William Cowper. Bibliography.

Eminent English Letter Writers XVIII Century is a valuable work for creating an awareness of the less known works of the well known literary luminaries of the century. The letters of Lady Mary Wartley Montague, Lord Chesterfield, Horace Walole, Thomas Gray, Samuel Johnson, Pope and William Cowper are like a prism reflecting the different facets of the personalities of the authors as well as the latent literary artist in them. As a letter is the soul of a writer according to Samuel Johnson we can easily peep in the innermost recesses of their heart and mind and have the joyof possessing some of the secrets which would have otherwise not seen the light of the day.

B N Verma(1928) took his B.A. and M.A.Degree from Allahabad University in 194 and 1948, respectively. As teaching profession was his choice, from day one, he kept joining a few institutions as a teacher. In 1958 he joined Town Degree college, Ballia as a Lecturer in the Department of English and in 1961 moved to Dayanand Vedic Post-Graduate College, Orai at Jalaun then affiliated to Agra University. He took his Ph.D Degree from Agra University in 1966. His first published work as co-author is The Bullets and the Ballots.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000078.jpg
Literature and Linguistics JOHN STEINBECK A STUDY OF HIS FICTIONAL WOMEN SUSHMA ARYA 8175410426 1999 208 pp 0.00 600.00 Foreword. Acknowledgments. Steinbeck and His Critics. Domestic Women : Mothers. Domestic Women : Wives and Daughters. Fallen Women. Working Women. Conclusion The book should be a valuable contribution to the critical heritage on the novels and short stories of the leading American novelists during the period between the two World Wars. Staying clear of the post modernist controversies about the function of criticism, the book offers insightful analysisof the novelists major fictional narratives. Showing how the American writer shares in his view of women several limitations of the society of which he himself was a product the book brings out as well various radical ideas which the writer seems to hold much ahead of his times. One of the strong points of this study of Steinbecdk is its objective treatment of the author and his work treating both from the disinterested standpoint of the Arnoldian critic. Sushma Arya is a senior teacher in English studies. With Ph. D from Kurukshetra University, she has taught at the University as Reader for three years. Serving at present the Post Graduate Department of English at D.A.V. College for Girls, Yamuna Nagar (Haryana), she continues to guide research at M.Phil and Ph.D.Levels. Very recently she culled selective English essays written down the centuries and successfully edited the collection under the heading Wisdom. The book has since been prescribed as part of the syllabi for T.D.C.PartII students both in M.D.University, Rohtak and Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000081.jpg
Literature and Linguistics FRANK MOORHOUSE THE WRITER AS AN ARTIST PRADEEP TRIKHA 8175410477 2000 141 pp 0.00 495.00 Acknowledgments.Foreword. Introduction Discontinuous Narratives Isolation and Loneliness.Author's Search for Medium . Mysteries of Life. Conclusion Frank Moohouse is one of the most adroit writers of short fiction in Australia. He joined the main stream of writers in early 1970s. He had his stories published in journals like Southerly, Westerly, Meanjin and Overland from 1957 onwards. The present study analyzes his collections of stories written between 1969 and 1988, it is marked with keen insights, systematic organisation of material and wide range of background reading. Moorhouseis a social chronicler of Australian Society, has established a new school of short story as reaction to Lawsonian School. The stories have their setting in the inner sub urban alternative society of Sydney. Pradeep Trikha, born in New Delhi, was educated at Ghaziabad. Worked for M.Phil in English Literature (which included a dissertation on The Narrative Poetry of Thomas Hardy), at the University of Rajasthan, Jaipur and also worked on The Short Fiction of Frank Moorhouse for Ph.D. He has been teaching and conducting research at the department of English, Dayanand Saraswati University, Ajmer. He also pursued his passion for traditional Rajathani paintings and landscapes as and when he got time. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000082.jpg
Literature and Linguistics THOMAS HARDY'S REALISM AND PESSIMISM GANPAT RAI 818540285X 1996 160p 0.00 550.00 Realism- Definition, Context and Genesis.Description of the Village Life and its Disruption. Rural Family Life – Causes of its Distintegration. RURAL family LIFE. Effects of its Disintegration . Impact of Science and Industry on Agriculture.Pessimism and Ameliorism. Interpreter of Truth.Bibliography. The present book is a critical analysis of thomas Hardy's Realism and Pessimis. The writer has broken new grounds in presenting the view points of Thomas Hardy regarding the disintegration of rural English life. Dr. Ganpat Rai is an eminent scholar of english Literature. His book on D.H. Lawrence, Aldous Huxley, George Orwell and Evelyn Waugh has been widely acclaimed in literary circles. He is a distinguished educationist and one of the senior most Principals in Haryana. He is also a member of the Academic Council of Kurukshetra University. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000082.jpg
Literature and Linguistics ELEGY AND DREAM AKHTARUZZAMAN ELIAS' CREATIVE COMMITMENT SUBHORANJAN DASGUPTA 8175410639 2000 142 pp 0.00 495.00 Preface Glossary. Gateway of Elegy : Poem Defiance in Fragments : Short Stories. Revolt in Grief: Chilekothat Sepai. Dirge on Partition: Khowabnama. Commitment as Lament : Elias' Worldview.An Icon not too High: Reader's and Publishers Response. Appendices. Three Letters by Akhtaruzzaman Elias. Suraiya Elias recalls her Husband. Mahasveta Debi's Tribute. Hasan Azizul Haq's Homeage The book is an evaluation of the creativity and ideology of Akhtaruzzaman Elias, a brilliant novelist and short story wirter of Bangladesh. Elias died at the unripe age of 54 (1943-97) and wrote only two novels Chilekothar Sepai (Sentry of the Attic) and Khowabnama (Drean-Elegy). But these two texts and his short stories, not many in number, have turned him into an icon, remembered and revered. The Author examines Elias’s poetry, short stories, two novels and his cosmovision and then analyses the varied responses of the readers of Bangladesh. Here, aesthetic judgement is refracted through the prism of ideology. In fact, by applying the theories of the neoMarxians and post moderns (Theodor Adorno, Frederic Jameson, Jacques Derrida and others) to the creative texts of Elias, he demonstrates how theory and praxis come to be interwoven is a comparatist’s discourse. This is the first evaluation of Elias written in English, an author whom illustrious writers like Mahasveta Devi and Hasan Azizul Haque regard as a wonder. Based on a sensitive and meticulous deconstruction of Elias’s texts, it should encourage readers to proceed to the texts themselves. The Appendices reveal the personality of Elias, and the comprehensive Bibliography will help researchers interested in Elias, modern literary theory and sociology of literature. Subhoranjan Dasgupta was born in Calcutta in 1949. He was a student of English Literature at Presidency College (Calcutta) and Calcutta University. After receiving his MA Degree he joined the Ananda Bazar Patrika Group as a journalist. In 1975 he went to Cologne (Germany) to work as Editor for the Voice of Germany and thereafter he lived for six years in Heidelberg. Germany’s famous university-town, and obtained his Ph.D.Degree. His area of research was Marxian Aesthetics and Sociology of Literature. He rejoined Ananda Bazar Patrika in 1984 and soon established himself as a leading critic and analyst of culture and politics. In 1997 he joined the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies as Visiting Fellow. At present he is a Senior Visiting Fellow of the School of Women’s Studies (Jadavpur University). SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000082.jpg
Literature and Linguistics INTRODUCTION TO INDONESIAN LANGUAGE C.D. PALIWAL, H.M.K. MOODGAL 8175410272 1998 x + 206 pp 0.00 650.00 Preface, Phonology (Fonologi),Tata Bunyi, Morphology(Morfologi), Tatabentuk Kata. Particle Class(Kelas Partikel). Syntax(Sintaksis), Tata Kalimant.Semantics. Miscellaneous (Serbaaneka). Appendice(Lampiran) The book deals with the system of Indonesian language which is a Malay (Bahasa Melayu) based language, belonging to the Malayo Polynesian family of affixing languages, encompassing the vast Asia Pacific region. The Malayo Polynesian group is the second largest linguistic family scattered mainly in the Island World besides Indo-European family of languages. Today, the national languages of four of South East Asian countries i.e. Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore and Brunei are Malay based languages having the same grammatical structure. C D Paliwal, educated at Allahabad Universityand University of Indonesia, has been the sole teacher of Bahasa Malaysia/Indonesia for over two decades in Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, a Visiting Professor of Civilisation and Culture of south east Asia in Universtiy of Delhi, and a visiting Professor of History, Art and Architecture of South East Asia in the Institute of Art History, National Museum, New Delhi. H M K Moodgal, is currently teaching Indonesian Language in the Centre of Chinese and South East Asian Studies, School of Languages, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He developed a keen interest in the Malayo Polynesian Groupof Languages-Bahasa Malaysia/ Indonesia after his visit to University Sains Malaysia Library, Penang and Singapore in 1992. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000085.jpg
Science and Technology BASICS OF SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 2nd Impression O.P.N. CALLA, KALI SHANKER 8185402884 2000 102 pp 0.00 395.00 Introduction, Evolution of Satellite Communication, Constructional Features, Calculating the Orbital Parameters, Earth Station, Frequency Selection, Launching of Communication Satellites, Transmission of Television Signals, International Regional & Domestic Satellite Communication, Indian National Satellite System (INSAT), Applications of Stellite Communication, Growing Trends in Business Communications, Future Trends of Satellite Communication. Satellite communication is the most efficient technique of communication invented in this century. To understand this technique, one must be conceptually clear about various aspects of satellite communication. Basics of Satellite Communication has been specially written to provide the understanding of the subject. The book has dealt with various aspects of satellite communication, orbits, satellite ground stations, constructional and launching aspect of satellites, international, regional and domestic SATCOM systems and applications of satellite communication in a simple and popular language. O P N Calla, M.E. is a former deputy Director at ISRO's Space Applications Centre at Ahmedabad. His contribution in the development of Indian Satellites Bhaskara-I and II and in various SATCOM projects with ATS-6, Symphonie, APPLE Stationer, INTELSAT and INSAT satellites is noteable. He held key positions in many projects. He is a great pioneer in the field of millimeter wave technology & has published more than 200 papers and wrote books in Hindi on space Sciences. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000086.jpg
Literature and Linguistics PHONOLOGY OF DELHI URDU ZIA RAUF 817541006X 1997 184 pp 0.00 600.00 Preface.Introduction, Physiological Mechanism.Human Behaviour. Communcative Intent. Acoustic Medium.Vision.Interaction of the Orienting Principles.Bibliography. Phonological Units. The Book, Phonology of Delhi Urdu, presents an explanatory phonological analysis of Delhi Urdu (also called Kharkhandari Urdu) as spoken in the vicinity of Jama Masjid, delhi. The analysis is carried out in the theoretical framework of Columbia School of Linguistics. A motivated rational in terms of the Phonological Principles of Columbia School, is provided for the asymmetries observed in the makeup of the phonological units (phonemes) and their distribution in the word, in Delhi Urdu. Dr. Zia Rauf is a brilliant young Scholarof Linguistics. She earned first division in B.A. Hons. (Linguistics), and M.A. (Linguistics) examinations at Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. Thereafter she completed her M.Phil and Ph.D research with distinction from the same University. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000087.jpg
Literature and Linguistics A POLICE CASE AND OTHER STORIES A.K. SINHA 8175410418 1999 165 pp 0.00 495.00 Authors note, A police case, It happened one day, The tamarind tree, The fisherman, An undecided case, A funeral, A peculiar man, The strike, Degeneration, The drum-beater, The death of a clerk, Dust, heat and a pallid moon Police profession brings a person face-to-face with a variety of hitherto unseen aspects of life and nature. This collection of heart touching as well as nice warn feeling stories, is also basedon the experiences of the author, who has been in Indian Police service for over a quarter century. Anil Kumar Sinha is a Mechanical Engineer from Patna University, Patna and holder of Degree in Law from Delhi University, Delhi. Born in smalll village in Patna District (Bihar) he was schooled at various small towns and spent five years in Patna University for his higher studies. A professional policman for twenty six years, he served mostly in Delhi and also in Pondicherry and Arunachal Pradesh in between. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000088.jpg
Literature and Linguistics DOLLARS RAIN NO MORE AND OTHER STORIES* *Not Available R.K. RAJU 8175410094 1998

xii + 144 pp

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Prologue, If the song be Lata's play on, play on, Melville de mellow: commanding voice is stilled, Brig. Gyan Singh, Her love for wildlife, Born again dinosaurs, King elephant, In the days of the matador, Records and records - no tall claims, Amtrak, Memorable visit, A summer in sheepheads bay, Dollars rain no more, America is a sick nation, The story of patience, Presidential goof-ups, His american interlude, Hold the baby when it cries, Brids and bees in New York, New York has its times, Greeting the world, A cyclist's world, My crowning glory, Oh, to be a Malayalee, University comes home, A delicate bond with India, The tailor at the Taj, Meet the gantzers, Her elusive highness, Hospitality par excellence, The duke of Windsor on dal lake, Befriending a total stranger, Bombay memorial to Gandhiji, When Gandhi stood up for Jews, A minor classic, a peacock on my birthday, Nostalgia, A tale of hungry woman retold.

The day Lata Mangeshkar Made her debut to become the nightingale of the silver screen, the commanding voice of the one and only Melville de Mellow, Indira Gandhi's love for wildlife, the Raj and tigers, the Duke of Edinburgh's dig at the so called conservationists, the Mandalas in New York, Her Elusive Highness, Vijayalaxmi Pandit, the functioning of Open University in Britain, Hugh and Colleen Gantzer, Birds and Bees in New York.

A respected and reputed member of the journalistic fraternity, R K Raju has handled with distinction wide ranging portfolios, which took him all over the world, in his long tenure at The Statesman as a reporter, chief reporter and special representative.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000088.jpg
Literature and Linguistics APARTH* *Not Available KAMAL KUMAR 8185402841 1996

134 pp, OUT OF PRINT

0.00 0.00

The Noval poignantly embodies the dynamics of the emotional process of the individual's intense agony born of a sense of failure in life which leads him to commit suicide and also provides a new perspective on the individual's unresolved questioning that he is confronted with. Hence, in 'Apartha' the novelist achieves the creative heights.

Dr (Mrs.) Kamal Kumar, a creative and a career woman, is a Reader in Jesus and Mary college (Delhi University. She is a secretary and a member of many women and literary organisations. Written scripts of TV films and also worked as a compere on TV and Radio for literary and women programmes and also participated in panel discussions. Contributed papers in national and international conferences. Widely travelled in India and abroad. She paints and grows bonsais.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000088.jpg
Literature and Linguistics WINNING FREEDOM(POETRY)* *Not Available P. RATHNASWAMY 8175410078 1997

vi+136 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, National Flag, Winning National Freedom, Winning Intellectual Freedom, Winning Poetical Freedom, Winning Spiritual Freedom, Winning Emotional Freedom

Everyone wants freedom: every living thing desires freedom and in fact, the freedom also desires freedom. This is a continuing process. It is a never-ending endeavour. The need for freedom and the purpose of freedom often conflict with each other. Freedom to one and freedom to another may result in conflict. Therefore, there is a continuous struggle. Who is denying this freedom? It may be by an individual it may be an individual it may be institution it may be by a country and it may be by himself.

Dr. P Rathnaswamy is Commissioner, DI, Central Vigilence Commission, Govt of India. Prior to joining Civil services of 1980 batch, he worked as professor of Commerce in the Government Colleges and taught B.Com and M.Com classes for 5 years

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000091.jpg
Finance and Mangement INVESTMENT DECISION AND TAX* *Not Available RAVINDRA K.GUPTA 8175410027 1997

200 pp

0.00 0.00 Book - The imposition of corporate tax has been subject to unresolved controversy for a long time. Income of shareholders is always taxed twice and is is taxed thrice in the cases where inter corporate investments are involved. The case of multinational corporations adds a new dimension to this problem. The book with case studies attempts to compute mathematically excess taxation, if any, on dividends.Suggest the critical payout ratio etc. This book should be useful for corporate executives, student of finance and investors.

The imposition of corporate tax has been subject to unresolved controversy for a long time.Income of shareholders is always taxed twice and it is taxed thrice in the cases where inter corporate investments are involved. The case of multinational corporations adds a new dimension to this problem. The book with case studies attempts to compute mathematically excess taxation, if any, on dividends. Suggest the critical payout ratio etc. This book should be useful for corporate executives, students of finance and investors.

Dr. Ravindra K Gupta is Reader in Commerce, Delhi University – PGDAV College. He has thirteen years teaching experience. He graduated from Shri Ram College of Commerce abd Oist Graduated from Delhi School of Economics, Delhi. He completed his Ph.D from the same University. Dr. Gupta also completed his ICWA in 1987 andis an Associate members of the Institute of Cost & Works Accountants of India, Calcutta.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000093.jpg
Finance and Mangement DEBT FINANCING* *Not Available PRAMOD K. SAHU, KISHORE C. RAUT, GOPAL K. PANIGRAHY 8185402868 1997

183 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, Introduction, Industrial Development in India, Sources of Finance, Methodology for Collection and Analysis of Data, Principals Trends and Patterns of Debt Financing, Diversities in Financing Patterns of Companies, Debt Financing & Corporate Sector in India, Bibliography, List of Tables.

Equity capital, contributed by the owners is sine-qua-non of every form of business. But equity funds always do not suffice. As a result, corporate enterprises have to resort to borrowings. The present endeavour, against such a backdrop analyses the debt proportions in the private corporate sector over a time frame. The book should be useful for students as well as debt policy makers executives.

Prof. Promod K Sahu is the Senior most Professor, Department of Commerce, Berhampur University. He has more than thirty years of teaching and research experience Prof. Sahu has the rare distinction of visiting countries like USA, Canada, and Hungary on academic pursuits. Dr. Kishore C. Raut, after obtaining Ph.D degree in Commerce from Berhampur University in 1983, joined the same Universityin 1984 and elevated to the post of Reader in 1990. Besides wide participation in National level seminars and conferences, Dr. Raut to his credit has five books and morethan fifty research papers in leading journals.Dr. Gopal K Panigrahy is working as Senior Lecturer in Commerce, in KSUB College, Bhanijanagar, and Orissa. He obtained his Ph.D degree in Commerce from Berhampur University in 1984.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000094.jpg
Industry and Commerce SERVICE HEART OF HOSPITALITY* *Not Available R.P.SINGH 818540268X 1996

iv + 124 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 160.00 Introduction, Defining hospitality, Hospitality industry-a brief history, Services of modern hospitality operations, Food and beverage services, Difficulties encountered in the service industry, Service: for the people, by the people, Factors affecting service, Service: the most important, Service is people-oriented, The personal touch, selected bibliography

Modem hospitality operations have become very specialised, carving out niche markets and providing an awesome array of practical-or even glitzy-options for guests. But underneath it all, service still remains the foundation for success. Service--the heart of hospitality, is that intangible quality, which guests instinctively, recognises and appreciates.
With the expansion of tourism, service has been standardised all over the world and in the service of guests, there are certain universally accepted norms of 'what to do', 'when to do' and 'how to do'. So the host's responsibility has increased manifolds in modern times. The book has dealt with various aspects of people-oriented service in the Hotel Industry.

R.P. Singh is an expert in Hospitality Management having worked on senior positions in various hotels in USA for more than 15 years. He had been an executive with Sheraton Hotel, Food and Beverage Director, Holiday inn and General Manager, Star of Nautica, Cleveland Ohio, USA.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000095.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce TOURISM INDUSTRY IN KASHMIR* *Not Available A.K . RAINA 8175410906 2002

172 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Preface, Introduction, The Phenomenon of tourism, Organisational set up of tourism in Kashmir valley, Boarding, lodging and other services, Economic impact of tourism in Kashmir valley, Future prospects and suggestions

The book analyses tourism industry of the Kashmir Valley (in 1990s) in the right perspective, focussing on its problems and prospects. This study should be useful to students of tourism and Government agencies to formulate and provide positive direction to tourism industry, the lifeline of Kashmir economy.

Dr. A K Raina born in Srinagar, J&K in 1963, had his Master’s Degree from Jniversity of Kashmir and Ph. D in Commerce from Agra University. He taught at G M College, Srinagar and presently working as a senior faculty member in Dayanand College, Ajmer (Rajastan). He did his Post Doctoral Fellowship at Florida International University, Miami USA. Dr. Raina received recognition for his work on tourism from Tourism Planning Division, Tobago House of Assembly, West Indies, 1992.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000096.jpg
Sociology ALCOHOL AND DRUG DEPENDENCE AMONG INDUSTRIAL WORKERS CHANDRA PAUL SINGH 8175410442 2000 194p 0.00 600.00 Preface.Introduction. National and International Scenario.Nature, Composition and Effects of Drugs. The Drug Behaviour. Drug Dependence and Work Environment. Drug Dependence and Health. Family and Sex Life of Drug Dependents. Conclusion and Suggestions. Bibliography.Index Friends and co workers are the major source of initiation to the world of drugs. Workers believe that drugs increase their work performance and sex power. They suffer from various physical and psychological diseases which re enforce regular use of drugs. This work which is a modest attempt in this direction has traced the problem of drug abuse in ancient times and has also analyzed various research studies in India and abroad. The factors responsible for the problem are not only personal but social and cultural as well. The book attempts to explore different aspects of this problem in the context of industrial environment and various facets of the life of drug dependent industrial workers, specially the nature and pattern of drugs used, their effect on work, productivity, health, family, sex life and social relationship. It should be useful to sociologists, social psychologists, industrial planners and enterpreneurs, industrial counsellors, social workers and personnel managers. Dr. Chandra Paul Singh received his Master’s degree (1985) and obtained Ph.D. degree (1994) in Social Work from Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. He also holds a professional degree in Law. Dr. Singh, presently a Reader has been teaching post-graduate students of social work for more than eleven years. He was formerly a Project Officer in Urban Basic Services Programme, a joint project of UNICEF and Government of India. He is on the Board of Post Graduate studies of Social Work, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. In 1996, he participated in an International Conference on Prevention of Drugs and Substance Abuse held at Jakarta, Indonesia. He has been actively engaged in research and working with communities infested with alcoholism, drug abuse and resulting health hazards. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000097.jpg
Journalism,Finance and Mangement STOCK MARKET AND FINANCIAL JOURNALISM S.K. AGGARWAL 8175410124 1998 viii + 215 pp 0.00 650.00 Preface, Stock market terminology, Economic terms, History of stock exchanges, Comparison between Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock Exchange, Over the counter exchange of India (OTCEI), Price rigging, Mutual funds, Securities and exchanges Board of India and its performance, Development of Financial Journalism, Economic Reporting Today, financial journalism has taken the centrestage. Economic decision making is decentralised to the extent that it has never been before. This has made economic coverage an all the more sensitive affair. The Indian economy was liberalised in 1991 and its doors ere thrown open to multinational corporations. Consequently, a large number of tie-ups with foreign companies were witnessed. This led to the emergence and growth of more economic newspapers and periodicals. Even the existing ones expanded. They changed their newsprint, design and presentation. The general newspapers started devoting more pages to cover various aspects of the economy. The electronic media stared telecasting special programmes on industry, stock markets and exchange rates. These changes required a certain degree of specialisaiton. This brought in people with MBA and CA qualifications to analyse trends in stock markets, mutual funds, NBFCs and various segments of the industry. Handout journalism is being replaced by hard analysis. The thrust now is to provide people with genuine information. The new developments have opened up opportunities for journalists. Increasing number of journalists today are joining financial journalism. The book deals at length with stock markets, Sebi, UTI, other mutual funds, OTCEI, their achievements and failures so that not only journalism students, but also students who are doing MBA can benefit from it. S K Aggarwal, (b. of Arts 1938), received his Master degree in Political Science from the University of Delhi in 1961. A keen watcher of political and socio economic events in India and abroad, he has written several articles in newspapers and periodicals. He has been delivering lectures on journalism in some of the colleges of the Delhi University and other media centres. He has widely travelled in India and abroad. Currently, Aggarwal is working as a Deputy News Editor in The Economic Times, New Delhi. He has already authored six books, namely, press at the Crossroads in India, Media Credibility, Whither Indian Democracy?, Handbook for Journalists and Editorial Excellence, Investigative Journalism and Media and Ethics. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000098.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce CEMENT INDUSTRY IN INDIA:POLICY, STRUCTURE AND PERFORMANCE* *Not Available MADHUBALA 8175411244 2002

180 pp

0.00 0.00 State and Economic Development: Introduction, State Intervention and the Present-day Advanced Countries, State Intervention in a Developing Economy, Public Enterprises-An Instrument of State Intervention, Objectives and Scope; Economic Policy and Public Sector in India: Introduction, First Phase (1950-65), Second Phase (1966-84), Third Phase (1984-91), Post 1991,Policy Regime, Implications of Policy Changes for Public Sector; History of Cement Industry: Introduction, A Historical Profile,Policy Strands conclusion;Growth and Structure of Cement Industry:Introduction,A Regional Overview,Public and Private Sector in Cement Industry,Salient Features of the Sample Companies;Financial Analysis:Introduction,Liquidity Analysis,Capital Structure Analysis,Management of Capital,Conclusion;Cost Behaviour:Introduction,Unit Sales Realisation,Averages of Cost Components,Capacity Utilisation Conclusion;Technical and Allocative Efficiency:Introduction,Technical and Allocative Efficiency,Empirical Studies in Indian Manufacturing,The Model,Data and Definition of Variables,Empirical Results,Conclusion;Summary and Conclusions:Policy Implications;Bibliography

As India accepts the WTO norms of free trade, the cement industry's survival, similar to the whole industrial sector, in the changing scenario grossly depend on the competitiveness of the Indian product vis-à-vis major cement producing countries in the world like Korea, Indonesia, Japan and others. Domestically, the growth of cement plants at various stages in the Indian cement industry is always affected by the government policies. The policies of control on cement for a long time followed by consecutive partial and total decontrol have contributed to the gradual opening up of the market for cement producers.
Therefore the study of cement industry is significant, which is one of the major infrastructure industries. The present book assesses analytically the policies adopted towards cement industry and their impact of on its structure and performance. For addressing these issues, the book takes a different approach. It addresses the issue of wholesale privatisation by placing it in the surrounding environment. The study is pursued at two different levels (a) public sector as a whole and (b) individual public sector firm as compared to the private sector firm within the cement industry. For appraising performance, a comparison between Cement Corporation of India (CCI) and Associated Cement Companies Ltd. (ACC) in the public and private sectors of the industry is envisaged.
Starting with a brief review of the historical as well as theoretical aspects describing state intervention and development; a concise picture of the interaction between government policy and the public sector is set down. It reviews very succinctly, the historical background as well as the price and distribution policy of cement industry in India since its inception. The discussion on the structure of the industry over the years includes a regional overview and a brief outline on the public and private sector in cement industry. The performance of the industry has been analysed in terms of financial analysis, cost behaviour and technical and allocative efficiency with respect to the firms under study. It may be mentioned here that firm-level research in India is at its initial stages, in view of that, the study endeavours to fill in this gap.

Dr. Madhu Bala is presently working as Reader in Economics at Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi, India. She has attained her doctorate from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India. She is throughout a first-class-first student and a gold medallist in M.A. Economics. She has authored many publications in various national and international books and journals.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000100.jpg
Asia and International Studies MONGOLIA - RUSSIA RELATIONS KIAKHTA TO VLADIVOSTOK SHARAT K .SONI 817541104X 2002 0.00 900.00 Contents - Perface, Histrorical Perspective, Soviet Russia and Mongolia's Independence Movement, Pan-Mongolism : Russia and Soviet Response, Political Ties, Military Linkages, Economic Dependence, Soviet Impact on Mongolia's Society and Culture, Vladivstok Initiative and Mongolia in the Post cold war Era. Sandwiched between Russia and China, Mongolia has the distinction of sharing the largest chain of frontiers between these two powerful neighbors. Mongolia's geostrategic and landlocked position attracted both the Tsarist/Soviet Russia and China to influence the socio-economic and political history as well as international relations of Mongolia. Finally it was the Treaty of Kiakhta (1728) which fixed the Russo-Mongolian (then part of China) frontier. However, the whole span of nineteenth century saw Russians strengthening their position in Mongolia. With the Tsarist Russian support Mongolia declared its independence from China in 1911 and later with Soviet Russia's support established the Mongolian People's government in 1921. Since then Mongolia found itself totally dependent on the former Soviet Union on all fronts - political, military, economic and cultural domains. It was Gorbachev's Viadivostok initiative of 1986 that marked the beginning of a new era in Mongolia's contemporary political history. The book analyses not only the historical roots of Mongolia-Russia relations but examines in detail the extent and pattern of the whole gamut of their relations both during the Tsarist Russian as well as the Soviet period. While dealing with the rise of Pan-Mongolism the book throws fresh light on Tsarist Russian and Soviet diplomatic maneuvers to prevent the emergence of a United Mongolia. The Book also delves into the aftermath of the Viadivostok initiative, the evergence of new geo-political situation, its impact on Mongolia's domestic and foreign pollicies, and new trends in the Russo- Mongolian relations in the post-cold war era. Dr. Sharad K Soni obtained his M.Phil and Ph.D degrees from the School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has specialised in Mongolian Studies and has written extensively on this area. His publications include Reign of Terror in Mongolia, 1920-90 (Co-author) (New Delhi,1992) Mongolia between China and Russia, An Historical Overview (MAKAIAS, Calcutta, 2000): and several research papers on Mongolia and Central Asia. Presently, a project fellow at the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata, Dr. Soni has participated and presented papers in various national and international seminars including International Congress of Monologists (1995). Besides, he is Assistant Editor of Himalayan and Central Asian Studies, a quarterly journal, since its very inception in 1997. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000102.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Economics,Political Science SAARC SAPTA TO SAFTA ANSHUMAN GUPTA 8175411074 2002 136 pp 0.00 550.00 Contents - Introduction, Regional Cooperation under SAARC (1985- 95), Regionalism versus Multilaterism, Anatomy of SAARC Preferential Trade Agreement , SAPTA: A Balance Sheet, Conclusion The book explores the potentialities of economic cooperation among the countries of the South Asian region under the aegis of South Asian Association of Regional Cooperation (SAARC). It underscores the imperatives of forging a successful Regional Trading Bloc (RTB) in the region in view of the increasing trend in favour of such groupings the world over. It examines at length whether the regionalism and multilateralism under World Trade Organisation (WTO) are complementary to each other or contradictory. It critically studies the progress made so far in carrying out the work of opening up the economies under SAARC Preferential Trading Arrangement (SAPTA) and the time and work required to upgrade it into South Asian Free Trade area (SAFTA). It also draws a comparison between the regional trading blocs among the developed countries, like EU, NAFTA etc., and in South Asia, comprising the developing and least developed countries, in terms of trade cooperation. Finally, it attempts to are recommend some measures to step up economic cooperation among the members countries. Dr. Anshuman Gupta, acquired his Ph.D Degree in International Trade and Finance, from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Over the years, he has published a number of articles in reputed national dailies and journals. Having had a brief stint initially as an Economic Journalist in a financial magazine, he worked with the 'Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (ASSOCHAM)', New Delhi, as an Economist. Currently, he is associated with Apeejay Institute of Management and Information Technology as a Senior Assistant Professor. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000103.jpg
Asia and International Studies AUSTRALIA: IN THE EMERGING GLOBAL ORDER out of stock D. GOPAL(Ed.) 8175410949 2002

xiv + 369 pp

0.00 995.00 Group Contents - Introduction,Society and Culture, Australia and the Great Powers. Australia and Asia- Pacific, Australia-India Relations, Australia on Global issues

At the dawn of the new millennium, Australia is at crossroads seeking redefinition of its identity. Its traditional commitment to the Western alliance system with its recently evolving inclination to seek an identity in the Asia Pacific has placed the island country in a blind. Overarching these are the forces of globalization that impinge on past norms of geography and politics seeking revisions in its policies and postures. Poised thus on the "hinges of history', Australia's 'true place' in the comity of nations is yet to be etched anew. Australia's emerging Souci political architecture with its pronounced accent on multiculturalism has drawn the attention of a number of countries including importantly India. In the fast changing international scenario after all, it is in India's interest to discover areas of potential engagement with countries where there are prospects of a mutually beneficial relationship.

Dr. D Gopal, Reader in Political Science, is the Co-ordinator of studies and research in International Affairs at the Faculty of Social Science, Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU). He joined Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi for his M.Phil and Ph.D. degrees in International Studies after completing his Masters in Political Science from Karnataka University, Dharwar. Besides being recipient of Karnataka State Government Fellowship (1980) and the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) Fellowship (1984), Dr. Gopal was also a Commonwealth Fellow (1991) at the Institute of Education, University of London, UK, where he completed his advanced study and research in Distance Education for Development. He has also been a Visiting Fellow at the School of Social Sciences, UK Open University, Milton Keynes.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000104.jpg
Sociology IN THE NAME OF CHILD LABOUR ERADICATION AND EVALUATION PROGRAMME BUPINDER ZUTSHI, MONDIRA DUTTA, SUDESH NANGIA 8175410930 2002 224 pp 0.00 650.00 Preface, Introduction, Child labour-concept, Magnitude and Issues, Child Labour Eradication, Carpet Weaving Area-Demographic, Economic and Social Profile, Carpet Manufacturing- Growth, Structure and Working Conditions, Non-Formal Education Centers-Profile, Non-Formal Education Centers Performance Levels, Evaluation & Assessment of Local NGO's, Conclusion, Bibliography, Annexure. Based on extensive field work with a focus on children who are retrieved from carpet industry and admitted to the non-formal schools, the book evaluates the programme of non-formal education and the progress made by the children released from the industry their status of health and nutrition, education, skill development, employment orientation and training in such schools. It also provides an account of the magnitude of efforts made by the Government and NGOs and the field observations with recommendations, which are of practical significance Dr. Bupinder Zutshi is currently visiting faculty at Centre for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has been teaching at the postgraduate and research level since the last 22years at Kashmir University. His fields of interest include child labour, gender studies, population issues, regional development and development impact analysis. He has published several research articles in journals of repute. He has completed several research projects sponsored by UNESCO, National Human Rights Commission and ICSSR.

Dr. Mondira Dutta has more than twenty years of teaching experience at the post graduate and research level. She has taught in the University of Kashmir, the Kamala Nehru College Delhi University and is currently teaching as visiting faculty in Jawaharlal Nehru University since the last five years.

Dr. Sudesh Nangia is a Professor in the Centre for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She has been working on various dimensions of the child including demographic, health and nutrition, child labour, child education for more than two decades. Her study on ‘Child workers in carpet weaving industry in J&K is a pioneer work. She has published many books to her credit.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000105.jpg
Sociology STREET CHILDREN A SOCIO-PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY RASHMI AGRAWAL 8175410213 2003 199 pp/2nd Impression 0.00 600.00 Street Children : Who are they? Why are they on the Streets? Every Child has a Right to ...? Emotions and Street Children. Sufferings of Street Children. Truths : Hard and Soft. Frustration, Aggression and Ego. Intelligence and Street Children. Have We Done Enough? A Review of Existing Rehabilitation Programmes. We all can help. Annexures. Bibliography. Index. Infants lying naked on heaps of stones children looking for fragments of food from dumps, children huddling up at night on the pavements Trying to cover themselves with a piece of dirty cloth during chilly nights children cleaning utensils often bigger in size than themselves with tiny hands, these are only some descriptions associated with street children, devoid of the comforts and security of home and parental care. Are these children different from their peers in normal homes? Have they failed the society or is it the other way round? What are their dreams and potentialities? The book examines how living on streets affects the various personality components of these children. It reviews the scope for their rehabilitation and integration in mainstream. Backed by psychological test and socio- psychological data collected through a number of personal interview and other sources, the book provides a glimpse into the world of street children so different yet so similar. Dr. Rashmi Aggarwal, Deputy Director, Ministry of Labour, Govt. of India, obtained her Ph.D degree in Psychology from Lucknow University, Lucknow. Widely travelled all over Europe and USA. She had the opportunities to interact with individuals as well as social institutions working on the problems of street children. At the San Francisco University, she attended specialised courses in the field of rehabilitation programmes. Dr. Agarwal’s first book ‘Drug Abuse Socio-psychological Perspectives and Intervention Strategies’ was well received. This book is a result of her intensive study and research on street and working children. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000106.jpg
Sociology,Human Rights HUMAN RIGHTS AND CHILD LABOUR IN INDIAN INDUSTRIES ANU SAKSENA 9788175415904 2011 viii + 214 pp, 3rd impression 0.00 700.00 PrefaceIntroductionChild Labour and Human RightsChild labour in IndiaChild Labour in Select Indian IndustriesNational Legislation and Action Against Child Labour in IndiaChildren-- Focus of DevelopmentAnnexures: I-IVBibliographyIndex The book examines the phenomenon of child labour and how its continued practice amounts to a violation of human rights. It traces the emerging importance of children’s rights within the framework of promotion of human rights and examines international action against child labour. The book analyses the nature, causes and consequences of child labour with special reference to India. A comprehensive analysis of the prevalence of child labour in select Indian Industries, where children are employed in large numbers, is also undertaken. The book reviews the constitutional, statutory and developmental measures adopted by the Indian government to deal with the problem of child labour and assesses India’s performance in protecting the rights of the child. A comprehensive analysis of the prevalence of child labour in select Indian Industries. It examines the violation of human rights and assesses India’s performance in protecting the rights of the child. Dr. Anu Saksena graduated from the Lady Shri Ram College, Delhi Univ, in 1990. She topped in M.A. (Political Science) in Madras Christian College in 1992. After a one year stint as a Journalist at ‘The Independent’, she taught Political Science at the Wilson College, University of Bombay. She was awarded her Doctorate by the University of Bombay. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000107.jpg
Sociology CHILD RAGPICKERS A.N. SINGH 8185402663 1996

144 pp

0.00 595.00 Introduction, Child Survival in slums, Methodology and Work Plan, Socio-Economic Life and working Pattern, Occupational Hazards and Social Workers' Intervention, Child Welfare Policies & Programmes- An Evaluation, Strategies for Prevention and Rehabilitation.

The book is a multidisciplinary investigation into various aspects of pressing socio-economic problems facing child rag-pickers and welfare mechanism we have for them in India It provides a comperhensive evaluation of children’s participation at work and behavioural changes noticed after joining the occupation in general and rag-picking in particular. Scientific analysis of a wide range of problems confronting child ragpickers, compelling circumstances under which children have to undertake regpicking and behavioural changes noticed after joining the occupation have made the book more interesting. Making the given case studies, social workers approaches and other pertaining collections stress on scientific intervention and rehabilitation strategies which need our priority to free them from being impaired and handicapped. This treatise will be immensely useful for students of social work, sociology, economics, allied subjects and those who work in the field of child welfare and development specially in policy making and programme implementation.

Dr A N Singh is the Chairman, Department of Social Work, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. His areas of special interest are: Family, Child, Youth, Disabled and Labour welfare. Dr. Singh has worked in the National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development (NIPCCD), New Delhi and the Council for Social Development, New Delhi and is actively associated with various research programmes, seminars and training courses for the officers in the field of Child Welfare. Currently Dr. A N Singh is associated with professional bodies, academic committees, Govt. voluntary organisations and research projects along with teaching and research guidance to university students. Besides this publication, Dr. Singh is the author of books entitled Community Organisation. Child Labour in India : A Socio-economic Perspective and a good number of research papers and articles published in various journals of eminence.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000108.jpg
Sociology CHILD LABOUR: A SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY* *Not Available PRACHI JAISWAL 8175410469 2000

176 pp, out of stock

0.00 0.00 Introduction, Overview of Child Labour in India, An Assessment of Cause, Legislative Acts and Action Plans, Gaps in Literature and Suggestions, National Policy on Child Labour, Circular on Identification, Release and Rehabilitation of Child Labour, History of Child Labour Legislation in India, Text of Superme Court Judgement.

Though child labour is a universal phenomenon, India is a significant exception being having the largest number of child labourers in the world. The grinding burden of poverty has made reliance on their tiny hands’ economic contribution as essential part of survival. The book covers various aspects of child labour. The book should be useful to students.

Prachi Jaiswal graduated in sociology from Miranda House, University of Delhi and did her post graduation in the same subject from the Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics, Delhi. She has done research Projects on Child Labour and Emprovement of Women in both governmental and non-governmental organisations. She has contributed articles on social and current issues in various publications.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000108.jpg
Sociology WOMEN DOMESTIC WORKERS* *Not Available A.N. SINGH 817541054X 2001

144 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface, List of Tables, Introduction, Genesis of Women Workers, Methodology and Work Plan, Workers and Employers-Social Profile, Compulsion to Work, Working Conditions and Family Adjustment, Summary and Suggestion for Action, Appendix, Bibliography, Index.

The book is an outcome of multidisciplinary investigation into the dynamics of working life, family adjustment of maid servants and their approaches to be adopted for their resource development. It attempts to focus on the problem of working mothers in general and women domestic workers in particular, who are being forced to undertake domestic work. It suggests useful approaches for human resource development, employees- employers relationship and qualitative improvement in their work performance.

Dr A N Singh is the Chairman, department of Social Work, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. His areas of special interest are: Family, Child, Youth, disabled and Labour welfare. Dr. singh has worked in the National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development (NIPCCD), and the council for Social Development, New Delhi and was actively associated with various research programmes, seminars and training courses for the officers in the field of Child Welfare. Currently Dr. A N Singh is associated with professionalbodies, academic committees, Govt. voluntary organisations and research projects along with teaching and research guidance to university students. Besides this publication, Dr. Singh is the author of books entitled community Organisation. Child Labour in India A Socio economic Perspective and a good number of research papers and articles published in various journals of eminence.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000111.jpg
Sociology,Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ENABLING THE DIFFERENTLY ABLE* *Not Available A.N. SINGH 8175410809(HB) 817541085X(PB) 2001

viii +230 pp 4TH EDITION IN 2007

0.00 0.00 Preface, Introduction, Legal Dimension of Disability, Visual Disability, Speech & Hearing Disability, Physical and Crippling Disability, Mental Disability, Welfare Policy and Strategies for Rehabilitation, A Select Bibliography

Concepts related to disability, rights and legal dimensions, psycho-social problems, magnitude, causes, changing life, additional area of disability, rehabilitation and other practical aspects of ensuring the best possible adjustment of disabled persons in new environment have been studied.

Dr A N Singh is the Chairman, Department of Social Work, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. His areas of special interest are: Family, Child, Youth, Disabled and Labour welfare. Dr. singh has worked in the National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development (NIPCCD), and the Council for Social Development, New Delhi and was actively associated with various research programmes, seminars and training courses for the officers in the field of Child Welfare. Currently Dr. A N Singh is associated with professional bodies, academic committees, Govt. & voluntary organisations and research projects along with teaching and research guidance to university students. Besides this publication, Dr. Singh is the author of books entitled Community Organisation. Child Labour in India - A Socio-economic Perspective and a good number of research papers and articles published in various journals of eminence,

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000112.jpg
Economics SLUM IN A METROPOLIS THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT SUDESH NANGIA , SUKHADEO THORAT 8175410531 2000 155 pp 0.00 550.00 Preface, List of Tables, Introduction, Slums and squatter settlements: sailent features, Social and Demographic profile, Squatter migration, Economic condition, Housing and household amenities, Overview, Annexture, Select Bibliography, Index Slum in the Metropolis the Living Environment covers the multidimensional profile of the urban poor. The book provides an in-depth analysis of social and economic conditions of the people living in a squatter settlement with surrounding middle and high income residential areas in South Delhi. On one hand, it examines the quality of people, in terms of their socio-economic status. On the other hand, it highlight the deficiencies of the living environment, in terms of basic infrastructural facilities and housing conditions. A thorough probe into the life of people living under such environment is bound to follow with a set of recommendations for improvement in the quality of life and living which are contained in the overview and conclusion. Dr. Sudesh Nangia (M.A. LL.B., Ph.D.) is currently a Professor in the Centre for the Study of Regional Development, JNU, New Delhi. She has been working on ‘Urban slums’ for more than two decades now. She has been the pioneer in advocating environmental improvement of urban slums (so long as the slums stay) to give them a human face.

Dr. Sukhadeo Thorat is Professor Economics in the Centre for the Study of Regional Development, School of Social Sciences, JNU, New Delhi. During 1989-1991, Dr. Thorat was a visiting fellow at lowa State University (Ames}. Centre for International and Comparative Studies (lowa City), and International Food Policy Research Institute.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000113.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce DYNAMICS OF INDIA TEXTILE ECONOMY: TOWARDS A PRAGMATIC TEXTILE POLICY* Not Available K.D. SAKSENA 8175410779 2002

512 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 850.00 India's Growing Textile Economy : An Over- View. Growth of Public, Private and Cooperative Sector Textile Mills Regional Patterns of Growth of the Indian Textile Industry. Changing Consumption Patterns of Textiles in India.Changing Patterns of Demand, Consumption and Availability of Natural Man-Made Fibres and Yarns.Behaviour of Price of Textile Fibres, Yarns and Fabrics. India's Exports of Textiles and Clothing. Comparative Costs of Yarns and Fabrics. Changing Role of Cotton in India's Textile Economy. Changing Patterns of Regional Production and Productivity of Cotton. Growth of Sericulture and Silk India's Growing Jute Economy.Wool and Woollen Textile Industry. Sickness in the Textile Mills and the Role of the BIFR.Towards a Pragmatic Policy

The book contains a comprehensive analysis of the growth of the mills, powrlooms and handlooms sectors of India’s Textile industry in all relevant aspects, such as: ? capacity, capacity utilization, production, productivity and employment generation in public, private and cooperative sectors; ? regional patterns of growth of mills, powerlooms, handlooms, cloth and yarn production and sickness in Textile Mills; ? changing consumption patterns of textiles in urban and rural areas; ? changing patterns of demand, consumption and availability of natural and man made fibres and ? behaviour of prices of textile fibres, yarns and fabrics.

Keshava Dayal Saksena topped in M.A. (Economics) in Lucknow University in 1957. Throughout First class, he won several academic distinctions. Was Ford Foundation Research Scholar in Delhi School of Economics/ institute of Economic Growth, Delhi from Jan’58 to May’61. Joined Indian Administrative Service in 1961. Held several senior positions in both the state and Central Governments including Adviser (State Plans), Planning Commission; Secretary to Govt. of India, Ministry of Textiles; and Member, BIFR. He also did a UNDP assignment as Economic Planner in Bhutan in 1989.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000116.jpg
Economics DEVELOPMENT OF BIHAR AND JHARKHAND PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS SHARAT KUMAR, PRAVEEN JHA 8175410647 2001 xvi + 378 pp 0.00 1200.00 Acknowledgements, Preface, Tables and annexures, Introduction, Development perspective, Agriculture and foresty, Industry and mines, Irrigation power and credit, Fiscal reform The economic development of Bihar and Jharkhand concerns al as one tenth of India’s population resides here. Any progression or regression in this part of the country has a direct bearing on the well being of the country. There is over dependence on agriculture in the plains of Bihar and the average size of land holdings is very small. Forests in the plateau region of Jharkhand, on the other hand, have been an important source of livlihood for the tribal population and their fast depletion is a matter of concern. The volume take stock of the state of the economy of the region (states with one tenth of India’s population) as it puts together contributions from well-known observers of Bihar Economy. The book provides a rich blend of facts and analysis and is imbued with a sense of history and political economy. The contents are divided into Development Perspectives; Agriculture and Forestry; Industry and Mines; Irrigation, Power and Credit; and Fiscal Reforms. Dr. Sharat Kumar, an M.A. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, is currently Director in the Planning Commission. After teaching in Patna University and Ranchi University he joined the Indian Economic Service and has served Ministry of Water Resources, Ministry of Finance and Planning Commission (Government of India). He was also with the faculty of Economics at the LBSNAA, Mussoorie as a reader in Economics. He went to the Netheriands on a United Nations fellowship in 1994. He has written numerous articles in different economic journals and has published a book on ‘Mixed Economy and Liberalization’ (1992). Dr. Praveen Jha, an M.A. and Ph.D from Jawaharlal Nehru University is currently Asstt. Professor at the Centre of Economic Studies and Planning of the University (JNU). He was earlier with the faculty of Economics, St. Stephen’s College, Delhi University. He has also served the LBSNAA, Mussoorie as a visiting fellow. During the academic year 1999-2000, he was invited to teach at the University of Bremen, Germany. He has written numerous articles in different journals and has published a book on ‘Agriculture Labour in India’ (1997). SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000117.jpg
Economics MID-YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN ECOMOMY 2001 -2002 B.B. BHATTACHARYA , N. R. BHANUMURTHY 8175411088 2002 128pPp 0.00 250.00 Preface, List of tables, Introduction, Production, Investment and employment, Behaviour of prices, Money, credit and interest, Fiscal balance, External sector performance, Causes of industrial recession, The capital market turmoil, Global recession, war and contagion effects, Macroeconomic forecasts, Conclusions, Comments made by the discussants on the review, appendix Book- Analysis the behaviour of all major macroeconomic variable and identifies three major issues for critical evaluation: Industrial recession, capital market collapse,global recession and war and its contagion effect on the Indian economy. The Review concludes further slowdown and increase in the GDP growth rate can be brought about only by improving the productivity of both labour and capital B B Bhattacharya is a Director, Institute of Economic Growth. His specialization includes Macroeconomics, Monetary Economics, Public Finance, Development Economics, International Finance and Macro Economic modeling and forecasting. He has published seven books and more than fifty technical papers on these subjects in well-known journals in India and abroad. A leading expert on macro econometric forecasting in India, he served as the Honorary Secretary and Vice President of the Indian Econometric Society. Currently he is the Charmin of the Committee for Review of Capital Formation in Indian Agriculture and the Vice President of the Indian Association for Research in National Income and wealth. His views on economic and public policies are widely quoted in India and abroad.
N R Bhanumurthy is a faculty member in the Development Planning Centre, Institute of Economic Growth. His specialization includes International Money and Finance and Macro-Econometric modeling and forecasting.
N N Vohra, was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001), Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000) and C0-Chariman of the India-EU Round Table, has been writing on issues relating to security and good governance.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000118.jpg
Economics,Sociology HUMAN WELL-BEING SOCIO-ECONOMIC INDICATORS: A GLOBAL STUDY KRISHNA MAZUMDAR 8175410752 2001 160 pp 0.00 800.00 Human Well-Being. Indicators,Sample and Data. Classification of Countries. Measuring Well-being of the countries. Pairwise Comparisons of Human Well-Beings of the Countries. Level of Development of a Country. Inter-Country Inter-Temporal Income Elasticities of Selected Social Indicators of life. Causal Relation Between Human Well-Being and Economic Growth. Inter-Country Inequality in Social Indicators of Development . Concluding Remarks The paradigm of development has shifted from Per Capita Gross National Product (PCGNP) or Per Capita Gross Domestic Product (PCGDP) to Human Well-being. It has also been admitted broadly that PCGNP does not automatically transform into human well being. In fact the second half of the 20th century will go down in human history as the period when mankind severally and together to improve the conditions of living and quality of life of its members organised within different national borders. The period began with political independence for many of these countries which were still under colonial rule and was followed by the increased concern about how the successor national governments were succeeding in improving the lot of their populace. PCGNP or PCGDP was used by the national and international policy makers to measure the national well being. But the experience of the 1950s and 1960s, when a large number of the Third World countries achieved the overall UN growth targets but the levels of living of the masses of people remained for the most part unchanged, signalled that something was wrong with the narrow definition of development and consequently, a clamor for dethronement of PCGNP or PCGDP as a measure of development was arisen among the economists and policy makers and they began to search an alternative yard stick to measure national well-being. This study offers an inter temporal cross country analysis of human well being over a period 1960-94. Dr. (Mrs.) Krishna Mazumdar obtained her Masters degree and Ph.D. from the University of Calcutta and joined Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta in 1980. At present she is an Associate Professor in the Economic Research Unit of Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000119.jpg
History/culture,Economics ESSAYS ON GANDHIAN SOCIO-ECONOMIC THOUGHT* *Not Available L.M. BHOLE 8175410507 2000

256 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Introduction. The Gandhian Critique of Planned Development in India. The Gandhian Perspective on the Contemporary Crisis and Economic Policy. Role of Market in Managing the Indian Economy: need for a Holistic Perspective. Are the Market and State Alternative Development Paradigms? Understanding Gandhi through Romain Rolland’s Writings. Gandhian Theory of Consumption. Some Reflections on Technology Transfer and Challenges of Swadeshi. Appropriate Technology and Pattern of Industrialization for Developing Countries. Environmental Protection through Sustainable Social Order. The Gandhian Alternative to Western Socialism. Gandhi on Social and Racial Equality. Saamyayoga: Vinoba’s Vision of an Alternative Social Order. Swadeshi : Meaning and Contemporary Relevance. Peace Research and Gandhian Peace Paradigm. A Case for Cow Protection. Rethinking on Secularism through Gandhian Perspective. The Gandhian Model of Non-Violent Social Order.

Many philosophers, scientists, and other thinkers believe that the Gandhian Alternative holds a great promise for the survival of the currently endangered human Civilization. At the same time, Gandhi is often misunderstood, misinterpreted, misrepresented; an sometimes even hated by some. There is, therefore, a continuous need for explaining, clarifying, and restating the content, significance, and relevance of the Gandhian position on very many issues which are of vital importance for the mankind. The present book is an humble effort towards this purpose. Through its eighteen essays, this book discusses Gandhian thought and views on wide ranging highly topical themes such as the relevance of economic planning, the role of the State and Market, appropriate technology and industrial structure, consumption, Swadeshi, socialism, social equality, secularism, sustainable development, environmental protection, trusteeship, and peaceful non-violent social order. The essays carry the important message that the guarantee of individual and social welfare, peace, and happiness the world over is contained in Gandhi’s life, thought, programme and method.

Laxman Madhao Bhole is professor (Economics), Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, IIT, Mumbai. After graduation from Poona University in 1965, he obtained his M.A. In Economics from Bombay University in 1967. He obtained Ph.D from Bombay University in 1971 and joined Sydenham College, Bombay, where he taught for two years. He joined IIT Bombay in 1973 and was the Head of the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences during 1989-92. He visited the Institute for Studies in Economic Development, Naples, Italy and Italian Government scholarship.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000120.jpg
Economics GANDHIAN APPROACH TO INTEGRATED RURAL DEVELOPMENT ASHU PASRICHA 8175410655 2000 184 pp 0.00 595.00 Preface. Rural Development; Historical Background. Organisation and Working of Integrated Rural Development Programme. Gandhi’s Approach to Rural Development. Profile of the Study area. Integrated Rural Development Programme in the District: Theory and Practice. Build India from the Bottom: Conclusion. One of the most formidable and fundamental aspects of India’s developmental effort has been to evolve a strategy to ameliorate the social and economic condition of plus forty per cent who continue to live below the poverty line expecting something to turn up. Many half-baked theories have been advanced, ad-hoc projects and schemes conceived and implemented, but the problem continues to evade solution. It demands that there is something else to be done. Gandhi was conscious of this growing deprivation of rural classes. In such a vast rural economy, as India is, nothing can be achieved unless adequate stress is given to the development of rural economy, as India is, nothing can be achieved unless adequate stress is given to the development of rural sector. He therefore, wished to raise a strong India on rural pedestal. His earnest desire was to see rural millions as the formidable partners of Indian polity and economy. This is vital introductory text that combines economic theory with that practices of rural development. It is hoped that this well documented and comprehensive volume will be useful for planners and graduate and postgraduate students of rural development. Dr. (Miss) Ashu Pasricha is a multifaceted personality. She obtained her Master’s Degree in Gandhian & Peace Studies, Public Administration and Defence Studies. Presently, she is associated with Department of Gandhian Studies, Panjab University, Chandigarh. She has published a number of research papers on different subjects in various Indian and Foreign journals. She is also a regular contributor to various prestigious newspapers in the country and abroad. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000121.jpg
History/culture,Economics AMBEDKAR'S ROLE IN ECONOMIC PLANNING AND WATER POLICY SUKHADEO THORAT 8175413220(HB) 8175413239(PB) 2006

xii + 238 pp

160.00 0.00 Preface, List of appendices, Background, Origin of water policy, Ambedkar's perspective on economic development, Influence on water policy, Creation of technical organisation, Damodar valley project: a bold step, Hirakund project, The sone river valley project, Electric power planning, Water and Indian constitution, Pioneering achievement, Appendices, Bibliography, Index.  

The Book develops a new insight into the evolution of Economic Planning and Water and Power Policy in India during the period immediately preceding independence. It Brings to light lesser known facts about the Central Government’s Water Policy and highlights the fact that the Post War Reconstruction Plan of 1942-1947 led to the initiation of Economic Planning in India. Similarly, the new water policy led to some basic decisions is related to he planned development of water resources in the country. The book analyzes Dr. Ambedkar’s views on Economic Development and Planning and relates how he left the stamp of his profound scholarship, scientific and humanistic approach on India'’ Post War Economic Plan and water and Power Policy. Given the on going discussion on the question of Inter State Water disputes and alternative ways of harnessing water resources in the country, the book will be of use to students of economic history, policy makers and to those interested in the study of Dr.Ambedkar.

Dr. Sukhadeo Thorat is Professor Economics in the Centre for the study of Regional Development, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He studied at Milind College of Arts (Aurangabad), Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University (Aurangabad, Maharashtra), Jawaharlal Nehru University (Delhi) and Main School of economics, Warsaw (Poland). During 1980-1991, Dr. Thorat was a visiting fellow at lowa State University (Ames), centre for International and Comparative Studies (lowa City), and International Food Policy Research Institute (Washington DC. U.S.A.). He has contributed several research papers on Agricultural Development, Agrarian Structure, Poverty, the Economic ideas of Dr. Ambedkar and Casts and Economic Discrimination, and a book, “Technological Change and Regional Differentiation : An Analysis of Dry Farming.â€

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000122.jpg
Political Science BLUEPRINT OF POLITICAL REFORMS* *Not Available SUBHASH C. KASHYAP 8175411392(HB) 8175411414(PB) 2003

xii + 316 pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Preface, Indian Polity, The Republic, The citizen and the system, Electoral reforms, The Parliament, The Government, The Judiciary, Union State Relations, Corruption, The Blueprint,

Nation is passing through critical times. Our polity is under severe strain. Faith of the people in the quality, integrity and efficiency of governmental institutions stands seriously eroded. Case for a review of the working of the institutions-executive, Legislature and Judiciary - and for wide renging political reforms is unassailable.
Based on the realisation that neither economic liberalisation policies nor administrative reforms can really succeed without structural adjustments and reforms in Indian polity, the present study aims at identifying the problems, analysing the contributing causes, examining policy options, and finally suggesting concrete reforms.
The main virtue of this work is that it stands on the shoulders of all the earlier exercises and efforts and has evolved duringa life time of study and experience through processes of research, consultation and intensive nation wide debates. All the reform suggestions here were tested and finally shaped through in-depth discussions with some of the best brains among the concerned citizens of all parts and regions of the country.
The book is bound to be read widely and debated nationally.

The book is authored by the well-known political scientist and constitutional law specialist Dr. Kashyap. He was for long years the Secretary-General of the Lok Sabha. Most recently, he was Member of the Constitution Commission (NCRWC) and Chairman of its Drafting and Editorial Committee.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000123.jpg
Literature and Linguistics THE FLUTE SELECTED POEMS OF RABINDRANATH TAGORE JADU SAHA 8175411449(HB) 8175411457(PB) 2003 xii + 276 pp 125.00 850.00 Acknowledgement, Introduction,Evening songs(1882),Morning Songs(1883), Picture & song (1883), Sharps & Flats(1886), She who is in the mind(1890), The Golden Boat (1894), The Multi-Coloured (1896), Chaitra Harvest (1898), Particles(1899), The Flitting one(1900), Imagination(1900), Offerings to god(1900), Remembering (1903), The Child (1903), The Ferry (1906), Song Offering (1910), Garland of Songs (1914), Harvest of Songs (1914), Dedications ( 1914), Wild Geese (1914), The Runaway (1918), The Child Bholanath (1922), Musical Raga for the Evening (1925), Mahua (1929), The End (1932), Postscript (1932), She who is many coloured (1932), The last Octave (1935), Plate made from leaves (1936), She who is dark (1936), The Borderland (1938), On the sick bed (1940), The Newly Born (1940), Recovery(1941), On my Birthday (1941), Last Writtings (1941), Glossary, Index, Key to transliteration People around the world know Rabindranath Tagore (1861-1941), India's Nobel Prize winning poet, as the poet of Gitanjali, in which he wrote about spiritual matters and about his Lord, beloved and friend and thus as mystic. He was far from it. No Indian poet since Kalidas wrote so much about man and Nature.

European poetry is mainly about man and Nature whereas Indian poetry is primarily about devotion to God. The principal driving force of Tagore's poetry was his humanism. He paid his greatest homage to man and not to Nature or even to God. In this respect Tagore's poetry is close to the western mind and surprisingly divergent from the main flow of Indian poetry.

Whatever in this world touched Tagore's heart he gave artistic and skilful expression to it, not by analytical reasoning or from any particular ideology, but from his innermost feelings. This he did in an unending variety and innovative poetical style.

Tagore's genius as a great literary figure and thinker of the twentieth century remains undiscovered by people within and outside India because only a fraction of his works has been translated even sixty years after his death.

This book presents Tagore's poems from his very early years to his last poem, written a week before his death. This is the first time that Tagore's poems have been translated into English, following the rhyming scheme of the original poems in Bengali. The poems are arranged chronologically and with a review of Tagore's poetry as it moved through different periods and unfolded his genius in its full glory.


Dr. Jadu Saha, after his retirement from the Canadian Civil Service as a Director General began his literary career in 2001. His poems in English have been published in American anthologies and his short stories in Bengali in magazines in the US. His first poetry book, Whispers of Silence was published in Canada in 2001 and his second book, Songs of Rabindranath Tagore was published by Shipra Publications, Delhi, in 2002. This is Dr. Saha's third poetry book. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000124.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2002 MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175411228 2002 viii + 252pp 0.00 995.00 Introduction, Krishna Menon and India league, Sino-Indian relations: prospects for cooperation? A thought on some strategic measures regarding BCIM free trade area and Regional economic Cooperation, Fifty years of India-Japan relations, The policy of the United States towards Asia, Searching for a moderate alternative: the Philippine experience in 1980s, National security issues in South Asia: perceptions and perspectives, Asian balance of power: Role of nuclear weapons, Enduring freedom in Afghanistan: challenges ahead for the US, Looking ahead in Afghanistan, Issues and factors in Musharraf's India Policy, The Unresolved issues of Jerusalem, The role and status of women in contemporary Iran, Regional cooperation in managing scarce resources: possibilities for energy cooperation between India and Bangladesh, Insurgency, the arms-drugs nexus and India's north-east, Central Asia: Geopolitical fall-out of 11th September, The Nationalism of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad, Asian Events 2001, DocumentsContributors.Suhash Chakravarty, Waheguru Pal Singh Sidhu, Zhou Zhao, Sanjana Joshi, Mary Burdman and Mark Burdman, Armado Malay Jr, Archna Upadhyay, RR Subramanian, Mahendra Ved, Shubha Singh, Savita Pandey, Priya Singh, Muhammad Tasjuddin, Vandana Upadhyay, Soma Ghoshal, Devendra Kaushik, Hiranmay Karlekar The Asia Annual is the cross-disciplinary Journal of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. The Institute is a centre for research and learning with focus on social, cultural, economic and political/administrative developments in Asia, from the middle of the 19th century onwards with special emphasis on their links with India and on the life and works of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. The current issue, which is third in succession, contains 17 well-researched articles on important aspects of on-going developments in the various Asian countries in the socio-political, economic and cultural themes, as well as issues related to regional co-operation and security, by eminent scholars. Besides, a summary of events for the year 2001 and the text of important documents are added for the ready reference of the reader. : Prof. Mahavir Singh, editor of Asia Annual 2002 is Presently Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000125.jpg
Sociology HUMAN AGEING STUDY OF RURAL WOMEN IN ANDHRA PRADESH M. HIMABINDU 8175411007 2002 192 pp 0.00 600.00 Introduction, Aged Rural Women-Profile, Aged Women and Inter-personal Relations, The Problems and Care-Services, Conclusion. This is the age of aging, demographically it is understood due to low fertility and mortality. Ageing population are more in developing countries and rural areas, and old population is more in developed and urban areas because of advanced Medicare. The demographic transition effectively transforms the various regions of countries from mature societies to ageing societies. Dr M Himabindu secured first class in M.A., M.Phil and completed her Ph.D. degree 1988 from Department of Social Anthropology, Andhra University, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. She was associated with tow projects viz. "Girl-Child" and "The Family-1991" of Center for Women Studies, Andhra University. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000126.jpg
Economics MID YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY 2002-2003 SUMAN K. BERY, N N VOHRA (ED) 8175411368 2003 156 pp 0.00 250.00 Preface, List of Tables, List of Abbreviations, The setting and overview, Agriculture, Industry, External Sector, Public Finance, Macroeconomic Outlook, Comments on the Review made by the discussants, References, Contributors. The present Mid- Year Review of the Indian Economy is strategically timed to provide a critical analysis of trends in the current fiscal year before budget preparations for the next year get underway. It attempts to analyse the economy's present cyclical positin against the background of performance over the last decades.
The medium term projections provide a real GDP growth of 6 per cent, well below the target for the Tenth Five-Year Plan. The forecast for the current year places overall real GDP growth at 4.8 per cent with the major contributions coming from services and Industry. At the macro level, it points to a slow down in investment growth and the need for reviving the investment climate. At the sectoral level the unsatisfactory performace of Agriculture in the 1990s has come as a disappointment since, with a more liberalised trade policy environment, it was expected to benefit prositively.
A mixture of good and bad news, this Review assesses the prospects for the Indian economy for 2002-03 and presents a medium-term view on growth. The forecasts are based on the macroeconomic models developed by the NCAER.
N N Vohra, was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. On retirement he took over as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998). In 1997 he was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001), Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000) and C0-Chariman of the India-EU Round Table, has been writing on issues relating to security and good governance. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000127.jpg
Economics WATER RESOURCES AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT CHALLENGES OF 21ST CENTURY KAMTA PRASAD 8175411279 2003 xxvi + 468 pp 0.00 1500.00 Preface, Introduction, Overall Perspectives and vision, Technological Options, Risk Management, Institutional and Management Aspects, Institutional framework for conflict resolution in the water sector, Socio-economic and environmental aspects, Annexure, Index, Contributors. This volume covers the whole gamut of issues related to sustainable development of water resources impinging on socio-economic, institutional and environmental aspects that would face the humanity in coming decades. It also focuses on issues relating to overall approach and perspective; technological options with particular reference to the prevailing controversy on large or small dams; appropriate institutional intra-national conflicts in the water sector; environmental and organisational aspects; farmers participation in irrigation management; water related natural disasters like flood and socio-economic aspects. Facts, ideas and recommendations contained in this collection of articles would contribute to a better understanding of the complex issues of development and management of water resources. This may also help create a climate for their faster augmentation and better utilisation.
The papers contributed by noted professionals from several displines in this volume would be useful to students, research scholars, policy planner, administrators, consultants as well as the general pubic since water is everybody's business.
Prof. Kamta Prasad is Chaiman, Institute for Resource Management and Economic Development, Delhi and Vice President, India Water Partnership. A former president of Indian economic association. He has held several distinguished positions in the Government of India as chairman, Agricultural Prices Commission and Minimum Wages Advisory Board and Member, National Flood Commission, Council for advancement of Rural Technology, Committee for Promotion of Social and Economic Welfare, Advisory Council, NABARD etc. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000128.jpg
Economics,History/culture,Industry and Commerce GANDHIAN PERSPECTIVE ON INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS A STUDY OF TEXTILE LABOUR ASSOCIATION, AHMEDABAD, 1918-48 S.K. GOEL 8175411198 2002 viii + 252 pp 0.00 800.00 Ahmedabad: A Centre of trade, Commerce and Industry, Labour and Trade Unionism in Ahmedabad, Gandhi's Theory of Industrial Relations and Trade Unionism, Gandhi's Contact with Industrial Labour: Formation of Textile Labour Association, Application of Gandhian Principles of Industrial Relations and working of the Textile Labour Association, Gandhian Experiment in Industrial Relations and Working of the Textile Labour Association, Conclusion. The present volume examines in depth, the Gandhian theory of industrial relation and trades unionism vis-à-vis its application by the Textile Labour Association (TLA) of Ahmedabad, Gujarat. It also traces the emergence of textile industry and the growth of labour and trade unionism in Ahmedabad and focuses on the Gandhian ideology and methods in resolving capital labour issues and problems. Dr. S K Goel is at present working at the Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000129.jpg
Economics,Housing SHELTER FOR POOR IN THE FOURTH WORLD(2 VOLS) R.G. GUPTA 8185402280 1995 0.00 3200.00 VOLUME 1:Housing in some countries : China, South Korea, Indonesia, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Malasia, Sri Lanka, Philippines, Housing in some cities of India: Bombay, Madras, Calcutta, National Capital Region, Kanpur, Indore, Noida, Metropolitan Cities, DelhiSurveys and TheoriesVOLUME 2:Environmental planning norms, resettlement colonies, Planning and integrated development, Quality of Life, Zonal Plan, Physical planning of resettlement colonies, Housing in urban villages, Housing in rural settlements, Housing for landless labourers, Housing in unauthorised regularised colonies, housing by urban renewal, Housing for slum dwellers, Redevelopment of mumdewalan complex, Planning of shelter & low cost specifications, Traffic & transportation, Developing large green areas & role of private sector, Recreational facilities, Energy conservation housing and urbanisation, Pollution control & housing, Planning administration of mega city, Joint venture & private sector, Planning practices & professional charges for urban spaces, Role of development authorities & new housing policy, Index In days to come, shelter would have maximum awareness and attention, and would be a central point of progress/total development of human being. All the cities of developing countries have huge housing backlog and gap between demand and supply is increasing. By the end of the century, India would have a backlog of 41 million housing units.
The book consists of housing policies at macro level in general, in few countries, in super metropolitan cities; housing technology in terms of different norms and standards, low cost housing; new models of housing, specially in relation to slum areas, energy conservation, prevention of pollution, innovation in private sector, joint sector-case examples of Delhi. The book would be certainly useful to policy makers at various levels, Planning Commission, Planning Boards, housing Boards, Development Authorities and students.
R.G. Gupta is a B.Sc., B.Arch. (Gold Medalist) form the university of Roorkee and Post Graduate in T. & C.P. from the school of Planning & Architecture, New Delhi. He received a P.G. Diploma in R.D.P. from the Netherlands. He was a research scholar in Civil Engineering(T & T), I.I.T., Delhi. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000130.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science,Human Rights CONFLICT RESOLUTION, HUMAN RIGHTS AND DEMOCRACY DD KHANNA, GERT W KUECK(ED) 8175411252 2011 viii + 299 pp, Ist Published in 2003 0.00 995.00 Preface, Introduction, The Indian Perspective, Democracy Human rights & Conflict Resolutions, Democracy & Co-existence of Civilisations, Emerging threats to democracy, Democracy as Global Entitlement, Human rights revolution, The role of United Nations, Human rights & Terrorism, Conflict Resolution: the contribution of democracy and human rights, Conflict resolution as a pre-requisite for gegional cooperation & development,External inputs in conflict generation & conflict resolution, Human rights & Genetic revolution. It is necessary to discuss fundamental changes in human society today and increasing need for new approaches concerning issues of the proper functioning of democracy, respect for human rights and dignity, peace, security, development and social studies.

The book contains contributions of some of the outstanding scholars and thinkers on Human Rights and Conflict Resolution and its association with Democracy. An in-depth analysis of the needs of the future and the imperatives of democracy and suggestions pertaining to ways and means of promoting democratic culture; minimal conditions that the politics of the country must meet in order to make political democracy functional are focussed. The book should be useful to all dealing with the subject.

Prof D. D. Khanna, former Professor and Head, Department of Defence and Strategic Studies, University of Allahabad is currently Director, Society for Peace, Security and Development Studies, Allahabad. He has authored and edited several books and contributed to journals on security and development problems related to South Asian countries.

Prof. Gert W. Kueck is the Resident Representative of the Konrad Adenauer Foundation (Germany) to India. He specialised in international and developmental economics and political affairs. He has a vast experience in academic and practical activities across the globe. Professor Kueck participated actively in several international conferences, many of them within the framework of the United Nations. He has authored books and contributed to journals, particularly on problems related to North-South and South-South relations.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000131.jpg
Journalism MEDIA AND ETHICS S.K. AGGARWAL 9788175415089 (HB) 9788175415096 (PB) 2010 216pp, revised edition 200.00 550.00 Preface to Second EditionForeword to First EditionPreface to First Edition1. Journalists and EthicsJournalists and politicization-Mandal Commission and Press-Bofors issue and ethics-Difference of opinion between. The Hindu, Editors Kasturi and N. Ram-Ram holds Press Conference in Delhi-Kasturi clarifies his and-Ram suspended-Chitra resigns from Indian Express, raises ethical issues-St Kitts issue and Press role-Seema Mustafa raises questions of propriety I India Today and quits-Corporate war and Press ethics-Newspaper proprietors and politicians-Pressmen and industrialists-Journalists and privileges-Emergency and Press-Press Council's judgments on violations of ethics-Devi Lal abuses Arun Shourie, the latter reproduces the abuses-Press Council's judgment to avoid unpar liamentary language in newspapers-Right to reply and ethics.2. Communal, Caste Pressures and Press EthicsCommunal divide-Ramjanmabhoomi-Babri Masjid issue and Press-Press Council Committee's report on Press coverage of Ayodhya incidents in 1990-Press Council guidelines on communal riots coverage-Anti-reservation stir in Gujarat (1987) and Press-Deccan Herald story and riots.3. Right to Privacy and EthicsWhat is right to privacy?-Right to privacy and the Indian Press-Pamella Bordes case and privacy-Dilshad, Sunday Observer controversy and privacy-Bombay nuns murder case and privacy-Press Council's judgement and guidelines on right to privacy-J.B. Patnaik, Illustrated Weekly and privacy-Defamation Bill (1987) and right to privacy-Second Indian Press Commission and right to privacy-Calcutt Committee and right to privacy in UK-Right to privacy in USA and other countries.4. Electronic Media and EthicsElectronic media and Blue Star operation coverage-Charles Sobhraj's escape from Tihar jail-Mrs Gandhi's assassination-Delhi bandh (1988)-Decision not to show telefilms like 'Rajiv India', 'New Delhi Times' and electronic media-Media Advisory Committee guidelines (1982)-Petition filed by Romesh Thapar (Seminar) in the Supreme Court against misuse of media by government (1987)-States complaint against bias-Indira Gandhi, Raji Gandhi and media-Inducation of K.K. Tewari as Union Minister for Information and Broadcasting during 1989 general elections-Gross misuse of media during Tewari's time-Distortion of Madhu Limaye's article and his protest to PM-Electronic media campaign against oposition leaders, particularly against V.P. Singh-Congress attempt to mussle print media-Chanda Committee report (1966)-Verghese Committee Report (1978)-Prasar Bharati Bill (1989)-Varadan Committee report (1991)-Cable TV invasion on India and its control-TV second channel license.Index The Indian Press has played a creditable role in strengthening the unity and integrity of our country. In the 2009 general elections, the media to a great extent helped in the rejection of regional, caste and communal politics and in the elimination of criminals in politics. Remarkable role of the media can be cited to get justice for the aggrieved-Jessica Lal. Many successful sting operations have been carried out by the media-BMW.

On the flip side, the media is working under the influence of the market forces in planting stories on the news pages. There is a new concept of advertorials which is unethical. News is being increasingly sensationalised for commercial gain. The reporters sometimes have to face criminal charges (Uma Khurana's case). The action of throwing a shoe at Home Minister Chidambaram by a journalist was not only unethical but illegal. Such incidents do tarnish the image of the media.

The Editors Guild of India and the Press Council of India have raised questions on violation of journalistic ethics during the Gujarat riots and UP (Ram temple agitation) and on many other occasions. It is time for professional bodies of journalists to ponder over these issues and devise a code for restraint and regulation. A code from the government is unwelcome as it could stifle the media. The book deals with journalism ethics and may be found useful by the readers.
S K Aggarwal (b.1938 ), a post graduate from University of Delhi in 1961, retired from The Economic Times as Deputy News Editor after a long stint with the Times group. A keen watcher of socio-economic and political events in India and abroad, he has written several articles in newspapers and periodicals. He has been delivering lectures on journalism in most of the colleges of the Delhi University. Besides this, he has also been teaching at The Times School of Journalism, YMCA, Pioneer School of Journalism. He was also one of the proud founders of the Amity School of Journalism and delivered lectures there.

He has widely travelled in India and abroad. He is a member of several professional bodies like the Forum of Financial Writers, Authors Guild of India and the Press Club of India. He has authored seven books, namely, Press at the Crossroads in India, Media Credbility, whither Indian Democracy, Handbook for Journalists and Editorial Excellence, Investigative Journalism. The last one, Stock Markets and Financial Journalism (1998, Shipra) was released by our worthy Prime Minister Dr Manmohan Singh.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000132.jpg
Literature and Linguistics SONGS OF RABINDRANATH TAGORE JADU SAHA 8175411341(PB) 2002 xxviii + 220 pp 95.00 350.00 Acknowledgements, Foreword, Introduction, Puja/Worship, Prakrti/Nature, Svades/Motherland, Prem/Love, Bibidha/Miscellaneous, Glossary, Index. In this book 102 of his most popular songs from all categories have been translated in the same end rhyme as in the original Bengali. Songs can not be translated from one language to another as songs; songs are specific to a people and its culture. These translations are to be enjoyed as lyrical poems. They all sing. The language is simple, the images are familiar but the thoughts are deep, and touch all sensitive hearts. That was Rabindranath's genius. Dr. Jadu Saha is a scientist by education and training. Literature, philosophy and history have been his life long passion. Songs of Rabindranath Tagore, is his second book. His third poetry book, The Flute: Selected Poems of Rabindranath Tagore, also a translation, is in press. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000134.jpg
Literature and Linguistics A TREASURY OF SANSKRIT POETRY IN ENGLISH TRANSLATION A.N.D. HAKSAR 8175411168 2002 xxviii + 203 pp 0.00 900.00 Foreword, Acknowledgements, Introduction, The Vedas, The Upanishads, Vyasa, Valmiki, Asvaghosha, Bhasa, Hala, Sudraka, Vishnu Sarma, Kalidasa, Syamilaka, Subandhu, Bharavi, Magha, Bhartrihari, Dharmakirti, Visakhandatta, Bana, Divakara, Amaru, Dandin, Kumaradasa, Bhatta Narayana, Sankara, Yasovarman, Saraha, Ravigupta, Kouhala, Govinda, Bhavabhuti, Vidya, Damodaragupta, Murari, Sila Bhattarika, Asaga, Vikatanitamba, Vallana, Abhinanda, Narayana, Damodaramisra, Rajasekhara, Kshemisvara, Siddha, Ananta, Kalasaka, Bhojya Deva, Atula, Kshemendra, Somadeva, Bilhana, Dhanesvara, Jayadeva, Haribhatta, Manovinoda, Nayachandra Suri, Rupa Gosvamin, Jagannatha, Nilakantha Dikshita, Anonymous verses from anthologies, other anonymous verses, A Seasonal anthology, Poerty from inscriptions, Appendix This is a comprehensive anthology of Sanskrit poetry in the best English translations available. The first ever of its kind, it brings together excerpts form a full range of original works, translated by over forty distinguished writers including poets and scholars, savants and seers, and two winners of the Nobel prize for literature.
Drawing form sacred as well as classic and folk literature, this collection features a wide variety of poetry in translation. It includes nature hymns and mystic utterances; epic narratives and love lyrics; songs and reflections on the human condition; verses devotional and philosophic, heroic and tragic, erotic and satiric; courtly epigrams and inscriptions, and simple poems form the countryside.
English translations from Sanskrit have a history of over two centuries. The finest of these renderings have been compiled in this volume by a well-known Sanskritist to present the ancient language's poetic splendour, not through learned discourse, but by letting the poetry speak for itself.
A.N.D. Haksar is a long time student of Sanskrit literature, some works of which he has translated into English prose as well as verse. A career diplomat for many years, he served as Indian High Commissioner to Kenya and the Seychelles, Ambassador to Protugal and Yugoslavia, Dean of the Foreign Service Institute and President of the Program. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000135.jpg
History/culture,Literature and Linguistics SALLIES OF MIND (TRANSLATION OF GHUBAR-E-KHATIR)* *Not Available MAULANA ABUL KALAM AZAD 8175411465 2003

xiv + 322 pp

0.00 0.00 Prime Mininster, Atal Bihari Vajpayee's Messege, Translator's Note-D.R. Goel, Introduction - Malik Ram, Foreword: 2 Feb 1946, Letter 1: 27 June 1945, Letter 2: 24 Aug 1945, Letter 3: 3 Sep 1945, Letter 4: 3 Aug 1942, Letter 5: 10 Aug 1942, Letter 6: 11 Aug 1942, Letter 7: 15 Aug 1942, Letter 8: 19 Aug 1942, Letter 9: 27 Aug 1942, Letter 10: 29 Aug 1942, Letter 11: 12 Oct 1942, Letter 12: 17 Oct 1942, Letter 13: 18 Oct 1942, Letter 14: 5 Dec 1943, Letter 15: 17 Dec 1942, Letter 16: 7 Jan 1943, Letter 17: 9 Jan 1943, Letter 18: 2 March 1943, Letter 19: 17 March 1943, Letter 20: 18 March 1943, Letter 21: 11 April 1943, Letter 22: 14 June 1943, Letter 23: 15 June 1943, Letter 24: 16 Sept 1943

Ghubar-e-Khatir (Sallies of Mind) is the last of Maulana's writings and perhaps the most unique. Whereas his earlier writings whether journalistic or academic dealt with either religion or politics, here he takes leave of both the preoccupations and uses the solitude of political incarceration to give expression to his innermost thoughts on various phenomenon of life.

Not intended to be published when written but the published work shows that whoever persuaded the Maulana to allow publication deserves gratitude not only of his personal admirers but all those who care for flights of fancy rooted in erudition and close observation of human and natural phenomenon. The reflection on personal life provide a mine of information about his character which would prove highly valuable for a biographer; nowhere else the psyche of Maulana is revealed as intimately as here because it is a volume of uninhibited sallies of his mind. The account of his passage from an orthodox background to the wilderness of doubt and ultimate arrival at faith that transcends boundaries of sects provide enlightenment to the seekers of Truth and pave the way to respect for diversity. When he talks about his tea habit he throws a flood of light on the origin of the weed, its varieties as well as various tastes of tea drinkers. For him tea is not a substitute of wine but itself an intoxicating drink that transports him into the world of imagination where past, present and future merge into eternity.

There is rich stuff for lovers of plants and flowers and exceedingly rewarding information for those inclined towards music. His reaction to Aurangzeb's strong aversion to music would on the one hand warm the hearts of hedonists and on the other open the eyes of the kill-joys who think that pleasures and delights of the world of eye and ear are impious indulgence. All in all it is both delightful and instructive.
 

Maulana (Mohiuddin) Abul Kalam Azad, born in an Indian family at Mecca on 11 November 1888, rose to the front ranks of India's freedom struggle. He earned the respect of Gandhiji for his views on religion and politics that led to emphasis on communal unity as a necessary component of national independence. Maulana Azad started his career not as a religious or community leader but as a member of a revolutionary group. Later he was convinced of non-violence as a better instrument for political struggle and worked shoulder to shoulder with Gandhiji and Jawaharlal Nehru. Leaving the path of revolutionary violence he launched on journalism to create political awareness among Muslims who were at that time keeping aloof from national politics. According to him struggle for freedom was a religious obligation for Muslims. He played an important role in Indian National Congress of which he became president on two crucial junctures, first in 1923 when he saved its unity threatened by the controversy on council entry and later in 1940 when there was direct and final confrontation with the imperialist power.

In independent India he was Minister for Education in which capacity he promoted the setting up of various academic and cultural institutions. Apart from a politician Maulana was a writer with a distinct prose style marked by high level erudition and a poet's sensitivity to men and affairs. His Tarjaman-ul-Qur'an is one of the most authentic and intellectually stimulating interpretations of the fundamentals of Islam. Among his political writings Qaul-e-Faisal and India Wins freedom are significant as expressions of his views on politics.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000136.jpg
Political Science COMMUNAL CHALLENGE AND SECULAR RESPONSE ASGHAR ALI ENGINEER 8175411333 2003 xiv + 274 pp 0.00 550.00 Introduction ,Democracy and its Problems in Developing Countries, Communalism and Communal Violence Communalism and Communal Violence-1998, Communalism and Communal Violence-1999, Communal Riots-2000, The Politics of Arrest of Bal Thackeray, Srikrishna Commission Report-Will it be implemented?, Kanpur Riots-A Wake Up Call, Punishing Guilty Police Officers in Mumbai Riots, Malegaon Riots-A New Era of Violence?, A Brief Survey of Communal Situation in the Post Babri-Demolition Period, Communal Riots-2001, BJP's Riot-Free India, Gujarat-An Area of Darkness, Role of Police in Gujarat Carnage, Communal Violence and Role of Civil SocietyComposite Culture, Secularism and Communal Harmony Composite Culture-Celebration of Indian Unity, Demeaning Secularism, On Inter-Religious and Intercultural Dialogue, Twentyfirst Century, Religion and Peace, Nation-State, Religion and Identity, The Congress, Secularism and Minorities, Islam and Secularism, Nationalism, Communalism and Twentieth Century, Vajpayee's Statements and Medieval History, Plurality or Polarity?, All is not lost in Gujarat, Gujarat Carnage-Implications for SecularismBJP, The Sangh Parivar and the Minorities Media and Minorities, India, Minorities and Twentyfirst Century, The BJP and its Roots in Gujarat, The BJP and its Twenty Years, The BJP and the Muslim Factor, The RSS-An Evaluation from the Minority Perspective, Hindutva, Nationalism and Violence, Defeat of BJP is Defeat of Communalism, Minorities can not be at the Mercy of RSSThe Indian Muslims Indian Muslims and Education, Muslims and Education, Social Reforms and Political Odds, Muslims, Modernity and Change, Separate Muslim Party Not Needed, Islam and Muslims in India- Problems of Identity and Existence, Muslim Middle Class and its Role, Indian Muslims, Fifty Years in Independent India-An Evaluation, Myths about Muslims and the Gujarat CarnageMuslim Women and the Muslim Personal Law Muslim Women's Maintenance-Some New Judgements, Women and Personal Law in Iran, Women's Rights and Personal Law Board, Muslim Women and Far Reaching Changes in Bangladesh, Can Veil be Enforced?Kashmir Violence in Kashmir and Democratic Rights, Kashmir-Can Autonomy be a Solution?, Kashmir Opts for PeacePakistan and Indo-Pakistan Relations The Pakistani Textbooks and Hatred against India, The Problematique of Nation-Building on South Asia-The Case of Pakistan, Pakistan, its Polity and Viability, Indo-Pak Relations Soaring High, Is Confederation in South Asia Possible?The Islamic World Iran between Liberalism and Orthodoxy, Religion and Politics in Indonesia Indonesia-A Country in Turmoil, Attack on World Trade Centre and its Implications, Clash of Terrors?, A New Approach for Islamic World NeededIndex Ours is a bewilderingly diverse country and balanced approach to complex religious and minority issues is a must for a balanced polity and communal peace.

The author is well known for his balanced, objective and scientific approach to communal problems. The essays written by him on minority issues, secularism, communalism and communal conflict from time to time, included in this volume, should be of great interest to scholars, researchers and those interested in these issues. The communal situation in the country makes this book all the more relevant and of great use in restoring communal balance.
Dr. Asghar Ali Engineer is a well-known Islamic scholar and a theologian. He has done valuable work on communal harmony. He has personally investigated all major riots in post-independence India and has published several works on study of these riots. He has been working for inter-religous harmony and was conferred D.Lit. by Calcutta University for his work on communal harmony.

Dr. Engineer has also done lot of work on Islam and has published more than 45 books both written as well as edited, including, Islam in India - The Impact of Civilizations ( 2002, Shipra)
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000137.jpg
Political Science HINDUTVA: A CHALLENGE TO MULTI-CULTURAL DEMOCRACY* C.P. BHAMBHRI 9788175411371 2017 impression

viii + 200 pp

0.00 795.00 Introduction, Congress at crossroads, A living constitution, The real face of third front warriors, Promotion of religiosity by a secular state, Power of middle class, Autonomy fever and the BJP, Kashmir on the Nagotiation agenda, US jaunt - reality and rhetoric, The congress under siege, Governance sans ideology? Congress and left must co-operate, Politics of economics, A riot of identities, US Presidential polls and India, South Asian state systems, Handle US with care, Bloated from gorging on power, Congress democracy? The politics of economics, Casting a shadow on development, The leader must lead-and cajole, Ideology and opportunism, Communalisation of the state apparatus, When government betrays trust, Socialism has met with an inglorious end, Crisis of coalitions, Cast aside, From TINA to Tiny: the congress journey, Where is the congress? Down in the dumps, The politics of resignations, Look back, Mr Bush, Is BJP really going the congress way? Why the bullet is ruling over the ballot, Foreign policy without a framework, the Opportunism of dalit "Elites", Time to back down, UP elections a repeat of 1996 farce and tragedy rolled in one, Growing expansionism in Asia, Needed a broad-based coalition, Tell it as it is? Priestly takeover of secular governance, Is Hindu goodwill it? Constitution says no, Verdict for a social bloc, Cleaning India's electoral stables, A socio-cultural study of Gujarat, Battle royale and the idea of India, Political stability has its price, India under sieze, What India needs is more democracy, A federal investigation, US Mediation is the message, One country two systems, Poll in the BJP's court, Verdict on Narayanan: defender of democracy, Uneasy federal relations, Putin visit: an assessment.

This study examines the record of BJP -in - government and the main question is : How has BJP - in - government, whether at the centre or in some states, been able to reconcile its ideology of Hindutva with the fundamentals of multicultural democracy? The main conclusion of this study is that the BJP and the fraternity of Sangh Parivar has devoted all its efforts in creating an anti-minority political culture in the country. The BJP had defined itself as a " party with a difference" but in actual practice it has proved that its only difference from other plarties is that it is committed to polarize India into Hindu majority. This study provides a comprehensive view of the BJP and Sangh Parivar during 1999-2002.
 

Professor C P Bhambhri currently ‘Distinguished Scholar†of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanania. He is a prolific writer who has published in internationall and national academic professional journals and has also intervend through news-papers Articles. Some of his widely acclaimed books are : The Indian State ; (Two Volumes): Foreign Policy of India : The Political Process in India and Elections 1991- An Analysis.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000138.jpg
Political Science,Economics,North East IMPACT OF ETHNIC VIOLENCE ON YOUTH* *Not Available SUSHEELA BHAN 8175410159 1999

xviii + 204 pp

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Preface, Acknowledgements, List of tables, Theoretical overview: Ethnicity, ethnic situation in India, ethnic conflict in Assam, Ethnic conflict & curricular intervention for peace Empirical Investigation: the Kokrajhar study: Research methodology, selected socio-economic characteristics, Social interaction, Perception of voilence, State & media, Aspirations, roles & identities, Psychological impact of violence, attitudes, Views on minimising violence, lessons & questions, references, Index

The predicament of ethnic violence stands out as a daunting problem today, not only in the midst of collapsing states and empires but also in the most tolerant societies where the forces of integration are stronger. Consequently, specialists in search of theories, values and policies have come to realize that they need to find more creative and powerful ways to address the issues of justice among ethnic groups. The Indian society is gripped in an ethnic crisis that threatens its very integrity. The overarching humanism, within which this pluralist society had flowered, appears to be giving way to the obscurantist trends marked by violent explosions of ethnic conflict. These trends need to be reversed before the country lapses into anarchy. The present volume makes a modest attempt to bring into focus the coercive, separatist values and policies that have displaced communities from the humanist consciousness underlying the diverse cultural forms and in effect exacerbated organised ethnic violence. Since, it is the educated youth that are leading the violent movements in the country today, the focus on the student community becomes a matter of priority. This assumption informed the indepth investigation reported here, on the perceptions, attitudes, aspirations, motivations and views of the student community of the Kokrajhar district of Assam where the Bods agitation has led to endemic tribal- nontribal violence. The book underlines the urgency of developing a Peace Education Movement in the country to mobilize and equip its prevention, management and resolution of ethnic conflict and promotion of peace in general.

Prof. Susheela Bhan, the former Executive Director, Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi, is the founder-Director of the Institute of Peace Research and Action (IPRA) at Delhi. A specialist in Education, she has written extensively in the area of Education and Development. Presently, Prof. Bhan is involved in developing a major research programme in the area of Peace Studies. The project on Ethnic Violence is an important input into this programme. Among other research programmes, four projects completed by her merit a special mention. These are: (1) Peace Awareness Among Student Youth in India : A Status Study, (2) Impact of Ethnic Violence on Youth : A study of Hindu Muslim Violence in the old city of Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh), (3) Family Violence Against Women, and (4)Evaluation of Curricula and Textbooks being used at the Higher Secondary Stage from the standpoint of Peace Promotion.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000139.jpg
History/culture,Political Science ISLAM IN INDIA THE IMPACT OF CIVILIZATIONS ASGHAR ALI ENGINEER 8175411155 2002

175 pp

0.00 550.00 Foreword, Introduction, The role of Ibn Battuta in Writting the History of India, India's interface with Islam, Slavery & kingship among the Indian Gentry in the late 18th century, Indo-Islamic cultural interface, Sufi tradition & its impact on religious thought, Two textual paradigms of nationalism in the middle period thought of Maulana Azad, Indian response to Islam, Islamic approaches to nationhood and nation building, A synthesis of Indo-islamic culture and the role of muslim women, India's contribution to development of islamic sciences, India's contribution to arabic literature, Index, Contributors.

This book contains erudite essays by noted scholars in Islam from various countries. Islam in India has richly contributed to its culture and civilization. There is no area in which Islam's impact has not been felt in India. From architecture to music to painting to historiography Muslims have left their imprint in every field. The renowned scholars in respective fields have contributed their essays to this volume.

The readers will immensely benefit from reading this volume about impact of Islam on Indian culture, whether they are scholars or lay readers, they will benefit from study of this volume.

Dr.Asghar Ali Engineer is a well known Islamic scholar and a theologian. He was trained in Islamic theology, tafsir (commentary) on Qur'an, Hadith and Islamic jurisprudence. He has done lot of work on Islam and has published more than 45 books both written as well as edited.

Dr. Engineer has also done valuable work on communal harmony. He has personally investigated all major riots in post-independence India and has published several works on study of these riots. He has been working for inter-religous harmony and was conferred D.Lit. by Calcutta University for his work on communal harmony

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000140.jpg
Political Science NATIONAL RESURGENCE THROUGH ELECTORAL REFORMS* *Not Available SUBHASH C. KASHYAP 817541118X 2002

x + 298 pp

0.00 0.00 Foreword, Preface, Introduction, Democracy, Constitution and elections, Representational legitimacy of electoral system, Citizens and the electoral process, Election party system and defections, Criminalisation, role of money, muscle power and electoral malpractices, Annexure, Index.

The fearfully high costs of elections and the role of 3 M.P.s money power, muscle power and mafia power and of 4 Cs communalism, casteism, criminalisation, and corruption have polluted the functioning of our political parties and electoral processes. There are malpractices like rigging, booth capturing, manipulating electoral rolls, impersonation and bogus voting. With nearly 70 per cent of all legislators elected by a minority of votes cast, their representational legitimacy becomes doubtful.
Of all the reforms needed for a resurgent India, electoral reforms are the most imperative. While these have been talked about for 50 years, with the latest Supreme Court verdict and the election commission order making it necessary for candidates to give information about educational qualifications, assets and liabilities and criminal background, there is emergence of renewed interest in the subject.
The proposals that emerge from the present study are positive and concrete. The problems have been identified, pertinent questions raised, different reform options analysed and the most feasible agenda for action suggested with a view to bringing about the most needed national resurgence through electoral reforms.

Dr. Subhash C Kashyap, Constitutional Law and Parliamentary Affairs specialist and author of many prestigious works, had his higher education and professional training at Allahabad, New Delhi. Washington, D C Dallas, Londonand Geneva. An experienced administrator, widely travelled over the world, he was intimately associated with Parliament for over 37 years, right from the first Lok Sabha of Nehru and Mavalankar days. He occupied one of the highest positions in the nation’s civil service as Secretary General of Lok Sabha.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000141.jpg
Literature and Linguistics WHAT THEY DONT TEACH YOU AT ARMY SCHOOL: (A CRITIQUE OF INDIAN MILITARY THOUGHT) Not Available B.N. SHARMA 8185402655 1996

227pp, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 350.00 Preface, Pitfalls in Military, Thoughts on organisation and tactics, The historical factor,

The book deals with operation,s training, equipment, soldiering, generalship and organisation at all levels. These are subjects that any serious planner of defence can illafford to neglect. Many of these ideas have since been incorporated in Indian army with useful results. There is still enough to be done. This book will provide an interesting reading not only to professional soldier, but also to general public which, today, is as much concerened about the national defence as the man in the uniform

Brig. B.N. Sharma is a Science Graduate from Allahabad and Master from Delhi University. He is also a Master's Degree holder in Military Studies form Madras University.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000142.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT GLOBALISATION & CHALLENGES FOR EDUCATION FOCUS ON EQUITY & EQUALITY NUEPA (ED.) 9788175416031(HB) 9788175416048(PB) 2012

796 pp,

495.00 1995.00 Preface, Basic education: making it work for the poor experiences from South, Local knowledge & human develoopment in globalisation of education, Qualifications in a global market: deepening the divide? The global & local challenges in formal basic schooling in Post-Apartheid South Aferica, The dynamics of education & training in Vietnam: the contradictory effects of globalisation in terms of inequality, Enterpreneurship education as a means of eradicating unemployment among individuals with disabilities, Community college: a democratic response to globalisation providing equity & equal opportunity, Globalised education & human development: a risk analysis, Globalisation & educational challenges Tamil Nadu experience,,Competition as an outcome of globalisation: its effect on Urban secondary school boys, Globalisation & impact on human: development with a focus on education , Globalisation: the threat perceptions to equality of educational opportunities, Globalisation & impact of human development & education, Globalisation & human development,Globalisation & gender equity, Learning for sustainable development, Globalisation & inequalities in educational development in India: focus on Andhra Pradesh, Multiple inequalities of globalisation and what to o about them, Equity & financing education, Digital divine & its impact on education & employment, Structural predicaments and digital divide: how real in South Asia? Meeting the challanges of globalisation through information,

Globalisation has created serious economic crisis also in many developing countries and this made lethal changes as far as the state provisions of education are concerned. The ongoing changes due to globalisation provide a context to reconsider the challenges, find the opportunities and devise changes needed to foster development. In particular, to avoid the discrepancy created by the new information technology, and other aspects of the processes of globalisation. It is imperative to find what has been effective to the fight against the new challenges of education specially, poverty is the main hurdle for the education development. The reforms in this era should be equity driven.

The book deals with national and international issues of Globalisation and its impact on social, economic, intersectoral inequalities and Digital Divide.

NIEPA felt it is worthwhile venture to compile key papers of the International Conference in a pre-conference book form for the referral benefit to policy makers and planners, researchers and students.






















 

National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration (NIEPA) is a national institute in educational planning and administration in South Asia.
An autonomous organisation registered under Societies Registration Act of 1860, it is fully funded and sponsored by the Government of India. With specialization in policy, planning and management in education, NIEPA is the professional wing of the Government of India. Here, at NIEPA, the prime concerns are with capacity building in educational policy, planning and management through research, training, consultancy and dissemination.
NIEPA's origin can be traced to UNESCO Regional Center for Educational Planners and Administrators in 1961-62; in 1965, it was renamed as Asian Institute of Educational Planning and Administration. On the completion of the 10-year contract with UNESCO, the Government of India took it over and renamed the Institute as National Staff College for Educational Planners and Administrators in 1970. Subsequently the institute was renamed as National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration (NIEPA) in 1979 emphasizing on research besides staff development.
www.niepa.org
 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000143.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce INDIAN STEEL PERSPECTIVE 2025* *Not Available R.K. SINHA, S.C. SURI 8175411317 2003

xviii+334, OUT OF STOCK

0.00 0.00 Growth in Steel Consumption and Structural Changes in the Indian Economy(1950-2000) Steel Demand Scenario upto 2011-2012 Raw Materials for Iron and Steel Industry Metallics for Steel Making Iron and Steel Technology International Trade Restructuring and Mergers and Acquisitions Competitiveness ofindian Steel Industry Conclusions and Recommendations Government Initiatives; Industry Institutions Initiatives; Financial Background Papers on Steel Demand A. Aggregated Forecasting Model B. Disaggregated Methodology for Demand Forecasting C. Sensitivity of Steel Demand to Prices D. Export of Finished Steel trom India-Some Projections  

There have been revolutionary changes in the global steel scene with fierce competitive pressures on performance, productivity, price reduction and customer satisfaction. National boundaries have melted to encompass an ever increasing world market. Sagging prices have spelt turmoil in the industry. The future is challenging and holds great promise if right steps are taken because of the inherent qualities of steel. The book attempts an in-depth analysis of existing and futuristic prognosis for the world and Indian steel scene, effects of globalisation, technological developments, availability of raw materials, metallics balance, threats posed by substitute materials, global competitiveness, pricing, mergers and acquisitions etc. Econometric models and tools are used to forecast demand estimates for the short and medium term. Also an indicative assessment for the long term (2025) has been made. Finally, the book attempts to draw up policy prescriptions for the Government, industry and financial institutions. Indian and global steel community, policy makers and students of allied subjects may find the book useful.

R. K. Sinha retired as Secretary to Government of India, Ministry of Industry. He has been on the Boards of IIM -- Ahmedabad, Kolkata and Kozhikode; ICI; Zuari Industries etc. Mr. Sinha is presently Chief Consultant with Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi.


S. C. Suri former Executive Director, SAIL, is Consultant in Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi. He has extensive experience in steel operations, technology management, R & D, project formulation and design. Mr. Suri is post-graduate from Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000146.jpg
Literature and Linguistics,Religion and Philosophy,History/culture THE RGVEDA IN THE INDUS INSCRIPTION MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175411422 2003 167 pp 0.00 450.00 Contents: Preface, IntroductionOn the reading of the Indus SignsSigns distinguished form the graphic variantsThe Ur-MahesvarasutrasThe Indus syllabarySome phonetic rulesThe verbs of the isolating IndusIndus, the earliest human speechA linguistic history of IndiaThe pre-Indo-EuropeanThe reduplicated Verbal formsTextsBeyond the texts If the archaelogical finds do not decide, if the astronomical facts are not to be believed, at least the language of the Indus inscription, ultimately transiting into the Vedic language, decisively proves the continuity of the Indian civilisation from the beginning of the human history.

The archaelogy is blind, it cannot see with its own eyes. The language of the Indus inscriptions was dump; but it has began to speak now. Let us listen to what it says. If we turn a deaf ear to it, we do not become wiser
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000147.jpg
Literature and Linguistics MOTHER TERESA SAINT OF THE INDIAN CROSSROADS AND OTHER VIGNETTES R.K. RAJU 8175411430 2003 123 pp 0.00 225.00 Contents: Foreword, A Day in Mother's LifeMother Terasa: Saint of the Indian Crossroads;A bitter-sweet FreedomDiamond are ForeverI and My BambiWhere the Winged Creation are cared forBeware! Friendly LeopardDeadlineDebt of Gratitude to the World CupRailway Coach in a Delhi GardenThe Agra Khan's GiftThe Name's Bond, With a Licence to WriteBlending Western Thought and Indian ValuesDay when all eyes were on "Loknayak"1996--A very different election: credit to Mr. T.N. SeshanNameless Wonders!Everest MuseumA mission for Sivaji GanesanMr. "Time Off"Meeting Shirley MaclaineThe Journalistic BugLeh: A Do or Die MissionLast moments of Elizabeth Brunner Epilogue

" ....What we have in fact is good, strong and old fashioned stories, and all the better for that. RK Raju is a journalist with all the skills…. His subjects range from the saintly, apolitical, Mother Teresa to the agnostic Jawaharlal Nehru, from the polished writer Ruskin Bond to the rustic film star…."

Sir Mark Tully
Says in the Foreword










R. K. Raju. a respected and reputed member of the journalistic fraternity, has handled with distinction wide ranging portfolios, which took him all over the world, in his long tenure at The Statesman since early June, 1959 as a reporter, chief reporter and special representative. His contribution to journalism, literature and broadcasting displays a sensitive and perspective mind as he records life and events with professional dynamism.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000148.jpg
Asia and International Studies US NATIONAL SECURITY STRUGGLE FOR SUPREMACY IN POLICY MAKING: 1969-1989 P.M. KAMATH 8175411309 2003 x + 222 pp 0.00 750.00 Contents Acknowledgements, Introduction: Policy-making in Closed and Open Politics Models: Inevitability Conflicts? National Security Policy-Making: President and His Advisers; President Needs Advice; Cabinet versus NSC; Development and Growth of the NSC; Triad of National Security Policy Advice; Secretary of State; Secretary of Defence; National Security Adviser; Origin and Growth of the Office; Role Evaluation; Decline of the NSC Nixon: Kissinger from the Beginning to the End : Rogers; Kissinger; NSC Structure and Kissinger's Role in it; Kissinger's Dominance; Policy Conflicts; China Initiative; China in the UN; Polo II and Rogers; Nixon's visit to China; Bangladesh War; Ford: Non-Competitive Model under Scowcroft: Closed Politics under Nixon-Kissinger Discredited; Kissinger in Dual Role; Scowcroft as National Security Adviser; James Schlesinger; Mayaguez Crisis; Decision-Making; Roles Analysed Carter: Vance or Brzezinski? Brzezinski; Anti-Kissingerisrn; Brzezinski's NSC Staff; Brzezinski Asserts after Uncertain Beginning/IDS; Normalisation of Relations with China; Brzezinski goes to China; Iranian Hostage Crisis; Asylum to the Shah; Military Rescue Mission: Planning and Execution; Enter Muskie Reagan: Who is in Charge? Secretary of State; First Year: Uncertain Mandate; President was Shot; Power without Trust; Allen: Powerless Adviser; Weinberger; Edwin Meese III; William J. Casey NSC set-up under Reagan; Crisis Management? Conflict Analysed; El Salvador; AWACS to Saudis; Clark replaces Allen; Clark vs. Haig; Soviet Pipeline Project; Israeli Attack on Lebanon; George SchultzStruggle for Supremacy: Causes, Consequences; Openness; NSA' s Proximity to the President; Adviser's Expertise; President's Distrust of Bureaucracy; Congressional Role; Media; Executive Privilege; NSC-State Structure; Foreign Government; Consequences; State Department Living Burial; Kissinger and the State; State Department under Vance-Brzezinski Feud. Uncertain Greatness; Centralisation; Make State the main adviser on Foreign Policy; National Security Adviser as a Co-ordinator; Vice-President as National Security Adviser; Whither NSC?Post Script: National Security Policy-Making The Case of Iran-Contra Affairs; Nature of the Case: Lid Opens; Contras Case; Boland Amendment; The Show Must Go On; Operational Mechanism; Iran Initiative/l Secret Mission to Teheran; Iran-Contra: Inseparable Linkages; Actors in the Covert Drama; Robert McFarlane; Poindexter; Oliver North; North's Testimony; Financial Wrong doing Poindexter Trial; An Analysis of Role of Different Officials George P. Shultz; Caspar Weinberger; Edwin Meese III William Casey; George Bush; President Reagan; Democratic Cover-up; Reagan's Involvement; Laws violated; Misuse of Trust; Congressional Role Index Ever since John. F. Kennedy became President in 1961 there has been a phenomenal growth of tensions between President's Secretary of State and his National Security Adviser. Secretaries of State have come to rely on their constitutional and institutional status to claim their primacy, while National Security Advisers have been driven by their tremendous influence drawn from being President's additional eyes, ears and brain in making of national security policy. Their proximity to President and expertise in national security has been their additional assets.

This book reveals that under the presidencies of Richard Nixon, Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan tensions turned into a struggle for supremacy in policy making. The author discusses in-depth causes for the struggle and suggests certain remedial steps. He draws heavily from his personal interviews with the policy makers of the time.

This work would be interest to those who shape Indian foreign policy, and to all those interested in American security policy.


P. M. Kamath retired Professor of Politics, University of Bombay, is an authority on national security and security policy making in the US and India. He worked in the School of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University (1976-77) and Georgetown University (1982-83) on Fulbright fellowships and worked on Iran - Contra affair in the Brookings Institution and taught in Florida International University in 1987. He is a recipient of numerous awards and fellowships from India and abroad. He visited Germany, Britain and France to understand their national security policy making. Currently he is the Hon. Director, VPMs Centre for International Affairs, Mumbai.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000149.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Economics,Political Science TERRORISM IN SOUTH ASIA IMPACT ON DEVELOPMENT AND DEMOCRATIC PROCESS SRIDHAR K. KHATRI, GERT W. KUECK(ED.) 9788175411494 2009 xii + 484 pp 0.00 1500.00 Preface, . Introduction - Sridhar K KhatriPart I: Economic and Political Costs of Terrorism:A Global Perspective- Global Terrorism: Trends and Response - Georg Witschel; - Costs of Terrorism and Deadly Conflict: Who Should Care, and Why Should They Care? - John M Richardson Jr; Part II: Economic Cost of Terrorism in South Asia: National Perspectives- Economic Cost of Terrorism in South Asia: The Case.of Bangladesh-A. K M. Atiqur Rahman; - The Maoist Movement in Nepal: The Economic Implications - Mahendra P. Lama; - Economic Costs of Civil Unrest in South Asia: Nepal's Experience- Suman K Sharma; - Terrorism, Development and Democracy: The Case of Pakistan - Akmal Hussain; - Managing the Sri Lankan Economy at a Time of Terrorism and War - Saman KelegamaPart III: Impact of Terrorism on Democratic Development in South Asia: National Perspectives- Impact of Terrorism on Development and the Democratic Process: Bangladesh's Perspective - Matiur Rahman; - The Effects of Terrorism on Indian Democracy - Kanti Bajpai; - Perspectives on Terrorism: Democratic and International Development - L P. Khosla;-. The Spectre of Terror and its Impact on the Democratic Process in Nepal - Lok Raj Baral;- Impact of Terrorism on Democratic Development inSouth Asia: Pakistan's Perspective - Ijaz Hussain;-. Reflections on the Secessionist Insurrection in Sri Lanka: Consequences for Sri Lanka, and Lessons for the International Community Jagath P. Senaratne;- Discussant: Ayesha Siddiqa-Agha; - Discussant: Dhruba KumarPart IV: Political and Economic Consequences of Terrorism in Sri Lanka and the Road to Peace- The Peace Process in Sri Lanka: How Difficult, How Different? - P. SaravanamuttuPart V: Political Consequences of Terrorism on Interstate Relations- Terrorism and Interstate Relations in South Asia - S. D. Muni;- Political Consequences of Terrorism on Interstate Relations - Pervaiz Iqbal Cheema; - Contemporary Terrorism and the State, Non-State, and the Interstate: Newer Drinks, Newer Bottles ImtiazAhmed;Part VI: Combating Terrorism through Cooperation- Developing a Cooperative Framework for Dealing with Terrorism - Kumar Rupesinghe; -Combating Terrorism: Devising Cooperative Countermeasures - P. R. Chari;- Security Organization for South Asia (SOSA): Mechanism for Conflict Resolution in South Asia - NiazA. Naik;- Part VII: Conclusions- Work that Needs to be Done on Terrorism: Conclusions - Muchkund Dubey Following the terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, D.C. on 11 September 2001, South Asia emerged as the epicentre of the war against terrorism, with the involvement of the American and coalition forces against Al Qaeda in Afghanistan. The development brought into focus not only the spectre posed by the threat of global terrorism, but also the dangers which terrorism poses within and among the countries of the region.

In South Asia, there is a consensus that terrorism has a negative impact on economic development, but the assessment differs significantly depending on the experience of individual countries. There is, therefore, a need to develop a common methodology to calculate the costs of conflicts which should be able to demonstrate, among other things, that conflicts are responsible for the economic ills of countries. Such an exercise would be incomplete without a better understanding of the economy of terrorism, including the sources and methods of its financing and its economic networking. Similarly, there is also a consensus in the region that terrorism undermines and weakens the democratic structure of countries, but it is not yet fully clear how that is done. Most papers in the present volume have attempted to address both the causes and consequences of terrorism, and strongly underscore the need for case-by-case study of individual terrorist groups to see how they have impacted on the state structure

Prof. Sridhar K Khatri is Executive Director of the Regional Centre for Strategic Studies, Colombo, Sri Lanka. Formerly, he was, Executive Director, Institute of Foreign Affairs, Kathmandu, Nepal, and Professor, Department of Political Science, Tribhuvan University, Kathmandu. Prof. Khatri has degrees from City College of New York and School of International Affairs, Columbia University, New York, and was a visiting scholar at the London School of Economics in 1989-90. Some of his edited volumes include: Regional Security in South Asia (Kathmandu: Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies, 1987); Political Parties and The Parliamentary Process in Nepal: A Study of the Transitional Phase (Kathmandu: POLSAN, 1992); Energy Policy: National and Regional Implications (Kathmandu: CASAC, 2002). Co-edited volumes include; The Second Parliamentary Elections: A Study of the Emerging Democratic Process in Nepal (Kathmandu: IIDS, 1993) and South Asia 2010: Challenges and Opportunities (New Delhi: Manohar, 2002).


Prof. Gert W. Kueck is the Resident Representative of the Konrad Adenauer Foundation, an independent non profit-making German association, to India since 1993. Being a student of developmental economics and political science, he achieved some knowledge in the field of oriental studies too. After he graduated with a PhD in economics, he stated an impressive academic career teaching international trade and economic relations with special reference to Afro-Asian and Latin American countries. Several times and for many years, he was able to enrich his academic experience by various practical activities, mainly as an advisor to big companies and in the framework of the United Nations system. He has participated actively in a great number of important conferences at the multinational level and has authored a number of books as well as contributed to scientific journals.





SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000152.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture HISTORY, CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN INDIA AND WEST ASIA N.N VOHRA(Ed.) 8175411236 2003 xiv + 294 pp 0.00 950.00 Contents Preface : NN Vohra; A Message; Introduction: Karan Singh; Conceptualising India-West Asia Relations: The Macro-Historical Perspective:AK. Ramakrishnan; Kuwait and India: Historical, Cultural and Social Bonds Raska Al-Sabah; Afro-Asian Relations: The Sudanese Perspective Jaffar Mirghani Ahmed; Contemporary Indo-Sudanese Relations Hassan Mekki; Indo-Arab Relationship: The Syrian Perspective Waiel S. H. Awwad ; Yemen and India: Development of Historical Relationships Salek Ali Basurrah; Egypt: A Link between India and the Mediterranean Mostafa El-Abbadi ; India and West Asia: Sharing History and Future Challenges Abdulaziz Othman Altwaijri ; India and the Arab World: Retrospect and Prospects Faisal Odeh Al-Rfou'h ; Personal Reflections on Indo-Arab Relations Rafiq Zakaria ; Enduring Relationships: Maritime Contacts in the Western Indian Ocean Himanshu Prabha Ray ; Cultural Implications of Trades between South Asia, the Gulf and Mesopotamia in the Bronze Age Shereen Ratnagar ; Arabian Gulf During the British Era: The Impact of India Abdulla Elmadani; India and West Asia Relations: The Changing Economic Matrix Girijesh Pant ; Population Dynamics in West Asia and North Africa Prakash C. Jain ; Minorities in the Middle East: An Inquiry P.R Kumaraswamy ; Globalisation and Literature Sadik J. Al.Azm; Exploring Composite Culture in India Neera Chandhoke ; Sanskrit's Legacy to the Arab Intellectual Heritage Abdul Ali; Indo-Arab Cultural Relations: Glimpses of Medieval Arabic Texts Abdul Bari ; South India and the Gulf: Trade and Diplomacy During the Late Eighteenth Century AK. Pasha ; Medieval West Asian Critical Appreciation of India M.A Saleem Khan ; India-West Asia Interaction Akhtarul Wasey ; Unitary Histories, Epistemological Divides: A Summing Up Gulshan Dietl ; Proud inheritors of historic legacies, India and West Asia have been friends and neighbours since the dawn of civilisation. With the advent of Islam the Arab-Indian contacts were further strengthened. It was the Arabs who attempted the first written history of India and drew its maps. They learnt a great deal from Indian science and medicine and spread it across the world, notably the so-called Arabic numerals and the concept of zero, thereby introducing India to the West. Both the regions suffered common experiences of oppression and exploitation under colonialism. Today, the issues of distributive justice, gender and human rights, civil society, environment and education have become the common concerns.

Solutions to contemporary problems cannot be founded in universalistic formulas and beliefs in linear progress. Systematic initiatives need to be launched to secure unity without disturbing diversity; the history of Indian and West Asian relations provides valuable examples for making such efforts. Prominent Indian and West Asian scholars, academics and policy makers came together in the course of a two-day seminar to reflect on these issues, share experiences and search for solutions that transcend divisive mindsets.

N. N. Vohra was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. With the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. After retirement he has been serving as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998-). Was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001); Chairman, Committee to Review Functioning of IDSA (1999-2001); Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000); Chairman, Military History Review Committee (2001-02); Co-Chairman, India-EU Round Table (2001-). Has been writing on issues relating to security and governance.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000153.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION FOR A GLOBAL SOCIETY INTER-FAITH DIMENSIONS MARMAR MUKHOPADHYAY(Ed) 9788175411487(HB) 9788175411593(PB) 2014

x+204 pp (4th EDITION), 2014 reprint

180.00 750.00 Foreword; Preface; Inter-faith Values for Education for a Global Society: Karan Singh; Educatedness for the Global Society: Marmar Mukhopadhyq; Inter-faith Education for a Humane Global Order: Sushee/a Bhan; Gandhian Perspective on Education: KD.Gangrade; Education for a Global Society: Baha'i View: Zena Sorabjee; Inter-faith Education for an Ever-advancing Global Society; A.K Merchant; A Scientific Vision of Education for a Global Society: Sampooran Singh; Global Unity in Ancient Indian Education: Shashi Tiwari; Values in the Context of School Education in India: J.S. Rqjput; Value Education for Global Society: Contribution of Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan: J. Veeraraghavan; School Curriculum for Global Peace: JIVA Experience: Steven Paul Rudolph; Value Orientation of Teachers: Bodhpriya ]aibharli; Inter-faith and Education in DAV School: G.P. Chopra; Role of Universities in Fostering a Harmonious Global Society: K. Mathews; Multi-cultures in Education and Collaborative Inter-faith Educational Programmes: Bhu Dev Sharma; National Integration through Education: Ezekiel Isaac Malekar; Inter-faith Education for a Global Society: Neelam Mehta; Holistic Thinking for Global Society: Rajni Tandon; Contributors  

The twentieth Century was a century of paradoxes characterised by great scientific discoveries coupled with colossus human destruction. When the information and communication technology brought world closer to one another into a global village, the competitive faiths pulled them apart from each other. Inter-faith has never been such a crying concern than ever before.

The Temple of Understanding undertook to bring together scholars on one platform to discuss, debate and disseminate inter-faith messages for education for a global society and hence this volume which puts together selected 18 papers.

This is the first Indian book on the subject. It brings together a wide range of well considered views in different aspects of education focusing on the global context from context from interfaith strand. Hope that this book will be well received by the alert audience world over.








 

Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, Joint Director of National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration (NIEPA), New Delhi was convener of the Interfaith Consultation on Education for Global Society. He has written extensively on several areas in education. His contemporary research interest is on philosophic issues like ethics and values, interfaith dimensions of education, educatedness. Some of his major recent books are Total Quality Management in Education, Indian Education: Development since Independence, Governance of School Education in India, Secondary Education: The Challenges Ahead.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175417199.jpg
Asia and International Studies INDONESIA SOCIETY AND POLITICS GANGANATH JHA 8175411511 2003 x +181 pp 0.00 600.00 Preface, Introduction: Threats to the Republic, Human Rights, Indonesian Society: Population Density of Indonesia per Sq. Km. 1930-1980,Indonesian Muslims, Indonesian Customs, Transmigration; Religion in Indonesia: Muslim Community, Islamic Resurgence Ethnic Scenario in Indonesia East Timor, Aceh, Ambon, Iran Jaya, OPM Structure Politics in Indonesia: Nationalist Movement, Sukarno Period, Suharto Period, Terrorism-Blast in Bali Conclusion, Appendix, Bibliography This is the modest attempt towards understanding the intricacies of Indonesian society and politics. Indonesia is witnessing transition from authoritarianism to democracy. Political culture is changing and multi-party system have emerged. Democratic institutions are evolving. The government policies are rapidly evolved to cope with growing economic and security challenges. However, the threat of instability looms large because of ethnic and socio-economic divergences. Radical Islamic and Christian organisations are vocal against each other and some terror groups are active. There is a growing demand to declare Islam as the state religion and dilute the secular framework of the 1945 constitution. Dual role of the armed forces are abolished but their influence on national politics remain substantial. Political parties are solely interested in power and they don't want to take a clear stand against religious fanatics. All these issues have been analysed in the book to make it relevant for all those engaged in teaching and research of the subject.




Dr. Ganganath Jha, an alumnus of Southeast Asian Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru Univesity, New Delhi, has been working as a faculty member in the department for the last 25 years.

Dr. Jha has been contributing articles in reputed journals and edited volumes. A number of articles in Indonesian Quarterly (Jakarta), Contemporary Southeast Asia (Singapore), International Studies, India Quarterly and Strategic Analysis are well appreciated. Some of his books, Foreign Policy of Thailand (1978), Southeast Asia (1988) are widely reviewed. He has widely travelled in Southeast Asia, Holland and China and writes on the subject from his personal experiences.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000156.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND PROCESS OF LEARNING J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175414785(HB) 9788175414792(PB) 2017

xiv + 225 pp, rev. ed.

170.00 850.00 Section 1: Child Development & Process of Learning Overview of Child Development: Introduction,The Progress of Nations Depend upon the Development of Their Children, Children's Perspective of Their Needs: A World Fit for Children, How Children Learn, Needs of a Child Cannot Wait, Development of Children: Two Historical Letters; One from Abraham lincoln and the other from Jawaharlal Nehru, Prominent Educators and Thinkers on the Development and Learning of Children, Constitutional Provisions Regarding Child's Development, National Policy for Children (1974) (Extracts), National Policy on Education-NPE 1986 and as modified 1992, UN and Its Organisations on Child Development, Definition of a child Child Development Significance Meaning and Its Relevance to the Teacher:Significance of Child Development; Meaning of Child Development; Development of the whole child; Goal of Child Development; Basic Needs and Child Development;Nature of Child Development; Scope of Child Development; Relevance of Child Development for the Teacher and Especially on Elementary Teacher in Understanding the Learner and His Behaviour. Approaches/Methods Used to Understand Learner's Behaviour: Variety of Approaches/Methods;Case Study Approach; Experimentation; Observation; Interview; Sociometry Growth and Development: Development, Growth and Maturation; Growth and Development compared; Characteristics and Principles of Development; Educational Implications of the Principles of Development; Stages of Development; Characteristics of Each Stage of Human Growth and Development; Significance of the Knowledge of the Growth and Development Processes to the Teachers; Growth Rate, Growth Curve: Characteristics and Stages; Developmental Needs of Children; Developmental Tasks Heredity (Nature) and Environment (Nurture): Introduction; Meaning of Heredity; Principles of Heredity: How Heredity Operates; Chart Showing the Contribution of Heredity on Personality Development; Environment; Hereditarians' Arguments and Studies; Criticism of Hereditarian's Point of View; Environmentalists' Point of view; Some Studies of Environment; Relative Contribution of Heredity and Environment on Growth and Development; Influence of Heredity and Environment Compound; Educational Implications of the Role of Heredity and Environment Common Play Activities of Childhood Their Role in Growth and Development: Introduction; Origin of the Term Play-Way; Definition and Meaning of Play-way; Main Characteristics of Play; Wrong Concepts About Play; Where Does the Child Play?; Forms of Free Play Activities; Principles of Play-Way; Play-Way Importance and Value; Play-way Activities, Spirit and Learning of Various Subjects and Experiences; Application of Play-way Attitudes and Different Methods of Teaching-Learning; Play-Way and Soft Pedagogy;Role of the Teacher; Concluding Remarks Physical Development of Children: Importance of Physical Development; Meaning and dimensions of Physical Growth and Development; General Pattern of Physical Growth and Development; Anatomical Growth and Development; Growth and Development; Physical Characteristics and Needs of Children; Important General Characteristics of Child's Development; Common Causes of Delayed Motor and Physical Development; Factors Affecting Physical Growth and Development; Educational Implications of the Physical Development of the Children;Organisation of Physical Development Programme Motor Development: Meaning of Motor Development; Classification of Motor Skills of Childhood; Classification According to Fine Motor Skills and Gross Motor Skills; Motor Development Characteristics; Sex Difference in Motor Development Gradually, Coordination of Motor Skills with age increases; Principles of Motor Development; Process of Motor Development; Significance of Motor Development: Educational Implications; Guiding Motor Control and Development: Role of Teachers Cognitive Development: Piaget's Stages of Cognitive Development: Three Aspects of Behaviour; Meaning of Cognitive Development; Cognitive Development Process;Various Areas or Aspects of Mental Development; Factors Affecting intellectual or Cognitive Development; Jean Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development (Mental or Intellectual Development); Cognitive Development at the Sensorimotor Stage (Birth to Two Years); Cognitive Development at the Pre-operational Stage (2-7 Years); Cognitive Development at the Concreate Operational Stage (7-11 Years); Cognitive Development at Formal Operations Stage (11-15 Years or Adulthood); Educational Implications of Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development; Problems Related to Cognitive Development; Identification of Cognitive Learning Problem; Cognitive Organisational Skills of the Teacher for the Cognitive Development of the Learners; Suggestive Activities for Facilitating Cognitive Development Language Development: Meaning and Significance of Language Development: Language is the Vehicle for the transmission of Culture; Nature and Characteristics of Language Development; Sequence of Language Development; Increase in Vocabulary in Relation to Age; Kinds of Competence in Language; Order of Priority in the Teaching of Language; Some Speech Difficulties of Disorders; Problems of Language Development; Factors Affecting Language Development; Teacher-The Architect of Child's Language Development; Suggestive Guidelines for Improving Children's Comprehension; Activities for Developing Readiness and Writing; Activities for Developing Spoken and Written Language Emotional Development: Significance of Emotional Development; Meaning of Emotions; Chief Characteristics of Emotions; Positive Effects of Emotions; Negative Effects of Emotion; Understanding Emotions of Anger, Fear, Love and Jealousy; Training, sublimating and Modifying Emotion; Factors at Home and at School which disturb the emotional Development of Children; Factors Influencing Emotional Development of Children; Role of the School and the Teacher in the Emotional Development of the Child Social Development: Meaning of Social Development; Definitions of Social development; Social Behaviour of the Child at Different Stages; Factors Affecting the Social Development of the Child; Role of the School in the Social Development of the Child; Teacher's Role in the Social Development of the Child Inter-Relationships and Interdependence of Various Aspects of Development Role of Family and Teacher: Significance of Inter-Relationships and Interdependence of Various Aspects of Development; Role of the Family in the Development of the Child; Role of the School in the Development of the Child; Classroom Climate and Teacher's Role in the Development of the Child Personality Development Habit Formation: Meaning of Personality; Complex Nature of Personality and Countless Definitions of Personality; Characteristics of Personality; Important Elements of Personality; Behavioural Patterns of Personality; Marks of Balanced Development Personality; Classification or Types of Personality; Determinants of personality; Role of the School and the Teacher in the Development of Integrated Personality of the child; Self Concept; Habit Formation SECTION II PROCESS OF CHILDREN'S LEARNING Concept and Nature of Learning: Meaning and Definition of Learning; Nature and Characteristics of Learning; Aims, Objectives and Outcomes of Learning; Learning Process; Aspects of the Learning Process in the Class; Principles Laws of Learning and the Teacher Types of Learning: Several Classifications of Types of Learning; Major Domains of Learning; Educational Implications of Domains of Learning; Cognitive Domain and Educational Implications; Affective Domain of Learning Formation of Attitudes, Emotions and Values; Psychomotor Learning and Educational Implications Determinants or Factors of Learning: Classification of Determinants of Learning; Factors Influencing Learning;The Child as a Learner; Subject Matter and Its Presentation as a Factor in Learner; Environment as a Factor in Learning; Teacher as the Inductor of Change and a Factor in Learning; Some Problems in the Field of Learning; Making Learning Affective: Role of the School and the Teachers; Learning and Maturation; Motivation in Learning Mode of Learning: Theories of Learning; Thorndike's Theory or Mode of Learning by Trial and Error; Thorndike's Experiments; Characteristics of Trial and Error Theory; Laws of Learning Propounded by Thorndike; Educational Implications of Trial and Error Mode of Learning; Learning by Conditioning or Conditioning Mode of Learning; Meaning of Conditioning; Experiment conducted by Pavlov; Explanation of Conditioning; Experiment conducted by Watson; Principles of Conditioning which are Helpful in Learning; Application of Classical Conditioning to Learning; Mode of Learning by Insight; Meaning of the Mode of Learning by Insight; Experiments of KohlerL; Factor upon which Learning by Insight Depends; Educational Implications and the Role of the Teacher; Evaluation of Various Modes of Learning Memory and Forgetting: Significance of Memory; Meaning of Memory; Definitions of Memory; Memory System; Kinds/Types of Memory; Factors Contributing to Good Memory; Signs of Good Memory; Methods of Measurement of Retention; General Characteristics of Children's Memory and Adult's Memory; Economical Methods of Memorising; Forgetting; Meaning of Forgetting; Nature and characteristics of Forgetting; Curves of Forgetting; Causes and Minimising Forgetfulness Transfer of Learning: Meaning of Transfer of Learning; Definition and Nature of Transfer of Learning; Transfer of Training: Two Schools of Thought; Classification of Transfer Learning; Significance of Transfer of Learning; Areas of Transfer of Learning; Principles of Transfer of Learning; Implications of Transfer of Learning for Teaching-Learning Situations Creativity: Meaning of Creativity; Nature of Creativity;Characteristics of Creative Personality; Creativity and Mental Abilities; Theories of Creativity; Factors which Hinder Creativity; Need for Creativity; Divergent Thinking and Creativity; Identification of Creativity or Measuring Creativity; Strategies for Developing and Fostering Creative Potential; Promotion of Creativity in the Home; Role of the School and the Teacher in Developing and Fostering Creativity. Suggestive Guidelines for Teachers for Optimum Development and Learning of the Learners; General Guidelines; A to Z of Teaching Competencies and Skills which make Teaching-Learning Effective  

The book has been planned and prepared to prove a trustworthy friend and philosopher and to provide meaningful guidance to all those interested in the proper care and development of children. It is especially addressed to prospective teachers. It attempts to provide suitable answers to such challenging questions: How do children grow and develop? What are the various stages of development? What are the needs of a specific stage? What is the significance of providing a healthy environment? What role should the school and the family play in the optimum growth and development of children? All these questions are discussed in the Indian Context.

Where needed, text is supplemented by diagrams, experiments, illustrations and tables.

The book responds to the needs of a wide range of potential readers.

4th October 2003

US$ 25(HB)
 

J C Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before Joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000157.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science THE FEDERAL EXPERIENCE INDIA AND RUSSIA RAMASHRAY ROY 8175411295 2003 viii + 203 0.00 650.00 AcknowledgmentsIntroduction: Ramashray RoyFederalism: The Indian Experience: Ramashray RoyConstitutional Foundations of Indian Federalism: Theory and Practice: Ravindra Nath Pal Centre-State Economic Relations: The Indian Experience: P.N. MehrotraFinance Commission and Distribution of Resources: Vinod K. MehtaFederalizing Process and Social Interest Groups in India: Pradip Kumar BoseEmpowerment of Weaker Sections: P.G. JogdandFederalism: The Russian Experience: K.N. .JehangirForm and Substance of Federalism in Russia: Zafar ImamEthnic Composition of the Russian Federation Population: MS. GillFormation of Russian Federation: New Challenges: S. ValenteiFederalism of Power and Power of Federalism: Mikhail GubogloThe Development of the Federal Relations and the Practice of the Constitutional Court in Russian Federation Vassilieva TatianaLocal Self-Government as an Issue of Constitutionalism Liudmila LaaptevaContributors The Federal Experience: India and Russia is the outcome of joint venture of Indian and Russian scholars who joined together to have a fresh look at the experience of federalism in India and post-Soviet Russia.This fresh look has yielded and intellectually exciting and pragramatically salubrious result. The central themes of the book are defined by two important facets of federalism, i.e., federalism as a political arrangement and federalism as a source which releases certain political forces that affect its functioning.


Scholars participating in this venture were convinced that the character of federalism can not be explained in purely political terms. It is necessary therefore to cast the net wider in order to apprehend the true character of federalism. Political forces themselves are the product of socio-cultural composition of the population, economic structure and the constitutional expressions of intentio- populi. Different papers reflect this perspective and explore a character federalism in the context of inter-action of these large factors and trace the variegated impact of this inter-action on functioning of federalism. It is this intellectual perspective that lands this book a distinctive quality.


4th October 2003

Rs. 450
US$ 40
Prof. Ramashray Roy is an eminent political philosopher who has, through his numerous writings, opened new vistas not only in different areas of social sciences but also in Vedic studies. Prof. Roy worked as a Senior Fellow as well as Director of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, Director of the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi as well as its National Fellow and Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advance Study, Shimla. He is currently the Fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi.

He has published more than two dozen books and over fifty articles in Journals in India and outside. His publications include Dalit, Development and Democracy; Politics and Society; Politics and Beyond; Sanskaras in India Tradition and Culture (SHIPRA).
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000158.jpg
Religion and Philosophy,History/culture SAMASKARAS IN INDIAN TRADITION AND CULTURE RAMASHRAY ROY 8175411406 2003 212 pp 0.00 650.00 PrefaceAbbreviationsSociety as CosmionThe substance of SocietySociety and SamskaraThe Significance of SamskarasDharmaa, Morality and SamskarasMarriage as SamskaraMarriage -- The Question of Genealogical SuitabilityMarriage Rituals -- Shastriya and LaukikaOverviewIndex In explaining the meaning and relevance of Samskaras, the book presents a fine blending of the traditional and modern systems of knowledge construction. While explaining the meaning and relevance of samskaras, the books digs deeper into the Vedic cosmogony to uncover the real import of samskaras and their relationship with culture and its inspiration from the Vedic srishtividya. It demonstrates the significance of samskaras for man and his world. The author marshals well chiselled arguments for demonstrating the substantive import of society as a cosmion, that is, a small replica of the cosmos and the crucial role of samskaras in preserving the character of society as a cosmion.

The books makes a unique and durable contribution to the body of literature dealing with samskaras. It is a valuable reading for both social scientists and traditional scholars who seek to understand the nature of Hindu social system.


4th October 2003


US$ 35

Prof. Ramashray Roy is an eminent political philosopher who has, through his numerous writings, opened new vistas not only in different areas of social sciences but also in Vedic studies. Trained as a Political Scientist, Dr. Roy turned gradually to exploring deeper philosophical questions and their relevance today for man's existence and modes of knowledge construction.

He has published more than two dozen books and over fifty articles in Journals in India and outside. He worked as a Senior Fellow as well as director of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, Director of the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi as well as its National Fellow and Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advance Study, Shimla. He is currently the Fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi. He has also taught in a few American Universities such as, University of Texas, Austin, University of California, Los Angeles, etc. He is one of the recipients of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru National Award of the Madhya Pradesh Government in Social Sciences.

At present, he is the Chairman of the Centre for the Study of Indian Traditions, Madhubani (Bihar) where he is seeking to build a bridge between the traditional and modern knowledge systems.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000159.jpg
Political Science DALIT POLICIES, POLITICS AND PARLIAMENT NARENDER KUMAR 817541152X 2004 216 pp 0.00 495.00 Preface, AbbreviationsList of Tables IntroductionGenesis of Dalit Policy Paradigm: Reports of the Commissioner and National Commission for SC/STsDiscrimination, Reservation and Globalisation: ReportsIn Perspectives: Discussion on Reports of the Commissioner and National Commission for SC/STsOutput Policy: A Look in to the Parliamentary InterventionsThe Question Hour: Participation, Representation and Policy Output Voices in the Lok Sabha: A Socio-Political Profile of the MPs Conclusion Appendices Bibliography Dalits form one of the most disadvantaged and poorest social category in India. In recent times, they have emerged as a leading protest group against subordination based on societal beliefs and customs. The book explores the construction of Dalits in political leadership arena and its role in policy formulation in Parliament for Dalit masses. The author argues that despite political representation in Lok Sabha and other constitutional safeguards for more than half a century, Dalits remain at the mercy of the State. And those managing the State apparatus either do not formulate the necessary policies and if formulate, do not adopt effective measures to get the policies implemented. Members of Parliament primarily adopt a mild reformist agenda and not the radical one that could lead to a considerable transformation in the existential realities of Dalit masses at large.

With a comprehensive account of Dalit representation, this book becomes a major contribution to the literature on Dalits, particularly in the context of political representation for the people at the margins of the society. Its reflections on historical, political, social and constitutional aspects regarding Dalits would help to visualise the policies needed and efforts required to materialise them.

4th October 2003

US$ 30


















Dr. Narender Kumar got Doctorate from the Centre for Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi. Presently, he is teaching at Motilal Nehru College, University of Delhi. He has contributed various articles and research papers in journals of repute and authored a book Scheduled Castes and Panchayat Elections in Haryana.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000160.jpg
Sociology,Human Rights GENDER AND HUMAN RIGHTS: STATUS OF WOMEN WORKERS IN INDIA* ANU SAKSENA 9788175411531 2017 impression

viii + 220 pp

0.00 850.00 Acknowledgements, Introduction, Convention on Elimination of Discrimination against Women: An Analysis Women Workers in India, Women Wrokers in the Textile Industry, State Action for Women Workers, Women Workers: Strategies for Empowerment, Annexures: Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women State Parties to the Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women Retifications and Signatories to the Optional Protocol to the Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women Equal Remineration Act, 1976 Bibliography 7th October 2003

This book traces the emerging importance of women's rights in the human rights movement and examines the role of CEDAW in advancing the rights of women. The book analyses the position of women workers with special reference to India. It provides a macro picture of women workers in India. It also examines the nature and trends of women's employment in the textile mills of Mumbai and powerlooms of Bhiwandi, Thane. The book reviews the constitutional, statutory and developmental measures adopted by the Indian government in protecting the rights of women workers.


7th October 2003

US$ 35














































 

Dr. Anu Saksena graduated from the Lady Shri Ram College, Delhi University, in 1990. She topped in M. A. (Political Science) in Madras Christian College in 1992. After a one-year stint as a journalist at 'The Independent', she taught Political Science at the Wilson College, University of Mumbai. She was awarded her Doctorate by the University of Mumbai in 1998. She worked as a Research Associate in the Department of Civics and Politics, University of Mumbai in 2002 - 2003.

Presently she teaches Political Science at the Rizvi Law College, Mumbai. She also delivers lectures at the Post Graduate diploma course on Human Rights conducted by the University of Mumbai. She is the author of the book titled 'Human Rights and Child Labour in Indian Industries'
(24 September 2003)

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000162.jpg
Sociology GENDER ISSUES A ROAD MAP TO EMPOWERMENT RASHMI AGRAWAL, BVLN RAO 8175411708(HB) 2004

xvi + 286 pp

0.00 900.00 Preface I Profess... Introduction Towards Empowerment of Women Empowerment Programmes Women in India Social Orientation and Sex Segregation of Employment Women in Decision Making Towards Empowerment Annexure: Women's Access to the Right to Vote and to Stand for Elections: World Chrology; Women in Parliament 1945-1995; Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women; National Policy for the Empowerment of Women(2001) Bibliography Index

I am' and 'I can', but I wish that you also wish that you want to walk with me on the soft and hard terrain of life and recognize that 'I am 'and 'I can'.

Female, half of the world's population, is a neglected lot. It is the nations' misfortune that they are deprived of the benefits of the talents of half of their populations. In India, more than in most other places, women are perceived as 'second sex', dependent on men. It is a tragedy that not only men, but most of the women themselves hold the same view, not necessarily because they are indeed dependent on men but because they are taught to think so. How is the change in the mindsets that is required to be brought about?

Even after decades of efforts at the national and international levels to make women join the mainstream of development, the situation has not improved to the desired extent. Why? What additional interventions are required and what corrections are needed in the on-going strategies? The book examines some of these issues. It also provides in detail the results of a study conducted on women establishing that when given an opportunity, women can excel assuming leadership and managerial functions. It peeps into depths of the problem and calls for a change in the social orientations process of men and women.

The book argues that women should come forward to help themselves instead of waiting Micawber-like for someone to turn up to do that for which facilitation in their personality development is a pre-requisite.


US$ 40









 

Dr. Rashmi Agrawal (b. 1956) is a Ph D. in Psychology from Lucknow University. After holding various positions in the Ministry of Labour, Government of India, her present assignment is as Chief and Head of the Gender and Child Studies Unit in the Institute of Applied Manpower Research, New Delhi. Deeply interested in social issues, Dr. Agrawal has done research work independently in addition to her official assignments and authored two books-Drug Abuse and Street Children (Shipra). She has also published/presented a number of technical papers on diverse subjects.

B V L N Rao, (b.1937), retired from Indian Statistical Service in 1995. Having done his Master's degree in Mathematics from Andhra University, he completed a three-year Advanced Statistician's Course from the Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata. He served in the Ministry of Labour, Government of India in various capacities, Central Institute for Research and Training in Employment Service as Director, Planning Commission as Deputy Advisor. He also worked with the International Labour Office. After retirement from the Government of India, Rao has been a consultant to National Council of Applied Economic Research, V.V.Giri National Labour Institute and has been associated with a number of other organizations in various projects. He has presented /published a number of papers on subjects like child labour, street children, labour laws, employment of women.
(25 SEPTEMBER, 2003)
 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000163.jpg
Sociology TINY HANDS IN UNORGANISED SECTOR TOWARDS ELIMINATION OF CHILD LABOUR S.N. MISHRA, SWETA MISHRA 8175411740 2004 192 pp 0.00 600.00 Preface,List of TablesList of AbbreviationsIntroduction,Child Labour in India,ILO's and UNICEF's Concern for the Child,Government and NGO's Concern for Child Labour,Child Labour in Delhi,Tiny Hands at Work,Field Notes and Recommendation,Bibliography,Annexure: Questionnaire for Working ChildrenIndex6th October 2003US$ 30 The use of concept exploitation for defining child labour creates practical problem because exploitation as a concept be given a precise objective meaning. It depends upon the interpretation of the investigator and for him the extreme limits of work done by a child may be called exploitation. As a matter of fact, children who should be in schools are engaged in work either as a child labourer or may be called street children. In short, child labour may be defined as when the business of wage earning or of participation in self or family support conflicts directly or indirectly with the business of growth and education, the result is child labour.

In spite of tall talks about the eradication of child labour, the fact is that the tiny hands contribute major portion of production in unorganized sector. Due to the circumstances they are under fed, addict of intoxicants and far from parental care. The present study also empirically examines in some searching questions. The book suggests some legislative and practical measures to eradicate the child labour.

The book may be useful for sociologists, policy planners, NGOs, social workers and other organizations working towards the eradication of child labour.

US$ 30

S. N. Mishra (b.1942) is Professor at the Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Before coming to Delhi (1980), Professor Mishra taught post-graduate students of Political Science at Magadh University, Bodh Gaya for sixteen years. A prolific writer, devoted researcher and Professor for the last two decades, he has to his credit about two dozen books and more than two hundred research papers. His academic interest areas are Public Administration, Indian Political System and Rural Development.

Sweta Mishra (M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D) a young, energetic and committed researcher, is presently teaching at Shyama Prasad Mukherji College, University of Delhi, Delhi. She has to her credit five books and more than two dozen research papers. Her areas of specialisation are Public Administration, Indian Political System and Women Empowerment.
(25 september 2003)
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000164.jpg
Asia and International Studies,History/culture INDIA AND AUSTRALASIA HISTORY, CULTURE AND SOCIETY N.N VOHRA(Ed.) 8175411686 2004 xvi + 408 0.00 1295.00 Preface: N. N. VohraIntroduction : Dr. Karan SinghAustralasia: From a Conceptual Past to a Conceivable Future: Donald DenoonIndia and the Pacific Islands : Ron CrocombeIndia-Australasia: An Indo-Fijian Perspective : Satyendra P. NandanMulticulturalism in Australia and India: T. K. OommenIndia and Australasia: From Speculation to Knowledge: K. S. SinghGlobalisation and the Emerging Trends of Embodied And Disembodied Mobility of Kbowledge from India and Australasia : Binod KhadriaIndia's Rediscovery of the Pacific : Shubha PardeshiIndia and the South Pacific: Some Thoughts on Emerging Relations : Muktesh PardeshiIndia's Engagement with Pacific Islands Forum: Problems and Prospects : K. Raja ReddyWhite Australia is No More: Australian Multiculturalism Yesterday and Today: Marika ViczianyNeither Indian nor Australian? Contemporary Indian Migration to Sydney: John ConnellProblem of Minorities and Nation-building: A Theoretical Paradigm : Rajinder Singh ChauhanThe Legal System in the Pacific: An Overview : V. S. ManiThe Challenge to Democracy in Melanesia : Ronald J.MayA Pacific 'Arc of Crisis'? Conflict and Conflict-Resolution in Oceania : Greg FryEthnic Tensions, Statehood, and Conflict in the South Pacific: Roderic AlleyReflecting the Past, Moving Forward: In Search of a Fijian Identity : Larry ThomasNegotiating Identities in a Multicultural Society: A Case Study of Indian Diaspora in Australia: D. Gopal and Priti SinghLeast Developing Countries of South Pacific: Future in a Globalised Economy and Unipolar World : Binayak RayPapua New Guinea in the Asia Pacific Region : Past, Present and Future : Rose KekedoImagining the South Pacific: Indian Construction of the Region : Man Mohini KaulAustralian Mainland Press: On Bali Post-October 12 : Auriol WeigoldAustralia-Indonesia Relations: Withstanding the Tests of East Timor and Bali : Shankari SundararamanContributors Despite its colonial connotations the word 'Australasia' aptly describes the region of Australia, New Zealand and the twenty-two island states of the South Pacific. Although, in the past, this region may have been viewed as remote and distant, geographically as well as strategically, it is now rightly considered to be an important part of the Asia-Pacific region. Traditionally, Australasia has not been a focal point of India's foreign policy, the past interactions having been mainly restricted to Fiji, because of the Indian diaspora, and to Australia and New Zealand. However, in the fast changing global environment, India is on the threshold of playing a constructive role in the economic development of the South Pacific countries, and in building vibrant linkages, especially with the South Pacific societies.
In this volume scholars from India and Australasia discuss, through case studies, the management of policies relating to immigration and multiculturalism; sources of social cleavages and conflicts, and so on. The issues discussed are particularly relevant in the context of multi-racial Australasia, where the consequences of social conflict are adding to the burden of the already economically poor 'micro states', whose societies have traditionally been divisive rather than homogeneous.

1st November 2003

US$ 60





N. N. Vohra was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1959-94), borne on the Punjab cadre. During his tenure with the Government of India, he successively served as Secretary Defence Production, Defence Secretary and Home Secretary. After retirement he worked as Director, India International Centre (1995-97, 1998-2003). Was recalled to serve as Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister of India (1997-98). Has been Member of the National Security Advisory Board (1998-2001); Chairman, Committee to Review Functioning of IDSA (1999-2001); Chairman, National Task Force on Internal Security (2000); Chairman, Military History Review Committee (2001-02); Co-Chairman, India-EU Round Table (2001-). Writes and speaks on issues relating to security and governance. Presently engaged as Government of India's Interlocutor on Jammu and Kashmir. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000165.jpg
Political Science COMMUNAL RIOTS AFTER INDEPENDENCE A COMPREHENSIVE ACCOUNT ASGHAR ALI ENGINEER 8175411503 2004 x + 253 pp 0.00 750.00 PrefaceList of TablesList of GraphsIntroducationA Commentary on Communal ViolenceCommunal Riots: 1952-2002 - An AccountCommunal Riots: Statistics at a GlanceIndex This book has documented the riots, which took place in India after independence. There is hardly any other credible work of this kind. Communal violence occurs very frequently in this country and yet much documentation has not been done.

This is virtually the first book and is an out- come of real hard work and immense patience to find the data. It gives a comprehensive account of communal riots for a period of more than half a century with analytical tables, graphs and commentary etc.

It may be found useful for scholars studying or researching in this field and the policy makers.


5th November 2003


US$ 40




Dr. Asghar Ali Engineer is a well-known Islamic scholar and a theologian. He has done valuable work on communal harmony. He has personally investigated all major riots in post-independence India and has published several works on study of these riots. He has been working for inter-religious harmony and was conferred D. Lit. by Calcutta University for his work on communal harmony.

Dr. Engineer has also done lot of work on Islam and has published more than 45 books both written as well as edited, including, Islam in India - The Impact of Civilizations, Communal Challenge and Secular Response (Shipra)
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000166.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT SCHOOL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT A DEMOCRATIC APPROACH T.K.D. NAIR 9788175418394(PB) 9788175418387(HB) 2016

176pp 2016 imp.

160.00 650.00 Preface; Foreword; Introduction: The Background - What Education does to the Learner - What History Tells- Attempts for Involvement of the Community - Aims of Education in a Democracy - Democracy a Product of Education-Welfare Society-Organisation Administration in a Democracy. Equality of Educational Opportunities: Education for All-Where to Begin? - Weaker Sections-Higher Education - Opportunity Costs - Pre-School Education -Community Participation Accountability - Universalisation of Primary Education - Some Problems--Fundamental Right. Demand on the Administrator: Role of the Administrator-Pressures on Administration-Ambivalent Administrator--Training of Educational Administrators - -Administrators of Primary Schools - Decision Making - Demand of Democracy. Planning: Need for planning - Meaning of Planning and Management at Micro level. Need for community support Institutional Management-Some Organisational Changes--Planning from Below - Community Participation Sources of Support - DIETs and CETs Parallel Management. Some Innovations in Educational Management -Supervision by Correspondence - Institutional Planning. Supervision: Special Case of Schools - The Concept of Supervision-Traditional Supervision Modem Supervision - Management in Action -Sources of Supervision-School Community Relationship a Support Base -PRS and school supervision DIETs and School Supervision - DPEP and Supervision - Techniques of Supervision - Some Innovations Inspection By Post: Purpose of Inspection- Pre-requisites for Effective Inspection - Specific Objectives - Prevailing Practices Follow up Actions- Extent of Coverage Insuring Utility--Inspection by Post Advantages of the proposal procedural Changes Needed - Preparations. Group Rapport In Education Teaching Vs Learning -Personalised system of learning - Rapport Based Learning--Revolution in Classroom Management -Preventive Approach. Extra and Co-Curricular Activities Conclusion: Educational Management of Tomorrow Qualities of an Educational Manager-Manager - A Change Agent - Some Suggestions for Further Inquiry. Bibliography Appendix  

This volume is addressed to all concerned with education, namely, policy makers, administrators, supervisors, teachers, students and the community at large. The conviction that democracy and education has many things in common and are reciprocally obliged to provide mutual support, was at the bottom of inspiration for attempting on this work.

It is hoped that the book will provide some useful material for those who opt to study education as a discipline. It can, it is hoped, serve as a source material for teacher educators and educational administrators. Those who are engaged in educational research may also find it useful.






 

Prof. T.K.D. Nair (1926), M.A., M.Ed., LL.B, has considerably long experience as teacher, teacher educator, trainer of educational managers and also as a researcher in the field. During the later part of his career, he was the faculty of The National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration (NIEPA), New Delhi. Subsequent to his retirement, he was engaged as a consultant in Educational Consultants (India) Ltd. (Ed. CIL).

Apart from almost all States and Union Territories in India he had the occasion to visit Thailand representing India at a Regional Conference on Educational Management held at Bangkok in 1984. He co-authored a book A School Inspection System by NIEPA.

ISBN : 81-7541-162-7

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/school_planning.jpg
Asia and International Studies MODERN EGYPT CULTURE, RELIGION AND POLITICS ZOHURUL BARI (Ed) 8175411767 2004 219 pp 0.00 550.00 AcknowledgmentIntroduction: Zohurul BariPolitical Parties and State Politics: The New Wafd Party of Egypt: Zaheer M. Qureshi The State and Society in Mubarak's Egypt: Ankush B. SawantGlobalization and Pulls of Regionalism: Liberalization, Islamic Movements and Democracy in Contemporary Egypt: Anwar Alam Regionalism and Egypts' Quest for Mediterranean Cooperation: Muhammad AzharPerspectives in Culture: Debate Over the Future of Culture in Egypt: Zohurul Bari Women Writing in Egypt: Ismat MehdiReligios and Social Reforms: Salafism of Shaykh Muhammad ' Abduh: Zohurul Bari Reform of Muhammad Rashid Rida - A View of his Writings in Al-Manar: Manzar AlamConcerns of Literature: Egyptian Society in Modern Poetry - From French Occupation to English Rule: Muhammad Rashid Nadvi & Mirza Nehal Ahmad Baig Religious Deviations and Cultural Themes in Modern Arabic Literature of Egypt: Muhammad Salahuddin UmariIndia-Egypt Cultural Relations: Indo-Egyptian Cultural Relations Relations Restrospect and Prospect: A.K. Pasha The book is primarily concerned with the emerging world views within the country, its potentials to rise as a political power, and also as an inspiring force socially and culturally among its neighbouring Islamic societies. Moreover it tries to bring these developments into focus by examining them within the framework of Egypt's own historical experiences.

The issues raised by the scholar contributors to this volume deal with situations prevalent in Egypt under Western impact. Such issues as social concerns of modern Arabic literature in Egypt, demonstrative ability of Egyptian feminism, bases of Egyptian nationalism, whether it is Arab-centric or Euro-centric, religious and social reforms, nature of State and the status of democratic values, linkage between democracy and economic liberalization, the Egyptian willingness for Mediterranean cooperation, and Indo-Egyptian cultural proximity through history, have drawn particular attention.

The book may be useful for researchers, scholars and policymakers in the area.

2nd Dec 2003

Rs. 550
US$ 40



Dr. Zohurul Bari is an Associate Professor in the Centre of Arabic and African Studies, School of Language, Literature and Culture Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His doctoral work is on a subject related to early evolution of Islamic jurisprudence (fiqh). He has travelled widely in Egypt and elsewhere in the Arab world and has published his research works on a variety of subjects related to developments in West Asia, more specifically on Islamic resurgence in Egypt and other neighbouring areas.

ISBN: 81-7541-176-7
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000168.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ANCIENT INDIAN EDUCATION A PLEA FOR REINTRODUCTION AS A LIBERATING EDUCATION FROM THE DECANDENCE OF OUR TIME MARMAR MUKHOPADHYAY(Ed) 9788175411777(hb) 9788175411791 (pb) 2014

xvi + 105 pp, 2014 Impression

130.00 395.00 A Presentation Social Decadence of our Times Brahmacharyashram Yajnas: Reaching out to God like Satature Renunciation Student: The Disciple Modern Life Habits: The Contrast Reorganizing Education The Three Pillars In Conclusion Epilogue: Ancient and Modern Indian Education: The Verge US$ 25

There are several outstanding books on Ancient Indian Education by Altekar, Das, Keay, Mookerjee that competently documented the System of Ancient Indian Education in all its details. A critical analysis of the Ancient Indian Education System from the angle of its relevance and applicability in modern times, however, was missing. This book meaningfully fills that void. It provides a rational and critical analysis of the Ancient Indian Education System and identify such dimensions that are applicable in modern times. Author, as a teacher and headmaster of a village high school, actually practised much of what he professed here.

This is not a dry intellectual exercise; it is based on author's experiments, experience and concerns. Author was significantly concerned about the social decadence of our times. His basic contention, in this book, is that certain aspects of ancient Indian education are still relevant and practiceable, and can arrest the social decadence.

Originally, this was not authored as a book. It was penned out of sheer enthusiasm of the author to inspire his son, a postgraduate student of education in the late 1960s. Author's son decided to share this treasure with others. Scholars and students of the education system of India will find this book enlightening.


20.12.03

Late Sri Nrisinha Prasad Mukhopadhyay was a lifelong learner and the founding headmaster of Udang High School in 1933. An erudite scholar and an exemplary classroom teacher, he not only enlightened and transformed the life of his students, but also transformed the entire rural community. With Distinction in Arts from Calcutta University in early 1920s, indeed a rare distinction those days, then job market would welcome him with open arms; he had all the choices within the teaching profession from the most prestigious schools in Calcutta to such rural corners. He chose rural society out of his conviction to be able to serve those 'who need most' his variety of talents of scholarship, commitment and conscience. He conducted his life with meticulous care to keep it clean to be able to meet the standards ordained by the Divine.

Editor
Professor Marmar Mukhopadhyay, son of the author, is currently Joint Director of NIEPA and former Chairman of National Open School and Former Vice President (Asia) of International Council of Distance Education. A reputed management scientist and trainer, he undertakes speaking assignments. He has contributed several titles on education including Education for a Global Society: the Interfaith Dimensions, Secondary Education: Challenge Ahead, Governance of School Education in India, Total Quality Management in Education, Optimising Human Learning, Indian Education: Development since Independence, etc. One of his forthcoming title is Educational Technology: Knowledge Assessment.

 

 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000169.jpg
Literature and Linguistics,Religion and Philosophy,History/culture THE INDUS ARYANS AND THE VEDIC CULTURE MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175411570 2004 152 pp 0.00 450.00 PrefaceIntroductionThe Linguistic Darwinism and the Indus InscriptionsThe Indus Language at the Grassroot of the Indian SocietyThe Indus Inscriptions do speak NowFrom Language to CultureThe Dating of the Linguistic MaterialLanguage-type and Their Proper ScriptsThe Objective Bases of DeciphermentOn the Gradual Decipherment of the Indus ScriptOn the Chronology of the Indus ScriptA Phonetic Analysis of the Indus SyllabaryThe Phonetic Arithmetic of the Indus Numeral SignsThe Field-symbols of the Indus TextsThe Symbolism of the Indus InscriptionsOn the Absence of 'Horse' on the Indus SealsThe Urban and the Pastoral CulturesThe Main Food of the Indus PeopleSri Aurobindo: on the Common Origin of the Indian LanguagesThe Evolutionary Syntax in Indus-sanskritSome TextsHow a Man Began SpeakingUS$ 40
The Saint Kabir had once bluntly said: You say what you have read in books; I say what I have seen with my eyes.

I have also seen a human speech evolving before my mind's eye.

The Indus language, originating on the banks of the river Sarasvati, before it was named as such, proceeding from the isolating stage, branched in V-shape at the agglutinative stage, one arm reaching the inflexional stage and the other dwarfed at the first knot splitting in two-fold ways, ultimately emerged as the socalled ARYAN languages of the north, the DRAVIDIAN languages of the south, and the MUNDA languages of the center in India.

The Aryan branch did not remain confined to India, but proceeded westward and reached Europe through Iran and central Asia, branching as Centum and Satem groups.

The Chronology of the Vedic, Greek and Hittite languages has to be drastically reversed, pushing the Rigveda several millenniums earlier.


20.12.03
Madhusudan Mishra
M.A., Ph.d., Diploma in Applied Linguistics
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000170.jpg
Literature and Linguistics FOLK TALES FROM HARYANA JAI NARAIN KAUSHIK 8175411260(HB) 2004 80 pp 0.00 195.00 Moonga and Motha, The Farmer and the CockCamel and JackalSparrow and a Little CrowBuffalow and the SparrowTwo SparrowLittle Mouse and the SparrowWeaver Bird and the ElephantsIlliterate DogsThe Warlike and Lion-killer FoxesThe Clod and the LeafA Never Lasting StoryThe Weaver Sparrow and a MonkeyDrip-Drop and a LionA Crazy CrowRevengeful AnimalsLioness Married to a JackalThe Revengeful FoxWorker Sparrow and Shirker CrowA Wise Donkey and a Foolish LionUS$ 15 Folk literature and folk culture are being eclipsed by ever expanding Industrial culture. It is high time to save and preserve them, as they are our ancestral heritage' and Folk tales are backbones of that philosophy.
The present collection reflects beliefs, disbeliefs, dogmas, imagination and culture of Haryana, a rich State in North India. Most of these stories are related to birds and animals. Entertainment, enjoyment and development of imagination are the aims of these stories. It is hoped that readers will welcome the book.

18th Jan 2004
Dr. Jai Narain Kaushik, Ex-Director, Haryana Sahitya Akademy, an eminent writer and educationist is a non-official member of Hindi Salahakar Samiti of the Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs. He has been honoured by a number of academic bodies and by the President of India for his outstanding contribution in the field of education. Some of his books have won National Awards. Out of four dozen books to his credit, one dozen books are for children.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000171.jpg
Literature and Linguistics SHORT STORIES FROM UTTARANCHAL ROMESH PANDEY 8175411694 2004 158 pp 0.00 250.00 IntroductionChhailaFather and SonAdjustmentParting PointPrideReturn JourneyThe Re-christeningTwo BrothersMessage from HeavenWages of SlaveryUS$ 15 The stories are based on 'Uttaranchal Culture'. On one hand the stories render beauty to scenic landscapes and on the other hand depth to intricate human emotions of love, longing, guilt and pride. Most of the stories have an international appeal and readers may enjoy these.

Some excerpts:

"it is difficult to measure misery and sadness. It is still more difficult to judge who is sadder: the hungry, the poor, the recluse, the discarded, the terminally ill or the defeated. There are no two opinions that the saddest is he who" Chailla

"Absence of pain, pains as much as presence of pain. All love is no love and all hatred is no hatred. On earth your living life dies, here in heaven our dying life lives".Message from Heaven


17 Jan 2004
This is the first and humble attempt of Romesh Pandey. He is a retired army officer. He is widely traveled, has read many books, has a special interest in ethology, knows many Indian languages and a bag full of war experiences from 1953 to 1979.

His second attempt, a novelette, 'The Runaway' is in print and his second set of ten stories pertaining to, 'Army life and other stories' is ready for publication.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000172.jpg
Economics MID-YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY 2003-2004 SUMAN K BERY AND RESEARCH TEAM NCAER 8175411880 2004 152 pp 0.00 295.00 PrefaceList of TablesAn Overview: Suman K Bery, Sunil K. SinhaAgriculture: Anil SharmaIndustry: Sunil K SinhaExternal Sector: Rajesh Chadha, Devender Pratap, Pooja SharmaMoney and Capital Market: Kanhaiya SinghPrices: Sanjib Pohit, Sowmya SrinivasanPublic Finance: Devendra Kumar PantMacroeconomic Outlook: Devendra Kumar Pant, Anushree Sinha, Rachna SharmaComments on the Review by the DiscussantsContributorsUS$ 25 The India International Centre's annual Mid-Year Review of the Indian Economy is strategically timed to permit analysis of trends in the current fiscal year before budget preparations for the next year get underway. This year's Review comes at a time when both the Indian and the world economic scenario look distinctly more upbeat than a year ago.

The Indian economy is among the few large economies witnessing reasonable growth. As the Review shows, the GDP, after recording a growth of 4.3 per cent in 2002-03, grew at 5.7 per cent in the first quarter of 2003-04. The Manufacturing component of GDP grew at 6.4 per cent and the Services component at 7.4 per cent. With uniform and good rainfall, and with Agriculture and Services being the major drivers of growth, the GDP is expected to grow at 7.13 per cent in 2003-04.

Although it is clear that economic recovery is underway, the important questions are how durable the recovery is likely to be and what policy action can be taken in order to increase its longevity. The analysis presented in this Review suggests that the recovery reflects primarily domestic rather than international factors, although the international financial environment may have been crucial in facilitating economic reactivation.

18 JAN 2004

Suman K. Bery is Director General of the National Council of Applied Economic Research, New Delhi, since January 2001.

Prior to this assignment, he was at the World Bank as the Lead Economist for Brazil, and also Division Chief at the former Economic Development Institute (now the World Bank Institute) with an active programme in China; Secretary to the Bank's Research Committee. He has done work on Latin America, specifically on Argentina, Uruguay, Paraguay, Ecuador and Peru, and country work on Iran, Yugoslavia, Tanzania and Jamaica. Between 1992 and 1994 he held the position of Special Consultant to the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. His publications include papers on Indian financial sector reforms; reforms of public sector banks; banking crises in Latin America and the political economy of economic reforms in developing countries.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000173.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIAN SECURITY AND CHINA 2000-2010 K SANTHANAM, SRIKANTH KONDAPALLI (Ed.) 8175411678 2004 xxvi+606 pp 0.00 1900.00 Contents: Foreword, Acknowledgements, Preface, List of tables, List of figures, Introduction,Perspective Plan for Steel, Steel Industy: a global perspective, Steel Industry: the indian scence,Preface, Acronyms, Asian Security: Long-term Trends and Implications: Yashwant Sinha, Asian Security and China: George FernandesOverview of Asian Security from Different PerspectivesOverview of Asian Security: A Perspective from India: C.V. Ranganathan, New Challenges, New Approaches: Unconventional Security and International Security Cooperation: Xu Jian, The United States, India and Asian Security: Robert D. Blackwill, Recent Security Initiatives in Asia: Satish KumarEconomic ReformsChina's Economic Reform: Past Achievements, Present Problems and Future Trends: Liu Shucheng and Chang Xin, The Microelectronics Industry in China: K. Santhanam and K. Neelakantan China's Military ModernisationChina's Strategic Outlook: A Case Study of Japan and India: Michael Pillsbury, China and Information Warfare: Signals Intelligence, Electronic Warfare and Cyber-Warfare: Desmond Ball, Challenges for Taiwan Security: Arthur S. Ding, China's Missile Modernisation and Space Warfare Plans: Richard D. Fisher Jr., China's Military Capabilities in 2000-2010: Srikanth KondapalliNorth and South East AsiaChina's Post-Cold War Relations with the Korean Peninsula: A Testing Ground for Its Power and Prosperity: Taeho Kim, Northeast Asian Security and Taiwan: Parris H. Chang, Mongolian-Chinese Bilateral Relations: New Decade and New Agenda: Tsedendamba Batbayar, China and South-East Asia: Security Aspects: Amitav Acharya, Political Economy of China and Interactions with South-East Asia: Challenge or Opportunity for South-East Asia?: Kusuma Snitwongse, Sino-Vietnamese Relations: Ramses AmerSouthern AsiaIndia-China Interactions: K.N. Ramachandran, China and South Asia: Han Hua, China's Policy toward South Asia: A Bangladesh Perspective: Md. Abdul Mannan, China and Pakistan in a Changing World: Samina Yasmeen, Nepal and China: Searching for Substance: Dhruba Kumar, Bangladesh-China Relations: An Overview: Shaheen AfrozeCentral AsiaCentral Asia and China Relations: Implications for India: P. Stobdan, Kyrgyz-Chinese Relations: Zamira Karabaeva, Kyrgyz-Chinese Relations: Border Dispute as a Factor: Marat Chanachev, Tajik-Chinese Relations: Iskander K Assadoullaev, Uzbek-Chinese Relations: Problems and Perspectives: Rakhimjon K. Kadirov West AsiaForced Landing: Sino-Israeli Security Relations in the Early 2000s: Yitzhak Schichor, China and Current International Security Environment: An Iranian Perspective: Ahmad SadeghiNon-Asian CountriesU.S.-China Relations: Better Now, But Will It Last?: Harry Harding, Russia and China in Asia: Mikhail L. Titarenko, The China Policy of the European Union: Valérie NiquetNon-Military ChallengesChina's Energy Security: Geopolitical Implications for Asia and Beyond: Mehmet Ögütçü, Energy Security Strategies of China and India: A Comparison: Sudha Mahalingam, Seek Jihad as far as China: Ahmad Lutfi, Terrorism and Asia: An Update: B. Raman, China's Response to the Global Campaign on Terrorism: Fang Jinying, Responses to Chinese Rule in Xinjiang: Patterns of Cooperation and Opposition: Dru C. Gladney, Ethnic Changes in Occupied Tibet: Consequences for South Asian Security: Vijay Kranti, China's Environmental Policies: Zheng YuxinList of ContributorsIndexUS$ 80 The recent rise in China's economic, technological and military fields and its changing policy formulations, have implications on how China interacts with other countries. This subject has attracted the attention of several Asian and non-Asian countries for its impact on different aspects of Asian security.

This book is a collection of 43 articles from well-known scholars and officials from about 20 countries, They reflect on major aspects of Asian security, China's modernisation efforts, and its interactions with different countries in Asia and major powers during 2000-2010. They also cover non-military security challenges during this period. These high-quality papers would be a valuable resource and a ready research reckoner for China scholars and policy makers around the world.

18th Jan 2004



K. Santhanam is Director of IDSA. He superannuated from the Defence R&D Organisation as Chief Advisor (Technology). He was Scientific Advisor in the Ministry of External Affairs and a member of the National Security Advisory Board. He was conferred the Padma Bhushan award by the Government in recognition of contributions to the Shakti-98 series of nuclear tests conducted in Pokhran in May 1998. He co-authored two books and is the editor of IDSA's journal, Strategic Analysis.

Dr Srikanth Kondapalli has been a research faculty member of IDSA for about a decade. He has published two books and a monograph on China and is currently writing a book on Chinese Air Force. He has M. Phil. and Ph.D. in Chinese studies and was a post-doctoral Visiting Fellow at People's University in Beijing. He learnt Chinese language at Beijing during his stay there from 1996 to 1998.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000174.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2003 MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 817541166X 2003 viii+264 pp 0.00 995.00 IntroductionThe Gita in Urdu: Rafiq ZakariaThe One and the Many: The Dialogue Among Cultures: Helga Zepp-LaRoucheThe Second Bush War and the Aftermath: Some issues of International Law: V.S. ManiBases, Not Places: The Indian Ocean Littoral States and the Rise of New Strategic Bases: Donald L. BarlinChina: Periphery and Strategy: Zhao GanchengChina's Diplomacy: Seeking Benefits and Avoiding Harm Amid Changing International Relations: Yu HongjunThe Eurasian Perspective of an Emerging Asian Security Structure: A New Vista for India-China Strategic Cooperation: Devendra KaushikCentral Asia: The Region in focus role for India: Poonam MannDevelopment trends in Kyrgyzstan: Suchandana ChatterjeeRussia in Eurasia: The Ongoing Debates: Anita SenguptaIndia, Pakistan and the United States: Jayanta Kumar RayThe Pakistan Army: its perks and privileges: G. ParthasarathyIndia's look east policy: A historical Overview: S. D. MuniGauging the Pulse of freedom: Indian slaves, Manumission, and Maritime Maroonage in Colonial Mauritius, c. 1728-1820: Satteeanund Peerthum & Satyendra PeerthumVietnam's Development Strategy and Japan's "Intellectual Contribution": Manabu ShimizuIndia's Development as Knowledge society: K. VenkatasubramanianDomestic Conflict in Nepal: Origin, Challenges and Prospects: Nalini Kant JhaReflections on Moscow's Post-Soviet Foreign Policy: Arun MohantyAsia Events 2002DocumentsContributorsUS$ 55 The current volume, which is the fourth in succession, contains nineteen well-researched articles on important aspects of on-going developments in the various Asian countries in the socio-political, economic and cultural themes, as well as issues related to regional cooperation and security and Indian diaspora, by eminent scholars from India and Abroad.

The Asia Annual is the cross-disciplinary Journal of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata, a centre for research and learning with focus on social, cultural, economic and political/ administrative developments in Asia, from the middle of the nineteenth century onwards with special emphasis on their links with India and on the life and works of Maulana Azad.

Besides, a summary of events for the year 2002 and the text of important documents are added in the issue for the ready reference of the readers. Scholars and policy-makers may find the issue useful.


"...it provides a useful overview of the geopolitics of several Asian countries and regions"
The Sunday Statesman
(Review of 2002 Issue)



18th Jan 2004





Prof. Mahavir Singh, is Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.































SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000175.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY KNOWLEDGE ASSESSMENT MARMAR MUKHOPADHYAY(Ed) 9788175411807(HB) 9788175411814(PB) 2014

196pp,

150.00 700.00 Preface; Evolution of Educational Technology: Marmar Mukhopadhyay The Concept of Educational Technology; History of Educational Technology; Educational Technology: Contributing Disciplines; Evolution of Conceptual Contents; Systems Approach ; Instructional Design; Classroom Instruction; Individualized Instruction; Audiovisual Instruction; Conclusion Instructional Systems Design:Charles M. Reigeluth and B.J. Beatty What is Instructional Systems Design?; New Demands on Instructional Theory; Promising Types of Theories; Universal Principles of Instruction; Implementing ISD: Limitations and Opportunities; Systemic Problems and Incompatibilities; Obstacles to Implementation; Leverage Points and Catalysts; Technology-Enabled or Enhanced Instruction; New Assessment Systems; Design Theory-Easier to Use; Into the Future; Knowledge Manage-ment; Formative Research to Create Design Theory; Conclusion Communication in Education: Ingrid Day The Fundamental is People Multichannel Learning: Steven Anzalone Multichannel Learning: Unpacking the Definition; Substance and Flow in the Learning Environment; Connections and the Learning Environment; Distinguishing between Connectors and Learning Channels; Channeling and Educational Purpose; Programmes with Principles; Multichannel Learning: A Framework for Practice; Conclusion Interactive Video Conferencing for Instruction: David A. Tiedemann Definition and Technology of Interactive Video Conferencing; Barriers to Adopting Video Conferencing in Education; Video Conferencing Effectiveness; Educational Video Conferencing Case Histories; Research Examples; Teaching Examples; Future Online Education: Alison A. Carr-Chellman Online Education on the Rise; Quality and Content; Efficiency; Who owns it?; Time and System Implications; Conclusion Educational Technologies, Open Learning and Optimizing Learning: Colin Latchem and Allan Herrmann From Correspondence Education to Open Learning; Educational Technologies; Sustaining Technology and Disruptive Technology; Educational Technologies and Open Learning in Asia; Future Trends and Needs; The Challenges for Asian Institutions; An Afterword Strategies for Evaluating Technology in Education and Training: Wellesley R. Foshay and D. William Quinn What Should We Evaluate?; What are the Effects of Technology?; Evaluation Designs; Experimental and Quasi-Experimental Designs; Case Study Designs; Return on Investment; Measurement Strategies; Learning Outcome Measures; Conclusion Beyond Educational Technology: Marmar Mukhopadhyay Revisiting Education; Human Beings: Interfaith Knowledge; Four Planes of Living; Learning: The Treasure Within; Educational Technology: Thus Far ; Conclusion  

World-wide, research evidence indicates wide gap between learning potential and learning outcome; underachievement in education has been a significant concern. To alleviate the situation, educational technology has been seen as the most important tool for optimizing human learning.

There are breathtaking developments the understanding of human learning as well as in ICT ushering in a paradigm shift in educational technology. Equally true is the increasing gap between the knowledge creation and knowledge utilization resulting into loss of significant opportunities for optimizing human learning. This gap is likely to increase further. This book for the first time documents current knowledge vis-à-vis selected aspects of educational technology, the state of the art of knowledge utilization, and the gaps, and projects into the future for assessing likely impact on teaching learning process.

The book covers a wide range of issues like evolution of educational technology, instructional systems design, communication, Online education, Multi-channel learning, Video Conferencing, Open and Distance Education, evaluation of educational technology, and Beyond Educational Technology with contributions from best of the experts in the world.

The book is addressed to the educational policy makers, planners, educational managers as well as teachers. I hope my readers will found the book as useful as I wanted it to be.

9th Feb 2004

 

Prof. Marmar Mukhopadhyay, a specialist in educational technology and educational management is currently Joint Director of National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration in New Delhi. He was elected Vice-President (Asia) of International Council of Distance Education for the term 1995-99; He chaired National Open School of India for a full term.

His contemporary interest is in Quality Management in Education; he offers expert workshops on quality management based on his landmark work, Total Quality Management in Education that has been rendered in several Indian languages like Hindi, Gujarati, Marathi, Tamil, Kannada, Bengali, Urdu, etc.

He has made significant contribution to educational literature in the form of papers, articles and addresses to international and Indian forums. Some of his recent books are: Education for a Global Society: Interfaith Dimensions, Value Development among College Youth, Secondary Education: Challenges Ahead, Education India: The Next Millennium, Governance of School Education in India, Open and Distance Education, Indian Education: Development since Independence.

His contact id:
mmukhopadhyay@niepa.org
marmar@vsnl.com

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000176.jpg
Political Science NARENDRA MODI: AN INTERPRETATION POLITICS AND GOVERNANCE C.P. BHAMBHRI 9788175418172 2015

104pp

0.00 550.00 Preface 1.    Interpreting Narendra Modi 2.    Election Verdict: 2014 3.    Lack of Ideology Responsible for AAP Implosion 4.    Two Agendas: One Modi 5.    Politics RSS Plays 6.    Modi—The End Game of Autonomy 7.    Ideological Politics of BJP in Power 8.    Saffronization of Education 9.    Cooperative Federalism: Reality or Myth? 10.  Modi on Minority Issues 11.  Robber Capitalists of India 12.  Govermentalization of Yoga 13.  Narendra Modi: The Chief of Misgovernance 14.  A Year of Opposition Index

Prime Minister Narendra Modi has rigorously implemented his “political-ideological” project of laying down the firm foundations of Vedic-Brahamanical “Hindu Nationhood” and the Government has exercised power to pursue political policies of Hindu Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh. Mohan Bhagwat, the Hindu RSS supremo, has publically stated that Modi is our loyal swayam-Sevak and he is successfully pursuing the goal of establishing an India i.e. Hindi, Hindu and Hindustan.

The subject matter of this study is to analyse the multi-faceted political policies pursued by the Modi Government for achieving his main political-ideological goals. The study shows that Modi does not suffer from any ideological ambiguities.

C P Bhambhri, currently ‘Distiguished Scholar’ of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to McGill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanzania. He is a prolific writer who has published in international and national academic professional Journals and has also intervened through newspapers articles. He has to his credit more than 30 books.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/Narendra_Modi___An_Interpretation___Final.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi COMPUTER VIGYAN SHIKSHAN-SHASHTRA(Pedagogy of Computer Science) NOUSHAD HUSAIN 9788175418035(HB) 9788175418042(PB) 2015

x+262pp

200.00 895.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/Computer_Vigayaan_2.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Literature and Linguistics EMPOWERING COMMUNICATION SKILLS A.K. SINHA 9788175418158(PB) 9788175418141(HB) 2015

xiv+282pp

295.00 995.00 Preface List of Tables Introduction Part I Oral Communication  I. To Speak or Not to Speak 3 When Silence Communicates; Pause and Hesitation; Body Language; Culture-bound Gestures    II. Conversation: A Verbal Duel 9 Conversational Cues; Conversation Start; Turn Taking (AB, AB); Hedging; Diversionary Tactics; Vague Statement; Hedging Devices; Listener’s role; Cooperative Principles; Violation of the Maxims; Presupposition and Implication; Conversational Norms  III. Interview: A Calculated Verbal Duel Formal Conversation; Interview by a Media Reporter; News Conference; Cross-Examination; Job Interviews: How to Approach Them; Samples of Mock Interviews (For Civil Services)  IV. Telecommunication and Electronic Media Skills Conversation on Telephone; Telephone vs. Face to Face Conversation; Interview on Telephone; Mobile Phones; Television Interviewing; Video Conferencing  V. The Persuasive Presentation Types of Presentation; Analysis of a Presentation; Question and Answers Sessions  VI. Speaking for Result (How to be Interesting and Intelligible) Speech and Lecture; Guidelines: Outlining and Preparing a Speech; Types of Speech  VII. Role of Politeness in Effective Communication Politeness in Language Use; Power and Solidarity between the interlocutors; Politeness in Telecommunication; Intercultural Communication in Contemporary India  VIII. Speaking Intelligible Indian English The Significance of Intelligibility in Indian Context; The Sound System of Indian English (IE); Stress; Spelling and Pronunciation; Intonation; The Predictability of English Pronunciation Part II Written Communication  IX. How do Sentences Grow? Generating Sentences; Essential Arguments; Additional Arguments; Complements; Parallelism; Generating Sentences with Expansion; Deletion; Coordinate Conjuncts; Expansion of a Verb Phrase; Expanding  the Noun Phrase; Complex Sentences; Tensed and Tenseless Clauses; Participial Clauses; Inversion for Focus; Need for a Proper Word-Order; Dangling Modifiers; Pronominal Cohesion  X. How to Develop a Coherent Paragraph Common and Coherant Theme in Paragraph; Structure of a Paragraph; Paragraph with no built-in Order  XI. Précis Writing Goal of Précis Writing; Précis: Dos and Don’ts; Guidelines; Procedure for Précis-writing  XII. Comprehension, Summarising and Reporting Comprehending Oral Communication; Comprehension of Written Materials; Summarising and Note-Taking  XIII. Arranging Paragraphs in an Essay Link between Paragraphs; Structure of an Essay; The Narrative Essay; The Descriptive Essay; The Expository Essay; Length of an Opening Paragraph; Some Essential Strategies; The Argumentative Essay  XIV. Writing a Research Paper/Thesis The Orientation of Research; Theoretical Paradigm; Choosing the Topic of Research; Writing a Thesis Proposal; Defending the Proposal; Collecting Material; Drafting and Revising One’s Own Writings; Formatting the Final Draft  XV. Communicating through E-mail E-mail; Functions and Advantages over Telephone; Advantage over Letters; Structure of an E-mail; Variation in Style; The Main Body; Abbreviation; Graphology; Emoticons / Smileys; Internet Neologism Part III The Power of Correct Words and Phrases  XVI. Connecting Prefixes and Suffixes to Words Use of Prefixes and Suffix to increase one’s vocabulary; Prefixes: The Drivers of Words; Negative Drivers which Reverse the Route; Antonyms; Prefixes Indicating Before, After and Beyond; Over-/Under as Antonyms; In, Out and In-between; Around and Again; Prefixes that Indicate Size; Prefixes that Indicate Number; Hidden, New and Incidental; Prefixes Denoting Rank; Auto- or Self-; Scientific and Technical Terms that are Attached like Prefixes; Prefixes that Change the Grammatical Category of Words; Suffixes that Shape the Word; Formation of Nouns; Formation of Adjectives; Formation of Verbs; Formation of Adverbs; Compound Word Formation; Reduplication; Blend/Brunch/Portmanteau Words  XVII. Reiterating the Old and Discovering the New Some Foreign Phrases and Expressions in English; Some Indian Words in English; Some Modern Slangs; Invention of New Words   Phrasal Verbs Phrasal Verbs in Colloquial English; Criterion to Define a Phrasal Verb; Characteristics of Phrasal Verbs; Some Frequently Used Phrasal Verbs  XIX. The Network of Words: Friends and Enemies Synonyms: Similar Concepts; Synonymy: Friendly Communities of Words (With Subtle Differences); A Family of Say Type Verbs in Use; Nouns; Adjectives; Adverbs; Antonyms: Words of the Enemy Camp; Antonyms; Morphologically unrelated Pair of  Antonyms; Verbs of Converse Relation  XX. Revisiting Aspects of Grammar Sentence Fragments; Run-on Sentences; Agreement; Structure of an NP; Some Common Errors in Indian English; Quantifier as Head of an NP; Compound Subjects; Nature of Conjoining; Agreement between a Pronoun and its Antecedent; Ambiguous Reference of Pronoun; Tense and Tense-Sequence; Simple Past vs. Present Perfect; Future Tense in Conditional Clauses; Past Tense in Conditional Clauses; The Subjunctive Mood; Present and Past Infinitives; Sequence of Tense; Word Order; Word-Order in Questions; Word-Order in Reported Speech; Exclamatory Sentences; Some Problem Areas in Indian English  XXI. Punctuating for Clarity Punctuation Marks; Comma; Use of Semicolons; Use of Colons; Use of Dashes; Use of Parenthesis (i.e. a pair of round brackets); Brackets; Period (Full Stop); Note of Exclamation Mark; Use of Question Mark; Use of Ellipsis Dots; Use of Inverted Commas; Use of an Apostrophe; Use of a Hyphen; Use of Capital Letter; Use of Italics  References Key to Exercises Acknowledgements Index    

“….Empowering communication Skills provides ample authoritative models from stellar Anglophone writers and cleverly conceived exercises that should help dedicated students improve their communicative competence. This is a book that will be useful not only to Indian students and professionals but also to their counterparts in the Kachruvian ‘outer Circle’ of English speakers, especially those who do not speak this foremost world lingua franca natively”. Prof. Salikoko S. Mufwene, University of Chicago

The book, written to meet the requirements of professional courses on communication skills and to get an edge in preparation for various competitive examinations and interviews, will surely empower its users with oral and written communication skills. Prof. Omkar Nath Koul, Formerly at the L B S Academy of Administration, Mussoorie

“….Empowering Communication Skills, grounded in a solid knowledge of the nature and structure of language in general and that of English in particular, without any doubt, helps in communicating effectively. It is built on examples of real life, conversational duels, interviews, aspects of grammatical cohesion and idea-level coherence in spoken and written texts….” Prof. Rama Kant Agnihotri (Retired), University of Delhi

This book focuses on various types of oral and written communication. It analyzes real examples with a view to finding realistic solutions and guidelines. It also highlights problem-areas in Indian English to make it internationally acceptable.  This user-friendly book may prove useful to all — students, researchers, trainers, professionals and the common readers.

Anjani Kumar Sinha (Ph.D. from University of Chicago), a former Professor and Head, Department of Linguistics, University of Delhi, taught at the University of Patna, Taiz and Sana’a (Yemen), University of Chicago, Michigan (Ann Arbor) and Osmania University, Hyderabad and University of Delhi. He has also been a Visiting Professor at the University of Hyderabad, NEHU (Shillong), Tribhuvan University, Kathmandu (Nepal), Aligarh Muslim University and Baroda University. Widely travelled, Prof. Sinha has contributed more than fifty research articles and written three books. 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/empowering_comm_skill.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science CROSS-BORDER MIGRATION MIZORAM SANGKIMA(ED) 8175411759 2004 128pp 0.00 495.00 Introduction; The Coming and Settlement of Chakmas; Riang in Mizoram: Settlement and its Impact; Settlement of Gorkhas;Myanmarese in Mizoram since the beginning of the Twentieth Century A.D. to the Present; Impact of Chakma Settlement on Mizoram; Impact of Mynmarese Settlement; Index; Contributors The book is a complete work in the field of the study of infiltration of foreigners to Mizoram. Its focus is on the forces and factors which have encouraged the infil-trators to enter into the State.

Coming and settlement of Chakmas, Riangs, Gorkhas and Myanmarese and the impact on Mizoram are discussed in the volume. The book may be found useful for those who have interest in the subject and the region.



7th Feb 2004
US$ 35



Dr. Sangkima (b.1952), obtained Ph.D degree from the Gauhati University (1986), is the Principal of Aizawl West College, Aizwal, Mizoram.

A founder member of Mizo History Association (1980), Dr. Sangkima, Secretary of the Association since 1987, has been editing its journal entitled - Historical Journal Mizoram. Besides his first book MIZOS : Society And Social Change (1992) he has published a number of research papers on Mizo.










Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net
URL : www.makaias.org





SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000178.jpg
Literature and Linguistics RABINDRANATH TAGORE: PORTRAITS OF WOMEN SELECTED SHORT STORIES JADU SAHA 817541197X 2004 184pp 0.00 600.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000179.jpg
Literature and Linguistics RABINDRANATH TAGORE: IMAGES OF WOMEN SELECTED POEMS JADU SAHA 8175411961 2004 142 0.00 450.00 AcknowledgementIntroductionManasi/She who is in the mind (1890) Woman's StatesmentThe Multicoloured (1896) In the night and in the Morning UrbashiChaitra Harvest (1896) Fancied by the mind Woman BelovedStories (1900) RequitalDedication (1914) No. 43Wild Geese (1916) No. 23The Runway (1918) Indelible Mark Emancipation DeliveranceIndian Butter Tree (1929) The StrongPostscript (1932) Basket of Shredded PapersPostscript (1932) Ordinary WomanSatire (1935) Modern WomanShe Who is Dark (1936) The Flute PlayerRecovery (1941) No. 23Last Writing (1941) No. 15Chitrangada (1936) I am ChitrangandaNotesIndexKey to Transliteration Rabindranath Tagore is known outside Bengal mainly as the poet of Gitanjali and has been stereotyped in the West as a mystic poet for the deeply spiritual poems in his Nobel Prize winning book. But the principal driving force of his poetry was humanism. Image of women in his poetry is one aspect of this humanism, and is focused in the book.

The women's liberation and the phrase "gender equality" was not in the English vocabulary when these poems were written. Nor did women had the right to vote in many 'first world countries.'

We hear Tagore's voice speaking about women in the first phase of his poetry up to 1914. In the second phase we hear mostly women's voice, muted in a man's world, finding expression in the poems.

Tagore was a lyric poet. The flow of his poems has an abundance of rushes of rhythm and playfulness with words. His language is musical, resonant and layered. His choice of words and their arrangement are precise. These translations come close to the rich texture and sound of Tagore's poetry and they would please or move the reader.


US$ 18

11th January 2004
Dr. Jadu Saha, after his retirement from the Canadian Civil Service as a Director General began his literary career in 2001. His poems in English have been published in American anthologies and his short stories in Bengali in magazines in the US. His first poetry book, Whispers of Silence was published in Canada in 2001 and his other translated books include Songs of Rabindranath Tagore, The Flute: Selected Poems of Rabindranath Tagore, Rabindranath Tagore - Writings for Children, Rabindranath Tagore - Portraits of Women: Selected Short Stories (Shipra Publications, Delhi).



SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000181.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION SYSTEM IN INDIA J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175411903(HB) 9788175416581(PB) 2012

x + 326pp, revised edition

395.00 1295.00 Unit I Education in Ancient and Medieval India Education System in the Vedic Period Introduction : Rich Educational Heritage of India; Periods of Ancient Indian Education; Sources of the Vedic Age Education : Vedic Literature; The Vedas; Significance of the Vedas as the Chief Source of Information; Philosophy of Life in the Vedic Age and Education; Significance of Education in Ancient India and Ultimate Objective; Main Features of the Vedic Education; Aims, Ideals and Objectives of Vedic Education; Education of Women; Teacher as Spiritual as Well as Intellectual Guide; Process of Instruction; Admission and Evaluation System; Autonomy of Educational Institutions; Studentship; Vocational and Professional Education; Curriculum; Evaluation of the Vedic System of Education Later Vedic Education (1200 B.C. to 200 B.C.)) Main Source of Education During the Later Vedic Age; Upanishads; The Smritis; The Bhagwad Gita; Educational Implications; Main Features of the System of Education; Institutes of Learning; Eligibility for Higher Education; Women Education; Sanskrit as the Medium of Instruction; Teacher's Duties and Qualifications; Studentship; Convocation or Farewell Address; Curriculum : Subjects of Study; Process of Instruction; 'Yoga'; Universal Education; Most Prominent Scholars of the Later Vedic; The Gurukul System of Education; Sanskars (Ceremonies or Rituals) Associated with the System of Education in the Vedic Period; Comparison between the Educational Objectives in Vedic India and Modern India The Buddhist Education Introduction; Sources of Information About Buddhist Education; Philosophy of Buddhism and Teaching of Buddha; Basic Principles of the Philosophy of Education as based on the Philosophy of Buddhism; Main Features of Buddhist Education; Educational Implications of Buddhist Philosophy Religion-Oriented Ancient Education: Institutes of Higher Learning in Vedic and Buddhist Period Religion Environment and Education in Ancient India; Comparison Between Vedic/Brahmanical System of Education and Buddhist System of Education; Centres of Higher Learning/Universities in the Vedic and Buddhist Period;Important Centres of Learning (Temple Colleges) in South India;Seats of Higher Learning in India (other than Temple Colleges); Overview of Ancient Indian Education System Unit II Education in Medieval India Education in Medieval Period With Emphasis on Muslim Education\ Introduction; Chief Characteristics of Muslim Education; Chief Features of Primary and Elementary Muslim Education; Development of Muslim Education During the Rule of Various Dynasties and Rules; 'The Madrasahs' or 'Madrasas'; Centres of Learning of Muslim Education; A Critique of Muslim Education Hindu System of Education During the Medieval Period Introduction; Chief Features of Hindu System of Education in India during the Medieval Period; Higher Education in Medieval India; Concluded Observations Unit III Education in India During the British Period Macaulay's Minute (1835) Brief Life Sketch of Macaulay (1830-1853); Essence of Macaulay's Minute; Circumstances Leading to Macaulay's Minute; Extracts from Macaulay's Views which became the Cornerstone of the System of Education in India; Appraisal of Macaulay's Minute : Was He the Torch Bearer or Evil Genius?; Acceptance of Macaulay's Minute and Lord William Bentinck's Resolution of March; Downward Filtration Theory of Education; Oriental - Anglicist or Occidental Controversy on the System of Education in India and Macaulay's Minute; Adam's Reports; Indigenous System of Education in India at the Beginning of the British Rule in India Woods Despatch (1854) and Indian Education Commission (1882) Nomenclature of Wood's Despatch; Circumstances Leading to Wood's Despatch; Essence of the Report : Policy Declaration; Main Recommendations/Policy Decisions; Merits of the Despatch; Demerits and Shortcomings of the Despatch; Impact of Wood's Despatch; Evaluation of the Despatch Views of Educationists; The Despatch - A Magna Charta of Education or Not Lord Curzon's Educational Policy and National Education Movement Arrogance of Lord Curzon : Curzon - the Most Hated Viceroy by the Indians; Chief Educational Events During Curzon's Period; Educational Conference (1901); Indian Universities Commission (1902); Indian Universities Act (1904); Government Resolution on Government Policy (1904); Measures for the Improvement of Education; Critical Evaluation of Lord Curzon's Contribution to Education Growth of National Consciousness: National Education Movement Introduction; Phases of National Education Movement; Mrs Annie Besant on National Education; Spread of National Education Movement; Sad End of the Movement; National Universities Gokhale's Bill, Government Resolution on Education and Sadler Commission (1917-1919) Gokhale's Efforts and Bill for Compulsory Primary Education (1910-12); Extracts from Gokhale's Resolution, 1910; Gokhale's Second Attempt (March 18, 1912); Impact of the Bill; Government Resolution on Education Policy (1913); Sadler Commission or Calcutta University Commission (1917-1919); Essential Features/Main Recommendations of the Sadler Commission; Evaluation of the Sadler Report : Fore-runner of the New Pattern of Education 10+2+3. Government of India Act (1935) and Wardha Scheme of Education Government of India Act (1935); Provisions in the Act for Education; Significance of the Act in the Context of Development of Education; The Wardha Scheme of Education (1937); Origin of the Scheme; Wardha Scheme of Education at a Glance; Evaluation of the Wardha Scheme of Education Sargent Report (1944) Nomenclature of the Sargent Report; Acceptance of the Basic System of Education; Chief Features and Major Recommendations of the Sargent Report; Targets Overview of the System of Education During the British Rule Introduction; Phases of Development of Education in India During the British Rule (1800-1947): Policy Documents and Committees and Commissions; Demerits/Limitations/Negative Effects of the System of Education During the British Period; Merits of the system of education Unit IV: EDUCATION IN POST INDEPENDENCE ERA University Education Commission (1947-48) Appointment of the University Education Commission; Major Observations and Recommendations; Evaluation of the Recommendations of the Report of the University Education Commission Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) Appointment of the Secondary Education Commission; Major Recommendations of the Commission; Aims of Secondary Education; Significant and Structure of Secondary Education According to Secondary Education Commission; Curriculum at the Secondary Stage of Education According to the Secondary Education Commission; Diversification of Courses at the High and Higher Secondary Stage; Multipurpose or Multilateral Schools; Evaluation of Report and Its Impact Education Commission (1964-66) Introduction; Circumstances Leading to the Appointment of the Commission, Its Composition and Terms of Reference; Essence of the Report Needed Educational Revolution; Major Recommendations of the Kothari Commission; Qualitative and Quantitative Programme; Evaluation of the Commission and Its Recommendations; Implementation of the Recommendation of the Education Commission; National Structure of Education - Proposed by Kothari Commission; Education Commission on Curriculum Reform; Education Commission and Teachers; Education Commission and Three Language Formula; Miscellaneous Recommendations National Policy on Education - NPE (1986) and Programme of Action (1986) Need for Formation and Contents of the National Policy of Education; Formation of the NPE; Policy Indicators and Main Features of NPE; National Policy of Education and Early Childhood Education and Care (ELEC); Evaluation of the NPE; Implementation of the Policy : Programme of Action (1986); Main Schemes Launched as a Result of the Programme of Action (1986) in Pursuance of the NPE (1986); National Policy of Education and Reconstruction of Curriculum; Navodaya/Jawahar Vidyalayas (Pace-Setting Schools) Modified National Policy of Education (1992) Formulation of the National Policy on Education (1992); Major Original Provisions and Revised Policy Changes UNIT V: Contemporary Educational Problems and Issues Universalisation of Elementary Education (UEE) Meaning of Universalisation of Elementary Education; Significance of UEE; Non-fulfilment of Constitutional Commitment to Universal Elementary Education; Progress in UEE since Independence; Causes and Problems for Non-fulfilment of Constitutional Provisions Regarding UEE; Measures for the Achievement of the Goal of UEE; New Initiatives in Universalisation of Elementary Education; Drop-outs at the Elementary Stage of Education - A Major Issue in UEE; Strategies for Universalisation of Elementary Education : Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-2007) Women's Education High Status and Widespread Education of Women in Ancient India; Importance of Women's Education; Progress of Women Education; Teachers; Slow but Encouraging Progress of Girls and Women Education; Measures for the Promotion of Women's Education; Committees and Commissions on Women Education; NPE (1986 and 1992) and Programme of Action (1992) Distance Learning Meaning of Distance Education and its Nomenclature; Chief Characteristics of Distance Education; Correspondence Education, Open Education, Formal Education and Distance Education; Main Objectives of Distance Education; Merits and Limitations of Distance Education; Brief History of Distance Education in India; Distance System of Education at Work; Open System of Education; Problems of Distance Education and Measures for Strengthening it; Summing Up; Some Well Known Open Universities of the World National and Emotional Integration Meaning of National and Emotional Integration; Why National and Emotional Integration : Need for National and Emotional Integration; consequences of Lack of National and Emotional Integration; Favourable Factors for National and Emotional Integration; Barriers to National and Emotional Integration; Role of Educational in Developing National Integration; Appointment of the Emotional Integration Committee (1961) and Its Recommendations; Programmes Undertaken for Promoting National Integration Medium of Instruction Importance of the Medium of Instruction; Mother-Tongue as the Medium of Instruction; Demerits, Limitations and Shortcomings of Foreign Medium of Instruction; Opposition to Hindi as Medium of Instruction Can there be a Uniform Medium of Education in India?; Documents on the Medium of Instruction; Present Position of Medium of Instruction : Popularity of English as the Medium of Instruction; Multilingual Education and UNESCO Education of Weaker Sections Meaning of Weaker Sections; Why Promotion of Education of the Weaker Section's Children?; Education of the Scheduled Castes; Present Status of the Education of SCs; Education of the Scheduled Tribes; Other Backward Classes (OBCs) and Their Education; Popularising Education Among the Weaker Sections Adult Education Meaning and Definition of Adult Education; Need for and Objectives of Adult Education; Major Efforts Made in India in the Field of Adult Education; National Literacy Mission - NLM (1988); NPE (1986 and Modified 1992) on the Scope of Adult Education; The Role of Schools and Universities in Adult Education; Role of Voluntary Organisations in Adult Education; Illiteracy and Its Eradication; Causes of Slow Progress in Adult Education and measures for the Expansion of Adult Education Quality Control in Higher Education Meaning of Quality Control in Education; Why Quality Control in Higher Education?; Main Factors Exercising Quality Control in Education; Administration and Management of Higher Education; Quality Higher Education - National Assessment and Accreditation Council (NAAC); Autonomy in Higher Education; Qualitative Improvement in Higher Education - NPE and Programme of Action; Qualitative Improvement Programmes for Higher Education in the Tenth Five Year Plan (-) UNIT VI Tables, Graphs and Figures

The book includes a comprehensive survey and analysis of the development of Education system in India from the Vedic times to the modern times. The book is divided into six segments - Education in ancient India; Education in medieval India; Education in India during of the British period; Education in post Independence era; Contemporary educational problems and Issues; Educational Statistics, Graphs, and Figures.

The book may be useful to all those interested in the development of Education in India.










 

J.C. Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000182.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT DEVELOPMENT OF LEARNING AND TEACHING LEARNING PROCESS-3RD EDITION PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING AND DEVELOPMENT J.C. AGGARWAL 9789386262004 (HB)9789386262011 (PB) 2017 Impression

x+348pp, rev. ed.

295.00 1295.00 Unit I: Psychology and Educational Psychology (Nature of Psychology and Learners) 1. Psychology: Meaning, Nature, Methods and Scope meaning of Psychology ; Nature of Psychology; Psychology as Independent Discipline ;HistoricalDevelopment of psychology; Methods of Psychology; Scope of Psychology 2. Methods of Psychology and Educational Psychology Need for Methods of Psychology; Classification of the Methods of chology; The Clinical Method; Differential or Survey Method Statistical Method; Psycho-Analysis or Psycho-Analytic method ; Cross Sectional vs. Longitudinal Method ; Case Study :method ; Experimentation ; Interview Method ; Introspection method ; Observation Method ; Sociometry Method 3. Meaning, Scope, FunctionsSignificance of Educational Pychology M'eaning of Educational Psychology; Nature and Limitations of Eucational Psychology; Scope of Educational Psychology: Several Ways of Classification; ' When to Teach', 'What to Teach', and 'How to Teach' Questions of Educational Psychology ; Importance of Educational Psychology; Functions and Significance of Educational Psychology to Teachers ; Summing up 4. Stages of Human Development: Specific Stage Characteristics and Developmental Tasks Meaning of Human Development; Characteristics and Principles of Development ; Educational Implications of the Principles of Development; Interrelationships and Interdependence of various Patterns of Development; Stages of Development; Characteristics of Each Stage of Human Growth and Development and Educational Implications ; Significance of the Knowledge of the Growth and Development Process to the Teachers; Developmental Tasks at Various Stages; Guidelines for Parents and Teachers Relating to Developmental Tasks Unit2 : Understanding The Learner: Stages of Human Development 5. Human Physical Development Pattern: Significance of Physical Development of Human Beings; Meaning and Dimensions of Physical Development Pattern ; General Pattern of Physical Development; Characteristics of Physical Development Pattern and Needs of Children ; Growth and Development Rate, Growth and Development Curve: Characteristics and Stages; Common Causes of Delayed Motor and Physical Development; Factors Affecting the Pattern of Physical Growth and Development; Educational Implications of the Physical Development Pattern of the Children for the Teacher ; Organisation of Physical Development Programme ; Summary: Important Characteristics of Physical Development Pattern 6. Human Social Development Pattern : Meaning of Human Social Development Pattern ; Characteristics of Social Developm!!nt Pattern ; Social Development Pattern of the Child at Different Stages ; Factors Affecting the Social Development of the Child ; Hindrances in the Social Development of the Child ; Role of the School in the Social Development of the Child ; Teacher's Role in the Social Development of the Child ; Concluding Observations 7. Human Emotional Development Pattern: Significance of Emotional Development Pattern ; Meaning of Emotions ; Chief Characteristics of Emotions ; Positive and Negative Effects of Emotions ; Unaerstanding Emotions of Anger, Fear, Love and Jealousy ; Emotional Behaviour Pattern at Different Stages ; Classification of Emotional Pattern ; Comparison Between the Emotional Pattern of Childhood and Adulthood ; Factors at Home and at School which Disturb the Emotional Development of Children ; Training, Sublimating and Modifying Emotions ; Role of the School and the Teacher in the Emotional Development of the Child 8. Human Cognitive Development Pattern: Meaning of Human Cognitive Development Pattern ; Process of Cognitive development Pattern ; Various Areas or Aspects of Cognitive or Mental Development Pattern ; Factors Affecting Cognitive Development Pattern ; Cognitive Development Curve ; Jean Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development Pattern ; Educational Implications of Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development and the Role of the School and Teacher 9. Characteristics, Needs and Problems of Adolescents: Meaning and Definition of Adolescence ; General Characteristics of the Period of Adolescence ; Specific Needs of Adolescence with Special Reference to Indian Adolescents ; Physical Needs of the Adolescents and their Satisfaction ; Emotional and Psychological Development Needs and their Satisfaction ; IntellectualMental Needs of the Adolescents and their Satisfaction ; Moral Development or Satisfaction of the Moral Needs of the Adole-scents ; Social Development Needs of the Adolescents and their Satisfaction 10. Adolescents, Sex Education: Problems, Worries, Fears and Development Tasks: Interrelatedness of Needs and Various Aspects of Development of Adolescents ; Classification of Problems of Adolescents ; Specific Problems and Worries of Adolescence ; Developmental Tasks for Adolescents and their Implications ; Pedagogic Practices for Developmental Tasks of Adolescents ; Developmental Tasks and Class and School Organisation ; Needs and Developmental Tasks of Indian Adolescent ; School Programme and Adjustment of Adolescents: Developmental Tasks and Needs. Role of Teachers ; Adolescent and Sex Education 11. Indian Adolescents: Needs, Aspirations, Interests, Attitudes and Self-Concepts Situational Analysis of Adolescents in India ; Changes in the Society Affecting Adolescence DevelopmenU ; Major Needs, Interests and Attitudes of Indian Adolescents ; Important Problems and Issues Involved in the Proper Development of Indian Adolescents ; Directions Helpful to Find Suitable Solutions to Adolescent's Problems ; Self-Concept and Educational Implications 12. Guidance and Counselling for Adolescents: Meaning and Need for Educational Vocational Guidance and Counselling Meaning of Guidance ; Nature and Characteristics of Guidance ; Aims, Functions and Kinds of Guidance ; Brief History of Guidance ; Educational Guidance: Meaning and Need ; Vocational Guidance: Meaning and Need ; Counselling and its Types: Role of the Counsellor 13. Organisation of Guidance and Counselling Services for Adolescents in Schools: Need for Guidance Services ; Scope of Educational, Vocational Guidance and Counselling for Adolescents ;, Aims, Purposes and Functions of Educational Guidance at the Secondary and Senior Secondary Stage of Schooling (Adolescence Stage) ; Aims, Purpose and Objectives of Vocational Guidance for the Adolescents ; Why Special Emphasis on Guidance at the HigherSenior Secondary Stage ; Guidance Programme in School: Scope ; Educational Vocational Guidance Process and Counselling ; Organisation of Guidance Services in a Senior Secondary School: Special Considerations ; Guidance Personnel; Functions of the Counsellor and Guidance Programme ; Methods of Educational and Vocational Guidance ; Facilities Required for Guidance ; Career Guidance: Need and Significance of Career Planning Unit Ill: Learning and Motivation 14. Concept of Learning: Meaning, Nature and Process Meaning and Definitions of the Term Learning ; Nature and Characteristics of Learning ; Broad Aims, Objectives and Outcomes of Learning ; Types of Learning ; Major Domains and Main Areas of Learning ; Educational Implications of Domains of Learning ; Learning Process and Its Aspects 15. Factors of Learning: Personal and Environmental: Classification of Factors of Learning ; The Child as a Learner and Personal Factors Affecting Learning ; Subject Matter and its Presentations as a factor in learning ; Environment as a Factor in Learning ; Teacher as the Inductor of Change and a Factor in Learning ; Some Problems in the Field of Learning ; Making Learning Effective: Role of the School and the Teachers ; Learning and Maturation ; Heredity (Genetic) and Environment (Nurture) on Learning ; General Principles of effective Learning ; Summary 16. Nature, Types and Techniques of Enhancing Motivation: Meaning, Definition and Nature of Motivation ; Definition, Sources, Types and Nature and Characteristics of Motivation ; Process and Importance of Motivation ; Maslow's Need Hierarchy ; Merits .and Criticism of Maslow's Theory as Applied to Learning ; Techniques of Enhancing Learner's Motivation 17. Theories of Learning and their Educational Implications: Meaning, Significance and Classification of Theories of Learning ; Behaviourist Theories of Learning ; Thorndike's Theory of Learning ; Skinner's Theory of Operant Conditioning ; Gestalt Theory of Learning or Theory of Insight Learning ; Comparison of Thorndike's Theory and gestalt Theory ; Information Processing Theory of Learning by Gagne and Others ; Rogers and Maslow's Humanistic Theories of Learning Unit IV: Intelligence 18. Intelligence: Meaning, Nature, Characteristics and Development: Meaning and Definition of Intelligence ; Intelligence and Scholars of Ancient India ; Operational Definition and Meaning of Intelligence ; Kinds of Intelligence and a Few Generali-sations ; Development of Intelligence and Mental Testing ; Measurement of Intelligence ; Basic Concepts Involved in intelligence and Intelligence Testing ; Classification of Individual on the Basis of I.Q..; Important Uses of Intelligence Tests in evaluation 19. Classification of Intelligence Tests and Theories of Intelligence: Classification of Intelligence Tests ; Intelligence Testing in India ; Description of Some Tests ; Theories of Intelligence ; Spearman's Two-Factor Theory f ; Thomdike's Multi factor Theory ; Thurstone's Group-Factor Theory ; Guilford's Theory of Structure of Intellect () or SI Theory of Intelligence ; Evaluation of the Theories of Intelligence Including S.I. Model and their Educational Implications Unit V: Personality 20. Personality: Meaning, Nature, Development of Integrated Personality: Meaning, Definition and Nature of Personality ; Complex Nature of Personality and Definitions of Personality ; Characteristics and Nature of Personality ; Behavioural Patterns of Personality ; Marks of Balanced Development of Personality ; Classification or Types of Personality ; Development of Personality: Biological and Socio-cultural Determinants ; Barriers in the Development of Integrated Personality ; Integration of Personality and the Role of the School 21. Theories of Personality and Their Educational Implications: Need for Theories of Personality ; Classification of Theories of Personality ; Allport's Trait Approach Theory ; Raymond B. Cattell's Factor Analysis :Theory ; Psychoanalytic Theory of Sigmund Freud (-) 22. Exceptional Children, Their Education and Development: Meaning, Definition and Classification of Exceptional Children ; Broad Classification of Exceptional Children ; Need for the Education of Children with Special Needs or Exceptional Children ; Special Education ; Integration or Mainstreaming Approach.to the Education of the Exceptional Children ; Role of the Regular Teacher when Integrated System comes into Operation ; Necessary Equipment Needed for the Resource Room ; Comparative Study of Two Types of Programmes: Special and Integrated for the Education of the Handicapped ; Projects of Integrated Education for DisabledPhysically Handicapped Children 23. Children with Learning Disability (Dyslexia) and Other Problems: Children with Learning Disability ; Education of the under Achiever Children ; Education of the Backward Children ; Cognitive Differences and Cognitive Development 24. Individual Differences and Accommodating them in the Classroom Significance of Individual Differences in Teaching-learning ; Types of individual Differences ; Indivldua Dmerent_S: Readiness I .; Educational Implications of Individual Differences ; Meeting Needs of Individual Differences: Teaching Strategies and Class-room Measures ;General Guidelines for Meeting Individual Differences; Integrating Handicapped Children, Backward Children and Children with other Differences with the Mainstream 25.Learner Centred Techniques for Exceptional Children Introduction ; The Gifted Children ; Physically Handicapped Children ; Education of the Blind ; Children with Visual Impairments or Disability ; Children with Hearing and Speech Impairment ; Children with Orthopaedic and Locomotor ImpairmentDisability ; The Mentally Retarded Children and their Education  

The focus of the book is on the development and education of the adolescents, especially Indian adolescents - their anxieties, inspirations, issues and problems. Accordingly it highlights the imperative need to provide a stimulating educational environment and also offers workable suggestions to channelise their energies in such a manner that would contribute to their optimum all round development.

The book responds to the needs and interest of a wide range of potential readers and may find it useful.


US$ 35(HB); US$ 9(PB)

20th March 2004
 

J.C. Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Admin., has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College.

Mr. Aggarwal is a prolific writer and has written extensively on education and history.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000183.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Journalism VALUES FOR AUDIO VISUAL LEARNING* *Not Available RAJNI TANDON 8175411732 (PB) 2004

72 pp 2ND ED. IN 2008

0.00 0.00 Foreword Preface Acknowledgements PART 1: Foundations Our interactive life nurtune Understanding value formation Thoughtful interaction Progress, process and practive Configuring interactivity PART II: Audio-Visual Teaching Holistic teaching Synergy and learning PART III: Pedagogies for producing Learning Material Quests and questions Studies for developing interactive skills PART IV: Presentation Values The disciplines and the subject Some models of holistic web designs for comprehensive thinking PART V: Managing Partnership Interactive dialogue sessions Holistic development and information networks  

In the book, the author displays how alll round growth, which is the ideal sought by teachers now becomes real as synergy gets revitalised through the slots of knowledge that are circumnavigated in the format technique of audio-visual mediation. Many unique mixtures of sensory and spoken languages can enhance the co-related interdependencies between different sets and types of ideas as living images provide emotional indicators for experiencing the reality forming power of audio-visual communication. The author provides content vocabularies as controlled displays of the mental, emotional and spritual conditioning for situation based creative human endeavor. Culture defined models that uphold the highest ideals of harmonious evolution are extrapolated into contemporary framework. The book may be useful for all interested in the subject.

US$ 40

20th March 2004

Dr Rajni Tandon is an educator with a vision and a mission; that of opening out a new field of studies to understand the applied humanism that is implict and explict in the visual media and make more holistically educative use of its wondrous possibilities. Her eclectic range infuses the luminous aesthetic of deep trust into the philosophic pragmatism that is the undercurrent carrying the waves of understanding that we humans are driven to create and share.

Rajni Tandon has taught in many different parts of India and visited centres of development education in U K and U S A. She has been a principal of a school, a professor in some colleges and has directed theatre presentations. Her work on a mass communication project at stella Maris College under the compulsory community service scheme gave the practical dimension to the futuristic work she has undertaken. She has contributed to the U G C panel on Mass Communication and the Standing Committee for Value Education. Apart from her formal discipline of literature. She has made deep forays into Drama, Social Psychology, Philosophy, Film art, Ethno-linguistics and Interfaith awareness. Currently she provides her services as a consultant in Value Centered Communication and is the convenor of the Delhi Center of the Temple of Understanding - an N G O under the chairmanship of Dr Karan Singh.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000184.jpg
Asia and International Studies RUSSIA CHINA RELATIONS RELEVANCE FOR INDIA JYOTSNA BAKSHI 8175411899 2004 xvi + 318 pp 0.00 995.00 AcknowledgementPrefaceThe Soviet LegacyThe Yeltsin YearsPresident Putin's Russia and ChinaThe Boundary AgreementThe Military-Technical CooperationRussia and China in Central Asia: Partnership or Rivarly?ConclusionAppendices I. Text of Shanghai Five Agreement, (April 26, 1996) II. Treaty of Neighbourliness, Friendship and Cooperation between the Russian Federation and the People's Republic of China (July 16, 2001) III. Declaration by the heads of the Member States of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (June 7, 2002)BibliographyIndex The relations between Russia and China - one of the largest state in the world from point of view of territory and the other from point of view of population - have always impacted on the course of the global and regional geopolitics. No wonder, the course of Sino-Soviet relations has always evoked keen interest in the major capitals of the world. From the Indian perspectives, the study of Sino-Russian relations and their implications for India is of particular importance. India, Russia and China are the three largest countries of the Eurasian continent. Moscow-Beijing relationship at any given point of time - whether cooperative or antagonistic - has always tended to have profound implications for Indian policy towards both.

The narrative of Russia China relations in the present book focuses on the contemporary post-Soviet period. Beset by numerous domestic problems and external challenges, new Russia has sought to follow a 'balanced' policy towards the West as well as the East in a bid to create a conductive environment for the economic and military revival of the country. Indeed, both Moscow and Beijing have sought to improve their bilateral ties in the post-Cold War period without constraining the freedom of the sides in the pursuit of a flexible, multi-vector policy.

The central thrust as well as intricacies and nuances of Russia-China discourse are viewed in this volume against canvas of the regional and world geopolitics. The relevance for India is analysed and interwoven in the narrative.


US$ 55

20th March 2004
Dr. Jyotsna Bakshi, a Research Fellow at the IDSA from August 1997 to April 2002, specializes in Russia and Central Asia. The Indian Council of Social Sciences Research awarded her Doctoral Fellowship for Ph.D. She has taught Political Science to Post-Graduate classes for a number of years. She has also done post-doctoral research work at the Centre for the Study of Geopolitics, Panjab University, Chandigarh . Currently she is working as ICCR Visiting Associate Professor at Osh State University, Osh, Kyrgyzstan.

She has published many research papers and articles on the subject besides a book Russia and India from Ideology to Geopolitics
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000185.jpg
Science and Technology CARBON AND CARBON MATERIALS NEW TRENDS G.N. MATHUR, V.S. TRIPATHI, T.L. DHAMI, O.P. BAHL(Ed) 8175411945 2004 viii + 466 pp 0.00 2200.00 IntroductionActivated carbon adsorption and environmental cleanupActivated carbon fibres from polyaramid fibres, microporosity characterisationCharacterisation of carbon materials: Changing scenarioActivated CarbonFibre and CompositesRaw material and productsNanotubes and materials SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000186.jpg
Political Science HINDU NATIONALISM AND DEMOCRACY* *Not Available HENRIK BERGLUND 8175411864 2004

viii+207

0.00 0.00 Preface Introduction Religion, Nationalism and Democracy Ideological Roots of Hindu Nationalism Hindu Nationalism after Independence The Uniform Civil Code Ayodhya and the Rame Temple BJP in Varanasi Challenge to Secularism and Democracy References

Hindu nationalism and Democracy examines the rise of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) as one of the dominant forces within Indian politics. The ideology of the party is analyzed as a form of religious nationalism, with possible strains in its relation to the religious minorities of India. The book focuses on the position of the Muslim minority and analyzes the position of the BJP in relation to two issues with major importance within Indian politics: Uniform Civil Code - Shah Bano case and controversy in Ayodhya. Both issues have been studied on a national level and in a local study conducted in Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh.

On a theoretical level the book draws upon the discourse of nationalism theory. It also discusses the position of the BJP on minority versus majority rights in relation to the debate between liberals and communitarians, where the latter is a reaction against the liberal ideal of a neutral state, instead suggesting a political theory based on the specific values and traditions of each community. The party's position in the Shah Bano case and the Babri Masjid-Ramjanmabhoomi controversy is best described as mono-communitarian, emphasizing Hindu supremacy at the expense of minority rights.


US$ 35

20th March 2004

Henrik Berglund joined the Department of Poltical Science, Stockholm University in 1991, and is employed at the Department as a researcher and teacher. Berglund's research focuses on Indian politics.

Berglund is a member of PODSU (Politics Of Development at Stockholm University) and IDSS (International Development Studies Seminar) in Stockholm, Sweden.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000187.jpg
Human Rights ISLAMIC CONCEPTS OF HUMAN RIGHTS SUHAIB ALAM SIDDIQUI(Edited and Translated) 8175411953 2004 149 pp 0.00 480.00 Editor's NoteIslam and Basic NecessitiesEquality in IslamEssential NeedsPhysical ProtectionPublic Rights and DutiesThe Judicial System in IslamAccountability SystemIslamic Declaration on Human RightsMisunderstanding of Human Rights in IslamAnnexures I. Organisation of the Islamic Conference (58th Session) Statements on Human Rights II. OIC symposium on Human Rights in Islam III. Council of the League of Arab States, Arab Charter on Human Rights, September 15, 1994 Islam does not seek to restrict human rights or privileges to the geographical limits. Islam has laid down some universal fundamental rights. Islam has laid down some universal fundamental rights for humanity as a whole. Every human being is thereby related to all become one community of brotherhood, as per Islam.

According to the address of the Prophet (PBUH) on the occasion of the Farewell Hajj, 'human blood is sacred in any case and cannot be spilled without justification. It is not permissible to oppress women, children, old people, the sick or the wounded. Women's honour and chastity are to be respected under all circumstances'. Human rights in Islam mean that Allah has granted these rights.

The charter and resolutions of United Nations are adopted from the Human Rights of Islam also. The book deals with all the fundamental aspects and misunderstanding of Human Rights of Islam. And this rich work by an eminent Arabic scholar may be a useful addition to the literature.


US$ 25

20th March 2004
Abdur Rahman Assheha is a well-known writer and an eminent scholar of the Arab World.

Suhaib Alam Siddiqui is a Research Scholar, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000188.jpg
Literature and Linguistics PRABAL A NOVEL BY SARASIBALA BASU JADU SAHA 8175411980 2004 xx + 184 pp 0.00 295.00 Sarasibala Basu (1886-1929) belonged to the generation of writers of the Bengali renaissance period, along with Rabindranath and Saratchandra, though she was born almost a generation later. In her short lifespan and despite all kinds of adverse circumstancea she made a big impact on Bengali literature. Sarasibala wrote passionately and eloquently about the social issues and the world around her.
In Prabal, we see a society in transition. Rural areas are alienated from urban areas. Widow marriage causes a storm in a rural town but does not raise a ripple in Calcutta. Anglicised Bengali Babus and memshahebs look like crows in their western garb but they want to sing like Koels. They are armchair critics of social ills but are unwilling to do anything to change them. But Sarasibala does. With her pen --- sometimes in sarcasm, and other times in narration and in the plot of Prabal --- she finds the real cause of social ills and suggests remedies. But in doing so, her style of story telling doesn't become weak or dry lecturing.

Sarasibala's views and her social values are no less relevant today. She wrote more than twenty novels, many short stories and poems and all of them were published in the prestigious periodicals of the day, including, Bharatbarsha, Prabasi, Manashi, and Marmabani.




"In these days of widespread movement for equality of women there a is need for re-evaluation of a book like Prabal. This book is very valuable in the context of changing human values and Bengali society today."

--- Padmasri Nabanita Deb-Sen

Rs. 295
US$ 15


Dr. Jadu Saha, after his retirement from the Canadian Civil Service as a Director General began his literary career in 2001. His poems in English have been published in American anthologies and his short stories in Bengali in magazines in the US. His first poetry book, Whispers of Silence was published in Canada in 2001 and his other translated books include Songs of Rabindranath Tagore, The Flute: Selected Poems of Rabindranath Tagore, Rabindranath Tagore - Writings for Children, Rabindranath Tagore - Portraits of Women: Selected Short Stories, Rabindranath Tagore - Images of Women: Selected Poems (Shipra Publications, Delhi). SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000189.jpg
Literature and Linguistics THE RUNAWAYS A NOVEL ROMESH PANDEY 817541183X 2004 163pp 0.00 195.00 For bold young spirits run away is an adventure, an act to face and feel life from close quarters. First flight of birds from their nests, after having got wings, is a great experience and it will be wrong to call the birds run away after their first flight. If a girl does so then questions arise are: Does she enjoy her life? What does she gain or lose by running away? How does she fight out the problems faced? Answers to all these questions, and much more are in the novel.


Rs 195 US$ 12

Romesh Pandey is a retired army officer. He is widely traveled, has read many books, has a special interest in ethology, knows many Indian languages and a bagful of war experiences from 1953 to 1979. He has to his credit a book entitled Short Stories from Uttaranchal (Shipra, 2004) and his second set of ten short stories pertaining to Army life and other stories. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000190.jpg
History/culture,North East NAGA SOCIETY CONTINUITY AND CHANGE N. VENUH (Ed.) 8175412070 2004 160 0.00 495.00 Preface IntroductionChange: The Law of Life: A.K. RayThe Ao Village Organisation: Origin to Present Day: J. LonkumerChange and Continuity in Naga Customary Law: Akang AoCultural Change Among the Nagas: Festivals and Dress: Anungla AierWorking System of Ariju in Traditional Ao Society: A Socio-cultural Institution: LanunungsangsBeliefs and Practices: A Perspective Change: S. V. BabuChange of Political Institution of Nag a Society: N. VenuhChanges in Naga Work Culture: D. Kou/ieForces and Factors of Change in Naga Society: Kekhrie YhomeAdministrative and Social Factors: The Change in Naga Society: Charles ChasieWorld View and Transformation: Akim LongchariContributorsIndex The Nagas belong to multi ethnic groups and sub-groups, but with similarity in physical features and affinity in culture. Before the advent of the British to the Naga Hills, the Nagas were in a state of confinement as they followed the traditions of their forefathers in all socio-economic and political aspects. Though British administration brought changes in Naga society yet certain traits of traditional life and culture persisted.

The book focuses on the scenario of social and cultural change that is taking place in the Naga society today.

Contents -- Change- The Law of Life, The Ao Naga Village Organization, Change and Continuity in Naga Customary Law, Culture Change - Festivals and Dress, Working System of Ariju, Beliefs and Practices - A Perspective Change, Change of Political Institutions, Changes in Naga Work Culture, Forces and Factors of Change in Naga Society, Continuity and Change - World View and Transformation


Rs 400
US$ 25





Dr. N. Venuh is a Reader and Head, Department of History and Archaeology, Nagaland University. He obtained his M. A./M. Phil from N.E. H. U, Shillong and his Ph.D. from Nagaland University, Kohima.







Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net
URL : www.makaias.org







SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000191.jpg
Political Science GOVERNANCE IN INDIA A THEATRE OF THE ABSURD AMRIT LAL 8175411996(HB) 8175412003(PB) 2004 207pp 160.00 600.00 ForewordPrefaceAcknowledgement Part I: Status of Governance in IndiaGovernance: A Rudderless Leaky Boat Two Constitutions: Multiple IdentitiesDemocracy: The Bluff and BlusterThe" Unfortunate Children of GodThe God that Failed IndiaP.A.: The Power AxisPushkar BridesCorruption Stayed: Governance Betrayed 9. Orphanages: For the GodfathersPreamble: The Obituary of Democracy 11. Indecent CentralismTechnology and GovernanceHumour in Democracy Part II: Some Whys and Why Nots(Anti) National Anthem of IndiaStudent PoliticsElection Commission"None of these"Why Commonwealth?Ram RajyaHindi: The Neglect is OfficialDemocracy, Poverty, and Imperial Inheritance Vote: Right, Duty or PrivilegeMedia: Observation/Listening Post of Democracy Terrorism: A case of bullet versus ballot Populism: The Ecstasy Pill of Democracy Benchmarks of ExcellenceDirective Principles-The song less birds Part Ill: Dynamics of ChangeDynamics of ChangePost Face "-One for the road"Glossary Phrases Bibliography The woes of the common man and serious problems which afflict governance in our country have been voiced in the book.

Over the years, the management of the state has been usurped by the moral hunchbacks, who cannot even stand upright with dignity. While truth is the greatest time saving device, governing trio has no time for it. Democracy is decision disadvantaged. The paralled economy of black money has become the audacious unwritten constitutions of India whose writ runs in all the chambers of power. Bureaucracy has also an unwritten code. Governance aids corruption.

If only judiciary could give up the suspect chastity belt of the laws of Libel, their goingson will make Ripley's "Believe it or not" tomes read like a primer. The stench in the corridors of judicial set us upset everyone. None, however, dare to expose it.

The book reflects on almost all major national ailments including poor governance, corruption, inefficiency, and lack of accountability and suggests systematic attention and effective cure without further delay.

US$ 12(PB)
US$ 40(HB)
Amrit Lal (b. 1934, Lahore) has done Masters in Political Science and English Literature. He joined Indian Railway Traffic Service in 1959 on the basis of combined Civil services Examinations, but resigned in 1973 as he could neither beat the system nor keep going in it. He has earlier authored INDIA: enough is enough and Ab to had ho gayee(Hindi)
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000192.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT TEACHING AND INCULCATING A HEALTHY LIFE STYLE AMONG STUDENTS PREVENTION OF HIV/AIDS RAJINDER M KALRA, RAKESH MEHTA, S KALRA 9788175412057(HB) 9788175412064(PB) 2008 176 pp (3rd. Ed.) 150.00 495.00 Foreword, Message, Acknowledgements, Preface, Introduction - Healthy Life Style - What Is It? Sex Education in Schools - An International Perspective -What Asia Can Learn From Europe And Western Hemisphere? Sex Education in Sweden, United States, United Kingdom, Asia and Adolescents, Sex and tradition, Conclusion. Cultural Heritage And Sexual Behaviour Abstinence from sexual Indulgence, Mahatma Gandhi and Sexual Abstinence, Sex sublimating to sprituality, Some common beliefs regarding semen, Modern culture & Sexual abstinence, Status of Pre-marital sex among adolescents in India, Other sexual behaviour patterns in India, Male & Female he created them, Chestity, Offences against chastity, Chastity and Homosexuality Chastity, Teenage Sex: Yes or No, Real Love, Safe Sex, How safe are Contraceptives? Purification of the Heart, Contents and Strategies of Sex EducationAdolescents and AIDS Basic Information about AIDS, Measuring the number of CD, HIV Infection and Illnesses, A Few Pointers, Females are more AIDS Prone, Preventing AIDS through Love/Sex as a Human Value, Inculcation of Human Values amongst StudentValues in the School System, Character Formation and Assessment of Values, Does it have to be either Choice? How does one accomplish this task? Real Love, Curriculum Development and Evaluation in Healthy Life Style Education, Curriculum: What is it? Organisation of a Sex Education Programme, Practical Strategies for Developing a Unit, Evaluation, Evaluation in Sex Education, Teaching-Learning Strategies I":Discussion Method Values Continuum, Lecture Method, Brain Storming, Discovery /Enquiry Method , Fill-up the Blank Statements, Expert's Advice Column, Audio-Visual Aids Method, Specialist Speaker, Project Method - Case-Study, Role Playing, Question Cards, Popular Songs, Poems (Music), Teaching Healthy Life StyleSexual Health - What is it? Sexual Health in Schools. Physical/Emotional Changes in Adolescence . Talking About Healthy Life Style in Indian Schools, Correlation of Sexual Learning with School Subjects . Basic Information about STDs, Integrated Approach to Healthy Life StyleEducation Instructions, Correlation with School Subjects Sex education and Teaching of Hindi sex Education and Social Sciences, Awareness and Involvement of Community (Introducing Healthy Life Style Education in Rural Schools) Role of Community Power Structure Strategies for Change, Local Advisory Committee(LAC), Advantages of LAC, Purpose of LACs, Types of LACs, Organization of LACs, Selection of the LAC Members, Committee's Membership, Qualifications for LAC Members, Selection of Officials, Suggestions, Conclusion, Meaningful Healthy Life Style Education to the Adolescents: Guidelines for TeachersCompatible Relationships with Students, Teacher as a Guide, Some Practical Strategies, Sex Education - Responsibility of each and every School Teacher, Integrated Approach to Teaching and Learning Situation in Sex Education, Conclusion , Annexures Adolescents are the future nation builders and inculcating healthy life style among these youngsters is very timely. The book attempts to provide a holistic approach about Sex Education based on cultural heritage. It deals with the theoretical as well as practical aspects on the subject and focuses on sex education at secondary level, cultural heritage and sexual behaviour, values, curriculum development & evaluation, teaching-learning strategies, rural schools, guidelines for teachers etc. The alarming statistics regarding AIDS/HIV make it imperative for introduction of healthy life style education in school curriculum. Having made an exhaustive review of the role of sex education in various Western countries, authors in this book have emphasised fostering of Healthy Life Style among students for prevention of AIDS not only in India but also in Asia. Prof. Rajinder Mohan Kalra is Emeritus Professor, International Institute of Adult and Life Long Education (India) and former Dean (Academic), Professor and Head, Department of Measurement and Evaluation, National Institute of Education (NCERT). He has been advisor/ consultant/Project Director in International Educational Organizations (UN/World Bank). He has authored numerous books with a foreword from Rev. Mother Teresa and His Holiness Dalai Lama.
Dr. Rakesh K. Mehta (MD; FRCPC; FACP) is chief Haematology/ Oncology, VA Hudson Valley Hospital New York. He is also faculty member of New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York. He is an internationally respected member of medical fraternity and is interested in health education of adolescents in India.
Mrs. S. Kalra is co-author of a book entitled AIDS and Adolescents - A New Generation at Risk. She has worked with disadvantaged sections of the society and has several years of experience working with students having intellectual and emotional problems.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000193.jpg
Political Science,North East NORTH-EAST COMPLEXITIES AND ITS DETERMINANTS SREERADHA DATTA 8175411872 2004 162 pp 0.00 495.00 PrefaceIntroduction Ethnic Dimensions of Northeast Turmoil Economic ProblemsConcessions and AidThe Regional Environment and External Linkages External Intelligence Agencies and Northeast National ResponseTables Some Basic data of North-east Nexus Number of Investment intentions for Northeast and some other state of India BibliographySelect BibliographyIndex Even after fifty years, India's Northeast continues to draw national attention for all the many reasons. The intensification of ethnic differences poses significant security challenges for India. Taking a holistic approach, the book examines the roots of the turmoil in the region, the inadequate economic development as a contri- buting factor as well as the regional implications of the protracted violence and instability.

The book also highlights the role of external forces in accentuating the situation and the linkages that some of the militant groups in this region have managed to forge and thrive on. The book may be found useful for policy makers and scholars interested in this region of northeast region of India.


US$ 35
Sreeradha Datta is Associate Fellow at Indian Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi. During the past few years, she has been studying, specialising and commenting on the turmoil in India's Northeastern states. Gradually, she has expanded her focus and has been analysing the domestic political dynamics in Bangladesh SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000194.jpg
Asia and International Studies BANGLADESH A FRAGILE DEMOCRACY SREERADHA DATTA 8175411651 2004 184 pp 0.00 600.00 Preface, IntroductionNational Identity: Religion versus Culture Islamisation & Dangers of Extremism ConclusionElection Politics: The Legitimacy DebateCoalition Politics & Political Opportunism, Electoral Mechanism, Coalition Politics, Elections 2001, Electoral TrendsFaltering Democracy: the Teething ProblemsClash of Personalities, Political Irresponsibility, Caretakes Government, Erosion of Parliament, Executive over-reach, Weakening Social CohesionThe Minorities: Hindus and Chakmas Sense of insecurity, Influx into India, Political Rivalries, Islamisation of Bangladesh, Structural Handicaps, Implications, The Chakma Problem, Background, Chakma Influxes, The Chakma Problem, Prelude to the Accord, The Accord, Evaluation of the AccordIndo-Bangladesh Relations: Impediments for Improvement Trade, Borders, Ganges Water Sharing, Migration, Insurgency, Al-Quidaa Controversy, Gas PoliticsPrognosis : Islamisation, Lack of Democratic CultureBibliography, Index The decade long democratic experiment in Bangladesh has its ups and downs. The transparent electoral process administered through a neutral caretaker government and the smooth transfer of power has not improved internal instability and political maturity. Without ignoring the democratic accomplishments since 1991, "Bangladesh: A Fragile Democracy" seeks to highlight the turbulence sweeping through this new nation. The book argues that the highly personalised nature of Bangladesh politics and the personal animosity between Begum Khaleda and Sheikh Hasina have weakened the democratisation process. Moreover, the resurgence of Islam as the primordial identity of Bangladesh and the wave of violence against minorities as well as the rise of religious extremism, pose a serious challenge to the consolidation of democracy in Bangladesh.

Dr Sreeradha Datta is an Associate Fellow with IDSA. She has a Ph D in International Organisation, from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her areas of specialisation have been India's Northeast and Bangladesh. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000195.jpg
Political Science,Economics INDIA 2025 SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL STABILITY R.K. SINHA(Ed) 8175412038(HB) 8175413301(PB) 2004

xvi + 528 pp

350.00 1800.00 Foreword Acknowledgements List oTables Introduction R.K. Sinha Social Stability ; Economic Stability ; Political Stability Demography P.N. Mari Bhat Projection Assumptions; Projection Results for All-India; Demo-graphic Bonus: When and Where?; Urbanisation; Conclusion Education R. V. V. Ayyar and Suman Sachdeva Elementary Education; Adult Literacy; Secondary Education; Higher Education; Vocational Education; Technical Education; Allocation and Expenditure on Education; Policies and Programmes; National Policy on Education; Policy Framework; A Critique ; Optimal Requirement versus Realistic Scenario Health Care R. Srinivasan Key Linkages in Health; Forecasting in Health Sector; Available Health Forecasts; Future of State Provided Health Care; Key Achievements in Health; Components Influencing Health Care; Unfinished Burden of Communicable Diseases; Maternal and Perinatal Deaths; Child Health and. Nutrition; Unfinished Agenda-Non Communicable Diseases and Injuries; Health Infrastructure in the Public Sector; Health Financing Issues; Health Perceptions and Plural Systems; Impact of Reforms and Disparities; Emerging Scenario; Health Indicators; Socio Economic Indicators; Demographic Indicators External Security K. Subrahmanyam The Nuclear Factor; The Neighbours; Terrorism and Proxy War; India and International Status Quo; The Threat Within; The China Factor; Security Management Internal Secnrity V.K Nayar South Asia Ill; Socio-political Milieu; Trans-border Migration; Electoral Politics; The China Factor; The Pakistan Factor; Drug Trafficking; Jammu and Kashmir; Northeast; Extremism; War against Global Terrorism; Scenario-2025 Likely Levels of Violence Vijay Karan A Map of Violence in India Urbanisation K.c. Sivaramakrishnan and B.N. Singh Urbanisation Trends; Spatial Manifestation of Urban Growth; Impact of Urbanisation; Urban Housing; Likely Areas of Tension and Conflict; Structures of Governance; Future Scenario; Private Sector Participation; Conflicts Macro Economic Projections B.B. Bhattacharya and Sabyasachi Kar Growth in the Last Three Decades; The Tenth Plan Targets; Determinants of Economic Growth; Sources of Growth in the Indian Economy; A Macro-Model for the Indian Economy; 'Business As Usual' Forecasts for the Tenth Plan Period; Alternative Scenario Forecasts for the Tenth Plan Period; Implications for Growth Oriented Policies; Conclusion Agriculture LP. Abrol Agriculture Sub-sectors; Horticulture; Animal Husbandry and Fisheries; Sustainability Concerns; Changing Land-use and Future of Agriculture; Agriculture in the Changing Global Scenario; Extension Strategies; Technological Needs and Future Agriculture Industry Subeer Gokarn Trends and Discontinuities; The Dynamics of Age Distribution; Implications for the Pattern ofIndustrial Activity; Trade; technology; Cross-Country Comparisons; Structural and Policy constraints and Recent Performance External Trade Sector Charan D. Wadhwa Focus Areas; The Country Coverage; The Coverage of Regional ading Blocs (RTBs); Building Alternative Scenarios; Some uor Global Economic and Financial Developments; Highlights of World Scan Model for Global Projections; Trends and Projections for Global Trade and India's Exports and Imports; Methodology of Scenario Building for Projections; Trends in the Commodity Composition of India's Trade and Projections; Trends in India's Commodity Exports; Projections; Trends in India's Commodity Imports; Projections for India's Commodity Imports; Trends and Projections in India's Direction ofTrade; Formulation of Strategic Trade Policy for India up to 2025 Infrastructure Services S. Sundar and Kaushik Deb Infrastructure Sectors; Infrastructure Investments in India; Energy Sectors; Policy Trends; Demand Projections for 2025; Scenario Analysis; Policy Trends; Demand Projections; Scenario Analysis; Transport; Telecommunications; Investments Required Technology P.V. lndiresan Issues; Importance of Technology; The East-Asian Model; Culture as an Impedance to Technology Development; Technical Education; Science and Technology Entrepreneur Parks; Motivating Scientists; Managing Technology; India's Technology Prospects for Year 2025; Fundamental Limits to Prediction ; Expected Economic Scenario in 2025; The Technology Situation; Two Scenarios; Technology Policy Statement; Technology Status in Year ; Objectives for Technology Policy; Vision for Technology Policy; Action Points for Realizing the Vision Environment R.K. Pachauri, Shaleen Singhal and Harpreet Singh Kandra Growing Environmental Concerns: Compulsions of Economic Development; Projections for Integrated air Pollution Loads: BAD Scenario; Water ; Projections for Water Requirements-BAU Scenario; Projections for Water Pollution Loads - BAD Scenario; Solid Waste Management; Projections Related to Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) - BAD Scenario; Strategies and Future Directions; Alternative Scenario-Air Quality; Strategies for Water Rcsource Management and Controlling Water Pollution; Strategies for Solid Waste Management; Managing Industrial Waste; Strategies for Mitigating Land Degradation; Strategies for Preserving Biodiversity; Policies for Successful Environmental Management Regional Disparities N.J. Kurian Historical Trends; Recent Trends; Demographic and Social Characteristics; Income and Property; Resource Transfer from the Centre to the States; Pattern of Private Investment; Intra- State Disparities; Profile of Regional Disparities for Different Growth Scenarios; Impact on Political, Social and Economic Stability; Policy Initiatives for Balanced Regional Growth Employment Shaiilendra Sharma Factors in the Long Term; Age Structure of Population; Characteristics of Labour Force; Structure of Economy; Patterns of Labour Migration; Labour Force Participation Rates by Sex and Age, 1983 to 1999-00; Profile of Persons having Some Marketable Skill by Type of Skill Prosessed-1993-94; Proportion Vocationally Trained Among the Youth in Labour Force-International Comparison; Output, Employment & Productivity of Organised, Unorganised and Public Sector Nature of Political Power Kuldeep Mathur The Congress Party and its Decline; The Democratic Upsurge; Planning for Economic Development; Indian Bureaucracy and Administrative Reform; Parliament and its Diminished Role; The Resurgence of Non-Governmental Organisations; The Emerging Scenario Likely Political Coalitions Mahesh Rangarajan The Early Legacy; The Search for a Dominant Partner; Coalitions: The Price of Stability; The Challenges Ahead; Future Scenarios Political Parties Sudha Pai Parties in the Period of Confrontation; Parties in a Period of Moderation Conclusions and Policy Recommendations R.K. Sinha Index Contributors

The dawn of the new millennium provided the right opportunity to us at the Centre for Policy Research to reflec back on the achievements and failures after independence, and also to look forward to assess where the country possibly would be by 2025, given the inherent constraints.

This book is the product of such an endeavour and is an attempt at unraveling the future contours of the country's social, economic and political stability.

It is not an attempt at trend analysis, nor is it crystal gazing. It reflects the perceptions of the best minds on respective subject areas who took a hard look at the unfolding scenarios. In essence, it encapsulates almost a life's expertise of the chapter writers.


Looking at the future is fraught with imponderables and risk. An element of uncertainty is natural. However, when the best minds are at work, one can be reasonably sure of the broad contours.

Indian and global policy makers and students of social, economic and political should find the book useful.


6th August 2004
US$ 50

R.K. Sinha belonged to the Indian Administrative Service. He held many important assignments during his career and retired as Secretary to Government of India in the Ministry of Industry. Thereafter, he was appointed as Member, Public Enterprises Selection Board. He is deeply interested in economics and public-policy. He has been on the Boards of many companies as well as on the Boards of Governors of IIMs at Kolkata, Ahmedabad and Kozhikode. Mr. Sinha is currently Visiting Professor at the Centre for Policy Research

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000196.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY TOWARDS BETTER TEACHER PERFORMANCE SURENDER S. DAHIYA 9788175412118(HB) 9788175412125(PB) 2009

xiv+253pp, 2009 imp.

180.00 850.00 Educational Technology: Introduction; Concept and Meaning, Activities of an Educational Technologist, Use of Appropriate Technology, Social Component; Information Technology: Process techniques and Application of Information, Information Technology and Computers, Computer, Input, Output, Data Storage, Operating System, Graphical User Interface, Computer Viruses, Internet, E-mail, FTP, HTTP, WWW, Browsers, E-Commerce, Computer Networks, Network Topologies; Programmed Learning: Towards Individualised Instruction for Insured Learning, Development of a Programme; Flanders Interaction Analysis Category System: Behaviour Modification of Teachers, Teacher Behaviour, The Ten Categories System of Interaction Analysis; Microteaching: Training in Teaching Skills: Concept and Nature, Steps, Implementation, Microteaching Cycle, Microteaching in Simulation Situations, Microteaching and Teaching Skills, Core Teaching Skills, Indian Model of Microteaching; Models of Teaching: Innovative Strategies for Learning Process Skills, Emergence, Families of Models, Basic Procedures for Implementation of a Model, Choosing a Model-Instructional and Nurturant Effects, Basic Teaching Model, Concept Attainment Model, Inquiry Training Model, Mastery Learning Model, Relevance of Teaching Models in Designing of Educational Technology Material; Action Research: Improving teacher functions, Introduction, Research, Action Research, Preparing an Action Research Report, Areas of Concern for Improvement; Communication Process: Models, System and Classroom Practices, Modes of Communication, Features, Communication Process, Models, Barriers, Factors Affecting Communication, Communication Systems, Effective Communication in Classroom; Teaching and Teacher Performance: Enhancement in Quality of Teaching, Teaching Profession, Modalities, Phases of Teaching, Teaching at Different Levels, Principles, Teacher Performance, Performance Areas; Media Interventions in Pedagogy: Media Support in Teaching, Introduction, Reinstating Piety of the Profession, Broadening the Base of Pedagogy, Exploring Key Pedagogy, Media Intervention for Quality Schooling; ICT Inputs in Teacher Education: Technology Support for Quality Instruction Four Fundamental Questions, How does ICT Help Educators/Teachers? Affordable ICTs Equipped Classroom, The Changing Face of the Classroom; Bibliography

Educational Technology is the application of techniques and processes for systematic design of learning experiences through instructional organisation and strategies. The focussed emphasis is on problem oriented approach to design instruction and its application and not on use of individual media only. The book covers important areas like communication, teaching action research, media intervention in pedagogy, programmed learning, techniques of modification of teacher behaviour etc. It also presents detailed discussion on information and communication technologies and its effective integration in teacher education. The book may be useful for all, having interest in the subject.

US$30

Dr. Surender S. Dahiya is presently working as Head, ICT Centre, C. R. College of Education, Rohtak. He is M.Sc. (Computer Sc., Mathematics), MCA, M.Ed., Ph. D. (Education). He has the experience of teaching graduate and post-graduate classes.

He has, to his credit, many research papers and articles published in journals of repute. He has authored a book entitled Developing Creativity through Mastery Learning and co-authored another book entitled Mastery Learning to Enhance Creativity.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000197.jpg
Asia and International Studies INDO-FRENCH RELATIONS PROSPECTS AND PERSPECTIVES B. KRISHNAMURTHY 8175412143 2005 234+x pp 0.00 750.00 PrefaceIntroductionThe Problem of French IndiaTreaty of Cession of May 28, 1956- An AnalysisIndian Response to the Freedom Struggle in the French Colonial Empire in Asia and AfricaLiberation of Goa- The French ResponseFrance and the Indian Defence PreparednessIndo-French Relations- Pakistan FactorFrench Response to Terrorism in the Indian Sub-ContinentNuclear-CooperationScience and Technology CooperationIndo-French Cultural TiesEconomic RelationsQuest for a Multipolar WorldAppendicesBibliographyIndex The book makes an earnest effort to study the Indo-French relations in the context of the perceived role of both the countries in the international politics, during the course of the Cold as well as the post-Cold War era. France's relationship with India is studied in the present work within the purview of its foreign policy in general and of its Asiatic policy in particular. The volume goes to the root of the problem and traces the historical background of the issues that are being discussed, so as to find out the answer: Why France or India behaved so, in a given situation? While Part I of the book deals with the problematic phase of decolonisation, Part II elaborates cooperation between the two countries in the political, strategic, economic, cultural, scientific and technical spheres, which turned out to be complimentary and mutually beneficial. To be precise, the present work highlights the conscious and continuous efforts of both the powers on the plan to achieve a new multipolar world order, which will be just, harmonious and a more safer and peaceful place to live in.

US$ 30
Dr. B. Krishnamurthy took his Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in History as well as P.G.Diploma in French from the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, Vadodara. His post-doctoral work is on the Freedom Movement in the French Settlements in India and he has a book in Tamil on this subject to his credit. Dr.Krishnamurthy has contributed numerous research papers and articles to edited volumes and reputed journals, on Indo-French Relations, French Foreign Policy, European Integration and the European Human Rights Regime. He is currently Reader in the School of International Studies and Coordinator incharge of the Centre for Nehru Studies, Pondicherry University, Pondicherry. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000199.jpg
Economics,Library and Information Services FUNDING WINDOWS AND RESEARCH IN INDIA SHARAT KUMAR, MINNIE MATHEW 8175412208 2005 170+xiv pp 0.00 550.00 Preface, acknowledgment, List of tables, List of Grants-in-aid of Government of India, Fellowship available to Indian Students and Scholars, Introduction: Objectives and Structure of the bookBASICS OF RESEARCH: Knowledge: Sensible and Intelligible, Propositions and Concepts, Logic and Research, Research and Hypothesis, Theory and Assumptions, Classiffication of Research, Submitting a Research ProposalPOLICY FOR RESEARCH PROMOTION: Policy Initiatives for R & D, Fiscal Incentives for Scientific Research, Venture Capital and R & D, Foreign Direct Investment and R & D, Institutions of Higher Learning and ResearchDISSEMINATION OF RESEARCH: Extension Services, Training Policy for the Civil Services, Refresher Courses for University Education, Intellectual Property Right, Libraries and ResearchFUNDING WINDOWS FOR RESEARCH: Mininstry of Human Resources Development, Mininstry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Ministry of Agriculture, Ministry of Environment and Forests, Ministry of Rural Development, Planning CommissionFUTURE OF RESEARCH IN INDIA: Prospects of Scientific Research, Prospects of Socio-Economic ResearchConclusionAppendicesBibliography Research in post independent India can be divided into two phases. While the first phase was characterized by the criticality of 'self sufficiency' in the field of technology development for rapid industrial and agricultural growth, the second phase is the outcome of post 1990 'economic liberalization' and the need to build 'global competitiveness'. The latter phase calls for strengthening the research infrastructure in the form of libraries, laboratories and institutions of higher learning.

The book reviews the Government policy towards research with emphasis on several new initiatives taken by the Government. It also examines the future prospects of research in the light of the significant step up in investment in research activity by the private sector in recent years.

The focus of the book, moreover, is on sponsored research encompassing both physical and social sciences. The book provides an anthology of various funding windows' offering fellowship and other research grants, within India and abroad. The book has been written, keeping in view, the interests of young students keen on pursuing research. The chapter on 'Basics of Research' discusses briefly the approach to research, its relationship to knowledge, research as a means of discovery and its limitations.
It is an indispensable book for students, scholars and policy formulators.


US$ 18
Dr. Sharat Kumar, an M.A. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, and Ph.D. from Patna University, is currently Director in the Planning Commission.
After a brief stint in teaching at Patna and Ranchi University, he joined the Indian Economic Service and has served the Ministry of Finance and Ministry of Water Resources. He was also with the faculty of Economics at the L.B.S.N.A.A., Mussorie, between 1992-95.
He has been associated with the exercise of plan formulation for the Eighth, Ninth and Tenth Five Year Plans. He has written articles in various journals and has to his credit, two books in the area of Development Economics. He went to the Netherlands on a United Nation fellowship in 1994 and participated in the United Nation's Commission on Economic Development in New York in 2001.

Dr. Minnie Mathew, head of the Programme Unit for World Food Programme in India, is a Ph.D. in Nutrition, having worked within the UN System in different capacities.
She is also a facilitator for the United Nation's Development Action Framework (UNDAF). She has to her credit the innovative project - "Community Entrepreneurship for Production of Complementary Food in Jhabua (Madhya Pradesh)."
This has become a model for building entrepreneurship skills, for managing small scale production. This initiative fetched her the International Women's Day Award in 1999.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000200.jpg
Economics ECONOMIC REFORMS THE INDIAN EXPERIENCE K.D. SAKSENA 9788175414143(HB) 8175412941(PB) 2008 536 + xxii pp (3RD ED.) 350.00 1650.00 PrefaceLIST OF TABLESECONOMIC REFORMS: CONCEPT, CONTENTS AND CONSEQUENCES - AN OVERVIEW;Concept and Contents of Economic Reforms, An Empirical Analysis of the Consequences of Economic Reforms, Some Gains and Losses of Economic Reforms Summarily Stated-The Balance Sheet, Some Other Significant TrendsGROWTH OF GDP, STRUCTURE OF GDP, AVAILABILITY AND EMPLOYMENT: GDP and GDP Per Capita, Economic Performance of India and Other Selected Countries, Demographic Trends in India and Other Selected Countries, Structure of GDP, Structure of GDP in Selected Countries, . Structure of GDP in Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing Sector . Structure of GDP in the Industry Sector, Structure of GDP in the Service Sector, Production and Availability, EmploymentPROGRESS OF PRIVATISATION AND GROWTH OF THE PUBLIC SECTOR: Progress of Privatisation, Public Sector, Some ConclusionsHUMAN DEVELOPMENT, POVERTY AUEVIATION AND REDUCTION IN INEQUALITIES: GDP Growth, Human Development and Poverty Reduction, Human Development, Human Poverty, Inequalities, Gender InequalitySAVINGS, CAPITAL FORMATION AND FOREIGN INVESTMENT: Role of Savings in a Developing Economy, Growth of Domestic Savings (GDS), Growth of Capital Formation, Growth of Savings-Investment Gap, Growth of Foreign Investment in India, Foreign Direct Investment in India and Other Countries, Foreign Investment's Contribution to Total Capital Formation in India, Savings, Investments and Real GDP GrowthGROWTH OF AGRICULTUREGDP and Capital Formation in Agriculture, . Area Under Cultivation, . Agricultural Production, Agricultural Productivity, Availability and Use of Agricultural Inputs, Agricultural Credit, Agricultural Exports, Terms of Trade Between Agricultural and Non-Agricultural Sectors, Agricultural Subsidies and Public Investment in Agriculture, Some Broad Conclusions and Action PointsFOODGRAINS POLICYBroad Objectives of Foodgrains Policy, Measures to Operationalise the Foodgrains Procurement and Distribution Policy, Some Undesirable Consequences of the Operational Measures, Growth of Availability, Procurement, Distribution and Stocks of Foodgrains, Minimum Support Prices, Economic Costs of Procurement and Public Distribution ofFoodgrains, Some Suggested AlternativesGROWTH OF INDUSTRYGDP and Capital Formation in Industry, Industrial Production, Performance of SS I Sector, Exports of Manufactured Goods, Reasons for Deceleration ofIndustrial Growth in the Decade of Refonns, Need for Reorientation ofIndustrial PolicyGROWTH OF RESOURCE MOBILIZATION BY CENTRAL AND STATE GOVERNMENTSMobilization of Total Revenue: Tax and Non- Tax, Tax Revenues, Non-Tax Revenues, . Resources Transferred from the Centre to the States' , Capital Receipts, Some Conclusions and SuggestionsGROWTH OF EXPENDITURE BY CENTRAL AND STATE GOVERNMENTSRevenue and Capital Expenditure, Non-Developmental and Developmental Expenditure , Government Expenditure (Centre and States Combined)in Selected Sectors, Major Components of Non-Developmental Revenue Expenditure, Subsidies, Some Significant Points Emerging from the AnalysisDEFICIT FINANCING BY THE GOVERNMENTConcepts of Deficit Financing, Rationale for Relating All Deficits to GDP, Sustainable Deficit Financing, Concepts of Fiscal Responsibility and Debt Management, Some Fallacies Relating to Deficit Financing, Gross Fiscal Deficit, GDP, Capital Formation, Inflation, Current AIC Deficit and Debt Indicators-Empirical Evidence of Relationships, Growth of Centre's Overall Budgetary Surplus/Deficit and Its, Financing, Growth of Deficits, Growth of Receipts and Payments of Interest, Growth of Total Expenditure and Fiscal Deficit, Growth of Financing Pattern of Centre's Gross Fiscal Deficit . Growth of Financing Pattern of States' Fiscal Deficit, Some Indicators of Fiscal Discipline, Some Important Points Emerging from the AnalysisINDIA'S EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL DEBTS AND OTHER LIABILITIESGrowth of Volume, Structure and Sustainability of External Debt, Growth of External Assistance, Growth of Intemal Debt and Other Internal Liabilities of the Centre, Growth of States' Debt, Growth of Domestic Liabilities of the Centre and the States CombinedGROWTH OF FOREIGN TRADE AND STRUCTURE OF PRINCIPAL EXPORTS AND IMPORTSIndia's Principal Exports, Technology Intensity of India's Exports, Contribution of Foreign Investment Companies to India's Exports, Exports of Selected Agricultural and Allied Products, Quantities Exported of Selected Agricultural and Allied Products, Exports of Selected Manufactured Goods, India's Share in World Export of Selected Commodities, Principal Imports, Oil Exports and Oil importsBALANCE OF PAYMENTS AND GROWTH OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RESERVES Current Account Balance, Current Account Deficits and Fiscal Deficits, Some Fallacies About Current Account Deficit, Sustainable Level of Current Account Deficits, Growth of Invisible, Impact of Oil Imports on Foreign Trade Deficit, Growth of Capital Receipts, India's Overall Balance of Payments and Monetary Movements, Growth of India's Foreign Exchange Reserves, Adequacy of Foreign Exchange Reserves, Capital Account ConvertibilityINFLATION AND THE PURSUIT OF PRICE STABILITYInflation and GDP and Employment Growth, Measurement of Inflation in India, Behaviour of Wholesale Prices, Behaviour of Consumer Prices, Inflation Rate and Growth of GDP, Employment and Related VariablesINDIA AND CHINA: LESSONS FROM CHINESE ECONOMIC REFORMSLimited Validity of Comparison, Meaning and Contents of Economic Reforms, Salient Features of Economic Refonns in China and A Comparison with Indian Situation, Performance of Indian and Chinese Economies: A Comparison . Some Lessons from the Chinese Experience, Catching up with ChinaINTER-STATE DEVELOPMENT DISPARITIES. Net State Domestic Product, Poverty and Human Development, Structure of State Domestic Product (SDP), Labour Productivity in the States, Population, Density of Population and Urbanisation in the States, Changes in Total Fertility Rates and Couple Protection Rates, Foodgrains Production in the States, Employment and Unemployment, infrastructure-Road Connectivity and Electricity Consumption in the States., Basic Health Facilities, Households with Safe Drinking Water, Pucca Houses and Toilet Facility, Literacy and Schools in the StatesINTER-STATE RURAL AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT DISPARITIESPoverty Levels, Consumption Levels, Human Development Index (HDI) and Human Poverty, Index (HDI), Growth of Literacy, Growth of Basic Amenities, Health Related Indicators, Employment and Unemployment, Road Connectivity At Village Level,INTER-STATE GENDER DISPARITIES IN DEVELOPMENTGender Inequality Indicators, Literacy and School Education, Longevity and Sex Ratio, Employment and Unemployment RatesPATTERNS O(PUBLIC EXPENDITURE IN THE CENTRE AND THE STATESPlan and Non-Plan Expenditure, Revenue and Capital Expenditure, Capital Content of Plan and Non-Plan Public Expenditure, Changes in the Composition of Public Expenditure, Public Expenditure on Education and Health, Sectoral Composition of Actual Plan ExpenditureAPPENDICESStatement on Industrial Policy, National Agriculture Policy Index It analyses the performance of the Indian economy during a decade of wide ranging economic reforms, which commenced in mid-1991, as compared to its behaviour in the eighties when some piecemeal measures of liberalization had been taken. Starting with an overview, the book comprehensively covers important aspects like GDP and Employment Growth, Human Development, Poverty Alleviation, Privatization, Savings and Investment (including foreign investment), Agriculture, Industry, Resource Mobilisation by the Government, Public Expenditure, Deficit Financing, External Debt, Foreign Trade, Balance of Payments and Behaviour of Prices. A comparative study of economic growth in India and China during the reforms period has been made to draw some lessons from the Chinese experience. Inter-state disparities in development (including rural and urban and gender disparities), and inter-state variations in public expenditure patterns and their implications, have also been analysed. The entire study is based primarily on empirical evidence relating to two decades, the eighties and the nineties, collected from various authoritative national and international sources.



Rs 1200
US$ 45
Keshava Dayal Saksena topped in M.A. (Economics), Lucknow University in 1957. Throughout first class, he won several academic distinctions. Was Ford Foundation Research Scholar, Delhi School of Economics/Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi from January 1958 to May 1961. Joined Indian Administrative Service on June 1, 1961. Held several senior positions in both the Central and State Governments including Adviser, Planning Commission, Secretary to Govt. of India, Ministry of Textiles and Member, BIFR. Was Economic Planner, Bhutan in 1989 on a UNDP assignment.

Work done by Saksena as Visiting Fellow, Queen Elizabeth House, Oxford, during 1984-85, published in the form of a book 'Pricing Policies and Price Control in Developing Countries' in 1986 simultaneously by Frances Pinter (Publishers), London and Lynne Rienner Publishers Inc., Colorado, USA, was widely acclaimed. Subsequently, Shipra Publications published 'Environmental Planning, Policies and Programmes in India', a book written by him under an Author's Contract with the FAO of United Nations, in 1993 and another book 'Dynamics of India's Textile Economy' in 2002.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000201.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce INDUSTRIALIZATION, ECONOMIC REFORMS AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT ESSAYS IN HONOUR OF PROFESSOR ASHOK K. MATHUR SUKHADEO THORAT, JAYA PRAKASH PRADHAN, VINOJ ABRAHAM(Ed) 8175412100 2005 320 pp 0.00 700.00 PrefaceIntroduction, Professor Ashok Mathur and His Academic Contributions Sukhadeo Thorat, Jaya Prakash Pradhan and Vinoj AbrahamPART I REGIONAL DISPARITY IN INDIAIndia's Development Experience A Regional Analysis: Rajarshi MajumderInter-State Disparities in Economic Development Special Reference to North-eastern States: Homeswar Goswami, Jayanta Kr. GogoiSome Aspects of Regional Manufacturing Disparity in India 1961-974: Satya Prasad PadhiProductivity in the Informal Manufacturing Sector Regional Patterns and Policy Issues: Dipa MukherjeePART 11: LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT IN INDIAEmployment in Small and Tiny Enterprises Post-Reform Trends and Dimensions: Partha Pratim SahuInformation Technology and Labour Market in India Structure and Issues: Vinoj AbrahamWomen Workers and Informal Sector: Nikhila Menon NandakumarPART III: ECONOMIC REFORMS AND GLOBALIZATIONMacro Economic Adjustment, Stabilization and Sustainable Growth Looking Back and to the Future: M.R. AggarwalBank Reforms: Intermediation Efficiency and Labour An Econometric Exercise: Subhas K.BasuGlobalization and Development Some Issues and Empirical Facts: Shahid Ashraf, Somesh K. MathurPART IV: SOFTWARE INDUSTRYIndia Advantage in Software A Reality Analysis: K.G. RadhakrishnanPART V: GENDER AND GROWTHWomen's Status and Economic Growth An Analysis of Indian States: Jaya Prakash Pradhan 0 Vinoj AbrahamMain Publications / Research Contributions of Ashok K. MathurContributors This book covers a wide array of topics that have acquired relevance in the context of liberalization of the Indian economy. Issues confronting the economy such as widening regional disparity, informalisation and feminization of workforce, gender disparity and economic growth are brought to the focus. It presents a comprehensive picture of these traditional development issues, looking at their trends, identifying the casual factors and suggesting suitable policy measures.

Further, the book also explores possibilities offered by economic reforms, globalization and the emergence of knowledge based sectors like Information Technology. It may be useful for academicians, policy makers, students and any reader interested in Indian economic issues.

Rs 700
US$ 35
Sukhadeo Thorat is presently professor of Economics, Center for the Study of Regional Development, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi and Director, Indian Institute of Dalit Studies, New Delhi.

Jaya Prakash Pradhan is Assistant Professor at Gujarat Institute of Development Research, Ahmedabad. He had worked at Research and Information System for the Non-Aligned and Other Developing Countries and IIPA, New Delhi.

Vinoj Abraham is Research Scholar at the Centre for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He had worked as Research associate at V.V. Giri National Labour Institute. He has published articles in national journals, and has co-authored a book.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000202.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175412163(HB) 9788175412170(PB) 2013

222+x pp (4TH EDITION), 2013 impression

160.00 650.00 CONCEPT OF HEALTH EDUCATION Significance of Health, Relationship between Health and Socio-economic Development, Meaning and Concept of Health, Main Elements of Health or Characteristics of a Healthy Person, Community Health and Personal Health, Meaning of Health Education, Objectives of Health Education, Scope of Health Education, Health Education and Physical Education, Personal and Social Aspects of Health Education, General Aims and Objectives of Health Education in Schools, Specific Objectives. of Health Education at Different Stages SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAMME Importance, Meaning and Concept, Objectives, Characteristics, Scope, Organisation of School Health Education Programme, Improvement of School Health Education Programme: Suggestive Guidelines HEALTH INSTRUCTION Meaning and Importance, Main Aims and Objectives, Types of Health Instruction, Role of the Teachers, Health Needs of Children and Health Instruction, Health Needs of the Child at the Primary Stage Health Instruction and Its Contents, Health Instruction at the Upper Primary Stage/Middle Stage and Contents (Classes VI to VIII), Health Instruction at the Secondary Stage and Syllabi (Class IX and X), Methods of Imparting Health Instruction SCHOOL HEALTH SERVICES AND HEALTHFUL SCHOOL ENVIRONMENT Importance of School Health Services, Agencies of School Health Services, Programme Components of School Health Services, Medical Inspection of the Students, School Health Service and the Rural Community, School Clinic or Dispensary, Junior Red Cross Society, First Aid, Healthful School Environment or Healthful School Living, Environmental Cleanliness and Preventing Illness! Diseases, Functions, Roles and Responsibilities of the Teachers SAFETY EDUCATION Meaning and Importance of Safety, Accidents and Need for Safety at Different Age groups, Measures for Minimising Accidents at Home and Schools, Common Accidents at Home, Common Accidents in School, Safety at Playground, School Transport Safety, Safe Drinking Water POSTURES Meaning and Importance of Proper Postures, Characteristics of Good Postures, Major Adverse Effects of Poor Postures, Causes of Poor Postures I, Identification of Common Postural Defects Among Children and Their Classification, General Remedial Measures for Proper Postures, Proper Postures in Various Situations, Specific Postural Defects and Physical Exercises for Improving Postures FIRST AID-MEANING, SCOPE AND PRINCIPLES OF FIRST AID IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS Meaning and Origin, The Scope of First Aid, Qualities of the First Aid, Basic Principles of Rendering First Aid or Managing the Accident, First Aid Box: Contents, First Aid for Different Types of Accidents, Needs, Emergencies COMMON SPORTS INJURIES AND ROAD SAFETY RULES Introduction, Types of Sports Injuries, Soft Tissue Injuries, Bone Injuries, Joint Injuries, Bandages, Road Safety Rules CONCEPT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Importance of Physical Education, Concept of Physical Education, Brief History of Physical Education, Aims and Objectives of Physical Education, Aims and Objectives of Physical Education at Different Stages METHODS OF TEACHING PHYSICAL EDUCATION Meaning, Objectives, Revolution in Methods of Teaching, Classification of Methods of Teaching, Supplementary Methods I, Whole or Part Method of Teaching-Learning, Demonstration LESSON PLANNING Meaning, Significance, Preparation of Lesson Plan, Presentation of a Lesson Plan FOOD AND NUTRITION Meaning and Functions of Food, Components of Food, Basic Food Groups, Food Groups According to their Functions and Sources, Classification of Foods According to their Origin, Nutrient Components of Food and their Importance BALANCED DIET AND MALNUTRITION Meaning of Balanced Diet, Recommended Balanced Diet by ICM, Balanced Diet: Calorie Requirements, Things to be Avoided in Diet, Principles of Diet Planning, Problems Caused by not Eating a Balanced Diet or Eating Well, Nutritional Value ofLocally Available Diet: Getting Better Food at Low Cost, Costly Food Items and their Substitutes, Food Exchange System, Malnutrition, Undernutrition, Overnutrition Unbalanced Diet and Specific Deficiency in Diet, Malnutrition, School Mid-day Meals DIET DEFICIENCY DISEASES Meaning of Diet Deficiency Diseases, Types of Deficiency Diseases, Protein-Energy Malnutrition (PEM) or Deficiency on Account of Lack of Protein/, Mineral Deficiency Diseases, Vitamin Deficiency Diseases, Healthy Eating Habits COMMUNICABLE DISEASES Meaning and Types of Diseases, Communicable Diseases and their Classification, Measures for the Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases, Cholera, Tuberculosis (T.B.), Whooping Cough, Malaria, Typhoid or Enteric Fever, Diarrhoea/, Intluenza(Flu), Jaundice (Hepatitis), Rabies (Hydrophobia) PHYSICAL HEALTH EDUCATION: DIVERSE ISSUE Physical Fitness and Its Components, Intramurals and Extramurals and their Organisation, Draw of Fixtures (Knock out and League Basis), Graphic Representation of Round Robin Schedule for Seven Teams I, Introduction of Operation Black Board (OB): Physical Education Kit (Equipment) and its Utilisation, Physiological Effects of Exercise, Exercise, Relaxation, Recreation and Regular Sleep, Physical Impairments of the Students and the Role of the School I, Common Ailments not Covered Earlier I, Summery: Description of Various Diseases, Evaluation in Health and Physical Education YOGA EDUCATION AND HEALTH: NEEDS OF A CHILD Meaning of Yoga, Main Features of Yoga, Stages of Yoga, General Guidelines for Practising Yoga Asanas, Brief Description of Each Asan with its Benefits, Health Needs of the Child and Yoga, Chart Showing Specific Need of the Child and the Asana Most Suited for the Satisfaction of the Need PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMME Meaning of Physical Education Programme, Principles of Selection of Activities and Programmes, Components of Physical Education Programme, Playground as the Cradle of Democracy: The Battle of Waterloo was Won on the Playgrounds of Eton, Principles of Organizing Games and Sports, Principles and Suggestions for the Promotion of Physical Education, Recommendations of Committees and Commissions on the Development of Physical Education Programme AIDS, HIV, STD, Drug Abuse and Smoking: Prevention! Treatment and Control Meaning and Causes of AIDS, HIV, and STD, Mode of Infection! Spread, Symptoms, How does One Get AIDS I, Prevention, Focus on the Control of Stigma and Discrimination: Role of Education, Why AIDS Education often Denied to Children and Young People, Ways to Overcome these Problems, Significant Statements on HIV, Drug Abuse: Harmful Effects and Plan for Achieving Schools without Drugs, Smoking, Prevention and Control Mental Health and Sex Education Importance of Mental Health, What Constitutes a Healthy Mind?, Need and Importance of Sex Education, Meaning of Sex Education, Aims and Objectives of Sex Education, Agencies of Sex Education, Role of Teachers and Parents in Sex Education, Guidelines for Imparting Sex Education in School, Methods of Imparting Sex Education, Suggestive Syllabus and Activities for Sex Education

The book is designed to offer practical guidelines and suggestions keeping one healthy and strong. Basic and essential information on emerging topics like AIDS, Drugs, and sex education contained in this book should prove handy to the readers.

Recommendations of several Committees and Commissions on Health and Physical education find an important coverage in this volume. This book may be useful to students, teachers, educational planners and administrators.


US$ 20

J.C. Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration has written extensively on Education, History and contemporary affairs. Before joining Delhi Administration, he taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175416727.jpg
Political Science GLOBALIZATION INDIA NATION, STATE AND DEMOCRACY C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175412216(HB) 8175412879(PB) 2005 230+viii pp 0.00 0.00 Acknowledgments1. Imperialism-led Globalization: A Perspective2. Assertion of National Sovereignty to Compradorism 3. New Global Capitalism and Democratic State4. Globalization, Market and State5. Central Government in the Age of New Globalization:New Directions of Indian Federalism6. Globalization and Neo-Primordialism7. New Global Imperialism and the Idea of Nation8. Global Capitalism and Peripheral Capitalist DemocraticNation-State Systems9. Legitimacy and Accountability of State Systems: NewChallenges10. Political Economy of the Indian State: 1991-199611. Political Economy: Pluses and Minuses12. New Economic Policy: Indian State and Bureaucracy 13. Globalization, Liberalization and Welfare State14. Globalization, Liberalization and Institutions forGovernance in India15. Journey from Intervention to Liberalization16. Grappling with Globalization17. Federalism in the Age of Globalization Index This study is focused on the impact of imperialist globalization on the ideological and intellectual make up of Third World leaders of the ruling Classes, Nations and States. Imperialist globalization of the 1990s has impacted very powerfully on the thinking processes of the leaders of society and the state who have accepted their incapability to stand up against the pressures and dictations of the Supra-National capitalist institutions, Democracy, Nation and State are relevant even for the currently Globalized Twenty first Century. This study substantiates the argument that Global dictations can be resisted by domestic Nation- States of the Third World including India if popular classes are mobilized for democratic struggles against imperialist globalization and 'hyper-power' imperialist America.

US$ 30
Professor C. P. Bhambhri currently 'Distiguished Scholar' of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to Mc. Gill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanzania. He is a prolific writer who has published in international and national academic professional Journals and has also intervened through newspapers articles. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000204.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Diaspora Studies OVERSEAS INDIANS THE GLOBAL FAMILY SHUBHA SINGH 8175412259 2005 223+viii 0.00 750.00 PrefaceIndians AbroadThe Chinese ExperienceThe Indenture SystemIndians in the CaribbeanIndians MajoritiesIn the NeighbourhoodThe African ExperienceRecent MigrantsIn the gulf RegionDual CitizenshipIdentity and AssimilationPolitics and DiasporaThe Diaspora's InfluencePolicy of EngagementMaintaining the Bonds: ConclusionSelect BibliographyIndex The rise of a prosperous, confident overseas Indian community since the late 1980s has changed the image of the pravasi (overseas) community in India. Overseas Indians have become visible internationally as many of them have reached heights of success, finding a place in the lists of international leaders in their areas of expertise.

The Indian diaspora is formed of numerous layers and segments that correspond to the time of migration, the place of origin in India and the country of settlement. Overseas Indians are descendants of migrants who went to Malaysia, Sri Lanka and other South East Asian countries, and as indentured workers travelled to Trinidad and Tobago, Mauritius, Suriname, South Africa and Fiji. They are first generation migrants to Britain, Canada, America and other countries around the world. In each country where they settled, migrant Indians had a different experience as they strove to create an economic and political space for themselves in the host society.

A successful, prosperous and politically influential diaspora is an asset to India, acting as a vibrant bridge between two countries and adding vigour to their bilateral relations. Both India and the diaspora have something to gain from the connection, in real as well as intangible terms. The majority of the diaspora looks for cultural sustenance, to connect their children to India, the ancestral land from which they draw their ethnic identity.
Author has brought her experience and familiarity with overseas Indian communities to emphasise the need to infuse a common diasporic identity within the various segments of the overseas community with the aim of building the overseas communities into a well-networked international presence around the globe.






Shubha Singh is a journalist and has worked with two leading Indian newspapers for over two decades. It is her family's connection with Fiji Islands spanning four generations (her great grandparents went to Fiji in 1885) that has kept alive her interest in the Indian diaspora. She has lived and worked in Fiji in the 1970s when her father, Bhagwan Singh was posted as India's High Commissioner to Fiji. She has travelled extensively as a journalist, taking special interest in regions that have large settlements of overseas Indians, such as Mauritius, South Africa, the Caribbean, USA, Britain, Australia, New Zealand and the South Pacific. The May 2000 coup in Fiji led her to undertake a closer analysis of the reasons why multi-racial governments in Fiji had been overthrown twice within 13 years. In 2001 she wrote a critically acclaimed book titled Fiji: A Precarious Coalition. She has also produced a 54-minute documentary film titled Crosscurrents: A Fijian Travelogue.

Shubha Singh was awarded the Chameli Devi Award for best woman journalist in 1995 for her "perceptive and analytical writing on foreign affairs". She was the fellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. She is now a columnist, writing on foreign affairs and politics for two Indian newspapers.


Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies
567, Diamond Harbour Road,
Behala, Kolkata - 700034
Email makaias@vsnl.net
URL www. Makaias.org

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000205.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce INDIAN ENTREPRENEURSHIP ITS PAST AND PRESENT VALENTINA CHERNOVSKAYA 8175412011 2005 xii + 239 pp, OUT OF STOCK 0.00 495.00 ForewordAcknowledgementIntroduction: Methodology, Purpose of Study, Historical Framework, What is done in Russian Historiography, Major Questions, Sources, What is done in Indian Historiography,Concept of 'An Ideal Entrepreneur': Evolution of the term 'Entrepreneur', Karl Marx's Stereotype of "Normal/Active Capitalist", Analytical Model of Entrepreneur in Western Sociology, "Theory of Constellation of Forces" by D. TripathiThe Beginning of the Biography of 'An Active Capitalist': Family, Caste, Market, State PolicyPioneers of Indian Industry: From Merchant to ManufacturerIndustrial Patronage in Post-Independence Period 1947-1990: Corporate Sector: from Policy of Horizontal Diversification to Vertical Integration, Social Portrait of the Manager of a Big Company, Family, Ownership and Power in Indian Corporate SectorState and Small-Scale Business in the Post-1947 Era of India: "Small Scale Industry" Metamorpphosis of the Term, Trade Capital in Small Industry, New VaishyasEntrepreneurs in the Socio-Political Structure of India: 1947-1990: Non-Party Mechanism of Representation, Largest Private Corporations, Blocs of Monopolists as Pressure Groups, National Associations of the Entrepreneurs, Business in Parliament, Forms and Methods of Penetration into the Centre of Legislative PowerConclusionBibliographyIndex The study deals with the problem of entrepreneurship development - one of India's major concerns today. It concentrates on the differential scenario in respect of emergence, perception and exploitation of industrial opportunities during the period from the beginning of the factory method of production in the country up to the end of the 20th century.



US$ 25


Prof. Valentina Chernovskaja is Orientalist, Doctor of History, Professor at International Institute of Economy and Law, Yaroslavl, Russia. Educated at Yaroslavl and Moscow Universities she has played a pioneering role in promoting the study of Indian entrepreneurship for almost two decades. She is the author of two books and a large number of papers published in national professional journals and abroad.

SUSMITA BHATTACHARYA is a Research Fellow in the Russian Language Programme of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.



Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net
URL : www.makaias.org


"...Prof. Chernovskaya, a historian by training, takes a long term view of Indian entrepreneurship and discusses the business exploits of prominent industrialists from the beginning … to the end of the 20th century. Her account of the rise of a new generation of entrepreneurs in the post-independence era provides a useful frame of reference to understand the differences that freedom brought about in the nature of Indian entrepreneurship. The discussion on informal mechanism adopted by the Indian business class to influence governmental decisions in free India is particularly relevant in today's context. Scholars dealing with corporate entrepreneurship normally do not give much attention to small-scale industries. Prof. Chernovskaya has devoted a full chapter to it.

...The fact is that I have learnt a great deal from her work."


Prof. Dwijendra Tripathi (Retd.)
IIM, Ahemdabad











SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000206.jpg
Asia and International Studies WEST ASIA AND INDIA CHANGING PERSPECTIVES FARAH NAAZ 8175412097 2005

184 pp

0.00 450.00 Preface Introduction lndia and the Gulf: Economic Issues Background Economic Issues Conclusions Indo-Iranian Relations 1947-2000 Nasser Factor Islam and Pakistan as Factors" Pakistan-Iran relations lndo-Arab Relations The Post-Cold War Situation Conclusions, Indo-Iranian Relations: Vital Factors in the 1990 Energy Afghanistan, Central Asia Kashmir Issue Conclusions India - Saudi Arabia Relations Saudi- Pakistan ties Economic Relations Joint Ventures and Technical Cooperation Indian Expatriates in Saudi Arabia Conclusions" Indo-Israel Relations: An Evolutionary Perspective Areas of Cooperation Conclusions Indo-Israel Cooperation: Agriculture, Trade and Culture Cooperation in Agriculture Trade and Economy Cultural Cooperation The Jews in India Cooperation in Tourism Conclusion Indo-Israel Military Cooperation Indian Defence Industry Israeli Military Industrial Complex Military Cooperation Areas of Cooperation Nuclear Issue US Factor Conclusion Security in the Gulf The Post-Gulf War Scenario South Asia Soviet Withdrawal and the Continued War in Afghanistan Future of Central Asia Energy Security Iran-UAE Dispute Over Islands Arms Race Resolving the Security Dilemma Conclusions The United States and the Israeli-Palestinian Talks The Israeli-Palestinian Track: Later Developments

West Asian region has been important to the whole world and is a coveted region due to its oil wealth as well as strategic location. India also has major interests in the region.

The book attempts to trace India's relations with countries of the region. With the change in international environment in 1990s, how the relations from security and economic point of view between the two became all the more important, are highlighted. The other issues, security in the Gulf region and Israel-Palestinian problem are also discussed in the book.

Based on well researched articles, the book may be found useful by those interested in West Asian region and India's relations with the countries in the region.



Rs 450
US$ 20
 

Dr. Farah Naaz teaches at Jamia Millia Islamia, in the Department of Political Science. She completed her Ph.D. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She had been associated with Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi from 1998 to 2002, as an Associate Fellow.

She has written extensively on West Asia, particularly India's relations with the countries of the region. She has published two monographs on "Israel-Palestinian Relations: Road to Peace" and "India - Israel Relations." Her articles have been published in academic journals.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000207.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science,North East CROSSING THE FRONTIERS OF CONFLICT IN THE NORTH EAST AND JAMMU & KASHMIR FROM REAL POLITIK TO IDEAL POLITIK LT. GEN. V.K. NAYAR, PVSM, SM(RETD.) 8175412186 2005 xii + 312 pp 0.00 995.00 Foreword, Preface, Acknowledgement, PART 1: The North-Eat ImbroglioGeography and Historical PerspectiveMosaic of the North-EastFacets of TurmoilThe Way ForwardPART II: Jammu & Kashmir Roots fo DiscordHistorical Perspective & Geopolitical DyanamicsMultiplex Dimensions of TurmoilMovement for Azadi, Militacy, Proxy War and its Islamic Agenda and War on Global TerrorismThe Way AheadPART III: Drugs & arms Linkages: Its cross Border Nexus and Internal SecurityIndex Since independence internal dissent has increasingly manifested in violence, conflict and terrorism. Conflicts in the North East and the proxy war in Jammu & Kashmir on our frontiers pose a serious challenge to India's security. The core of the problems rests on domestic roots with external influence and spread of arms and drugs aggravating the situation. Deteriorating political ethos, fermenting religious and ethnic divide and lack of responsive and effective governance has further worsened the situation.

The North East and Jammu and Kashmir with their distinctive features need to be addressed separately. The study examines the historical perspective, geopolitical dynamics and contemporary experience of the people in the socio-political, cultural and economic spheres in these areas. The search for a solution goes beyond the physical boundaries of the conflict for it to be lasting and holistic. The author suggests a way forward. The book may be of interest to all, interested in the subject as well as the regions.



Rs 650
US$ 35
Lt. Gen. V. K. Nayar was commissioned in the Army in 1951; he is a M.Sc. in Defence Studies from the Madras University.

Lt. Gen. Nayar participated in the Sino-Indian War, the Indo-Pak Wars and Counter Insurgency Operations in Mizoram, Manipur and Nagaland. He served as Additional Director General of Military Operation before taking over a corps in Punjab. He was the GOC-in-C Western Command (1987-1989).

He was the Governor of Manipur and Nagaland and was also a member of Government of India's Task Force on Internal Security. Apart from problems of law and order, he has handled politico-social problems of the States of North East, Jammu & Kashmir and Punjab.

He is the author of books, Threat from Within (1992) and Low Intensity Conflicts in India (2000). Presently, he is with the Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi and a trustee of the Centre for North-East Studies and Policy Research.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000208.jpg
Sociology SOCIAL SECURITY FOR ELDERLY R.K.A. Subrahmanya 8175412194 2005 202 + v pp 0.00 650.00 Preface1. Introduction R.KA.Subrahmanya2. Emerging Indian Ageing Scenario Dr. lrudaya Rajan3. Wrinkled Face of Passing Years John Woodall4. Recent Developments in Old-age Invalidity and Survivors' Insurance General Secretary, ISSA, Geneva5. Social Security for elderly in Asia and the Pacific Dr. Hector Inductivo6. Elderly in Asian Countries and Social Security R.KA.Subrahmanya7. Social Security for the elderly in India R.KA.Subrahmanya8. Current Issues in Pension Reform Prof Mukul G.Asher9. Legislated and other Benefit Plans: An assessment and suggestions for improvement Nalin Thakore10. New Challenges and Opportunities in the merging Scenario for Pension Market H.O..Sonig11. Health Security for the Elderly Dr. A.K. Khokar12. Psychological Security for Older Persons in India Dr. lndira Jai Prakash13. Select Presentations and Discussion14. ConclusionR. KA.Subrahmanya SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000209.jpg
Economics MIGRATION IN SOUTH INDIA K.S. MATHEW, MAHAVIR SINGH, JOY VERKEY(Ed.) 8175412283 2005 242 + xiv pp 0.00 800.00 Contents: Preface, Acknowledgements, List of Tables,Introduction KS. Mathew, Mahavir Singh and Joy VarkeyThe Gujarathi Migrants in Kerala: The Cultural Aspects: T. Jamal MohamedEmigration: Goa's Transformation from an Agrarian to Remittances-Based Economy Remy Antonio Diano DiasBangalore City and Malayali Migration: Causes and Consequences Francis ThonipparaEducation of the Migrants from Kerala to Karnataka: Special Reference to Banglore C. C. Joseph Vocational Migration and Cultural Adaptation: The Case of Malayali Employees in Mysore Jancy GregoryHistoriography of Migration to Malabar: A Critique George KudililSocio-Cultural Determinants and the Peasant Migration from Travancore to Malabar] K V. JosephMigration to Malabar and the Archdiocese of Tellicherry George Valiamattam George ValiamattamChange for Social Mobility: Migrant Farming Community of Malabar - Some Trends M Retna RajSmall Scale Farmers in Kannur District in the Socio-Economic Characteristics and Development Problems N.J. SaleenaOut Migration Among Migrant Peasant Groups in Malabar T. A. JohnMigrant Settlements and Native Alienation in Malabar: A Human Problem Requiring Humanistic Response S. GregoryPeasant Migration to Wayanad and its Impact on Tribal People Joy VarkeyBonded Labour System in Wayanad: The Case of Paniyas and Adiyas K. VPavithran and Biju AbrahamSocio-Economic Status of Tribal People in Udayagiri Panchayath K. V Pavithran and Biju AbrahamBibliographyContributorsIndex Migration in the history of mankind is a phenomenon of great interest to sociologists, anthropologists, economists and historians. This book deals with various forms of migration in South India with focus on rural to rural migration. Peasant migration from Travancore to the British Malabar started in the 1920s is a typical case of migration to rural areas in search of cultivable lands.

Despite the differences in the nature of migration, the volume explicates that economic factors were motivating force behind migration; and also analyses socio-cultural aspects of migration and its impact on the local population.

The book may be found useful by the research scholars and policy makers.

Rs 495
US$ 25


Prof. K.S. Mathew is Director of the Institute for Research in Social Sciences and Humanities, Nirmalagiri (Kannur), Kerala, has over eighteen books and eighty-five research articles published in various national and international journals. He is a specialist in maritime history of India with emphasis on Indo-Portuguese relations.

Prof. Mahavir Singh, is Director of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute for Asian Studies. He is the Editor of Institute's journal Asia Annual and has a number of publications to his credit.

Dr Joy Varkey obtained his Ph.D degree from University of Ottawa, Canada and presently teaches History at N.A.M. College, Kallikkandy, Kannur University. He is author of The French Seaboard Empire and Louisbourg, 1713-1758.





Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396; Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net; URL : www.makaias.org






ISBN 81 7541 228 3
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000210.jpg
Political Science INDIAN POLITICS: 2001-2004 POLITICAL PROCESS AND CHANGE OF GOVERNMENT C.P. BHAMBHRI 8175412151(HB) 8175412291(PB) 2005 216 pp 200.00 550.00 IntroductionParties and PoliticsHindutva-BJP/l6 - communalisation of the State Apparatus/16; Defender ofDemocracy/18; Hindu Joint Family/20; Signals from Gujarat/22; Is Hinduism Facing a Crisis?/24; Gathering Storm/ 26;Congress-29; Congress Democracy?/29; Goodbye Consensus, Hello Conflict: BJP verses Congress/31; Foreign Policy/34; Handle US with Care/34; Look Back, Bush/37; Foreign Policy/40; Politics ofGroups!42; When Government Betrays Trust 42; Socialism has met with an Inglorious End/44NDA in GovernmentBJP/47-Violent Society/47; Quest for Stability/49; Open theatre/ 52; Perils of Media Politics/54; Sangh Parivar in Government/56; Beginning of the End ofHindutva/59; Politics ofCorruption/60; Freeze Ayodhya, Now and Forever/62; NDA's hara-kiri/65; The Politics of Social Change/66; Cry, the Beloved Democracy/69; Football Politics/72; Congress/74-Challenged Congress/74; Challenges 2003/76; Clash of the Political Titans!79; Bottlenecks in Coalitions/81 ; Funding Democracy /83; up's War of All Against AIV84; States Conundrum/87; Are We Ready for Judge Dread?/ 89; ShadesofViolence/92; History's Use and Abuse/94; Congress versus Congress/95; A Lawless Culturel98; Assam: No Smoke Without Firell 00; Foreign Policy/l02-American Hegemony/1 02; Two can Play in Unipolar World/I 05; Value as Commodity/l 08; Towards a Multipolar World?/11 0; Can SAARC beat the Zeaots?/ 113; No Role Model/116; Who's Betting on Uncle Sam?/118; Terrorism or Iraqi Nationalism?/121; NAM and the New World Order/124; War for Profits/127; Prisoners of History/128; Imperatives of Harmony/13l; Selling Secrets/133; Beware of America/135; Socialists/B8; Backward Caste Socialist?/138Pre-Election PoliticsQueenly Contestant/141; Parivar versus Dynasty/143; Frag-mented Politicsll46; Media and Vajpayee/148; Elusive Principles/152; Employees and Elections /153; Election Eve Concessions/ 154; Against the Windl155; Multi-faceted Regional Barons/l58; Covering up Failures/159; The Muslim Question/161; Veil of Coalitionsll62; Perils of Media Politicsl165Elections 2004: Voters Verdict and GovernanceElection Calculus/I 68; Nobody Needs Pollsters/170; The Myth of Regional Politicsll72; Redefining India/173; Open Question?/ 176; Multi-faceted Voter/178; Competing Ideologies/180; Accept Sonia?/183; Politics ofContradictions/184; Miles to Go/I 86; Left will not Wreck/188; Pulls and Pressures in UP A/190; Oppose the Occupiersl192; Atal Versus Sangh - Is It True?/194; United Progressive AIIiance?/196; Sonia's Upward Joumey/199; Mid-course Correction/20 1; The Right Step/203; Issue of Nationalism/ 205; Collapse of National Politics/208; Firm Yet FraiI/209Index The book covers major issues of 2001 to 2004, like contest of political parties, personalities, ideologies and politics. The narrative deals with the NDA (The National Democratic Alliance) and the UPA (United Progressive Alliance). The Lok Sabha elections of 2004 have been described in a focused manner to convey a message that Hindutva is down but not out of the reckoning. The book may be of interest to all interested in the Indian polity.


Rs 550
US$ 30




Professor C. P. Bhambhri currently 'Distiguished Scholar' of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to McGill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanzania. He is a prolific writer who has published in international and national academic professional Journals and has also intervened through newspapers articles. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000211.jpg
Economics MID-YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN EONOMY 2004-2005 SAUMITRA CHAUDHURI 8175412275 2005 148 pp 0.00 395.00 PrefaceList of TablesThe Global Context: Economic Growth, Monetary Conditions, Politics and Petroleum Prices 1The Indian Economy: Prospects for Accelerating Growth, Savings, Investment, Inflation and External Payments FrontPerformance of Different Sectors: Agriculture, Industry, Inflation and Commodity Composition of Trade and its DirectionFinances: Government Finances, Money, Credit and Capital MarketsComments on the Review by the Discussants The mid-year Review of the Indian economy for the current year gives a holistic picture of the Indian economy, its prospects in 2004-2005 and the international trends that influence it.

In ascertaining the outlook for economic growth, explicit cognizance is taken of the fast growing and more stable trajectory of growth of the non-agricultural sector, quite separately and distinct from what happens to agriculture. A stronger performance in manufacturing and other industrial sectors is predicted as well as a continuation of the expanding trends in other parts of the services sector. Estimated GDP growth is placed at 6.3 per cent.

The focus, however, is more on the important role of management of economic policy. The present government is seen as facing a most favourable political situation for successfully implementing its programme for economic reform, as the challenges from the traditional opposition are weak.


Rs. 395
US$ 20

Saumitra Chaudhuri studied economics at Jawaharlal Nehru University and worked for several years in various departments of government that were entrusted with setting prices, tariffs and issuing industrial licences; to that extent has had first hand experience of the control system prevalent in the eighties. He worked with State Bank of India and Steel Authority in a period that the system began its early forays into taking cognisance of market signals and started entertaining the idea of competition. For more than a decade he has been Economic Advisor with ICRA Ltd. a full service credit rating agency, an assignment which has been enriching in terms of gaining an understanding of both corporate and public finance, and of their dynamics. He is the Executive Editor of ICRA's quarterly publication, Money & Finance, and writes extensively in the print media. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000212.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2004 MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175412305 2005 354+x pp 0.00 995.00 IntroductionIndian Revolutionaries as Metaphor in Modern Uzbek Literature Timur KocaogluRussia's New Perspective on Asia: An Assessment Glerii Shirokov & Andrei VolodinIndia-Russia-China: Triangle to Transform the Present World Order Devendra KaushikXinjiang: Prospects for a Peaceful Future S. FrederickStarr"India and China: A Changing Relationship V.P. DuttChanges in Security and Cooperation Situation in Asian Region: Advantage and Disadvantage FactorsDu YanlingMultipolarization and Security Structure of Asia-Pacific Region Li XinweiPromoting Establishment of Fair and Equitable New International Political and Economic OrderAn Yuejun & Su ZuhuiCentral Asian Cooperation: The Possibilities of Development of Regional Integration ProcessesM. Chanachev Integrating the Economy of Kazakhstan into World Economy: Ways and MechanismsB.K. KazbekovEconomic Problems of the Processing of Hydrocarbon Resources O.I. EgorovCollection of Manuscripts on the History of India - A Note: Ponds of the Institute of Oriental Studies, Academy of Sciences, Republic of UzbekistanB. ObidovThe Challenge of Radical Islam to Democratisation in Central AsiaNalin Kumar MohapatraLooking at the Past Through the Prism of the Present: Analysis of the Ethnic Conflict in Sri LankaV. SuryanarayanNegotiating Peace in Sri Lanka: Dynamics and Implications Karori SinghThe East Asian 'Tigers' in the Light of Russian and Latin American ExperienceVictor KrassilchtchikovASEAN + 3 and GMS: Case Studies of Regional Integration Kosum SaichanJapan's Growing Role in Asian Maritime Security: An Indian PerspectiveSanjana JoshiMongolia-China Relations: Post-Cold War ScenarioSharad K. SoniAfghan Women in Transition: A Critical AppraisalArpita Busu RoyIndia-China Trade Through the Stilwell RoadH.N. DasDocumentsI. The Republic of India and the Islamic Republic of Iran "The New Delhi Declaration", 25 January 2003Contents11. Kuala Lumpur Declaration on Continuing the Revitalisation of the Non-Aligned Movement, 25 February 2003Ill. Joint Declaration of the Russian Federation and the People's Republic of China, the Kremlin Moscow, 27 May 2003IV. Declaration of the Heads of the States Participating in the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, 30 May 2003V. Declaration on Principles for Relations and Comprehensive Cooperation Between the Republic of India and the People's Republic of China, 23 June 2003VI. Joint Declaration on the Promotion of Tripartite Cooperation among the People's Republic of China, Japan and the Republic of Korea Bali, Indonesia, 7 October 2003VII. Declaration of ASEAN Concord 11 (Bali Concord 11), 7 October 2003VIII. ASEAN-India Joint Declaration for Cooperation to Comoat International TerrorismIX. Joint Declaration by India and South Africa on the occasion of the State visit to India by H.E. Mr. Thabo M. Mbeki, President of South Africa, 16 October 2003X. Joint Declaration of the Republic of India and the Russian Federation on Global Challenges and Threats to World Security and Stability, 13 November 2003XI. Joint Declaration on friendship and cooperation between the Republic of India and the Republic of Tajikistan, 14 November 2003XII. Security Council Adopts Resolution Endorsing Road Map Leading Towards Two-State Resolution of Israeli-Palestinian ConflictContributors The Asia Annual is the cross-disciplinary Journal of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

The current volume, the fifth in succession, contains twentyone well-researched articles, authored by eminent scholars from India and abroad, are devoted to security and cooperation in Asia and the Asia-Pacific region, new International political and economic order, multi-polarisation, bilateral relations between India and China, new Russian perspective on Asia, possibilities for trilateral cooperation between India, Russia and China, and prospects for a peaceful future of Xinjiang. Central Asia remains in the focus of the current issue also.

Scholars and policy-makers may find the issue useful.





"it provides a useful overview of the geopolitics of several Asian countries and regions"
The Sunday Statesman
(Review of 2002 Issue)

"Asia Annual 2003 is a good reference tool"
The Hindu









Rs.650
US$ 65
Prof. Mahavir Singh, is Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.





Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net








SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000213.jpg
Asia and International Studies UNITED NATIONS MULTILATERALISM AND INTERNATIONAL SECURITY C UDAY BHASKAR, K SANTHANAM, UTTAM K SINHA, TASNEEM MEENAI(ED) 8175412240 2005 616 + xxxii pp 0.00 1950.00 List of AcronymsIntroductionUnited Nations, Multilateralism and International Security:K.C. PantUnited Nations and the Changing Security AgendaLouise FrechetteRelevance and Efficacy of the United NationsGeorge Fernandes Current Challenges to Multilateralismand the United NationsA View from BrazilCelso AmorimA Sri Lankan PerspectiveTyronne FernandoA Russian PerspectiveYuri V. FedotovA Japanese PerspectiveYasushi AkashiA European PerspectiveGeoffrey Van OrdenIndia's Approach to MultilateralismJ.N. DixitReturn to Multilateralism: The United States and the WorldStephen SchlesingerIraq War and World OrderRamesh ThakurWorld Strategic Order: Unipolar, Multipolar or MultilateralPascal Boniface Conflict Resolution and Post-Conflict Management Afghanistan at the CrossroadsAmin SaikalArmed Action in Sri LankaLakshman KadirgamarConflict Resolution and Post-Conflict Management in Timor-LesteKamalesh SharmaConflict Resolution in AfricaGreg MillsRecent Case Studies on Post-Conflict ManagementRoger Moran International Cooperation in Tackling Terrorism, Drugs and Organised Crime Terrorism and Transnational Crime: An Indian PerspectiveS.K. DattaTerrorist Outlook for : The New Security EnvironmentRohan GunaratnaUN Convention against Organised Crime: Expectations and DilemmasVincenzo RuggieroInternational Cooperation in Tackling Terrorism, Drugs and Organised Crime: The Asia-Pacific ExperienceJohn McFarlaneInternational Cooperation in Tackling Terrorism:The Middle EastEly KarmonInternational Cooperation against Drug Trafficking in Central AsiaNiklas L.P. Swanström and Maral MadiInternational Cooperation in Tackling Terrorism: A European ResponseHans-Georg WieckSecurity Cooperation in Central Asian Region: State-building Processes and External InfluenceAnara Tabyshalieva and Erica Marat United Nations and Weapons of Mass DestructionA UN PerspectiveRandy RydellAn Indian PerspectiveG. BalachandranA Russian PerspectiveY. M. Kozhokin The North Korean Nuclear CaseHaksoon PaikUNMOVIC: Lessons and LegacyTrevor Findlay and Ben MinesUN Non-Proliferation Regimes: New Challenges and ResponsesHan HuaProspects of Strengthening and Restructuring Multilateral Institutions and the United NationsStrengthening and Restructuring Multilateral Institutions:A PerspectiveB.S. PrakashCrisis in Multilateralism: A Japanese ViewpointKazutoshi AikawaUnilateralism versus Multilateralism: Challenges and ProspectsRuan ZongzePreemption or Partnership? The Future of International SecurityKarl F. InderfurthReform of the United Nations V.S. ManiLessons of UN Global Conferences: A Restructured United Nations System for a Hegemonic World OrderMichael G. SchechterMultilateralism and the Role of Small StatesBarry DeskerStrengthening the UN: Futile Attempt orvFeasible Alternative?Tobias DebielAnnexure ContributorsIndex The Iraq war in 2003 raised fundamental questions on the practice of 'might is right' and the principle of cooperation and multilateralism in addressing perceived global security challenges. It also placed the United Nations at a critical juncture or, "a fork in the road" as referred to by UNSG Kolf Annan.

This book is a collection of high-quality papers presented by academicians, diplomats and UN officials who had deliberated on this issue in January 2004.

Rs 1250
US$ 80

K Santhanam former Director of Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi. He superannuated from the Defence Research and Development Organisation as Chief Advisor (Technology). He was Scientific Advisor in the Ministry of External Affairs and a member of the National Security Advisory Board. He was conferred Padma Bhusan award in recognition of contributions to the Shakti-98 series of nuclear tests conducted in Pokhran in May 1998. He is a co-author of two books Jihadis in Jammu and Kashmir: A Portrait Gallery (Sage, 2003) and Iraq War 2003: Rise of the New Unilateralism (Ane Books, 2003). His coedited works include Asian Security and China, 2000-2010 (Shipra, 2004) and India and Central Asia: Advancing the Common Interest (Anamaya, 2004).

Tasneem Meenai was the Conference Coordinator for the 6th Asian Security Conference on "United Nations, Multilateralism and International Security" during her tenure at IDSA as Research Fellow. Her research areas include Multilateral Institutions and Conflict Resolution, and peace and security issues. She has obtained Masters degree in International Relations from the Australian National University as a Ford Foundation Scholar and from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She holds a Ph.D. in Political Science. She is currently serving as Reader at the Centre for Peace and Conflict Resolution, Jamia Millia Islamia. New Delhi. She is the co-author of the book Iraq War 2003: Rise of the NewUnilateralism.



C Uday Bhaskar is Officiating Director, Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, New Delhi. He is counted among the leading defence analysts in India and has contributed over 50 research articles/papers to professional journals and books published in India and abroad. His articles have appeared in US Naval Institute Proceedings, Studies in Conflict and Terrorism and the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists and in books published by the US Naval War College and the Royal Navy Defence Studies. He recently edited Indo-German Dialogue: Quest for International Peace and Security. He is the editor of IDSA's journals Strategic Analysis and Strategic Digest and founder-editor of Quarterdeck and is on the editorial board of Journal for Indian Ocean Studies.


Uttam K Sinha obtained his Ph.D. degree from Jawaharlal Nehru University and is Associate Fellow at the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses. A recipient of the Indo-Kuwait Dewan Award in 1995 and before joining the faculty at IDSA, he was in the editorial of The Pioneer. He is currently focusing on non-traditional aspects of security with particular attention to the role of military in environmental protection. He is co-author of the book Iraq War 2003: Rise of the New Unilateralism.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000214.jpg
Science and Technology TSUNAMI THE BIGGEST BANE SUVASISH MUKHOPADHYAY 8175412313(HB) 8175412364(PB) 2005 140 pp 150.00 350.00 Introduction to TsunamiThe Theory of Plate Tectonics Alfred Wegener's model Robert S. Dietz and Harry H. Hess' Model. The J. Tuzo Wilson model A Combination of all the models.Geographic Locations and factors influencing Tsunamis Volcanoes Earthquakes Meteor Impact Under Sea LandslidesPredictions of Earthquake and Volcanic eruptionPredictions of Indian scientists about Tsunami based on astronomyThe lost city of Atlantis and MythologyIndian Ocean Earthquake Causing Tsunami 2004 - Some DetailsTribes of Andaman and Nicobar IslandsTsunami Signals and Protection Measures.Most Devastating Tsunamis --- An AccountRefrencesSuvashish Mukhopadhyay is an Engineering faculty with specialization in Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics This book provides quick but meaningful information about occurrence and mechanism of Tsunami - a series of waves and nature's most deadly phenomenon. Tsunami, a newly coined word for a common man, shook eleven countries of the world on December 26, 2004 with its exceptional strength.

All the factors - volcanic eruption, earthquake, meteor impact and the undersea land slides which may give birth to devastating Tsunami are explained in a lucid manner. Ideas about the prediction of earthquake, volcanic eruption, Indian scientists prediction Tsunami based on their astronomical calculations, warning signals and protective measures etc. are discussed, and recent Indonesian Tsunami is focussed in the book.

The book may be found useful by the readers.


Rs 350
US$ 20
Suvshish Mukhopadhyay (b.1963), M.E., is a mentor of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics in the Pune Institute of Engineering and Technology, Pune. He obtained his B.E. Civil degree from the National Institute of Technology, Durgapur in 1986 and obtained M.E. Hydraulics from the B.E. College, Shibpur in 1989. He has to his credit numbers of technical papers, articles and two books. At present he is a member of the International Commission for Large Dams. He is a member of the Board of Studies for Civil Engineering in the University of Pune, Pune. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000215.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION FOR VALUES, ENVIRONMENT AND HUMAN RIGHTS J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175412514(HB) 8175412526(PB) 2008

xii+ 340 pp, 2014 imp.

220.00 650.00 Part One: Education for Values 1. Values: Concept, Nature and Classification of Values Meaning of the Concept 'Value' / 1; Origin of the Concept Values / 4; Values, Virtues, Morality and Ethics / 4; Nature of Values / 4; Philosophy of Values / 5; Confusion Over Meaning of Values / 5; Classification of Values / 6; Lists of Values Classified/Identified by Eminent Thinkers and Writers / 10; Value of Values / 16; Synthesis Between the Traditional Values and Modern Values / 18; Characteristics of Persons With Material Values and Spiritual Values / 19 2.Meaning and Need for Education of Human Values: Objectives of Education for Human Values Meaning of Education for Human Values / 20; Chief Characteristics of Education for Human Values / 20; Role of the School in the Development of the Human Values / 20; Need for the Education of Human Values / 20; Values Needed to be Inculcated Among School Students / 22; Objectives of Education for Values: UNESCO Project / 24; Objectives of Ethical and Social Values… / 25; Objectives of Value-Oriented Education… / 25 3.Five Universal Values and Their Sub-values as Listed by Gokak Committee Gokak's Classification of Values and Sub-Values / 27; Enunciation of Five Values / 28; Noble Sentiments About Truth and Philosophical Analysis of Truth / 35; Non-Violence and Truth With Special Reference to Gandhiji / 38; Non-Violence As Explained by Mahatma Gandhi / 40 4.Value Development and Education: Approaches and Strategies NPE on the Role of Education in Value Development / 44; Conceptual Framework for Value Development / 44; Value-Development Strategy suggested by J.R. Fraenkel (1969) / 46; Psychology of Development of Values / 47; Process of Value-Orientation / 47; NCERT Approach to Value Education / 48; Strategies for Value-Orientation / 50; Value Clarification / 50; Role-Play Technique in Value Education / 51; Role Reversal in Value Development / 52; Kohlberg's Moral Development Stages / 52; Value Crisis and Role of Education / 53 5.Sources of Values Important Sources of Values / 56; Culture as a Source of Value / 56; Relationship Between Culture and Education / 58; Cultural Heritage of India and Values / 59; Religio-Spiritual Source of Value / 60; Meaning and Definition of Religion / 60; Value-Oriented Education Thoughts from Religious Scriptures / 61; A Few Examples of Human Values as Contained in Various Religions / 62; Values as Shrined in the Indian Constitution / 64; Values of Socialism as Enshrined in the Indian Constitution / 65; Values of Social and Economic Equality / 65; Constitution as Source of Secular Values / 68; Constitution as Source of Democratic Values / 70 6. Methods of Teaching Human Values: Direct, Indirect, Integrating Values with Curricular and Co-curricular Activities Methods of Teaching Human Value as Suggested by Kothari Commission or Education Commission (1964-1966) / 73; Values are Caught as well as Taught / 74; Broad Classification of Methods of Teaching Human Values / 74; Methods of Teaching Human Values/Instructional Methodologies / 74; Integrating Values With Co-curricular Programme / 76; Teaching Human Values: Module I. Programme suggested by the National Seminar held at Coimbatore by Ramakrishna Mission Vidyalaya, February, 1980 / 79; Module II: Suggestive Programme for the Teaching of Human Values in Schools: Objectives, Curriculum and Methods / 89; Role of the Teacher in Value Development / 92; Development of Values and Role of the Home / 94; Difficulties and Problems in Promoting Value Education / 94; Constraints in Human Value Education / 94; Evaluation of Human Values / 97 7. Overview of Human Value Education Need for Value Education / 101; Meaning of the Term Values / 101; Kinds of Values or Classification of Values / 101; Education and Need for Inculcation of Values / 101; Four Most Important Human Values to be Developed in Students: 4 D's / 102; Role of the Environment in Value Development / 102; Value Education: Contents and Methods of Imparting Value Education / 102 8.Documents on Human Values Education Recommendations of the Religious Committee Appointed by the Central Advisory Board of Education (1946) / 104; Recommendations of the University Education Commission (1948-49) / 105; Recommendations of the Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) on Human Values Education / 107; Recommendations of the Committee on Religious and Moral Education (1959) / 108; Recommendations of the Education Commission (1964-66) / 111; National Policy on Education (1986 and as Amended in 1992) on Human Values Education / 113; Recommendations of the Eighty-First Report on Value-Based Education (1999) Department Related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Human Resource Development, Popularly Known as Chavan (S.B.) Committee / 113 Part Two: Education for Environment 9.Meaning of Environment and Environmental Concerns Connectivity with the Environment Quotable Quotes / 115; Meaning of Environment / 116; Components of the Environment / 117; Chief Characteristics and Elements of Environment / 118; Impact of Environment in Its Totality: Natural Environment and Human Environment / 118; Human Interaction with Environment / 119; Significant Statements on Environment Conservation and Protection / 119; Environmental Disequilibrium (Imbalance) and Environmental concerns and Problems / 123; State of Environment in the World: A Comparative Study (Last Decade of the 20th Century) / 124; Teaching-Learning Strategy for Explaining the Human Interaction with Environment / 126; Brief History of Environment Planning (Preservation and Protection) in India / 127; Chipko Movement / 130; Firsts in Environment Issues in India (Acts and Policies) / 131; Environment Institutes and Their Locations in India / 131; Some Prominent Ecologists and Conservationalists / 131; Some Biosphere Reserves, National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries in the country / 132; Tentative Value of a Tree having a Long-life / 133; International Environmental Initiatives / 133 10. Meaning, Aims, Objectives, Scope and Principles of Environmental Education Meaning and Definition of Environmental Education / 138; Characteristics of Environmental Education / 140; Aims of Environmental Education / 140; Tbilisi Conference (1977)-A Landmark in Environmental Conference / 141; Role of Environmental Education / 142; Objectives of Environmental Education / 142; Principles of Environmental Education / 142; Scope of Environmental Education / 146; Pattern of Environmental Education Curriculum / 148; Conceptual Model of Environmental Education Curriculum Based on the 'Goal Levels' / 150; Unified Approach to the Teaching of Environmental Education / 151; Teaching Methods / 153 11. Objectives and Curriculum of Environmental Education (EE) at the School Stage Primary Stage (Classes I to V) / 156; Course Content, Teaching-Learning Material and Teaching-Learning Strategies / 158; Environmental Education in Classes VI to VIII / 159; Course content and objectives of Environment Education in Social Sciences (Classes IX, X) / 163; Course Content of Environmental Education at the Higher Secondary Stage (Classes XI and XII) / 164; Objectives of Environmental Education at various Levels of School Stage / 165; Instructional Objectives of Environmental Studies/Education at the Primary Stage / 166 12. Environmental Pollution: Types, Causes and Remedies Meaning of Environmental Pollution and Pollutants / 170; Types of Pollution / 171; Natural and Artificial sources of pollution / 172; Causes of Pollution / 173; Air Pollution: Meaning, Causes, Sources, Effects, Prevention and Control / 174; Water pollution: Sources, Causes, Effects and Controls / 182; Land Pollution: Causes, Sources, Effects and Control / 187; Soil Erosion / 189; Noise pollution-Meaning, Causes, Sources, Effects and Control / 192; Radioactive Pollution: Meaning, Causes, Sources, Effects and Control / 195; Summary: Important Points / 198 13. Environmental Hazards: Global and Local Causes and Effects Meaning of Global Environmental Hazards / 200; The Greenhouse Effect and Global Warming / 200; Global warming / 203; Relative Contribution of Different Greenhouse Gases to Global Warming / 207; Effects of Abundance of Greenhouse Gases / 207; Possible Effects of Global Warming / 208; Strategies to Reduce Global Warming / 210; Depletion of Ozone / 211; Stratosphere Ozone Depletion / 211; Cause of Ozone Depletion / 212; Protecting the Atmosphere / 214; Rising of Sea Level / 214; Acid Rain / 219; Polar Melting at Antarctica / 221; Report of the Working Group of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climatic Change (IPCC, 2001) / 221; International Initiatives for Mitigating Global Change / 222; Local Environmental Hazards / 222; Important Points / 222; Key Terms / 224 14. Role of School in Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development Supreme Court Directive on the Compulsory Teaching of Environment / 227; National Policy on Education-NPE (1986 and as amended in 1992) on Environment / 227; Inter-relationship of Population, Environment and Development / 227; Environment and Sustainable Development / 228; Conservation and Protection of Environment / 229; Practices that Help in Conservation and Protection of Environment / 229; Role of the School in Environmental Conservation and Development / 229 Part Three: Education for Human Rights 15. Human Rights: Concept, Universal Declaration of Human Rights Essence of Human Rights / 234; Concept and Foundation of Human Rights / 235; Historical Background of Human Rights / 235; Immediate Circumstances Leading to the Declaration of Human Rights / 236; Extracts from Bill of Rights (1689), Declaration of Independence (1776) and Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen (1789) / 237; Drafting the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (December 10, 1948) / 240; Broad Classification of Human Rights / 246; Significance of Human Rights / 247; The Universal Declaration of Human Rights At a Glance / 248; Brief Analysis and Review of Declaration of Human Rights / 249; UN and Dissemination of the Knowledge of the Human Rights / 250; Promotion and Protection of Human Rights by UN / 251; UN Organisations for Promotion of Human Rights / 252; UN Covenants and Conference on Human Rights / 253; UN Conferences on Human Rights / 253; UN Contribution in Promoting Human Rights / 254; Human Rights for Different Sections / 255; Overview of the Impact of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights / 257; Strengthening the Human Rights Machinery: United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights / 258; United Nations Landmarks in Human Rights: A Brief Chronology / 259 16.Educational Implications of Human Rights Education in the Declaration of Human Rights / 263; Universalising Education / 263; Key Treaty Provisions on Free and Compulsory Education / 263; Length of Years of Free and Compulsory Education / 264; Parental Freedom of Choice of Educating Their Children / 265; 4A Structure or Scheme of Education / 267; Global Human Rights Standards on Language, Minority and Indigenous Rights / 268; Human Rights Requirements and Contents (Curriculum) of Education / 269 17.Human Rights and Indian Constitutional Provisions Declaration Human Rights and Fundamental Rights / 271; Meaning of Fundamental Rights / 271; Significance and Need for Fundamental Rights as Included in Our Constitution (Part III Articles 14 to 32) / 271; Origin and Development of the Concept of Fundamental Rights / 273; Nature and Main Features of Fundamental Rights / 273; Classification of Fundamental Rights and Their Description / 273; Fundamental Rights with Provisions at a Glance / 282; Constitution of India and Human Rights / 283; Fundamental Rights in the Indian Constitution-Parallel to UN Declaration of Human Rights / 283 18. Human Rights Education at Secondary Level: Curriculum and Activities Significance and Meaning of Promoting Human Rights Education / 284; Important Aspects of Human Rights Education / 285; Brief History of Human Rights Education / 285; The Three dimensions of Human Rights Education / 285; Aims and Objectives of Human Rights and Education / 288; Curriculum of Human Rights Education / 291; Main Entries on Curriculum in the 'Encyclopedia of Human Rights' (1989) / 293; Human Rights Education as the Core of the School Curriculum / 294; Textbooks on Human Rights Research / 295; General Methods and Activities of Teaching Human Rights / 295; Special Methods and Activities of Teaching Human Rights / 296; : Obstacles to Human Rights Education / 296; United Nations Decade for Human Rights Education (1995-2004) / 297; Suggestions for Strengthening Programmes for Human Rights Education / 298 19.Enforcement of Human Rights Concern and Necessity for Enforcement of Human Rights / 303; Historical Background for Violation of Human Rights / 303; UN and Enforcing Human Rights / 303; The United Nations Human Rights Machinery / 305; Principal Human Rights Treaties and the Number of State Parties to Them / 306; Expansion of Human Rights Law / 306; Investigating Human Rights Abuses and Protecting Human Rights / 306; Preventing Abuses Human Rights Through Technical Assistance / 307; United Nations Human Rights Monitoring Mechanisms / 307; Conventions Relating to Racial Discrimination, Torture, Women and Children / 308; United Nations Agencies Having Special Implementation Procedures for the Protection of Human Rights within Their Own Fields of Competence / 309; International Human Rights Instruments / 310 20. Mechanism in Schools for the Protection of Human Rights: NGOs, Press and Media The Best Interests of Each Child / 315; Legal Prohibition of Corporal Punishment in the World / 315; Protection of Rights of the Tribal Students / 316; Core Human Rights Obligations in Education: Mechanism of Protection of Human Rights / 316; Creation of Proper Environment in School for the Development of Knowledge, Attitudes and Skills About Human Rights / 317; National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) / 318; State Human Rights Commission / 319; Human Rights Courts / 320; NGO's and Human Rights / 320; Protection of Human Rights in India: The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993 and as Amended in 2000 / 321; Role of Press and Media in Human Rights / 322 21. Quiz on Human Rights Education (With Answers) Answers / 325 Review Questions: Essay Type, Short Answer Type and Objective Type Questions  

All the three themes of this book - the Values, the Environment and the Human Rights have acquired a special significance in the present trend of debasement of human values, degradation of environment and violation of human rights. In this context, this publication highlights the role of educational institutions to reverse this trend. It offers several workable suggestions. In the ultimate analysis, it is held that there is a paramount need for mass awaking and concerted action in this regard. The book draws its notion from the publications of UN and its various organisations and agencies also.

Rs 650
US$ 35
 

J.C. Aggarwal, a former Deputy Director of Education & Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration. He taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000216.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION IN EMERGING INDIA TEACHER'S ROLE IN SOCIETY S. GUPTA 9788175412477(HB) 9788175413771(PB) 2013

xii + 459pp, 2013 imp.

220.00 850.00 Preface 1. Education : Nature and Meaning Significance of Education / 1; Divergent Views on the Meaning of Education / 2; Views of Great Indian and Western thinkers on Education / 3; Analysis of Some Definitions of Education / 4; Nature of Education / 8; Broad and Narrow Meaning of Education / 10; Formal, Non-Formal and Informal Nature of Education: Their Comparison / 12; What Education is Not and What Education is / 15; Functions of Education / 16; Scope of Education / 17; Characteristics of the Process of Education / 17 2. Objectives of Education in Relation to Time and Place Significance of Aims and Objectives in Education / 20; Aims and Objectives of Education: According to the State of Time and Place i.e., Society at a Particular Time and Place / 20; General Aims of Education / 23; Controversy Over Individual and Social Aims and Objectives in Education / 23; Individual Aim and Objective in Education / 24; Social Aim in Education / 25; Important Social Aims of Education Accepted by Democratic States / 27; Synthesis Between Individual and Social Aim of Education / 29; Sea Change in the Situation and in the Objectives of Education in India / 30; Functions and Directions of Education in India: Factors Influencing the Aims of Education in India / 32 3. Rousseau (1712-1778) Brief Life Sketch of Rousseau / 35; Publications of Rousseau and Essence of His Writings / 35; Rousseau's Suicide / 35; Rousseau's Views on Educational Theory and Practices / 36; 'Emile': An Important Treatise on Education / 40; An Analysis of Rousseau's Views on Education / 41; Rousseau's Contribution to Education / 41 4. John Henrich Pestalozzi (1746-1827) Brief Life Sketch of Pestalozzi / 43; Publications of Pestalozzi / 44; Main Educational Ideas and Practices Propounded by Pestalozzi / 45; 'Anschauung' of Pestalozzi / 46; Major Contributions of Pestalozzi / 47; Limitations of Pestalozzi's Educational Ideas and Practices / 48; Summing up / 48 5. John Dewey (1857-1950) Brief Life Sketch of John Dewey / 49; Publications of John Dewey / 49; Dewey's Views on Various Aspects of Education / 50; Functions of the School: School Related to Social Life / 53; Laboratory School, University of Chicago / 54; Essence of John Dewey's Work: Contribution to Education / 55; Evaluation of Dewey's Work / 56 6. Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) Brief Life Sketch of Russell / 58; Publications of Russell / 58; Basic Ideas of the Philosophy of Russell / 59; Logical Atomism of Russell / 59; Russell's Views on Education / 59; Beacon Hill School / 63; Russell's Scheme of Education / 63; Contribution of Russell to Education / 64; Evaluation of Russell's Contribution to Education / 64 7. Indian Thought and Its Contribution to Educational Practices Meaning of Indian Thought / 65; Chief Sources of Indian Thought / 65; Vedic Thought / 65; Educational Implications of the Vedic Thought / 67; Philosophic Thought as Contained in the Upanishads / 68; Philosophical Thought of the Bhagwad Gita / 70; Educational Implications of Philosophic Thought of Gita / 73; Systems of Philosophy and Their Educational Implications / 73; Salient Features of Indian Thought and Implications / 78 8. Philosophy and Education: Significance of Studying Philosophy in Understanding Educational Practices and Problems Philosophy is Old as Human Life: Significance of Philosophy / 82; Meaning and Definition of Philosophy / 82; Chief Characteristics of Philosophy / 84; Why Do We Need Philosophy? / 84; Scope of Philosophy: Different Areas of Philosophy / 85; Relationship Between Philosophy and Education: Their Interdependence / 87; All Great Philosophers as Great Educators / 88; Significance of Studying Philosophy in Understanding Educational Practices and Trends: Contribution of Philosophy to Education / 89; Teacher's Role and the Knowledge of Philosophy / 92 9. Realism with Reference to Aristotle and Jainism Realism / 95; Meaning and Definition of Realism / 95; Basic Concepts of Realism / 95; Contribution of Realism to Education / 96; Limitations of Realism / 97; Main Forms of Realism / 97; Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) / 99; Aristotle's Philosophy of Realism and Its Implications / 100; Chief Features of Aristotle's Educational Philosophy and Practices / 101; Evaluation of Aristotle's Views / 103; Origin and Sources of Jain Philosophy / 103; Principal Tenets of Jainism / 104; Educational Implications of Jainism / 105; Jainism and Realism / 105 10.Naturalism with Reference to Rousseau and Rabindranath Tagore Meaning of Naturalism / 106; Chief Characteristics of Naturalism / 106; Types of Naturalism / 107; Prominent Naturalist Philosophers / 107; Naturalists and Its Various Dimensions of Education (Implications of Naturalism in Education) / 107; Limitations of Naturalism in Education / 110; Contribution of Naturalism to Education / 110; Essence of Rousseau's Naturalism / 110; Rousseau's Naturalism in Edu-cation / 111; Rousseau's Naturalism and His Theory of Negative Education / 113; Limitations of Rousseau's Naturalism in Education / 114; Contribution of Rousseau to Education / 115; Brief Life Sketch of Tagore: Tagore a Multi-splendored Personality / 115; Tagore's Publications / 116; Tagore's Naturalism: Background of Tagore's Naturalism / 117; Chief Characteristics of Tagore's Naturalism in Education / 118; Tagore's Contribution to Education / 122 11. Idealism with Reference to Plato, Socrates and Advatia Philosophy Meaning of Idealism / 123; Chief Exponents of Idealism / 123; Fundamental Principles of Idealism / 124; Idealism in Education / 124; Limitations and Weaknesses of Idealism / 128; Contribution of Idealism to Educational Theory and Practice / 128; Brief Life Sketch of Plato / 129; Plato's Publications / 130; Plato as an Idealist Philosopher / 130; Plato's Views on Different Dimensions of Education / 130; Plato's Dialectic / 133; Contribution of Plato to Educational Thought and Practices / 134; Brief Life Sketch of Socrates / 134; Socrates' Philosophy / 135; Socratic Method of Instruction: Dialectic Method / 135; Educational Implications of Socrates' Philosophy / 135; Shankara or Sankara Acharya (788-820 A.D.) / 136; Essence of Sankara's Philosophy: Advaitvad / 137; Educational Implications of Advaitvad / 138 12. Pragmatism with Reference to Dewey's Instrumentalism and Experimentalism Meaning, Definition and Forms of Pragmatism / 139; Chief Promoters of Pragmatism in Modern Times / 140; Broad Features of Pragmatism in Education / 141; Limitations of Pragmatism / 143; Contribution of Pragmatism to Education / 143; Pragmatism with Reference to Dewey's Instrumentalism and Experimentalism / 144; Educational Implications of Instrumentalism / 145; Experimentalism / 145; Role of the Schools: Educational Implications / 147; Instructional Process and Dewey's Instrumentalism and Experimentalism: Contribution of Pragmatism / 147; Comparative Impact of Idealism, Naturalism and Pragmatism on Educational Theory and Practice / 148 13. Humanism: Historical, Scientific and Buddhism Meaning of Humanism / 151; Factors that gave rise to Modern Humanism / 151; Chief Characteristics of Humanism / 152; Some Prominent Western and Indian Humanists / 153; Educational Implications of Humanism / 154; Historical Humanism / 155; Scientific Humanism / 155; Humanism of Buddhism or Buddhist Humanism / 157; Basic Tenets of Buddhist Philosophy / 158; Educational Implications of Buddhist Philosophy / 159 14. Child-Centred Education: Concept of a Learner with Reference to Giju Bhai Meaning of Child-Centred Education / 160; Prominent Educators Who Stress Child-Centred Education / 160; Why Child-Centred Education? / 162; Implications of Child-Centred Education / 163; Role of the Teacher in Child-Centred Education / 163; Limitations of Child-Centred Education / 164; Child-Centred Education and Teacher-Centred Education / 165; Concept of the Learner With Reference to Gijubhai as Teacher Educator / 166; Brief Life Sketch of Gijubhai / 166; Bases of Gijubhai's Philosophy: Concept of the Learner / 166; Contribution of Gijubhai / 168 15. Mahatma Gandhi (1869-1948): Basic Tenets of Basic Education Brief Life Sketch of Gandhiji / 169; Principal Features of Gandhiji's Philosophy of Life / 170; Factors that Influenced Gandhiji's Philosophy of Life and Philosophy of Education / 171; Thoughts of Gandhiji on Various Dimensions of Education in His Own Words / 171; Gandhiji's Philosophy: A Mix of Idealism, Pragmatism and Naturalism / 175; Gandhiji's Dissatisfaction with the Existing System of Education and Formulation of Basic Systems of Education / 179; Origin of Basic Education, (Nai Talem) Wardha Scheme or System of Education / 179; Curriculum of Basic Education as It Emerged in Due Course / 180; Tenets Merits of Basic Education/Chief Features / 181; Criticism of Basic Education / 183; Future of Basic Education and the Education Commission (1964-66) / 184 16. Gijubhai and 'World of Children' (1885-1939) Gijubhai: A Great Pioneer in Pre-Primary Education in India / 186; Gijubhai's 'World of Children' / 186; Environment of the Bal Mandir (Children's School or Children's Temple or Children's World) / 187; Gijubhai as an Author / 188 17. Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902): Man-Making Education Brief Life Sketch of Swami Vivekananda / 189; Principal Features of Swami Vivekananda's Philosophy / 190; Swami Vivekananda's Philosophy of Education / 190; Swami Vivekananda on Various Aspects of Education / 190; Contribution of Swami Vivekananda to Education: Relevance of His Views Today / 192; Concept of Man-Making Education / 192; Chief Elements of Man-Making Education / 193; Educational Implications of Man-Making Education / 193 18. Sri Aurobindo Ghose (1872-1950): Integral Education: Its Basic Principles and Stages Brief Life Sketch of Sri Aurobindo / 199; Most Prominent Features of Aurobindo's Philosophy / 200; Sri Aurobindo's Main Ideas on Education / 200; National System of Education / 202; Contribution of Sri Aurobindo to Education / 203; Select Quotes of Sri Aurobindo on Education / 203; Meaning of Integral Education / 203; Two-fold Bases of Integrated Education / 204; Task of Integral Education / 205; Measures for Achieving the Ends of Integral Education / 206 19. Frederich August Froebel (1782-1852): The Play-Way Method Brief Life Sketch of Froebel / 208; Froebel's Interest in Education / 208; Main Features of Froebel's Educational Philosophy and Principles / 209; Meaning, Objective and Environment of the Kindergarten / 211; Chief Characteristics of Kindergarten / 211; Meaning of Play-Way / 214; Principles of Play-Way Method / 214; Gifts, Occupations, Songs, Gestures and Construction in the Play-Way / 215; Play-Way Activities Based on Gifts and Educational Objectives: Some Examples / 216; Role of the Teacher / 216; Merits of Froebel's Play-Way Method / 217; Limitations of Froebel's Play-Way Method / 217; Froebel's Contribution to Educational Thought and Principles / 217 20. Maria Montessori (1870-1952): The Didactic Apparatus Brief Life Sketch / 219; Origin of Children's House and Development of the Montessori Method / 219; Contact Between Mahatma Gandhi and Maria Montessori / 220; Essence of Montessori's Philosophy / 220; Publications of Madam Montessori / 221; Chief Features of Montessori's Educational Theory and Principles / 221; Children's House / 223; Meaning of Didactic Apparatus / 224; Didactic Apparatus / 225; Forms of Didactic Apparatus / 225; Details of the Didactic Apparatus and Its Application / 226; Evaluation of the Montessori Method and Didactic Apparatus / 228; Contribution of Maria Montessori to Educational thoughts and Practices / 229; Comparison Between Froebel and Montessori / 229 21. Indian Constitution: Directive Principles and Articles Relating to Education The Constitution of India as a Guiding Force and Source of Inspiration / 231; Constitution of India at a Glance / 231; Chief Features of the Constitution of India / 232; Summary of the Salient Features of the Constitution of India / 239; Significance of the Directive Principles of State Policy / 240; Provisions of Articles contained in the Directive Principles of State Policy / 241; Nature of the Directive Principles of State Policy / 244; Implementation of the Directive Principles of State Policy / 244; Federal Structure of Indian State: Division of Responsibilities / 245; Articles in the Constitution Relating to Education / 246; Controversy on Putting Education in the Concurrent List / 248; National Policy on Education (1986 and as amended in 1992): Meaningful Partnership / 249 22. Secularism, Social Goals, Democracy and Socialist Pattern of Society Secularism in the Indian Constitution / 250; Indian Concept of Secularism and a Secular State / 251; Constitutional Provisions and Secularism / 253; Educational Implications of Secularism / 254; Meaning of Social Goals / 254; Constitutional Provisions for the Achievement of Social Goals / 254; Meaning and Definition of Democracy / 255; Significance of Each Letter in the term Democracy: Values of Democracy / 256; Dimensions of Democracy / 258; Most Essential Elements of Democracy / 258; Relationship Between Democracy and Education / 259; Democracy in Education / 260; Meaning of a Socialist Pattern of Society / 264; Major Policy Provisions in the Constitution for the Development of a Socialist Pattern of Society / 264; Role of Education in Establishing a Socialist Pattern of Society / 265 23. National Integration and Emotional Integration: Economic Planning Meaning of National and Emotional Integration / 267; Why National and Emotional Integration! Need for National and Emotional Integration / 267; Role of Education in Developing National Integration / 269; Appointment of the Emotional Integration Committee (1961) and Its Recommendations / 269; Major Recommendations of the Emotional Integration Committee / 269; Programmes Undertaken for Promoting National Integration / 273; Importance of Planning in Socio-Economic Development / 274; Socio-Economic Profile of India on the Eve of Independence. Harmful Consequences of the British Rule. Need for Planning / 275; Main Objectives of Planning in India / 276; Planning Machinery: Planning Commission / 277; Evaluation of Socio-Economic Achievement During Planning / 281; Objectives of Educational Planning in India / 285; Evaluation of Achievements in the Field of Education / 286 24. Sociological Basis of Education Origin, Meaning and Definition of Sociology / 290; Meaning of Sociological Basis of Education: Educational Sociology / 291; Scope of Educational Sociology and Its Development / 292; Sociological Basis of Education: Importance of Educational Sociology: Contribution of Educational Sociology to Education / 293; Meaning of Society / 297; Relationships Between Individual and Individual / 298; Norms of the Society and Relationship Between Individual and Society / 299; Norms of the Existing Social Order and the Old Social Order / 300; Meaning of Liberal Education / 304; Merits of the Utilitarian Education / 305; Synthesis between Liberal Education and Utilitarian Education: Complete Living Education / 306; Role of Education in Economic Development: Views of Great Thinkers / 306; Ways and Means in Which Education Contributes to Economic Development / 307 25. Education and Social Change: Education and National Welfare, Education and Human Resource Development Meaning of Social Change / 309; Causes/Factors of Social Change / 311; Process of Social Change / 312; Education as an Instrument of Social Change / 313; Inter-relationship between Education and Social Change / 315; Agencies of Education and Social Change / 316; School as a Social Institution and an Agent of Social Change and the Role of the Teacher / 316; Meaning of National Welfare / 320; National Development and national Welfare / 322; Meaning of Human Resource Development and Its Need / 322; Education Commission 1964-66 on the Importance of Manpower Development / 323; Estimates Involved in Human Resource Development or Manpower Planning / 324; Limitations of the Manpower or Human Development Approach / 325 26. National Integration, Cultural Heritage: Contribution of Different Religions, Religious Festivals Meaning of National Integration / 327; Why National Integration? / 328; Hindrances and Obstacles in National Integration. / 328; Role of Education in National Integration / 329; Role of Teachers and Educational Institutions in Achieving National Integration Through Democratic Interaction / 329; Role of the Teachers in Promoting National Integration / 330; Rich Cultural Heritage of India / 332; Meaning of Culture and Cultural Heritage / 332; Chief Characteristics of Indian Cultural Heritage / 334; Major Influences in Indian Culture / 336; Cultural Heritage and Education / 337; Meaning of Religion and Tenets of Each Religion in Brief / 338; Integrative Influence of Religions on Cultural Values / 341; Philosophy of Celebration of Festivals and Description of Some Festivals / 346; A Comprehensive List of Indian Principal Festivals and Anniversaries / 348 27. Meaning of a New Social Order: Eradication of Illiteracy, Equality of Opportunity Meaning of a New Social Order / 351; Social Order as Envisaged in Directive Principles of State Policy / 352; Illiteracy in India in the World Context / 353; Measures for Eradicating Illiteracy / 356; Promotion of Adult Education/Literacy in India / 359; Need for Social, Cultural and Economic Equality / 360; Measures for the Development of SCs and STs / 364; Progress Achieved in the Promotion of Education of SCs and STs in India Since Independence / 368; The Measures Contemplated for Education of SCs Include: / 369; Promotion of Education Among STs / 370; Other Backward Classes (OBCs) / 372 28. Education of the Disabled. Eliminating Gender Bias. Education of the Minorities Meaning of the Disabled Persons and the Magnitude of the Issues / 375; National Policy on Education (1986 and 1992) on the Education of the Handicapped / 376; Meaning of Gender Bias and Its Indicators / 377; Role of Women / 381; Measures for the Uplift of Women and Removing Gender Bias / 382; Acts Passed in Independent India for the Welfare and Empowerment of Women / 385; Total Population of Minorities in India and Prominent Characteristics / 386; Specific Constitutional Provisions Regarding Cultural and Educational Rights of Minorities / 386; National Policy on Education (1986 and 1992) on Education of the Minorities / 386; National Commission for Minority Educational Institutions / 387 29. Distance Education - Green and Clean Society (Environmental Education) Meaning of the Concept of Distance Education / 388; Objectives, Merits and Limitations of Distance Education / 389; Brief History of Distance Education in India / 391; Problems and Suggestions for Improvement of Distance Education / 392; Meaning of Green and Clean Society: Need for Such a Society / 392; Green Area in India and Measures for Preservation Protection and Promotion / 393; Major Steps Taken by the Government of India Towards a Green and Clean society / 395; Better Life and Environment / 396; Meaning and Type of Environment / 396; Pollution Control / 400; Meaning of Environmental Education / 401; Goals, Objectives and Guiding Principles of Environmental Education / 401; Curricular Patterns of Environmental Education / 402 30. Povertyless Society Through Planning: Population and Available Resources, New Programmes Meaning of Poverty and Its Extent in the World and India / 404; Poverty in India in the World Context / 405; Need for Population Planning in India / 406; Population Planning / 409; Population Planning: National Population Policy of India and Its Chief Features / 410; Meaning of Population Education / 411; Objectives, Need and Importance of Population Education / 412; Population Education Programme / 413; Problems and Suggestions for Introducing Population Education / 415; Planning Resources / 417 31. Agencies of Education Different Types of Agencies of Education / 423; Broad Classification of Agencies of Education / 424; No Watertight Division of Agencies of Education / 426; Family as an Agency of Education / 426; School as an Agency of Education / 428; Functions of the School in Behavioural Terms / 430; Community as an Agency of Education / 432; Mass Media As Agencies of Education / 433 32. Paramhansa Yogananda (1893-1952): Philosophy and Its Impact on Education Brief Like Sketch of Shri Paramhansa / 439; Essence of Yogananda's Teachings and Philosophy / 439; Paramhansa Yogananda Kriya Yoga / 439; A True Yogi according to Parmahansa / 440; True Religion / 441; Paramhansa's Views on Education / 441; Education for Life / 442; Why Education for Life / 442; Knowing Four Tools which Relate us to Life / 443; Four Stages and Contents of Education / 443 Review Questions: Essay Type, Short Answer Type and Objective Type Questions

The book attempts to analyse the role of education in bringing about a peaceful and silent revolution for ushering in an era of harmony, peace, progress and prosperity in India. Various emerging problems of education in India are discussed in their philosophical, sociological and global perspectives. The special focus of this publication is on the realization of the aspirations, ideals and values as enshrined in the constitution of India and the vital role of education in this task. Role of education in population planning, conservation, protection and promotion of environment, eradicating poverty and generation employment, and strengthening emotional and national integration is suitably highlighted.

S. Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University, Delhi and has been associated with teaching since 1986. She has widely travelled abroad and participated in several seminars. She has co-authored two books with Sh. J.C. Aggarwal, a prolific writer.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000217.jpg
Asia and International Studies RUSSIA, CHINA AND MULTILATERALISM IN CENTRAL ASIA ANITA SENGUPTA 8175412356 2005 xxv +243 pp 0.00 495.00 PrefaceRussia in Central AsiaThe Ongoing DebateChina, Central Asia and the Re-emergence of "Turkestan"Russia-China-United StatesThree "Bilateral Relations" in Central AsiaRegional Alignments in Central AsiaThe Emergence of a "New" Dialogue?EpilogueSelected BibliographyIndex It was assumed that the post 9/11 era would herald a transformation in Central Asian security structures where existing multilateral arrangements with Russia and China would be bypassed in favour of bilateral arrangements with the United States. This would entail a change in the positions of Russia and China as significant partners in multilateral arrangements within the region.

The book examines Russian and Chinese interactions over the Central Asian region and the effect of the US presence on this interaction. It begins with an examination of Russian and Chinese positions in Central Asia and then goes on to examine Russo-Sino-US interaction. As an extension of this it examines the positions of transnational organizations in the region. It concludes with an examination of the South Asia and particularly the Indian position in the shaping of an alternative multilateral strategic dialogue for the region. The book argues that co-operation and multilateralism seem to be the watchwords of diplomacy for Eurasian powers in the region and calls for a new look at the nature of the emerging multilateralism in the region.



Rs 495
US$ 25
Dr. Anita Sengupta is Fellow at the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. She is the author of The Formation of the Uzbek Nation-State: A Study in Transition, Lanham, Boulder, New York, Toronto, Oxford: Lexington Books, 2003 and Frontiers into Borders: The Transformation of Identities in Central Asia, Delhi and London: Hope India Publications and Greenwich Millennium Press Ltd., 2002.










Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000218.jpg
Asia and International Studies DIALOGUE AND UNDERSTANDING: CENTRAL ASIA AND INDIA SURENDRA GOPAL 8175412372 2005 x + 194 pp 0.00 650.00 PrefaceAcknowledgementIndian in Central AsiaThe First Two Decades of the Trentieth CenturyIndian Freedom-fighters in Tashkent: 1917-1922Contesting Ideologies: Nationalism, Pan Islamism and MarxismA Little Known ChapterIndians in Central Asia from Mid-1920s to 1940sIntellectual EncountersCentral Asians and Indian Studies 1950s to 1991The Role of Indo-Central Asian Relations in Making a New AsiaBibliographyIndex The book is a narrative of Indo-Central Asian contacts from November 1917 Revolution in Russia to 2002 i.e a decade following the emergence of sovereign independent nations in Central Asia.
After an initial spurt, the relations were virtually snapped but were restored after Stalin's death when Indo-Russian friendship prospered under Khrushchev. The new relationship, guided by the Soviet government was mostly diplomatic and cultural.

The birth of sovereign independent nations in Central Asia necessitated redefining and restructuring of Indo-Central Asian relations. They have become multi-dimensional and mutually satisfying.

The book is useful for researchers and general readers interested in independent India's relationship with its neighbours.





Rs 450
US$ 25
Surendra Gopal, Professor of History (retired), Patna University, has been working on Central Asian history from XVI Century onwards with special reference to Indian migration there for about two decades.

He has published several articles on medieval Indian diaspora. He also edited a book entitled India and Central Asia: Cultural, Economic and Political Links (Shipra, 2001).















Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
567- Diamond Harbour Road
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034.
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Fax : +91-33-2468 4634
Email : makaias@vsnl.net
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000219.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science POLITICS OF ETHNIC AND RELIGIOUS MINORITIES IN PAKISTAN SAVITA PANDEY 8175412321 2005 199 pp 0.00 600.00 PrefaceEthnicity: Concept and BackgroundBalochistanNorth West Frontier ProvinceSindhPolitics of ReligionThe Religious MinoritiesIndex Pakistan remains to be a treasure trove of all the theoretical concepts and their practice that social scientists can think about in a developing country. It is a conglomerate of diverse ethnic groups having various political, language, racial or religious affiliations, molded into a weak constitutional structure. Since independence, politics in Pakistan has been a sum total of conflicts rooted in the frictions within these various ethnic groupings.
This book deals with the politics as it has evolved in this ethnic fusion in Pakistan and the growth of political culture surrounded by it. The towering distinctiveness of the province of Punjab or the Punjabi identity from the beginning has been the majority identity. It has overshadowed other provinces of Pakistan. That is why, every other province with its distinct ethnic identity in the country suffers from the functional minority syndrome. This book seeks to find the equation that has grown surrounding the efforts of creating a single national identity by the province of Punjab and the struggle of the other provinces to maintain their respective cultures, traditions, language and political voice within Pakistan.
Apart from making an attempt to search out the uniqueness of the politics of ethnicity within the various provinces of Pakistan and the manner in which it has in turn created a distinct political character of the nation, the book also deals with the role of religion in the politics of the country in the context of legally accepted minorities, the religious minorities in the Islamic state.
Rs 395
US$ 18

Dr. Savita Pande is an Associate Professor in the South Asian Studies Division, School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. She has been associated with Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, the Indian Express and Times of India in various capacities.
She has been the author of several books, including, Pakistan's Nuclear Policy, Future of the NPT and India and the Test Ban and has been the coauthor of Pakistan After Zia. She has also contributed numerous research papers as well as penned in various national and international journals of repute. She was the Fellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asia Studies.


Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000221.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Economics WTO AND SOUTH ASIA ANSHUMAN GUPTA 9788175416260 2012 184pp 0.00 595.00 Preface IntroductionThe Uruguay Round of NegotiationsFrom the South Asian Countries' PerspectivesDoha Meet and South AsiaChina's Entry in WTOImplications for South AsiaCancun FiascoImplications for WTO and South AsiaConclusionAnnexuresII.World Trade Organization Ministerial ConferenceII.Cancun Conference Ends Without ConsensusBibliography The book highlights the beneficial character of opening up economies under the multilateral institution of WTO rather than leaving countries to forge economic cooperation bilaterally and under regional trading blocs (RTBs), which give an edge to the developed countries over their developing and least-developed counterparts, including the South Asian ones. At the same time, it analyses each agreement of the Uruguay Round from South Asian perspectives, attempts to find out gaps in agreements and gives suggestions to plug them. It also attempts to critically study the issues of the subsequent Meets including the Seattle, Doha, Cancun and Geneva Meets, bringing out reasons of the failure of the Seattle and Cancun Meets.

The book also analyses the changed scenario after China joining WTO along with underscoring China's achievements and problems on the economic front. Finally, it recommends some measures for the South Asian countries to secure more equitable gains from the ongoing process of integration of economies of the world under the aegis of WTO.


Rs 450
US$ 30
Dr. Anshuman Gupta acquired his Ph. D. degree in "International Trade and Finance" from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He was a Project Fellow at Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. Over the years, he has published a number articles in reputed national dailies and journals. Having had a brief stint initially as a Economic Journalist in a financial magazine, he worked with the "Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (ASSOCHAM)", New Delhi, as an Economist. Currently, he is teaching in the Debub University , Ethiopia, under the World Bank project. His earlier works SAARC: SAPTA to SAFTA and Indo-Russian Economic Ties were received well. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000222.jpg
Asia and International Studies FOREIGN POLICY MAKING IN ISREAL DOMESTIC INFLUENCES PRIYA SINGH 8175412429 2005 viii+ 332 pp 0.00 995.00 Preface1.Domestic Influences on Foreign Policy Making: A Theoretical Framework2. The Domestic Determinants of Israeli Foreign Policy3. Peace as a Process4. Domestic Determinants of Israeli Foreign Policy:The Israeli-Palestinian Peace Process from the Declaration of Principles to the Road Map5.ConclusionAppendices1.U.N. Security Council Resolution 242 November 22, 19672.U.N. Security Council Resolution 338 October 22, 19733.U.N. Security Council Resolution 1397, March 12, 20024.Declaration of Principles on Interim Self-government Arrangements September 13, 19935. The Wye River Memorandum October 23, 1998Trilateral Statement on the Middle East Peace Summit atCamp David July 25, 20007.Report of the Sharm El-sheikh Fact-finding Committee, April 30, 20018.A Performance-Based Roadmap to a Permanent Two-state Solution to the Israeli-Palestinian ConflictIndex There are conflicting opinions regarding the understanding of a country's foreign policy. One viewpoint which is now commonly shared by most foreign policy experts is that foreign policy is not an independent variable and as such is conditioned by several factors. Among the multiple determinants of foreign policy, the domestic factors are considered to be especially important. While it is universally accepted that a State's external behavior is, definitely, conditioned by the international environment, it is equally true that the goals, contents and conduct of that behaviour are also to a significant extent shaped by the domestic context out of which it arises.


The book seeks to explore the relationship between domestic and foreign politics in Israel, with special reference to the Middle East Peace Process.






Rs 750
US$ 35
Priya Singh is a Project Fellow in the Maulana Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. She has worked on issues relating to the problems of security in West Asia with special reference to the foreign policy and leadership aspects of Israel. Some of her articles have been published in the Institute's journal, Asia Annual.



Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000223.jpg
Asia and International Studies BUILDING A NEW ASIA MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175412410 2005 xviii+349 pp 0.00 1100.00 Introduction1.Building a New Asian Security System through Regional Cooperation Renewal of Bandung Spirit Devendra Kaushik2. Security and Cooperation in Asia Favourable Conditions and Adverse FactorsDu Yanling3. New Asia: Development and GlobalisationFelix N. Yurlov4. Imperialism - The Building of a New AsiaC.P. Bhambhri5.A Preliminary Analysis of the Development of the Asian Regional Economic CooperationXu Yongquan6. Strategic Triangle of China, India and Russia Ideal and RealityZhou Yuyun7.Russia-India-China: Strategic Cooperation and a Pan Asian OrderR.R. Subramanian8.Russia-India-China Cooperation: The Shaping of a Notion in Russian Foreign PolicyHari Vasudevan9.Stabilizing Asia: Regional and Global ChallengesR.R. Sharma10. Status Quo or Big Leap Forward: Domestic Constraints and Civil Society in Contemporary AsiaSaradindu Mukherji11. Reflections on India's Cultural Relations with South-East AsiaV. Suryanarayan12. Central Asian and South Asian Cooperation Potential to be Used and UtilizedF.G. Teshabaev13. No Alternative to Collaboration and Cooperation Between CountriesSurat Mirkasymov14.Indo-Central Asians Relations and a New AsiaSurendra Gopal15.South Asia and Pan-Asian CooperationD.R. Goyal16. Eurasia Calling: Significance of Cooperation in a Changing World P.L. Dash17.India-Russia Strategic Partnership: Implications for Common Security of AsiaR.S. Yadav18.Asian Powers and Central Asian SecurityAjay Patnaik19.Regional Cooperation in Central AsiaVasundhara Mohan20.The Main Factors that Influence the Security of the Middle East After the Iraqi WarZhang Jianwei 21.The Al Qaeda Threat to Southeast Asian Security: Problems and ProspectsS.P. Singh22.Changing Dynamics of Regionalism in Southeast AsiaShankari Sundararaman23. Russia and the Asian Giants: The Problems and the Prospects of Cooperation (Energy Sphere)Sergei Lounev24. Interaction and Confidence-Building Measures in Asia: An Asian ForumMeena Singh Roy25. Japan and AsiaSanjana Joshi26.Problems of National Security of Kyrgyzstan in Modern SituationAinur Elebaeva27.Mongolia's Security Concerns in the Post-Cold War PeriodSharad K. Soni28.Regional Experiences in Solving Water Resources Problems in TajikistanI. Sh. Normatov29.India and Asia: The Administrational Linkages for Security and DevelopmentHoshiar Singh30.About Roots of Religious and Political Extremism and Dissemination of TerrorismAskar Shomanov31.From Shanghai Five to Shanghai Cooperation Organisation: An Emerging Mechanism of Regional Security in EurasiaNalin Kumar Mohapatra ContributorsIndex The contributions contained in the volume examine and discuss the problems and prospects of building a new Asia through cooperation in the field of security and development at both regional and Pan-Asian levels. Besides, delineating the contours of the changing dynamics of regionalism and regional cooperation in the various regions of the vast Asian continent, an abode for more than half of humankind, representing a wide spectrum of religio-cultural and ethnic diversity, the contributors also highlight the urgency of overcoming this diversity through joint efforts for development and ensuring security through non-military means in the spirit of the historic Bandung conference.

The book also draws attention towards the need for ushering in a multi-polar world to successfully meet the challenges of globalisation through intensified cooperation among the Asian states at all levels -bilateral, trilateral and multilateral. Notwith- standing, the heavy odds the contributors drawn from India and a number of Asian and Eurasian countries look forward to a vibrant and dynamic new Asia emerging out of the post-cold war era.








Rs 750
US$ 35
Mahavir Singh, born (1955) at Jiwad, Bharatpur (Rajasthsan), did his graduation and post-graduation from the University of Rajasthan, Jaipur and obtained his M.Phil. and Ph.D. degrees from the School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. After having worked with the National Archives at New Delhi briefly, he served Pondicherry University, Pondicherry, as Reader (1990-98) and Professor of History (1998-2000) before joining as Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata in January 2001. A recipient of Commonwealth Senior Academic Staff Fellowship, he was a tVisiting Fellow at the University College London (UCL) in U K during 1995-96.

He has a number of publications to his credit including Soviet View of Indian National Congress (1991); Indians Abroad (2003), co-edited with Prof. S. D. Singh (Brisbane, Australia); Eurasian Vision, Felicitation Volume in Honour of Prof. Devendra Kaushik (2003), co-edited with Prof. Victor Krassilchtchikov (Moscow, Russia); India and Tajikistan: Revitalising a Traditional Friendship (2003) and has also edited four issues of MAKAIAS journal Asia Annual besides contributing several articles to other books and journals.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000224.jpg
Religion and Philosophy,Industry and Commerce INDIAN SYSTEM OF MANAGEMENT SAGAR AGRAWAL, ANKUR AGRAWAL 8175412399(HB) 8175411848(PB) 2005 94 pp 95.00 195.00 PrefaceIntroductionVedic System of ManagementLord Krishna's System of ManagementSelf-centred System of Managment of RavanaQuber System of ManagementManagement System of Lord ShankarBhagirath's Sacrificial Model of ManagementRegulatory Management of Manu-ChanakyaMughal and British system of ManagementThe Gandhian System of ManagementNarayanamurthy Model of Modern Indian ManagementEpilogueEndnotesBibliography The work co-relates the rich Indian cultural thoughts with those of the present management concepts. It starts from the Vedic system, age of Puranas, the British and to the modern Indian thoughts up to Narayan Murthi's system of management. The thoughts have been placed in very lucid and interesting manner.

The concept of the Indian System of management is be very effective for the Indian managers.

The book may be useful for the students, researchers and managers who would like to peep into the basic Indian system.








Rs 195
US$ 10
Sagar Agrawal is B.Tech in Computer Science and Information Technology from IET Ruhelkhand University, Bareilly, UP. Presently he is working with M/s Infosys Technologies Ltd. He has written 3 books in Hindi entitled 'Dadi ki Kahaniya', 'Cybre Vidhi' & 'Hamara Paryavaran'.

Ankur Agrawal is a B.Tech (Manufacturing-Science & Engineering) from IIT Kharagpur and is doing MBA from ISB Hyderabad. He has worked for 4 years as Asstt. Manager, OSD to the President, Business Analyst, and Secretary to CEO in M/S Jindal United Steel In-Corporation, USA, Baytown, Texas, USA. He has published jointly two books entitled 'Dadi ki Kahaniya' & 'Bureaucracy to Bureaucrazy' in English.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000225.jpg
Asia and International Studies CENTRAL ASIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE K. WARIKOO, MAHAVIR SINGH (ED) 8175411643 2005 x + 356 pp 0.00 1100.00 PrefaceCentral Asia Since Ozodi: An AppraisalDevendra KaushikNeutral Turkmenistan: Ten Years of IndeppendenceOndjik MusayevKyrgyzstan's Struggle for Democracy and StabilityRafij AbazovState-Building in Kazakhstan: Review of a Decade's ExperienceAjay PatnaikForeign Policy of the Republic of KazakhstanBulat SultanovCentral Asia: Managing Inter-Ethnic RelationsP.L. DashCentral Asian Republics' Quest for Security in the Post-Soviet PeriodMohammad Monir AlamAfghanistan and Central Asian Republics 1991-1996K WarikooUzbek-Indian RelationsFatih TeshabaevIndia-Uzbekistan Relations during the 1990s and Future ProspectsShri PrakashCentral Asia-Iran RelationsS.P. SinghTajikistan and the Afgan CauldronSheel K. AsopaPolitics and Society in Tajikistan in the Aftermath of the Civil WarSuchandana ChatterjeeRegional Coopration in Central Asia: Some PerspectivesM.N. SabirovRegion, Regionalization, Regionalism: The "Myth" of Tsentralnaya Aziia RevisitedAnita SenguptaEconomic Integration in Central Asia: Problem and ProspectsLeila MuzaparovaUSA - Caspian - Central Asia Region: New Realities Laura YerekeshevaCaspian Region: The Unending ConflictsR.G. GidadhubliSteady Socio-Economic Growth in UzbekistanA. Gafurov, A. UrinovStructural Changes in the Economy and Policy of UzbekistanA. Gafurov, D. Hakimov, A. UrinovTajikistan: Problems of Social Development Kh. Umarov, J. MakhmadshoevEcology and Development in Central AsiaShodimurod DustoboevContributors The disintegration of former USSR and the subsequent emergence of independent Central Asian Republics, changed the balance of power in this region. Due to its geographical proximity to China, Russia, West Asia and South Asia, this region emerged as a distinct geopolitical entity stimulating global attention and interest. These Republics which passed through a delicate stage of transformation into a new political, social and economic order, have successfully completed their transition into sovereign independent statehood. Ethnic complexities in Central Asia, ethno-religious resurgence and adverse impact of Afghanistan crisis, cross-border terrorism, bloody civil war in Tajikistan, problems of nation building, transition to market economy, infrastructure development, democratization, competition for pipeline routes and energy resources have been the key issues in post-Soviet Central Asia.

The study presents an integrated view of the momentous changes taking place in the five Central Asian Republics since their independence. Whole range of issues related to the experience of these Republics in their nation-building, democratization, economic development, regional cooperation, building of bilateral and multi-lateral relationships, impact of Afghanistan crisis over the developments in Central Asia etc. have been analysed in depth. The book not only consolidates the Indian scholarly contributions in the field of Central Asian studies, but also provides the Central Asian perspectives as presented by the scholars from Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Kyrgyzstan and Kazakhstan.


Rs 695
US$ 40
Prof. K. Warikoo is Director, Central Asian Studies Programme, School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is the Secretary General (Hon'y) of Himalayan Research and Cultural Foundation, and Founder Editor, Himalayan and Central Asian Studies, a quarterly journal published since 1997. He has more than half a dozen publications to his credit.


Prof. Mahavir Singh is Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. He has a number of publications to his credit and has also edited issues of MAKAIAS journal Asia Annual.



Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institue of Asian Studies
567, Diamond Harbour Road,
Behala, Kolkata - 700 034
Phone : +91-33-2468 1396
Telefax : +91-33-2468 4634
E-Mail : makaias@vsnl.net


ISBN : 81-7541-164-0

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000226.jpg
Sociology,Industry and Commerce TOBACCO, TENDU LEAF AND BEEDI WORKERS IN INDIA* *Not Available UDAY KUMAR VARMA, M.M. REHMAN 8175412046 2005

xix + 370 pp

0.00 0.00 Preface Acknowledgements List of Tables 1. Introduction: The Industry 2. Profile of Tobacco and Beedi Workers 3. Tendu Leaf and the Workers 4. Beedi Workers: Life and Living 5. Beedi Workers Welfare Fund and Research Design 6. Beedi Workers in Madhya Pradesh 7. Growth Pattern of Welfare Schemes: Physical and Financial 8. Welfare Commission Personnel Profile 9. Dispensary: The Operating Field Agency 10. The Epicentre of Welfare Fund 11. The Grassroots Reality: Beneficiaries and Benefits 12. Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Fund 13. Making the Process User Friendly 14. Towards Building A Dynamic Framework 15. The Stakeholders: Views and Suggestions 16. Efficiency and Effectiveness-Conclusions Appendices I. District and Tehsil-wise Figures of Beedi Workers in Madhya Pradesh/Chattishgarh: 1995-96 II. District-wise Details of Beedi Workers Identified till December 2002 in the Region of Madhya Pradesh and Chattishgrah III. List of Beedi Factories/Industries by Districts in Madhya Pradesh and Chattishgarh IV. Statement Showing the Number of Dispensaries Sanctioned under Beedi Workers Welfare Fund V.Check List VI. Demands Made in the Representation Handed Over to Labour Minister by Joint Action Committee of Beedi Workers who organised a march to Parliament on 27.11.01 and Comments Thereon319 Annexures I. Beedi and Cigar Workers (Conditions of Employment) Act, 1966 II. Beedi Workers Welfare Fund Act, 1976 III. The Cegarettes and Other Tobacco Products (Prohibition of Advertisement and Regulation of Trade and Commerce, Production, Supply and Distribution) Act, 2003 IV. Map Showing Concentration of Beedi Workers in Sagar Districts Bibliography Index  

Beedi industry is now more than a century old. Ever since the introduction of tobacco cultivation in the country a sizeable segment of labour force is engaged in different processes of tobacco from its production to consumption.

The most visible and important aspect of tobacco use is its transformation into beedis. Today the beedi making alone engages more than four million workers, including children and most of them are home-based and piece rated. Their plight attracted attention of the authorities and as a result, some welfare measures have been adopted by the Government of India.

The present volume provides a comprehensive picture of global tobacco industry, tendu leaf production, beedi workers in India, their problems and the welfare measures. It also critically examines the process of operation of the fund and suggests measures for improving the system to make it more beedi-workers friendly.

The book may be useful for policy makers, organizers of beedi workers, researchers and students of Labour Economics.


Rs 900
US$ 45

Uday Kumar Varma, Senior Indian Administrative Service Officer is presently working as Director, V.V.Giri National Labour Institute, an autonomous Institute under Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India. He is a Post Graduate in Public Administration from Harvard University, USA and Gold Medalist in B.Sc. (Hons.) from Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi. He has held important positions both in Government of Madhya Pradesh and Government of India.

M.M.Rehman is Sr. Fellow at the V.V.Giri National Labour Institute. He is author of several books and research reports on various aspects of Indian labour scenario.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000227.jpg
Library and Information Services,Literature and Linguistics,Diaspora Studies AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF AN INDIAN INDENTURED LABOURER MUNSHI RAHMAN KHAN (1874-1972): JEEVAN PRAKASH KATHINKA SINHA-KERKHOFF, ELLEN BAL, ALOK DEO SINGH(TRASLATORS) 8175412437 2005

Iii + 272 pp

0.00 1250.00

Rahman Khan (1874-1972), born in the village Bharkhari (Hamirpur, United Provinces), was 24 years old when he left for Paramaribo, the capital of Surinam (South America). At the age of 67, Rahman Khan, a practicing pathan Muslim, completed his autobiography entitled Jeevan Prakash in which he connects India, the land of his birth, with Surinam, the country in which he marries, is a contract labourer and later becomes a plantation overseer and a teacher in Hindi and Hinduism and gets five sons and two daughters.

There is almost no written information available that describes the lives of the first generation of Indian indentured labourers in Surinam. This translated autobiography, originally written in Devanagari, is therefore a unique source. This translation is accompanied by endnotes and a glossary.

Sinha-Kerkhoff and Ellen Bal have also added an introduction in which they place the autobiography in its Indian and Surinamese colonial contexts. The final outcome should interest labour historians and other social scientists as well as the common reader interested in colonial and subaltern history, transnational migration, diaspora and minority issues all well as issues of religion and communalism.



Rs 495
US$ 25

Kathinka Sinha-Kerkhoff (1964) is Director Research in the Asian Development Research Institute (ADRI), Ranchi, Jharkhand (India). She received her PhD degree in 1995 (cum laude) from the Centre of Asian Studies in Amsterdam (CASA) with her study on Girlhood in colonial Calcutta entitled Save Ourselves and the Girls! (Rotterdam: Extravert 1995). She has received several post-doctoral fellowships and published in academic journals and edited books. She is also co-editor of 'State, Society and Displaced People in South Asia' (Dhaka: The University Press Limited 2004) (along with Dr. Imtiaz Ahmed and Dr. Abhijit Dasgupta).

Ellen Bal (1967) is Assistant Professor in the Department of Social and Cultural Anthropology of the Vrije Universiteit of Amsterdam. She received
her PhD degree in 2000 from the Erasmus University Rotterdam with her study of ethnogenesis and group formation processes in South Asia, entitled They ask if we eat frogs. Social Boundaries, Ethnic Categorisation and the Garo
People of Bangladesh (Delft: Eburon 2000). Currently she is involved in a research project about the Indian diaspora in Surinam and the Netherlands,
and their backlinking to 'motherland' India, and works closely together with Dr. Kathinka Sinha-Kerkhoff

Alok Deo Singh (1967) is presently Monitoring and Research Coordinator with Alternative for India Development (AID), UK. Between 2001 and 2004 he worked along with Dr. Ellen Bal and Dr. Kathinka Sinha-Kerkhoff as a Project Officer in a Project on 'A Diaspora coming home? Overseas Indians re -establishing links with India'. supported by the Netherlands Foundation for Research in Tropical Countries (WOTRO), The Hague, The Netherlands. Related to this, Alok Deo Singh has carried out research in Mauritius, Surinam and in the Netherlands.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000228.jpg
Political Science ELECTION: MODEL CODE OF CONDUCT: A REFERENCE HANDBOOK* OUT OF STOCK* K.C. SAHA 8175412593(HB) 8175412666(PB) 2005

136 pp, out of stock

150.00 295.00 Preface Model Code of Conduct and its Applicability What is Model Code? Coming into Force of Model Code Violations of Model Code Requisition of Officers and Staff for Election and Requisition of Vehicles Authorities Required to Make Available Staff Deployment of Home Guards/Forest Guards/Ex-Servicemen Women Polling Personnel Officers and Staff Whose Services cannot be Requisitioned Classification of Presiding Officers and Polling Officers Randomisation of Polling Personnel Involvement of Government Officials in Political Activities Disciplinary Functions of the Election Commission Compensation in the Event of Death or Injury to Polling Personnel Observers Requisition of Vehicles Compensation for Private Vehicles Requisitioned in Case of Accident, Loss or Damage Transfer/Posting of Officials Officials connected with Revision of Electoral Rolls Officials connected with Conduct of Election Censured and Debarred Officials Appointments, Service Matters and Promotions Appointments/Service Matters Promotions Finalization of Tenders, Procurement of Stores, Settlement of Sairats etc./Implementation of Development Schemes/Relief Work/Welfare Measures Finalization of Tenders, Procurement of Stores, Settlement of Sairats etc. Implementation of Developmental Schemes Relief Measures Welfare Measures Other Administrative Measures Declaration of Holiday on the Poll Day Prohibitory Orders Arms Licence Security for Candidates Declaration of Dry Day Free Passes Ban on Video Conferencing Mobile Phones to Sector Magistrates Certified Copy of Electoral Roll Election Fund Videography of Activities of Candidates Maximum Number of Persons and Vehicles at the Time of Filing of Nomination Party in Power General Conduct Visit of Ministers Use of Government Guest Houses, Dak Bungalows Republic Day and Independence Day Security to Ministers Expenses from the State Exchequer Discretionary Grants of Ministers Announcements and Laying of Foundation Stones by Ministers Participation in Celebrations and Issuance of Messages Affidavits to be Filed alongwith Nomination Papers Oath at the Time of Filing of Nomination Campaigning/Telecast and Broadcast Norms for Campaigning Printing of Pamphlets and Posters Defacement of Property Use of Official Vehicles Vehicles for Campaigning Use of Aircrafts and Helicopters Election Meetings Use of Loudspeakers Processions Telecast and Broadcasts by Recognized Political Parties Through Doordarshan and All India Radio Code for Telecasts and Broadcasts Opinion Polls Advertisement on Television Channel and/or Cable Network Poll Day and Counting Day General Conduct of Candidates and Political Parties Election Booth Identity Slips Election Agents, Polling Agents and Counting Agents Use of Mobile Phone in Polling Booths and Counting Centres Carrying of Arms Security of Special Protection Group (SPG) Protectees Inside the Polling Booth Entry into Polling Stations Passes to NGOs and Human Right Organisations Movement of Vehicles on the Poll Day Use of Helicopter on the Polling and Counting Days Restriction on the Movement of Political Functionary Provided with Security Election Expenses of Candidates/Political Parties Election Expenses of Candidates Election Expenses of Political Parties Date-Wise Index of Letters/Orders of the Commission Letter Number Wise Index of Orders of the Commission List of Annexures  

Free and fair elections are the foundations of any democracy. It is necessary that political parties, candidates and others observe certain norms so that electors are able to exercise their franchise. Under the direction of the Election Commission of India these norms have evolved over the years into a Model Code. This handbook covering the various provisions of the Code comprehensively may help political parties, candidates, and others to have a clear understanding of the scope of these provisions.
 

K.C. Saha is a senior officer of the Indian Administrative Service of Bihar Cadre. He worked as the Principal Secretary in the Election Commission of India for five Years from 1987 to 1992. He has also worked as the Chief Electoral Officer in the State of Bihar from 1996 to 1997 and again from 2004 to 2005. At present the author is working as the Commissioner & Secretary in the Department of Rural Development in Bihar.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000229.jpg
Political Science DEMOCRACY IN INDIA FORM AND SUBSTANCE RAMASHRAY ROY 8175412380(HB) 8175412496(PB) 2005 x + 278 pp 250.00 850.00 Preface, Introduction, The Making of Democracy, The Advent of Democracy in India, The Seamless Web, Fostering Social Revolution, Federal Experience, Social Revolution, Funda-mental Rights and the Judiciary, Parties and Politics in India, Paradox of Democracy, What Next, Index. The book exposes the organic defects of formal democracy and demonstrates its weakness in satisfying the aspirations of the demos for participation and equality. Effort is made to take the discussion of democratic theory to a higher level where theory and history mingle to provide a better vantage point from which to view the phenomenon of democracy. Also, the theoretical perspective projected in Democracy in India: Form and Substance presents a critical account of the functioning of democratic institutions in India and shows its vulnerable aspects.

The approach adopted in Democracy in India: Form and Substance differs sharply from other studies. Most of these treat formal, representative democracy as the last chapter in the evolution of the democratic idea since its appearance in Greece. It is considered, without questioning, as a universally valid model of democracy. Also, it is supposed to solve, finally and satisfactorily, the paradox of freedom versus liberty. But formal democracy is the symbol of the defeat of democracy by democratic ideology. This ideology celebrates only the external form of democracy drowning its substance in the din of vacuous academic discussion by pundits and soothsayers of democracy praising to the skies the characteristics and the merit of formal democracy.

The book is penetrating and incisive in its analysis, lucid in presentation and broad in its intellectual sweep.

US$ 25
Prof. Ramashray Roy is an eminent political philosopher who has, through his numerous writings, opened new vistas not only in different areas of social sciences but also in Vedic studies. Prof. Roy worked as a Senior Fellow as well as Director of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, Director of the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi as well as its National Fellow and Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advance Study, Shimla.

He has published more than two dozen books and over fifty articles in Journals in India and outside. His publications include Dalit, Development and Democracy; Politics and Society; Politics and Beyond; Sanskaras in India Tradition and Culture (SHIPRA).
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000230.jpg
Asia and International Studies CENTRAL ASIA - PRE-HISTORIC TO PRE-MODERN TIMES (2 VOLS) English Translation of Taziki: Pre-Ancient, Ancient and Medieval History B.G. GAFUROV 8175412461 2005 1000pp 0.00 4000.00 VOLUME 1Introduction PART I The Primitive Community System and its Decline on the Territory of Central AsiaThe Primitive Communities in Central Asia1 Paleolith Pre-Tribal Society Emergence of Tribal Society - Monuments of Lower Paleolith - Monuments of the Middle Paleolith - Monuments of the Upper Paleolith - Characteristics of Paleolithic Society2. Mesolith and Neolith Age Mesolithic Monuments - Neolithic Monuments - Earliest Rock Paintings3. The Bronze Age Transition to the Patriarchal Tribe - Productive Forces - Historico-cultural Regions of Central Asia - Social System4. Ethnic Composition of Population of Central Asia in the Bronze Epoch - The Aryan Problem Indo-Iranian Community - The Aryans - The Ways of Settlement of Indo-Iranian Tribes and the Central Asian Archaeological ComplexesEastern Iranian Tribes of Central Asia at the Dawn of Early Class Society (Ninth to Mid-Sixth Century B.C.)1.Archaeological Materials of Early Iron Age Metallurgy of Iron - Settlements2.Central Asian Society In Early Iron Age "Avesta" as a Historical Source - Avesta on Central Asian Society - Problem of Formation of Ancient States - Zoroastrianism PART II The Ancestors of the Tajiks in the Epoch of Development of Slave - Owning RelationsCentral Asia in the State of Achaemenid1. Political History of Central Asia in 6th - Beginning of 5th Century B.C. Emergence of the Achaemenid State - The conquests of Kir II in Central Asia - Kir and Tomiris. Rout of Achaemenid Troops - Uprisings against Achaemenids during the reign of Darius I2. Central Asian Society in V-IV Centuries B.C. Central Asia as Part of the Achaemenid State - The Socio-economic System, Culture and Religion in Sogd, Khwarezm and Bactria in VI-V Centuries B.C.3.Central Asia and Iran during the Achaemenid PeriodPeoples of Central Asia in the Struggle against Graeco-Macedonian Conquerors1. Campaign of Alexander of Macedonia in the East The Rise of Macedonia - Destruction of the Achaemenid State - Struggle at the Approaches of Central Asia2. Struggle of the Central Asian Peoples against the Graeco-Macedonian Forces Military Forces and the Art of War of the Central Asian Peoples - Military Operations in Central Asian Inter-River Region - The Uprising of 329-327 B.C. - Collapse of the Empire of Alexander of Macedonia and Results of Macedonian Conquest Graeco-Bactria and Parthia in III-II Centuries B.C.1.Central Asia in the Seleucid State2 The Graeco-Bactrian and Parthian State Early History of Parthia and Graeco-Bactria - The Struggle against Seleucid Expansion - Blossoming of the Graeco-Bactrian Kingdom3. The Internal System, Economy and Culture of Central Asia in Third - Second Centuries B.C. The Graeco - Bactrian Kingdom - The Parthian Kingdom - The Other Regions of Central AsiaCentral Asia in the Kushan Period1.Parthia, Graeco-Bactria and the Nomads. Early History of Yueh-Chih The Nomads and Parthia - The Problem of Origin of Yüeh-Chih - Assault on Graeco-Bactria2. Central Asia in II-I Centuries B.C. Bactria and Sogd - The Ancient Fargana state of Dawan - Northern Regions and Peoples - Parthia - The Victory Over Rome3.The Kushan Kingdom The Early Period of Kushan Kingdom - Problem of Kushan Chronology - Territorial Annexations - The Coinage Reform of Kadfiz II - Kanishka and Prosperity of the Kushan Kingdom - The Fall of the Kushan Kingdom. The Kushans and The Sasanids4. Central Asian Cities and Settlements in Kushan Times - Northern Bactria Sogd, Fargana, Chach and Khwarezm5. Economy of Central Asia in the Kushan Period Agriculture, Irrigation - Construction Works and Handicrafts - Foreign and Domestic Trade6. Culture and Religion of Kushan Central Asia Old Relics of Written Language - Religious Beliefs - ArtSocio-Economic System of Ancient Central Asia1. Historiography of the Problem of Slave-owning Socio-Economic Structure of Ancient Central Asia 2. Contemporary View About the Socio-Economic System of Ancient Central Asia Social and Property Differentiation - Structure of Central Asian Society at the End of I Millennium B.C. - Early I Millennium B.C. PART III Emergence of Feudal Relations in Central AsiaTribes and Peoples of Central Asia in IV-VI Centuries A.D.1. Political History The Sasanid Kingdom - Kidarits - Hionits - Ephtalites2. Problems of Ethnic History Class Struggle - The Ephtalite Society - The Mazdak Movement Peoples of Central Asia in VI-Beginning of VIII Century1. The Main Events of Political History Class Struggle - the Turk Kaganate and the Expansion of its Power over Central Asia - Turks and Ephtalites - Turk-Sasanid Conflict Economy and Politics - Mutual Relations of Turk Kaganate with Local Rulers Central Asian-Turk Synthesis - The Abrui Movement2. Tokharistan in VI and Beginning of VIII Century Data in the sources on the condition in Tokharistan in 6th and beginning of 8th century - The Political History - Irrigation-Agriculture - Handicrafts and Trade - Construction Work. Architecture - Painting - Sculpture, Wood Carving and other Arts - Religion3. Sogd in VI-VII Centuries General Account - Suan-tszan and Khoi Chao on Sogd - Political History - Irrigation Agriculture - Handicrafts and Trade - The Colonial Activities of the Sogdians - The Discovery of the Castle on Mug Hill and Excavations of Ancient Panjikent - Samarkand, Varaksha and other Urban Settlements - Construction Works - Paintings - Sculpture, Music and Dance - Sogdian Script and Literature - Religious Beliefs4. Other Regions of Central Asia Ustrushan - Fargana5. Socio-Economic System : The Establishment of Feudal RelationsAbbreviationsPlatesIndex VOLUME 2Introduction PART I Central Asia in the Period of Development and Consolidation of the Feudal SystemThe Peoples of Central Asia in the Arab Caliphate31. The Fall of The Sasanid State Arabs on the Eve of Islam - The Emergence of Islam - Destruction of Sasanid State2. The Conquest of Maverannahr (The First Period) The Political Parcelling up of Maverannahr in the Middle of VII Century - The Arrival of Arab forces on the Frontiers of Central Asia - The first raids on Maverannahr - The Struggle of the Sogdians, Tokharistan and other Peoples of Central Asia against the Conquerors - Defence of Samarkand - The Coalition of Sogd, Chach, Fargana and the Turks3. The Conquest of Maverannahr by the Arabs (Second Period) Condition of Peoples of Central Asia - The Struggle of Sogdians, Farganians and Turks in 720-722 A.D. - Khuttalyan in Struggle with Conquerors4. Consequences of the Incorporation of Central Asia in the Arab Caliphate5. Role of Central Asian Peoples in the Struggle between the Omeiyads and the Abbasids Opposition Groups in the Caliphate - The Movement of Abu Muslim - The Uprising of Sumbad Mag and the Movement of MukannaCompletion of the Process of Formation of the Tajik People and Its Statehood: The States of Takhirids, Saffarids and Samanids (9th-10th Centuries)1. Political History of 9th-10th Centuries The Strengthening of Local Feudal Aristocracy - The Takhirids (821-873 A.D.) - The Saffarids (873-903 A.D.) - Formation of the Samanid State - The State System and Organisation of the Ruling Apparatus - Feudal Internecine Wars and Weakening of the State of the Samanids - Karakhanid conquest2. Economy, Material Culture and Socio-Economic Relations Agriculture - Mining and Metallurgy - Production of Glass and Ceramics - Other Forms of Handicraft Production - Building and architecture - Trade and Money Circulation - Bukhara - The Capital of the Samanid State - The Institutions of Feudal Grants and Conditional land Ownership - Feudal rent, condition of the peasantry and the people's movements - The Completion of the Process of Formation of the Tajik People3. Science and Literature in the IX-X Centuries First Written Works in the Tajik Language (Dari, Farsi Dari) - Development of Fiction Literature - ScienceThe Tajik People 11th-Early 13th c. State of the Gaznavids, Karakhanids, Gaurids and the Khwarezm Shahs1. Political History Unsuccessful Struggle of Abu Ibrahim for Restoration of the Power of the Samanids - The Tajiks in the State of the Gaznavids - Seljuks and the Collapse of the State of the Gaznavids - The State of the Gurids - Seljukids and Nizam al-Mulk - The Ismailite Movement - Karakhanids - Karakhanids and Karakitais - Khwarezm and the State of the Seljukids - The Uprising of Sanjar - The Conquest of the State of the Karakhanids by Mohammed Khwarezm Shah2. Economy and Socio-Economic Relations Ikta and Conditional Land Ownership in the 11th-12th Centuries - Land Ownership and the Peasantry - The Cities of Central Asia in 11th-12th Centuries - The Crafts in the 11th-12th Centuries - Money Circulation3. Culture in the 11th-13th Centuries Construction, Architecture and Applied Crafts - Literature and Sciences in the 11th-12th and Beginning of the 13th Centuries - The Spread of Sufism and its Influence on Tajik-Persian LiteratureTajik People in the Chengezid State1. The Mongol Conquest Economy of Central Asia under the Mongols - The Invasion of Central Asia by the Hordes of Chengez Khan - The Heroic Defence of Khojent - Timur-Malik - Further Conquests of Chengez Khan in Central Asia - Economic Life after the Mongol Conquest - The Uprising of Mahmud Tarabi - The Internal Policy of Munke-kaan and the Merchant-ruler Masud-bek - Monetary Reform of Masud-bek; Partial Rehabilitation of Urban Life and Trade - Central Asia in the First Half of the 14th Century2. Socio-Economic Relations in Central Asia Under the Mongols The Categories of Landownership - Suirgal - The Category of Peasants The Question of Serfdom and Slavery - The Condition of Craftsmen3. The Culture of the Peoples of Central Asia during the Mongol Period Architecture, Applied Crafts and Art - Literature and Science in the 13th-middle of 14th CenturyTajik People in the State of Timur and the Timurids1. Political History, Popular Movements Timur and his First Steps Towards Power - The Movement of Sarbedars - The Seizure of Power by Timur in Maverrannahr and His Further Conquests - The Dynastic Struggle Among the Timurids - The Rule of Ulug Bek - The Assassination of Ulug Bek - The Feudal Strifes2. The Economy, Socio-Economic Relations The General Condition of the Economy and the Exploitation of the Peasantry - The Categories of Feudal Property in Land. "Suiurgal" in the 15th Century - Trade - City and Crafts3. Culture Construction and Architecture - Monumental Painting and Miniature - Science and Literature at the end of 14-15th Centuries PART II Tajik People During the Later Period of Feudalism in Central AsiaLife of Tajik People in the State of Sheibanids (16th Century)1. Political History Conquest of the State of Timurids, Internal Policy of Sheibani Khan - The Struggle between Sheibani Khan and Babur - Central Asia in the First Half of the 16th Century - Feudal Internecine Wars, Abdallah II and "Unification of Principalities"2. Socio-Economic Relations Landownership and Use - Crafts, Internal Trade and Money Circulation - External Trade, Diplomatic Relations3. The Problem of Ethno-Genesis of the Uzbek People 4. Material and Spiritual Culture Construction and Architecture - Tajik Fiction and Historical Literature in 16th CenturyTajik People in the State of Janids (17th-First Half of 18th Century)1. Political History Feudal Internecine Wars in 17th Century - Growing Feudal Break up: Internal Policy of Ubeidallah Khan2. Socio-Economic Relations State of Economy. Land Rent. Taxes in Cities - Concentration of Land-ownership in the Hands of the Feudals - Popular Movement - Crafts, Trade and Monetary Turn-over3.Material and Spiritual Culture Architecture and Art - The Tajik Fiction and Historical Chronicles in the 17th-beginning of 18th centuryAbbreviationsPlatesIndex This work is the English version, published for the first time, of the second edition of the two-volume magnum opus of well-known Soviet Tajik orientalist B.G. Gafurov, brought out in 1989 from Dushanbe in Russian language. The first Russian edition which was published in 1972 from Moscow was followed by Tajik and Persian (in Arabic script) editions as also in the Polish language translated from Russian.

Though titled Tazhiki, Gafurov's work is, in fact, a well-researched comprehensive historical account of the march of the peoples (not just the Tajiks) living on the compact territory of Central Asia from times pre-historic to the threshold of the modern age. Creatively developing upon the foundations laid by outstanding Soviet scholars - V.V. Bartold, A.A.Semenov and M.S. Andreev of the 20s and A.Iu.Yakubovskii of the 30s of the previous century, Gafurov's work makes use of a plethora of historical sources of the most varied character to work out on the basis of his own research on Tajik history, as also the researches by a host of Soviet scholars in the post-war period, an inter-disciplinary framework for understanding the history and culture of the closely linked Central Asian peoples bound by age old civilisational ties with India, Iran, Afghanistan, China and Russia.

Some of the problems analysed in the book are level of development of culture and economy of Central Asia, ties with the neighbouring countries, the Aryan problem, cultural synthesis between Central Asian, Iranian, Indian and Hellenic cultures, chronology and culture of the Kushans, besides history and culture of Tokharistan and Sogd. The Marxist approach of the author is reflected in his emphasis on issues related to economic development and social transformation and the popular struggles against foreign invaders and indigenous oppressors and tyrants.




Rs 2500, US$ 80
(2 Vols.)

Babajan Gafurovich Gafurov (1908-1977) - eminent scholar statesman, leading Soviet Tajik scholar, member of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR and Tajik SSR and several foreign scientific and cultural societies. Gafurov began his career as a journalist in Tajikistan after completing his higher education in Moscow. He became Propaganda and Agitation Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Tajikistan in 1941 and was elevated to the position of First Secretary in 1946. He continued to hold this office until 1956 when he was appointed Director of the USSR Academy of Sciences Institute of Oriental Studies in Moscow following the 20th Party Congress of the CPSU. His tenure as Director of this prestigious Soviet Institute lasted till his death in Dushanbe in 1977.

Inspite of his pre-occupation with higher politics, Gafurov continued his active interest in historical research. In 1941 he was awarded a Ph.D. degree by the Moscow Institute of History on the topic "History of the Ismaili Sect from the beginning of the 19th century to the First World War". Gafurov got his D.Sc. degree on his work "A Short History of the Tajik People" in 1947. Gafurov was a member of the board of editors for the five volume collective work "History of the Tajik People" published in 1963-1965. Gafurov was member of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union from 1952 to 1961 and an elected deputy of the USSR Supreme Soviet from 1946 to 1970. He was decorated with the "Order of Lenin" four times. The Republic of Tajikistan posthumously awarded him the highest honour of "Hero of Tajikistan" in the post-Soviet period. A city in the Republic is named after him.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000231.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION POLICY IN INDIA 1992 AND REVIEW 2000 AND 2005 J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175418530(HB) 9788175418547(PB) 2016 impression

viii+245pp, (3RD ED. IN 2009)

200.00 795.00 Preface Glossary Framing National Policy on Education in India Revised National Policy on Education Ramamurti Committee, 1990-Reviewing NPE, 1986 The CABE Committee Report, 1992 Committe on Committee Current Developments in Education Education of the SCs, STs and OBCs Implementation and Monitoring of NPE Major Initiatives Taken for the Implementation of Revised National Policy on Education 1992 Review of NPE, National Curriculum Framework for School Education 2000 and National Curriculum Framework 2005 Overview of Implementation of National Policy of Education Appendix 1: Committee, Commissions, Policy Statements and other significant Documents on Education in India since Independence Appendix 2: Towards EFA: The Quality Imperative: Mirrror of Equity Appendix 3: Basic Indicators including Education

Since the adoption of the 1968 policy of education, the most notable development has been the acceptance of a common structure of education throughout the country. The book focuses on the review of NPE 1986 in 1992 and the efforts made in the implementation of the NPE; and the modifications made.
While discussing the various dimensions of the NPE, attention is also given to the restructuring of the curriculum covering salient features of National Curriculum Framework for school education 2000 and National Curriculum Framework 2005.
It is hoped that the book may be a useful source of information for all sections, engaged in the revamping of the educational system in India.

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration. He has worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher, principal; plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He has also taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He is widely travelled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000232.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT SCHOOL RESOURCE PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT YAZALI JOSEPHINE 9788175412552(HB) 9788175412569(PB) 2005 175 pp, 2010 imp 140.00 450.00 PrefaceIntroductionCost and Efficiency in SchoolsImportance of Case StudyRelation of Monetary and Non-Monetary Inputs with Output of School SystemCase Study - Findings and SuggestionsUsing Modern Techniques of Management for School DevelopmentBibliography Annexures The book highlights the relation between cost and efficiency in the school system under different managements viz. Government, Unaided and Aided run-schools. How the better planning and management of limited resources can improve the performance in the system has been discussed with the support of a case study of few schools. The book argues that better performance of any school can not be attributed to financial resources alone there are several non-monetary factors also.

In this book efforts are made to guard against the myth that without abundant funds for facilities, schools can not deliver the quality; and resource abundance is also no guarantee for school effectiveness. It is in this sense resources planning and management in schools play vital role.

The book may be found useful by heads and the management of schools, and the policy makers.


US$ 20

























Dr. Yazali Josephine is associated with National Institute Educational Planning & Administration (NIEPA), New Delhi. She is Ph.D. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Professionally trained in Educational Planning and Adminis-tration from IIEP (UNESCO), Paris, Dr.Josephine obtained her Post Graduate Diploma in Developmental Administration from International University for Cooperation, Rome, Italy.

Dr. Josephine published several research articles and presented many research papers in the national and international organisations like UNESCO, Oxford etc. Currently, she is working in the areas of School Planning, School Effectiveness and Globalisation- Gender, Education and Poverty.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000233.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT 2005 TOWARDS LEARNING WITHOUTH BURDEN AND QUALITY OF EDUCATION - An Evaluation J.C. AGGARWAL 8175412623(HB) 9788175412637(PB) 2014

173pp,

170.00 700.00 Preface 1. Foreword, Executive Summary and Members-Curriculum 2005 2. Perspective 3. Learning and Knowledsge 4. Curricular Areas, School Stages and Assessment 5. School and Classroom Environment 6. Systemic Reforms and Epilogue 7. Overall Observations on the Document and the Need for the Try-out of the Proposed Curriculum Appendices 1. 'Learning Without Burden' (1993) and Recommendation145 on it by the Group Appointed by MHRD 2. Central Advisory Board of Education (CABE): Its Functions161 and Constitution 3. Quality Education for Young People: UNESCO/ICE (2004)  

The book attempts to provide a brief but constructive and critical analysis of the observations and recommendations contained in National Curriculum Framework-2005, formulated by the steering committee set up by the Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India under the chairmanship of Prof. Yash Pal. Since the focus on educational reforms is in the light of the document 'Learning Without Burden' (1993), its main recommendations with their evaluation by the group constituted by the MHRD are incorporated for ready reference of the readers. The main characteristics of this publication is to provide a broad 'Framework' for the 'Try-Out' of the curriculum at the grass-roots level-an element missing in NFC 2005.

This work also incorporates the constitution and functions of the reconstituted Central Advisory Board of Education - CABE (2004) - The highest advisory body in education. On 'Quality Education', the main recommendations of UNESCO International Conference on Education held in September 2004, are also included to have a wider perspective.

It is hoped that the book should serve as a reliable companion to all those interested in the development of education.


Rs. 450
US$ 20

 

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration. He has worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher, principal; plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He has also taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He is widely traveled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

S. Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University, Delhi and has been associated with teaching since 1986. She has widely travelled abroad and participated in several seminars. Her latest publication is Education in Emerging India - Teachers' Role in Society (Shipra, 2005).

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000235.jpg
Asia and International Studies ASIA ANNUAL 2005 MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175412992 2005 240 pp 0.00 995.00 India's Partition in Historical Perspective: Bimal Prasad;Introduction; India U.S. Politico-Security Relations: An Emerging Strategic Partnership in the 21st Century: P.M. Kamath; Etnopsycological Problems of Communication: Aimaganbetova O.H., Abdrahmanov M.M.; Russia Belongs to Neither the East Nor the West: Natalia A. Narochnitskaia,Comparing Perceptions of National Security Environment of China and India:: M.A. Jiali; Peculiarities of Ethnic Identity in the Republic of Kazakhstan; Central Asia Through the Prism of Geopolitics; Kurganbaeva A. Kh Movkebaeva G.A.; Mapping Security of Central Asia A Non-Traditional Threat Perspective: Nalin Kumar Mohapatra; Siberia and the Russian Far East A re-examination of Russian 'peripheries’: Suchandana Chatterjee; Japan and the United Nations: Sanjana Joshi; Political Economy of Asian State Systems: CP Bhambhri;Halford Mackinder that the "Grand Chessboard" From Geopolitical Imagination to Global Strategy: Anita Sengupta; Documents Asia Annual is a cross-disciplinary Journal of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata and this sixth volume of the series contains eleven well-researched articles authored by eminent scholars from India and abroad.

The focus of contents is on India's Partition; Political economy of the Asian states; India-Russia-China Trilateral cooperation; Emerging strategic partnership between India and the United States of America; Ethnic issue affecting Kazakhstan and other Central Asian states; Security of Central Asia; Siberian region in the policy making of Russia; and Japan's policy towards United Nations. These are some of the highlights of this volume.

It is hoped that the contents of the present volume will evoke interest among all sections of our readership both at the level of experts and general readers.

Prof. Mahavir Singh is Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000236.jpg
Sociology,Economics GLOBALISATION, DEVELOPMENT AND CHILD RIGHTS KAILASH SATYARTHI, BUPINDER ZUTSHI (Ed) 8175412690(HB) 8175412704(PB - Not Available) 2006

xii + 308 pp

0.00 995.00 Preface Introduction PART I: CONCEPTS, ISSUES AND VULNERABILITY DIMENSIONS Child Labour: The Effects of Public Concern and Neo-liberal Policies GK Lieten Childhood Conditions in India-Related Issues Nilotpal Basu Globalisation, Development and Child Work DR Karthikeyan Development, Destitution and Child Labour Vulnerability in India Kailash Satyarthi Globalisation, Marketization and the Poor in India Arun Kumar Child Labour and the Law Zafar M Shahid Siddiqui Insight into Issues of Development and Destitution and Intervention Strategies for Eradication of Child-Labour Triloknath Mishra PART II: AGRARIAN CRISIS AND CHILD RIGHTS VIOLATIONS Agrarian Policies, Agrarian Crisis and Child Rights Abhijit Sen Food Needs Food for Thought: Starving Children Under Globalisation Manish K Jha Agrarian Crisis in the Context of Globalisation K Loganathan Disease of Hunger-Death Trap for Children: A Case Study of Sone-Bhadra District, Uttar Pradesh Roma, Ajay Patnaik and Vibha Vohra PART III: DISPLACEMENTS AND VULNERABILITY Development, Destitution and Displacement Scenario in India BK Roy Burman Development, Displacement: A Case Study of Displaced from Tehri Dam Aparna Srivastava Displacement and its Impact on Children in Urban Informal Sector Helen R Sekar Displacement and Child Rights Issues: A Case Study of Jabhua in Madhya Pradesh R Vidyasagar and K Suman Chandra PART IV: TRAFFICKING AND SEXUAL EXPLOITATION OF CHILDREN Paedophilia and Sexual Abuse in Goa Venicis Cardoso Children from the World of Trafficking: Raid, Rescue and Rehabilitation in India Mondira Dutta Commercial Exploitation of Child Work and Risk: A Study in an Urban Slum in Bhubaneswar Asima Jena PART V: INFORMALISATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHILD LABOUR LINKAGES MESO AND MICRO EXPERIENCES The Girl Child in Tribal Society and Globalisation: A Study in Andhra Pradesh CS Murty and S Subrahmanyam Globalisation and Child Labour Linkages in India: A Case Study of Carpet and the Garment/ Apparel Industry Bupinder Zutshi Child Labour and Child Work - Definition, Incidence and Mitigation Nidhi Sadana and SK Thorat Development Destitution: Impact on Child Labour in Uttar Pradesh Ramakant Rai PART VI: CHILD LABOUR ERADICATION-FIELD BASED EXPERIENCES Child Labour Eradication Field Experience of Bachpan Bachao Andolan and SACCS Narayan Singh Rao Strategies for Universalisation of Elementary Education R Venkat Reddy Quality Institutional Care and Alternatives for Children MM Vidyarthi and Ratna Saxena Notes and References Contributors Index

Globalization and Structural Adjustment Programmes not only reinforces greater integration in the world economy but is a veneration of the market as the only mediator of efficiency and growth. It has resulted in renunciation of the state responsibility towards the welfare of its citizens. Evidence shows that along with new opportunities, globalisation has led to marginalisation of the poorest and has enhanced inequality and economic insecurity among the poor. The impact of globalization and economic reforms is particularly significant in a diverse and plural country like India, where different communities are placed in a social hierarchy with iniquitous access to production and other assets. Reduction in the social sector services like health, education, other subsidies for poverty alleviation programmes and the introduction of user fees has strong links with the increase in child labour and school dropout rates.

The book analyses the concepts, issues and dimensions of the processes of globalization and liberalization particularly on child right violation. It examines the vulnerability in agricultural crises, displacements, human trafficking and informalisation of employment among marginalized communities. Several empirical evidences have been enunciated, linking the structural adjustment programmes with the increasing trends in child labour and school dropout rates. Finally the book highlights success stories in the field of child labour prevention and eradication as adopted by NGOs and other civil society organizations.
 

Kailash Satyarthi, the Founder-Chairperson of Bachpan Bachao Andolan/ South Asian Coalition on Child Servitude and chairperson of Global March against child labour is also the President of Global Campaign for Education and Chairman of International Center on Child Labor and Education' Washington, D.C. A member of the high level group by UNESCO on 'Education for All', he is actively involved in several boards and Committees of various national and International Organizations. He is a recipient of several prestigious international awards including the 'Raoul Wallenberg Human Rights Award', U.S.A. (2002), and the 'Aachener International Peace Prize', Germany (1994).

He has been honoured by the Former US President Bill Clinton in Washington in 1995 for featuring in Kerry Kennedy's Book 'Speak Truth to Power', where his life and work features among the top 50 human rights defenders in the world including Nobel Laureates Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Elie Wessel, His Holiness the Dalai Lama, and several others.

Bupinder Zutshi, Ph.D. is currently teaching at the Centre for the Study of Regional Development, Jawaharlal. Nehru University, New Delhi. With more than 25 years of teaching experience, he has widely published books and articles in national and international journals of repute. Among his publications the major ones include 'Education for Street Children' (UNESCO), India and 'Seeking to Bridge the Divide' (International Bureau of Education, Geneva). He has completed several research projects in the areas of trafficking, non-formal education, child labour and disabled population. Majority of his works have been sponsored by the international, national and non-governmental organizations.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000237.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Library and Information Services GREAT PHILOSOPHERS AND THINKERS ON EDUCATION J.C. AGGARWAL, S. Gupta 9788175417335(HB) 9788175417342(PB) 2014

vi+282pp

195.00 850.00 Preface A.N. Whitehead (1861-1974)1 Abraham Lincoln (1809-1865)7 Abul Kalam Azad (1888-1958)9 Annie Besant (1847-1933)13 Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) Aurobindo Ghose (1872-1950) .A.P.J. Abdul Kalam (1931- ) B.R. Ambedkar37 Bal Gangadhar Tilak (1856-1920) Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) Confucius (551-479 B.C.) Emile Durkheim (1858-1917) Erasmus Desiderius (1467-1536) Frederich August Froebel (1782-1852) Gijubhai Badheka (1885-1939) Gopal Krishan Gokhale (1866-1915) Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) Immanuel Kant (1724-1804) Isaacs Susan (1895-1948) Jan Amos Comenius (1592-1670) Jawaharlal Nehru (1889-1964) Jean Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778) Jiddu Krishnamurti (1895-1986) John Dewey (1857-1950) John Henrich Pestalozzi (1746-1827) K.G. Saiyidain (1904-1971) Leo Tolstoy (1828-1910) M.K. Gandhi (1869-1948) Maria Montessori (1870-1952) Marshall McLuhan (1971-1980) Michel De Montaigne (1533-92) Paramhansa Yogananda (1893-1952) Paulo Freire (1922-1977) Plato (427-347 B.C.) Rabindranath Tagore (1861-1941) Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan, Dr. (1888-1975) Shankara (Sankara) Acharya (788-820 A.D.) Socrates (469-399 B.C.) Swami Dayananda (1825-1883) Swami Vivekananda (1863-1902) T.P. Nunn (1870-1944) Tarabhai Modak (1892-1973) Zakir Hussain (1897-1969) Brief Notes: Western and Indian Educational Philosophers and Thinkers Appendix Thinkers on Education in UNESCO Series Name Index  

The field of education has grown enormously. Thinkers on education from East and West continue to enrich the professional literature with their important contribution.

The book covers inspiring thoughts of celebrity philosophers and thinkers on education. It also includes their rich contribution to education as well as their published works. Brief-notes and Name-index of several other thinkers in the field added in the book further enhance its utility. The users may find this reference book useful.

Rs 550
US $ 20
 

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher, principal, plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He also taught in a Postgraduate Teacher Training College. He is widely travelled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

S. Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University, Delhi and has been associated with teaching since 1986. She has widely travelled abroad and participated in several seminars. Her latest publication is Education in Emerging India - Teachers' Role in Society. She also has to her credit two co-authored books.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175417335.jpg
Political Science DALIT POLITICS AND LITERATURE PRADEEP K. SHARMA 8175412712(HB) 2010

x+178pp, reprint

0.00 650.00 Preface Introduction Political Consciousness and Literary Expression Literary Expression; Idealism; Positivism; Formalism; Structuralism; Sociological Literary Criticism; Marxist School; Placing Hindi Dalit Literature Dalit Consciousness and Movement Meaning of the term 'Movement'; Brief History of Dalit Movement; Dalit Literature and Aesthetics Premchand to Mannu Bhandari: Critical Analysis Kafan (1936): Premchand; Godan (1936): Premchand; Dharati Dhan Na Apana (1972): Jagdish Chandra; Nachyo Bahut Gopal (1978): Amrit Lal Nagar; Mahabhoj (1979): Mannu Bhandari Mohan Dass Naimishray to Recent Writings Towards Empowerment Apne Apne Pinjare (1995): Mohan Dass Naimishray; Socio-economic Context; Cultural Context; Political Context/; Kranti Shesh Hai (1995): Lalchand 'Rahi'; Suno Brahaman (1996): Malkhan Singh; Joothan (1997): Om Prakash Balmiki; Socio-political Context; Gunga Nahin Tha Main (1997): Jai Prakash Kardam; Harry Kab Aayega (1999): Suraj Pal Chauhan Dalit Politics and Literature: Future Trends Annexure Bibliography Index  

The Dalit movements in India have occupied significant place in the history of social movements as well as in the discourse of social sciences. These movements have addressed numerous issues that facilitate to understand and analyse Indian polity.

The literary expression of political consciousness and movements among or for the Dalits in North India is the new emerging trend. This trend has served enormously to the cause and widened its constituency.

The book explores relationship between politics and literature with a critical analysis of texts from the Hindi literature both by Dalits and non-Dalits. It underlines not only the major issues and concerns of the movements but also to demonstrate that political consciousness is also expressed through many more innovative and creative methods like art and literature.
 

Dr. Pradeep K. Sharma teaches at the Centre of Political Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He did his M. Phil and Ph. D. from the same university. Dr. Sharma has contributed articles to International Review of Sociology and other journals of repute. He has also participated actively in several national and international seminars, workshops and symposia. He is also associated with grassroots activism in India on land and livelihood rights.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000239.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Library and Information Services TEACHING LEARNING LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SERVICES:A MANUAL* *Not Available M.K. JAIN, NIRMAL JAIN 9788175414228(HB) 9788175414235(PB) 2008

viii+352pp

0.00 0.00 Preface Library and its Set-up Library Automation Knowing Internet for Library Management Application of Internet in Library Services Re-orientation of Library Services in the Internet Age Information and Library Networks in India Digital Libraries Acquisition of Library Materials Processing of Books Audio-visual and Non-book Materials Service to Readers Periodicals Binding Stock Verification, Loss of Books and Weeding Preservation and Maintenance of Library Collections Internet: A Tool for Cataloguers Electronic Journals and Electronic Books Annexure: Eleven Important Documents Regarding Librarians and Libraries Index

Rapid developments in Information Technology are changing the way people communicate, locate, retrieve and use information. Libraries and Information Centres have been embracing these challenges posed by this new scenario more profoundly and are using IT services, devices and electronic products. Use of computers, linking with networks and internet, digitization of material and handling audio-visual material etc. are now important components in transforming traditional organizational structures into new institutional entities. This manual has been planned to achieve all these goals.

The various functions and 'day-to-day' jobs to be performed have been explained in 'how-to-do' step by step with specimen of letters and essential notes, comprehensive guidance about automation of the library and use of internet, web sites and net-working, has been provided. Important documents pertaining to up-gradation, pay scales, ACP Scheme, important court decisions in favour of library staff and latest Government of India norms for determining the strength of library staff, have been appended.

The library and information science students, teachers, practitioners and all those who are interested in libraries, may find this manual useful.

M. K. Jain is a veteran library scientist and former Director of the Planning Commission Library, Government of India, New Delhi. He has been actively associated with national and international library associations, and honoured with several awards.

Dr. Nirmal Jain is well known in the field of library and information science in North America. He taught Library Science and Philosophy courses at Acadia University, Canada, and has worked as a librarian in India, Canada and USA. He has published several research projects related to information delivery effectiveness, e-publishing, quality services and Internet related issues.
 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000240.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi CURRICULUM: YESTERDAY, TODAY AND TOMORROW (Hindi) HANSRAJ PAL, RAJENDRA PAL 817541300X(HB) 9788175413016(PB) 2006

x+260pp, 2009 imp

0.00 0.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000241.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT SATELLITE IN EDUCATION MADHU PARHAR 8175412674(HB) 9788175412682(PB) 2011

176pp, rev. ed.

150.00 495.00 Foreword Acknowledgements History of Satellite Committees, Policies and Plans Educational Broadcast: Television Interactive Television Educational Satellite: International Experiences Research in Educational Media Introduction to EDUSAT References and Bibliography Index

Knowledge in satellite based education are strewn all over the world including India. This book is the maiden effort in constructing a critical knowledge base on satellite based education by bringing together the bits and bytes of relevant knowledge. It covers history of satellite, policies and programmes on educational technology in general and satellite based education in particular, educational broadcast, interactive television, international experience, and research in educational media, and a brief introduction to EDUSAT .

Authored by a competent professional with years of experience in research in educational media, and open and distance education, this book is a unique contribution to the professional literature in this field. Students of educational media - teachers, researchers, educational policymakers, planners and managers - may benefit from this book.

Dr. Madhu Parhar, Reader in STRIDE in IGNOU, New Delhi, is a specialist researcher in educational technology and media. She has made significant contribution to the professional literature in this field. Her papers have appeared, among others in British Journal of Educational Technology, IJOL, Media and Technology for Human Resource Development, etc. Among her major contributions are Open and Distance Education, Indian Education: Development since Independence, Education India: The Next Millennium, etc.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000242.jpg
Literature and Linguistics WAR TALES AND OTHER STORIES ROMESH PANDEY 88175412801 2006 198pp 195.00 0.00 PrefaceThe DeserterPardonHot KakaIt is an OrderVeer JeeMilestone ZeroKing & the DevilClay GodSand DuneDecoration Piece The story-book is based on life experiences over a period of long service, three major wars and anti-insurgency. The stories are the reflections of events. Dangers and adversity bring out the starkest of truth and emotions, the relevance of which is everlasting and is capable of making joyous reading for many.



Romesh Pandey is a widely travelled Army Officer. He has working knowledge of many Indian languages and his favourite subject is ethology. All this is amply reflected in his writings. His published books are Short Stories from Uttranchal and a Novella - The Runaways. Another set of books ready to be published are, Terminal Years of Hill Kingdom and Short Stories from Uttranchal -II.
Pandey took to writing as a hobby in 1996 after the death of his wife. He retired in 1978 and lives lonely life in a simple dwelling at Dehradun.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000243.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science PANCHSHEEL RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT MAHAVIR SINGH(Ed.) 8175412925 2005 viii +152pp 0.00 395.00 ContributorsIntroductionRenewing Panchsheel for Ushering an Asian Century without WarsDevendra KaushikThe Relevance of Panchsheel in the Current International SituationVP DuttAssertion of National Sovereignty to CompradorismCP BhambhriChina-India: Peaceful Rise and Peaceful Coexistence in AsiaZhang GuihongPanchsheel-A Conceptual Profile of Security in AsiaRR SharmaPanchsheel and Strengthening Sino-Indian Relations in the Contemporary SituationK WarikooIndo-China and the World (1954-1958): Panchsheel comes into Conflict with Imperialist IntriguesV SuryanarayanFifty Years of Panchsheel and India-China RelationsSheel K AsopaChanging Chinese Perceptions of India: A Historical and Political PerspectiveSreemati ChakrabartiThe Significance of Panchsheel in China's Foreign Policy FrameworkMadhu BhallaIndex Panchsheel - the five principles of peaceful co-existence - caught the imagination of the people not only in Asia but the world when an intense ideological conflict was fanned through pursuit of the Cold War. Panchsheel is the light that leads nations 'through the engulfinging gloom' for euthanasia prone warring and mutually suspicious nations.

Scholars have made their contribution in this book, hailing Panchsheel as the updated version of 'Tamso-ma-jyotir gamya' - from darkness to light. It needs no testimonial. It is the time that United Nations Organization adopts it as the 'Preamble' of U.N.O.












Rs 395
US$ 20




Prof. Mahavir Singh is Director, Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. He has a number of publications to his credit and has also edited issues of MAKAIAS journal Asia Annual.





Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Institute of Asian Studies
Kolkata.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000244.jpg
Economics MID-YEAR REVIEW OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY 2005-2006 M.GOVINDA RAO 8175412976 2006 202pp 0.00 450.00 PrefaceList of TablesIntroductionMacroeconomic Dimensions and ProspectsFiscal Imbalances and Consolidation AttemptsTax System Reform in India: Achievements and ChallengesPublic Expenditure Policy: Trends and Reform IssuesRegional Policies, Resource Flows and Regional Equity in IndiaIn ConclusionReferencesComments on the Review by the DiscussantsAnnexure The mid-year review of the Indian economy for 2005-2006 presents the economic scenario with cautious optimism. The return to buoyant performance of the manufacturing sector, the continuing buoyancy of the services sector, the sharp increase in the savings rate and the creditable performance of exports present an optimistic picture of the Indian economy. Despite the severe fiscal imbalance, sharply increasing oil prices and a poor political climate for reforms, the economy has registered a growth of over 8 per cent in the first half of the current year.
The high performance of the economy consecutively for three years despite several constraints has given the impression that the economy has reached a higher growth trajectory. Such an assessment, however, would be premature and the review highlights several risks which have dragged the economy such as the continuing fiscal imbalance, infrastructure bottlenecks, perverse incentives and governance problems. Nevertheless, achieving 8 per cent growth during the Eleventh Plan is within the realm of feasibility, but that is possible only if the pace of reforms is accelerated. Restoration of fiscal balance, improving infrastructure, addressing labour laws, small scale industry dereservation, improving the efficiency of the financial sector, creating an enabling environment for investment and productivity increase in agriculture and addressing the problems of lagging regions are some of the measures needed for sustained high growth.
Dr. M. Govinda Rao is the Director, National Institute of Public Finance and Policy, New Delhi, India. He is also a Member, Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister. His past positions include Director, Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore (1998-2002) and Fellow, Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National University, Australia (1995-98).

Dr Govinda Rao has a number of additional advisory roles. These include, Member, International Advisory Panel on Governance, UNDP Regional Office, Chairman. Chairman, Expert Group on Taxation of Services (2000-01); Chairman, Technical Experts Committee on VAT. He is also a Member of the Taxation Policy Group in the Initiative for Policy Dialogue (led by Prof. Joseph Stiglitz).

Dr Rao's research interests include public finance and fiscal policy, fiscal federalism and state and local finance. He has published technical articles extensively in a number of reputed journals besides 12 books and monographs on various aspects of Public Finance. His recent books include, Political Economy of Federalism in India, Oxford University Press, 2005, Sustainable Fiscal Policy for India: An International Perspective (edited with Peter Heller), Oxford University Press, (2005) and Poverty, Development and Fiscal Policy, Oxford University Press, 2002 (Paperback, 2004).
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000245.jpg
Political Science MAULANA AZAD AND INDIAN POLITY SURENDER BHUTANI 8175412402 2006 148pp 0.00 495.00 Preface;Azad's Life; Secularism and Religion; Maulana's Mission: First Expression; Khilafat Movement and Gandhian Path; From Theory to Practice; Maulana's Dream Project for Nationalist Politics;In the forefront of National Politics; Tragedy and Triumph; Index Maulana Abul Kalam Azad was one of the three leading personalities that lead India to freedom. This book has presented his ideas which have made signal contribution to India becoming a sovereign, secular, democratic republic. Younger generations of India need to recall all these ideas to understand progress of the country.


















Prof. Surender Bhutani (b.1943) is working, at present, as Visiting Professor to the Polish Academy of Science, Warsaw. He was associated with the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, Arab Cultural Centre, New Delhi, Warsaw University and St Antony's College, Oxford. He has written seven books on the Arab World and then Soviet Union, apart from 60 research papers on different aspects of international politics. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000246.jpg
Literature and Linguistics QUIXOTIC ENCOUNTERS INDIAN RESPONSE TO THE KNIGHT FROM SPAIN SHYAMA PRASAD GANGULY(Ed) 8175413123 2006 xx + 162pp 0.00 600.00 Foreword: Rafael Conde de Saro(Ambassador of Spain)PrefaceContributorsThe Most Well Known Character in World LiteratureSunil GangopadhyayDon Quijote in the Oriental PerspectiveSusnigdha DeyReturning to QuixoteMeenakshi MukherjeeThe Natyashashtra and the Quixote on the Understanding of FictionPreeti PantThe Non-reception of Don Quijote in 19th Century Bengal: Literary Interrogations of Romance and NationalismKavita PanjabiEl Quijote in India: Some Transcultural ConsiderationsShyama Prasad GangulyReading Don Quixote through TranslationVibha MauryaMarathi Literature's Response to Cervates' Don Quixote: G.A. Kulkarni's YatrikRajendra DengleDon Quixote and the Bengali ReceptionUjjal Kumar MajumdarPunjabi Response to Don QuixoteTejwant Singh GillTamil Response to Cervantes and Don QuixoteG. SubramanianCervantes and the Religions of the MediterraneanMinni SawhneyEncounters with Don QuixoteDileep Jhaveri This book studies how the most widely known, translated and read novel in the world, Don Quijote, written in two parts in 1605 and 1615 by the Spanish writer Miguel de CERVANTES Saavedra, has been received in India. Although the masterpiece is well known amongst the educated in this country, there has never been an attempt to examine the nature of its popularity. Here, for the first time some very eminent writers and intellectuals have engaged themselves in offering their personal response as well as studying the immortal work's impact in the literatures of different languages in India. In that sense, this pioneering book is a welcome contribution to the extraordinary literature existing on the subject and its author worldwide. The book is not only a fitting tribute from India on the occasion of the completion of 400 years of the novel, so enthusiastically celebrated all over the world, but also fulfills the long felt need to provide a foundation for more systematic studies on the subject in this country, without ignoring the Indian component.

Rs 450
US$ 20
Professor S.P.Ganguly, has been engaged in teaching and research in Spanish and Latin American studies at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, for about three decades. Earlier he taught economics in two colleges at the University of Delhi for ten years. His interests range from Indo-Hispanic inter-cultural themes to Latin American economic and cultural processes. Author of a number of books and essays, his research on the reception of Tagore in Spain is considered a significant contribution. He has also worked on the theme of 'Dependencia' theory in Latin America. More recently he has coauthored two bilingual anthologies on Spanish and Latin American poetry. He is also closely associated with theatre.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000247.jpg
History/culture THE EARLY INDUS CIVILISATION HUNTING TO FARMING MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175412860 2006 120pp 0.00 295.00 PrefaceIntroductionA Long Dry SeasonThe Drying SummerThe Coming Hot SummerThe Sun StrokePlenty of Rain after the Hot SummerIt will RainThe Arrival of the RainsThe Fertilising WatersA Torrential Rain in the EveningThe Thunder and LightningThe Chilly WinterThe Wealth of NatureThe Harmful Aspects of NatureThe Weather ForecastThe Fire DiscoveredFire and WaterThe Indus WeaponryThe Snake BitesA Serpent-killer InventedThe Cow DomesticatedDomestication of HorsesThe Hoof of a Horse is DangerousFounding a VillageThe Perils of the Village LifeThe 'rags' of the Rustic DialectsThe WatchmanA Dog as a GuardThe Wheeled Carts InventedThe Flour - mill InventedFodder for the Domesticated CattleThe Man Builds His HouseThe Beginning of PotteryA Happy HomeThe Oil - lampThe Cattle - breedingThe Village- WellThe Agricultural StartedLavatory SystemStoring WatersThe Reservoir of WatersThe Perennial Waters from the MountainThe Soma- juiceTo Look Inward and to See with EyesThe Generation of LightThere is Life After DeathThe Vedic CarsaniAn Engineer : nisaraThe Transition of ThoughtAt Rbhus of the RVThe Vedic rata - and ratiThe Big Gap between the Indus and Vedic CultureA Dry Reservoir of WatersThe Origin of the Savitri - stanzaConclusion The Indus culture was the first human culture on the earth and, that is why, what has been presented to us through inscriptions is just its infancy. The inscriptions say that they had moved from hunting to farming. They founded villages and constructed houses. The useful animals had begun to be domesticated and the heaths were cleared off from harmful creatures for human habitation,.

The book highlights the evolution of human civilization. Readers and scholars may find the book useful.
Dr. Madhusudan Mishra (1933), M. A., Ph. D. is a former Dy. Director of Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, Delhi. He taught Sanskrit in Goenka College, Sitamarhi, Bihar and Frankfurt University, Germany. He knows all the stages of Indo-Aryan from Vedic to Hindi. He has authored eighteen books. His present interest is Indus language and civilization. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000248.jpg
Education,Science and Technology,Hindi BIOTECHNOLOGY GENES WRITE THE STORY(Hindi) MANOJ KUMAR PATERIA 817541281X(HB) 8175412828(PB) 2006 116 110.00 250.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000249.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT STORY OF EDUSAT MARMAR MUKHOPADHYAY 8175413107(HB) 9788175413115(PB) 2006

112pp, 2009 imp.

110.00 250.00 Preface Before EDUSAT Conceptualizing EDUSAT Developments So Far Major Issues Lessons for Management Appendices Space for Education: Progress in Partnership EDUSAT: All You Wanted to Know

EDUSAT is an important promise in the life of Indian nation. Conceptualized sometime in 2001 or earlier in ISRO, it surfaced in 2002 with the document Educating the Nation: the Need for a Dedicated Satellite, authorship credited to Prof. Mukhopadhyay.

EDUSAT was launched on 20th September, 2004, four months ahead of schedule. The ground network is yet to be ready, and hence utilization of EDUSAT is still an open question. The story is woven around precursors to EDUSAT, concept of EDUSAT, development so far, major issues, and lessons for management.

Author has been involved in designing satellite based education in the National Action Plan even before EDUSAT, and at all stages of development of EDUSAT. There is no better person who can authentically narrate the story of EDUSAT. It needs to be read to understand the complexity of technology, pedagogy, human dynamics and management.

Professor Marmar Mukhopadhyay, an eminent educational thinker, has written extensively in educational management, educational technology, and open and distance education. A few of his important contributions are Total Quality Management in Education, Leadership for Institution Building in Education, Optimizing Human Learning, Yearbooks of Educational Technology, Open Schooling: Selected Experiences, etc.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000250.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT LIFE SKILL EDUCATION AND CURRICULUM GRACIOUS THOMAS 8175412984(HB) 8175412534(PB) 2010

272pp, rev. ed.

170.00 950.00 Acknowledgements Preface A Profile of HIV/AIDS Role of Teachers in Life Skill Education Global and National Scenario Vulnerable Population State Efforts in HIV Prevention Strategies for Prevention and Control of HIV Curriculum for Life Skill Education Bibliography Appendices National AIDS Prevention and Control Policy National Blood Policy Glossary  

HIV/AIDS is not anything new to our young people. Over two decades of initiatives by world communities to contain the spread of the virus have not yielded encouraging results. The Indian Community has a rich value system. Any intervention to contain the spread of lifestyle diseases should be culture specific, academically sound and socially acceptable.

The book highlights the role of teachers and ToTs in imparting life skill education based on value system for the prevention and control of HIV/AIDS. Apart from evolving a viable plan of action, the author has also developed a curriculum that can be adapted by the education system in the country.

This volume will be of immense use to teachers, policy makers, NGOs, HIV and family counsellors and those involved in the fight against HIV/AIDS.

Professor Gracious Thomas is Director of the School of Continuing Education at IGNOU, New Delhi. He is pioneer in introducing HIV/AIDS, Family Life Education and Social Work in Indian higher education system through distance learning mode. Dr. Thomas is advisor to the Indian Parliamentary Forum on HIV/AIDS. He is also Consultor to the Pontifical Council for Health Pastoral Care at Vatican. He has over sixty books to his credit - twelve authored and the rest edited by him.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000251.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT QUALITY IN SCHOOL EDUCATION SECONDARY EDUCATION AND EDUCATION BOARD MANJU NARULA 9788175412743(HB) 9788175412750(PB) 2010

xvi + 176pp, 2010 imp.

160.00 395.00 Foreword Preface List of Tables and Figures Abbreviations Quality in School Education and Role of Education Board Introduction ; Curriculum Planning and Development ; Instructional Mechanism; Evaluation and Assessment; Methodology; Sampling; Data Collection ; Data Analysis; Chapterisation Perspective on Secondary School System Introduction; United States of America; Japan; England and Wales; Iceland; France; Germany; Sweden; Ethiopia; Lesotho; Swaziland; Zambia; Russian Federation; South Korea; Thailand; China; Conclusions Himachal Pradesh School Education Board HP Board of School Education; Role and Functions of the Board; Thrust Areas of the Board; Financial Administration; Funding Pattern; Interaction with the Board Officials; Recommendations Board of Secondary Education - Madhya Pradesh Organisational Structure of Board; Functions of the Board; Decentralisation; Functions; Subject Combination Allowed for XII Examination; Examination Framework; Financial Management; Interaction with the Board Officials School Education Boards in West Bengal West Bengal Board of Secondary Education; West Bengal Council of Higher Secondary Education; West Bengal Board of Madrasah Education; Major Functions of the Board; Committees; Education System; Courses and Programmes; Expansion of Madrasah Education; Rabindra Mukta Vidhalaya (State Open School), Kolkata Board of Secondary Education - Andhra Pradesh Organisational Set-up; Functions of the Board; Academic Functions; Steps Taken in Context of Erosion of Social, Moral and Spiritual Values; Instructional Techniques; Paper Setting; Examination Centres; Major Examination Reforms; Students Performance; Sources of Income; Examination Fees; Interaction with Board Officials; Text-books Updation; Introduction of Life Skills Education; Status of Computerisation; Coordination and Linkage with All Educational Departments; Computerisation of Examination Result; Sharing of Examination Results; Announcement of Results; Capacity Building Programmes for Experienced Principals; Capacity Building Programmes for Newly Recruited Teachers; Preparation of Modules; Orientation Materials for Parents, Community Members; Recommendations Quality Secondary Education for Global Competitiveness -Conclusions Comparative Scenario of Secondary Education in Four States; Medium of Instruction; Decentralisation; Headquarters of Boards; Status and Composition of the Board; Function of the Board; Inspection of Schools; Curriculum Development; Vocational Education; Examination; Re-evaluation/Revaluation Facility; Supplementary Examination; Composite Curriculum; Pattern of Question Paper; Multi-Set Question Paper Method; Paper Setter; Non-detention system; Grace Marks; Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation; Number of Chances Given for Clearing a Public Examination; Checking Unfair Means in Examinations; Financial Management; Information Technology Courses; Journal Published; Computerisation of Examination Results; Declaration of Results; Research Wing; Merit List; Conclusions; Recommendations Bibliography Index  

Over the years, the Boards of Secondary Education have undergone a process of functional change from being examination Boards to Secondary Education Boards and finally to Boards of School Education. This has resulted in many modifications in the working of the Boards. Even then, the Boards are facing many challenges.

The main challenge before the Boards are that there is a constant threat of knowledge getting obsolete day by day, on the other the requirement for updating the existing facilities remains a financial challenge. The Boards need to widen the sphere of their operations and increasingly support schools in undertaking innovative activities and in offering high quality education. They need to adopt several measures, for instance, concerning academic guidance and supervision, preparation of quality teaching-learning material, adoption of progressive modes of evaluating students' performance, training of teachers, principals and other personnel, and evaluation of the performance of schools affiliated to them. In addition, revolutionary advancements in communications technology have broken the national boundaries. As a consequence, globalization has created several avenues and possibilities for educational sector. Therefore, there is exigency to see how Boards of Secondary Education are prepared for facing these challenges. The Boards must think constantly about the ways and means to absorb the changes.

The present book deals with role of Boards in managing change and quality of Secondary Education in four states of India, i.e., Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, West Bengal and Andhra Pradesh.

Manju Narula, Ph. D. in Education, is working in NIEPA. She has been trained in educational planning and management from International Institute of Educational Planning, Paris. She is specialized in organizational issues in educational management, especially the multi-dimensional issue of institutional effectiveness. She has authored/edited four books and published several research papers and book chapters on critical issues of school education as well as of higher education.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000252.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT GLOBALISATION, EDUCATION AND OPEN DISTANCE LEARNING P.R. RAMANUJAM(Ed) 9788175412729(HB) 9788175412736(PB) 2009

x +254 pp, 2009 imp.

180.00 650.00 Preface Introduction Open Distance Learning in India: A Brief History PR Ramanujam Open Distance Education in the Anglophone Caribbean Badri N Koul Open Distance Learning in Africa CR Pillai Open Distance Learning, Development and the Commonwealth John S Daniel Higher Education Through E-Learning Global Challenges Gajaraj Dhanarajan Visions of Learner Autonomy Otto Peters Quality Assurance in ODL: From Cottage Industry into the Main Stream Fred Lockwood Learning from, in and with Technology Sanjaya Mishra Internet Browsing Through Community Radio I Arul Aram The Will to Learn: Tutor's Role Paul Kawachi A Successful ODL Accounting Course Danny SN Wong & Theodore TY Chen Technology, Pedagogy, and Quality in Open Distance Learning PR Ramanujam Contributors Index  

Globalisation has affected every aspect of the modern world .Education is one of the fields that have been constantly undergoing drastic changes under its impact. With the increasing use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT), Education and Open Distance Learning have become truly global. The impact of the process of educational globalization has been varied in the different regions of the globe. In this book educational leaders and experts have contributed to the ongoing debate. They have presented their views and perspectives based on international experiences. The primary concerns of the contributors are equity, equality and quality educational services to be offered to learners of different age groups with different cultural and academic orientations across the continents of Asia, Africa, Europe and the Caribbean region.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000253.jpg
Literature and Linguistics A SANTHALI GRAMMAR MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175412852 2006 86pp 0.00 495.00 PrefaceIntroductionThe Sounds of SanthaliThe Relationship of WordsThe Verbal FormsParticiplesDerivative VerbsAn Outline of SyntaxAppedicesAn outline of the Grammar of Bihari Dialects, Hindi and Tamil Santhali is one of the Bihari dialects, but it, has been wrongly classed as the Austric language.

This grammar is based on the actually spoken sentences of the Santhal people recorded by P. B. Bodding in his Santhal dictionary. The students, researchers and scholars having interest in languages may find this book useful.
Dr. Madhusudan Mishra (1933), M. A., Ph. D. is a former Dy. Director of Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, Delhi. He taught Sanskrit in Goenka College, Sitamarhi, Bihar and Frankfurt University, Germany. He knows all the stages of Indo-Aryan from Vedic to Hindi. He has authored eighteen books. His present interest is Indus language and civilization. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000254.jpg
Economics,History/culture,Diaspora Studies KERALITES ON THE MOVE K.V. JOSEPH 817541278X 2006 180 0.00 550.00 Preface;List of Tables;Introduction; Beginning of the Process of Migration;Migration to foreign Lands; Trends in Internal Migration since 1920; Profile of the Migrants; Malayalee Sattlers in other Parts of India; Summary & Conclusion; Bibliography; Index Malayalees, the inhabitants of Kerala, who could make a name for themselves since they started to stir out of their village moorings from the closing decades of nineteenth century, can in a sense be called a globalised community by virtue of their presence in almost all parts of the world.

The book, a pioneering study on the migratory movements of Keralites, gives a vivid account of the process of migration of Keralites from the very beginning with an array of facts and figures collected from divergent sources. The presentation of outward migration of Keralites within the framework of migration in India makes the book all the more attractive.

The book will be a valuable source of information not only to the hundreds of thousands of Malayalees but also to the academics and the readers alike from far and wide.
K.V. Joseph, formerly Professor of Economics, St. Xavier's College, Thumba, Trivandrum and the author of Economics of Film Industry in India, Migration and Economic Development of Kerala, Economics of Indian Cinema and Culture and Industrial Development: The Indian Experience, is a scholar of repute with a large number of research publications to his credit. Winner of the prestigious Raja Sir Ramaswamy Medal from the University of Madras, Dr. Joseph is currently doing research on Economics of Culture Industry with Reference to Television in India. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000255.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION OF THE GIFTED SUNITA SHARMA 9788175412958(HB) 9788175412965(PB) 2010 192 pp, 2010 imp. 160.00 550.00 PrefaceIntelligence and Problem Solving IntelligenceDescription and SignificanceLatest Theories of IntelligencePerkins' ModelSternberg's Triarchich Theory of IntelligenceTheory of Multiple IntelligencesEmotional IntelligenceProblem SolvingGiftednessNature and SignificanceTypesTerminologyMyths About Gifted ChildrenTerman's StudyCriticism of Terman's studyCharacteristics of the GiftedPersonal and SocialPhysicalFamily Background and Socio-Economic StatusPsychologicalAdjustmentEducationalGifted UnderachieversIdentificationCriteriaEducating the GiftedHistorical PerspectiveAccelerationThe Enrichment Triad ModelThe Revolving Door Identification ModelMajor Components of the Schoolwide Enrichment ModelProduct Development ModelAutonomous Learner ModelFeldhusen and Kolloff's Three-Stage ModelIndian ScenarioNational Talent Search SchemeNational Talent Promotion SchemeJawahar Navodaya VidyalayasObjectivesParentingBibliographyIndex Gifted children are the victims of the ills of our education system. They are not identified at the right stage which helps in killing their potential. The book emphasizes on the concept of giftedness, their characteristics, identification procedure and teaching strategies. Besides, efforts for nurturing the talent have also been discussed. This book is intended to help policy planners, teachers, educationists, school administrators and parents. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000256.jpg
History/culture,Political Science,Economics GANDHI AND AMBEDKAR; A STUDY IN CONTRAST 2nd Impression RAMASHRAY ROY 9788175418455(HB) 9788175418462(PB) 2016

256pp

295.00 800.00 Preface Introduction Strategies of Transformation Chemistry of Confrontation Ambedkar's World Ambedkar's Ideals Revisited Gandhi's Ideas about Man and His World World-Views at WarThe Dalit Movement: Rift in the Legacy Overview Bibliography

The book represents a radical departure from the genre of writings that deal with thought and works of M. K. Gandhi and B. R. Ambedkar, either singly or in a comparative framework, in a discursive manner or historically and chronologically. These two extremely important personalities left a deep and indelible imprint on the content and direction of Indian politics. However, these writings rarely delve deeper to identify the factors and forces that made them so central to politics in India at a crucial historical juncture and yet so apart.

The merit of the book lies in its exploration and exposition of the deeper factors and forces that entered into the formation of their basic philosophy on life and, emanating from it, their political activities. It traces the basic differences in the worldview, belief structure, and their perspectives on man and his world; it demonstrates how this fundamental difference made for their differential approach to the problem of untouchability, in particular, and other pragmatic aspects of man's existence, in general.










 

Prof. Ramashray Roy is an eminent political philosopher. He worked as a Senior Fellow and Director of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. He was also the Director of the Indian Council of Social Science Research, New Delhi as well as its National Fellow and Fellow of the Indian Institute of Advance Study, Shimla.

Prof. Roy believes in breaking the artificial boundary around social science disciplines and projecting a holistic view on social and political problems. He has published more than two dozen books and over fifty articles in national and international journals. His publications include Dalit, Development and Democracy; Politics and Society; Politics and Beyond; Samskaras in India Tradition and Culture, Democracy in India: Form and Substance (SHIPRA). He is currently engaged in an interdisciplinary research focusing on the relationship between economics, democracy and, the state

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/GANDHI_AND_AMBEDKAR.jpg
Literature and Linguistics TWENTIETH CENTURY TELUGU POETRY SYAMALA KALLURY 8175412933 2006 200pp 0.00 600.00 The book aims at fulfilling the long felt need of translating Telugu poetry into English, covering all the important trends that Telugu poetry witnessed during the last century. Poets in Andhra region have always marched along with the times and have written on issues relating to human behaviour and survival. This collection makes a modest effort to bring the talent of the poets of this region to the national mainstream.
The human concerns and questions that challenged our troubled world in this era of globalization was very much the concern of the poets writing today. Aimed at providing a useful reference tool for researchers, it is also hoped that this will provide the necessary basis for the comparative study of literatures produced in India.
Poetry in India has a loyal readership thogh not a wide one. This book, the originals published in Telugu under the title Chaitanya Dehali by NBT (2002), is a tribute to the lovers of poetry who kept up their interest, thereby keeping this genre alive for posterity, against all odds.
Dr. Syamala Kallury teaches English at Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi. A bilingual writer and translator, she won Katha Award for translation in 1988 and the prestigious Jyeshtha Literary Award for Translation in 2001.
Her writings include Symbolism in the Poetry of Sri Aurobindo,(1988) Bhava Vihangalu, a translation of Tagore's Stray Birds (1988), a Telugu poetry collection Chaitanya Dehali (2002)and Telugu Short Stories: Women's Writing: An Inner Voyage (1930-2000).Swagathalu, her poetry anthology in Telugu is currently under publication.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000258.jpg
Library and Information Services,Literature and Linguistics,History/culture THE UR-SANSKRIT MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175412844 2006 66pp 0.00 195.00 Preface; Introduction; The Origin of the Ur-Sanskrit; Isolating Stage; Agglutinative Stage; Inflexional Stage; The Later Languages; Appendices For more than a hundred years, the Sanskrit language has been erroneously associated with her hypothetical parents.

This book discovers the real parents of Sanskrit in the ruins of her own parental house, buried for millenniums but still breathing, now also able to give a first-hand account of themselves. It is the story of how a human being began speaking in human voice.
Dr. Madhusudan Mishra (1933), M. A., Ph. D. is a former Dy. Director of Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, Delhi. He taught Sanskrit in Goenka College, Sitamarhi, Bihar and Frankfurt University, Germany. He knows all the stages of Indo-Aryan from Vedic to Hindi. He has authored eighteen books. His present interest is Indus language and civilization. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000259.jpg
Library and Information Services,Literature and Linguistics,Hindi A HISTORICAL VEDIC GRAMMAR(Hindi) MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175413093 2006 128pp 0.00 495.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000260.jpg
Library and Information Services,Literature and Linguistics A SANSKRIT GRAMMAR FOR BEGINNERS (Hindi) MADHUSUDAN MISHRA 8175413085(PB) 2006 88 pp, 2014 reprint 95.00 0.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000261.jpg
North East EARLY HOMO SAPIENS AND THEIR MIGRATION CH. BUDHI SINGH 8183640095 2005

120pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE THE EARLY HOMO SAPIENS SENOIS AND SEKOIS NEGROIDS AND AUSTRALOIDS FRISIANS AND MONGOLOIDS MEDITERRANEANS NORDIC AND ARYANS TURKS DRAVADIANS PALEO SIBERIAN AND NEO SIBERIAN BULGARIANS ENDNOTES INDEX

The book is a narrative on early Homo Sapiens. This anthropological study explores the migration of Homo Sapiens - Aryans, Nordic, Turks, Dravadians, , Senios, Sekois, Negroids, Australoids, Frisians, Paleo Siberians, Neo Siberians etc. Scholars and students of Anthropology and Ancient history may find the book useful.

 

Ch. Budhi Singh is a former Professor from the Department of Anthropology, Manipur University, Imphal. He was a Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000262.jpg
North East ETHNO-NARRATIVES IDENTITY AND EXPERIENCE IN NORTH EAST INDIA SUKALPA BHATTACHARYA, RAJESH DEV(Ed) 8183640109 2006

208pp

0.00 650.00 PREFACE CONTRIBUTORS INTRODUCTION: IDENTITY AND EXPERIENCE IN NORTH EAST INDIA ETHNO NARRATIVES GENDER AND POWER: WOMEN-CENTRED NARRATIVES FROM A-NAGA FOLKLORE-TEMSULA AO THE SIGNIFYING DIMENSIONS OF THE FOLK: A STUDY OF KA TIEW LARUN - ESTHER SYIEM DESCENT OF THE SEVEN HUTS: FOLK NARRATIVE AS STRUCTURE OF THE KHASI PNAR CONSCIOUSNESS - ABHIJIT CHOUDHURY CONSTRUCTION OF ETHNIC NARRATICES RESISTANCE IN VERSE - SAJAL NAG NARRATIVES CLAIMS AND IDENTITY IMPASSE: THE EXPERIENCES OF THE NOWHERE PEOPLE - RAJESH DEV WISDOM AND REASON: DECOLONIZING ETHNOGRAPHY IN NORTH EAST INDIA - PRASENJIT BISWAS IDENTITY AND EXPERIENCE REPRESENTATION OF GENDER: MARGINALITY IN THE VISUAL NARRATIVE OF M.H. BARBHUYAN - MOUSHUMI KANDALI THE FAILED NARRATIVES OF NORTH EAST INDIA: SUJATA MIRI'S THE BROKEN CIRCLE - ZILKIA JANER SYLHETI NARRATIVES: MEMORY TO IDENTITY - SUKALPA BHATTACHARJEE NEGOTIATING FRONTIER SPACES: NARRATIVES AND THE IDEA OF A GOALPARIA IDENTITY - SANGHAMITRA MISRA MYTHS, TRADITION AND IDENTITY: WOMEN IN KHASI MATRILINY - PATRICIA MUKHIM  

The specific ethno-narratives of various communities of North East India with a wide range of themes; starting from the construction of identities through folk and ethno-narratives to political and historical structuring of ethnic identities have been contributed by scholars, known both for their erudition and commitment, in this volume. Most of the articles have drawn upon a methodology of insiders and participant perspective in order to portray the experiential aspects of claims of community and identity. The book may be of the interest to those interested in the subject and in the North East India.



 

Dr. Sukalpa Bhattacharjee teaches English at North Eastern Hill University, Shillong. She has lectured in various Universities of Europe and Asia. She has authored, Post-Colonial Literature: Essays on Gender, Theory and Genres and is one of the Editor-Contributor for Human Rights and Insurgency: The North-East India and contributed to Anthologies on Multi Ethnic Literatures of United States (MELUS), Literary Theory, Cultural Studies and journals on Postcolonial Studies.

Dr. Rajesh Dev teaches Political Science at Womens College, Shillong and is also currently visiting faculty at the Department of Law, North Eastern Hill University, Shillong. He has contributed essays to edited volumes and journals of repute and is a regular contributor to regional and national dailies

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000263.jpg
North East BANGLADESHI IMMIGRANTS IN MEGHALAYA SENGJRANG N. SANGMA 8183640001 2005

124pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE INTRODUCTION LAND AND THE PEOPLE RELIEF OPERATION CROSS BORDER MOVEMENT-CAUSES REHABILITATION AND RECLAMATION THE IMPACTS OF THE CROSS BORDER MOVEMENT APPENDIX BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX

The problem of Bangladeshi immigrants has adversely impacted on socio-economic and political conditions in India.
The book focuses on unauthorized human movement from Bangladesh to Garo Hills, Meghalya in 1964 and then in 1971. Causes for migration, Relief camps, rehabilitation and reclamation of displaced persons from across the border, and impact of these immigrants on the region are discussed and analysed.
The book may be found useful by the policy makers and scholars having interest in the region.


 

Segjrang N. Sangma is a Lecturer in Williamnagar College, Department of Garo, East Garo Hills, Meghalaya. He was a Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000264.jpg
North East ASSAM-BHUTAN TRADE RELATIONS: 1865-1949 SMRITI DAS 8183640044 2005

110pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE INTRODUCTION ASSAM-BHUTAN AND COLONIAL RULE SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT CONCLUSION BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX

The book traces the history and character of mutual trade relations between Assam and Bhutan since the centuries long Ahom rule. It reveals that after 1865, during the colonial rule, Assam's local industry and crafts suffered due to unhealthy practices of British companies to promote their foreign made goods.

It discusses the strategic importance of the several Duars - the only gateways, travel, trade, social and political relations and the socio-economic impact.

The book may be a useful for all having interest in the subject.

 

Smriti Das is associated with Regional Institute Journalism and Mass Communi-cation, Handi Girls College, Guwahati, Assam and was a Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000265.jpg
North East THE GARO TRIBAL RELIGION BELIEFS AND PRACTICES PAULINUS R. MARAK 8183640028 2005

126pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE, ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, INTRODUCTION NATURE OF THE GARO TRIBAL RELIGION GARO DEITIES AND THEIR POWER AND FUNCTION THE GARO PRIEST (KAMAL) AND THE CHIEF (NOKMA) RELIGIOUS CEREMONIES IN CONNECTION WITH JHUMING RELIGIOUS CONTENT IN FUNERAL CEREMONY LIFE AFTER DEATH CONCLUSION BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX

The book deals with the origin and migration of the Garos consisting of different tribal groups settled in Garo hills, their ancient animistic religious beliefs and practices, numerous deities, which control their life and must be appeased with rituals, ceremonies and animal sacrifices to ensure welfare of the tribe. They believe in life after death and perform intricate funeral ceremonies. Though majority of them have converted to Christianity yet many old festivals and cultural practices are retained.

Paulinus R Marak is Lecturer in Department of Philosophy, Don Bosco College, Tura, West Garo Hills, Meghalaya. He was A Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000266.jpg
North East RESERVATION POLICY AND OBC MOVEMENT IN ASSAM TROILUKYA GOGOI 818364001X 2005

120pp

0.00 495.00 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, ABBREVIATION, INTRODUCTION, RESERVATION POLICY IN RETROSPECT, GROWTH OF ALL ASSAM OBC ASSOCATION: THE MOVEMENT ONE, INTEREST ARTICULATION AND POLITICAL MOBILIZATION: THE MOVEMENT TWO, ECONOMIC CONDITION LINKED RESERVATION POLICY: CONCLUSION, BIBLIOGRAPHY, INDEX

The book deals with the issue of under-representation of the socio-economically deprived and backward castes and classes in the spheres of education, employment, administration, commerce and political institutions and the resultant policies of the Government to appoint commissions to identify the various categories of such people, their recommendations and policies adopted by the Governments for reservations for them in these areas in proportion to their respective shares in the population. It deals with the build up specifically of organizations of Other Backward Classes and political mobilization of the people in the region since Independence in the struggle for their interest.
 

Troilukya Gogoi is teaching in the Department of Political Science, Dibrugarh University, Dibrugarh Assam. He was a Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000267.jpg
Sociology,History/culture,North East TRADITIONAL RELIGIOUS SYSTEMS OF THE RENGMA NAGAS KENILO KATH 8183640036 2005

148pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE ORIGIN, MIGRATION AND DISPERSAL ANCESTOR RELIGION ANIMAL HUNTING BIRTH AND DEATH CEREMONIES MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE MEDICINE MAN FEAST OF MERIT FESTIVAL: NGADA OR AKHU FESTIVAL FOLK TALES REFERENCES INDEX

The book deals with the origin and migration of Rengma Nagas, the tribes, now settled in the North-East region of India, their ancestral animistic religious beliefs, faiths and ceremonies, social, economic and cultural practices, feasts which continue to be practiced by the community. It also includes some folk tales.

Kenilo Kath is Research Fellow of the Department of History and Archeology, Nagaland University, Kohima, Nagaland and was a Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000269.jpg
North East STUDENTS' POLITICS IN ASSAM MONUJ PHUKAN 8183640060 2005

112pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE, INTRODUCTION, ATASU: GENESIS AND DEVELOPMENT ATASU: DECLARED OBJECTIVES AND ORGANISATION STRUCTURE ATASU: MOVEMENT FOR INTEREST ARTICULATION AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT CONCLUSION BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000270.jpg
North East INDIGENOUS INDUSTRIES OF ASSAM RETROSPECT AND PROSPECT PRIYAM GOSWAMI 8183640052 2005

144pp

0.00 495.00 PREFACE, INTRODUCTION SECTION I: HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OF INDIGENOUS INDUSTRIES OF ASSAM SILK, COTTON, HANDLOOM INDUSTRY, RHEA AND JUTE, LAC, GOLD WASHING AND JEWELLERY MAKING, METAL WORK, TIMBER, POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE, BONES-TUSKS-HORNS-HIDES AND FURS, BAMBOO AND CANE, MASKS DOMESTIC ECONOMY-A VIEW SECTION II: PROSPECTS OF INDIGENOUS INDUSTRIES SERICULTURE, HANDLOOM AND TEXTILE INDUSTRY, CANE AND BAMBOO, HORTICULTURE, FLORICULTURE, MASKS, MISCELLANEOUS, RESOURCE MOBILISATION, CONCLUSION INDEX

The book provides a historical background of the indigenous crafts and industries of the region and discusses the prospects of sericulture, handloom, cane and bamboo, horticulture, floriculture, masks industries in national and international market. It not only analyses the causes of stagnation but also suggest probable remedies.
The book may be useful for policy makers and students of management & economics.
 

Prof. Priyam Goswami is Head of the Department of History, Gauhati University, Guwahati, Assam and was a Fellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000271.jpg
North East ENVIRONMENTAL HISTORY OF NAGA HILLS 1881-1947 PUSHPANJOLI DEORI 8183640079 2005

140pp

0.00 495.00 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INTRODUCTION NAGAS AND FOREST BEFORE COLONIZATION EVOLUTION OF COLONIAL DISCOURSE ON DEFORESTATION AND CLIMATIC CHANGE COLONIAL CONSERVATIONISM: SHIFTING CULTIVATION AND SOIL EROSION CONSTITUTION OF STATE FORESTS IN ASSAM CONCLUSION APPENDICES BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX

The issues of the environmental history of Naga Hills including physical nature of the region, the terrain, soil and climate, natural vegetation and relationship of the forest and the Nagas.

The effective administration in this region was introduced only in 1881. Development of colonial discourses about nature's risk and the control of natural resources; and indigenous responses to the changing patterns of environmental control under colonialism are critically examined. The book also reveals the motive and role of colonial state behind steps taken for conservation and forest regulations.

 

Pushpanjoli Deori is associated with Department of Historic & Archeology, Nagaland University, Kohima, Nagaland and was Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000272.jpg
Political Science LAND AND CASTE POLITICS IN BIHAR R.K. BARIK 8175413050(HB) 8175413174(PB) 2006

xiv + 234

0.00 1100.00 Preface List of Tables Abbreviations 1.Economy and Society in Bihar 2.Peasant Movements in Bihar: 1930-1947 3.Zamindars in Bihar Politics 4.Tenancy Reforms Act: The First Congress Government: 1937-1939 5.Land Reform Act 6.Agarian Policy of the Congress After 1957 7.Caste Politics in Bihar The Rise of Dalits Glossary Index

The book looks Bihar politics from a different angle. Land and caste are two critical elements in politics. The book keeps a historical narrative to explain the dynamics of politics in Bihar. By 1930s Bihar had seen a militant kisan politics, which impinged the Congress Party. With the support of the Kisan Sabha the Congress party comes to power but removed the Kisan Sabha from the party. This helped the landlords to be aggressive in politics.

The politics of Bihar took a distinctive style after Independence. The weak Congress could not pursue land reforms. Who are responsible for sabotaging such a major policy? This, the failure of land reforms, has vitiated Bihar politics. Both caste and class play a decisive role in the present day politics of Bihar. Is casteism an urban phenomenon in the state? Who are responsible to spread casteism? The book tries to explain the logic of caste politics in Bihar.

The book may be useful for policy makers, research scholars and students of political science and modern history.

Dr. Radhakantab Barik did his M. A. and M. Phil from Jawaharlal Nehru University in political science. He did Ph. D. from Delhi University from Department of Political Science. He taught in Punjab University, Delhi University and was a fellow at Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi. Presently he teaches at Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi.

Dr. Barik has published a large number of articles on politics, history, culture in various academic journals. He is a regular writer in the national newspapers and has authored a book on Politics of the JP Movement, which got a critical acclaim in various journals.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000273.jpg
History/culture THE EXPLORATION OF URI SECTOR KASHMIR VALLEY F.A. LONE 8175412224 2005

192pp

0.00 450.00 Foreword Preface Acknowledgement List of Tables List of Maps List of Photographs Introduction Uri in History Village Description Wild Life in Uri Forest Wealth of Uri Sector Geology, Soil and Mineral Wealth Flora of Uri Sector Herbal Wealth and Health Care Herbalists of Uri Sector Agro Horticultural Scenario Important Shrines Tourist and Mountaineering Spots Scope for the Development of Industrial Sector in Uri

The book is based on exhaustive exploration of Uri sector that constitutes one of the important border areas of the Kashmir valley. It covers the description of the region and its socio-cultural diversity.

A detailed account of the historical importance of Uri sector, its forest wealth, wild life, mineral resources, herbalists, herbal wealth and health care, phyto-diversity and agro-horticultural scenario constitute the capital theme of the book.

The book also documents the valuable information of some Muslim, Hindu and Sikh shrines of the area. The tables and maps given lucidly reveal the location of some exemplary magnificent scenic spots and mountaineering sites. The author suggests some novel ideas for the scope of eco-friendly industrial development.

The book may be useful to all, interested in the region of Kashmir Valley.

Dr. F. A. Lone is M. Sc. (Gold Medalist) and Ph.D from Aligarh University, Aligarh. Presently, he is Asstt. Professor cum Jr. Scientist in the Divison of Environmental Sciences, Shere-Kashmir University of Agriculture, Science and Technology, Srinagar.

Dr. Lone is an active member of several scientific organizations in India and has published many research papers in reputed journals.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000274.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT CURRICULUM AND METHODS OF TEACHING H.S. SRIVASTAVA 9788175415560(HB) 9788175415577(PB) 2014

xii+332, reprint edition

250.00 1250.00 Preface PART I OUNDATIONS OF TEACHING AND LEARNING Education for the Twenty First Century (UNESCO Report-Learning the Treasure Within) From the Local Community to A World Society From Social Cohesion to Democratic Participation From Economic Growth to Human Development The Four Cornerstones of Education Life-long Education From Basic Education to University Teachers in Search of New Perspectives Choices for Education: The Political Factor The Perspectives of Indian Education The Change The Changed Purpose of Education New Directions in the Content of Education Curriculum Transaction Learning Materials and Aids Evaluation of Student Growth Globalisation of Indian Education Let Us Continue To Be Givers National Goals Aims of Education The Theory and Principles of Learning A Macro Overview Principles of Learning Motivation in Learning Maturation and Learning Conditioned Learning Trial and Error Insightful Learning Learning by Imitation Remembering and Forgetting Transfer of Training Optimising Learning Curriculum: The Foundation of Teaching and Learning Introduction Basic Considerations Derivation and Statement of Objectives CAP Classification of Educational Objectives Pupil Growth Identification of the Courses of Study Developing Curriculum for the Different Courses Developing Curriculum Materials Developing Evaluation Procedures and Materials Curriculum Implementation Curriculum Evaluation Conclusion Theoretical Paradigms of Educational Objectives The Purpose of Objectives A Snag in the Classification of Objective The Eight-year Study Model Taxonomy of Educational Objectives Objectives of the Cognitive Domain (Blooms Model) Objectives of the Affective Domain-Krathwohls Model Objectives of the Psycho-motor Domain (Daves Model) Interrelationship of Different Domains of Objectives The Authors Contribution to the Taxonomies The Practical Dimensions of Educational Objectives The Sources of Educational Objectives The Levels of Educational Objectives The Statements of Educational Objectives The Definition of Objectives Managing Student Groups Characteristics of Student Groups Desired Characteristics of Teachers The Responsibility of the Institution Maintaining Discipline Rewards and Punishments Mock Parliaments and Courts Conclusion Enriched Teaching for Improved Learning The Fundamental Foundation Principles of Objective-Based Instruction Methods of Teaching Planning Enriched Objective-based Instruction Nature and Purpose of Instructional Material A Suggestive Format of a Teaching Unit Conclusion Objective-based Instruction Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation Historical Overview Dimensions of the Scheme Operational Strategy Salient Features of the Scheme Evaluating Growth in Co-Scholastic Areas Assessment in Scholastic Areas Assessment of Health Status Format of a CCE Certificate Preparing Questions of Different Forms Characteristics of Good Questions Forms of Objective-Based Questions Preparing Long Answer or Essay Type Questions Preparing Short Answer Type Questions Preparing Very Short Answer Type Questions Preparing Objective Type (Multiple Choice) Questions Setting Balanced Question Papers and Unit Tests The Backdrop Shortcomings of Traditional Question Papers and their Remediation Steps of the Action Plan Methods of Grading Pupil Performance Emergence of the IDEA of Grading in India Why Grading? Grading and Concept of Pass and Fail and Award of Divisions Methods of Awarding Grades Grading in School Situations Evaluating Teaching Effectiveness The Need Scope of Evaluation of Educational Practices Purpose of Evaluating Educational Practices Procedure of Evaluating Educational Practices PREP Index and its Derivation Use of Evaluation Data Conclusion Methodology of Evaluating Educational Practices (Graphical Presentation of steps) PART II TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING Some Conventional Teaching Techniques Introduction The Lecture Method The Discussion Method Demonstration Observation Problem-Solving Method The Herbartian Steps The Project Method The Laboratory Method Programmed Instruction Assignments and Work at Home Educational Aids (Supporting Teaching Material) Edgar Dales Cone of Experience Educational Field Trips and Excursions Exhibitions Some Unconventional Approaches to Teaching and Learning Emancipation from Formal Education Think-Tank Sessions Seminars Panel Discussions Symposium Library Research Photo Language Session Surveys Participatory/Group/Team Learning Action Research PART III TEACHING OF SPECIFIC SUBJECTS Teaching of the First Language The Genesis of the First Language Instructional Objectives of First Language and their Specifications Approaches to the Teaching of First Language Teaching of the Second Language The Significant Significance of Second Language Objectives of Teaching the Second Language Teaching of Second Language Teaching of Mathematics Place of Mathematics in School Curriculum Objectives of Teaching Mathematics at the Elementary Stage Instructional Objectives of Mathematics at the Secondary and Senior Secondary Stages (Class IX and XII) Methods of Teaching Mathematics at Different Stages Senior Secondary Stage Teaching of Environmental Studies Concept of Environmental Studies Content of Environmental Studies Objectives of Teaching Environmental Studies Objectives of Environmental Studies Methods of Teaching Environmental Studies Evaluation in Environmental Studies Teaching of Social Studies Place of Social Sciences in the School Curriculum The Concept of Social Studies Objectives of Teaching Social Studies Methods of Teaching Social Studies Teaching of History The Genesis of History Instructional Objectives of History Methods of Teaching History Teaching of Geography The Concept and Scope of Geography History of Geography Instructional Objectives of Geography Methods of Teaching Geography Teaching of Civics/Citizenship Education The Nature of Civics The Spectrum of Courses in Civics Instructional Objective of Civics Methods of Teaching Civics Practical Activities as the Soul of Civics Teaching Teaching of Economics The Importance of Economics Instructional Objectives of Economics Methods of Teaching Economics Teaching of Integrated Science The Nature and Scope of Integrated Science Nature and Characteristics of Science Correlational and Exact Sciences Concept and Place of Science and Technology in School Curriculum Methods of Teaching Integrated Science at Different Stages Teaching of Physics The Concept of Physics Instructional Objectives of Physics Methods of Teaching Physics Teaching of Chemistry The Concept of Chemistry Instructional Objectives of Chemistry The Focus in the Teaching of Chemistry Methods of Teaching Chemistry Teaching of Biology The Nature of Biology Instructional Objectives of Biology Methods of Teaching Biology The Focal Points in Teaching of Biology Realising the Objectives of Teaching Biology Ensuring Effective Communication of Subject-Matter Use Appropriate Illustrations Appropriately Teaching of Home Science The Scope of Home Science Instructional Objectives of Home Science Methods of Teaching Home Science Teaching of Art Art in Life and in Education Instructional Objectives of Drawing and Painting Methods of Art Education Teaching of Computer Science Instructional Objectives of Computer Science An Illustrative Outline of a Course on Computer Education and Information Technology for the Secondary Stage Methods of Teaching Computer Science Using Questions for Teaching Introduction Some Examples Methods of Teaching at the Senior Secondary Stage National Curriculum Framework National Curriculum Framework Instructional Strategies at the Senior Secondary Stage References Index  

Curriculum and Methods of Teaching has teachers and teacher educators as its main target groups, and all of them are likely to find it a dependable and a faithful armpit companion.
The fundamental concepts covered in Section I lay the foundation, for the theory and practice of teaching and learning, Section II, attempts to supplement the conventional methods of teaching with unconventional strategies and Section III, focuses on approaches for consolidation and internalisation of learning in different subjects. These are aimed at the realisation of the targets of pupil growth in the Cognitive, Affective and Psycho-motor sectors of personality.
As a bold attempt at translating theories into practice and imparting concrete shape to nebulous abstractions, the book paves the way for gratifying success of all its clients.

 

Prof. H.S. Srivastava is a living educational luminary who as a student of Dr. Benjamin S. Bloom carries his stamp and legacy.
Working in the areas of Curriculum, Evaluation and Talent Search, as Head of the Department and Dean at NCERT, he has made valuable contributions both nationally and internationally, witnessing his ideas implemented in his own lifetime.
He has been a UNESCO consultant at IIEP Paris and at UIE, Hamburg and a Professor at IDS, Brighton and University of Shanghai, Shanghai.
Prof. Srivastava is the author of numerous books and monographs. Some main of these are Examination Reforms in India (UNESCO, Paris 1979); Challenges in Educational Evaluation (Vikas, New Delhi 1989), Examination Manual (S. Chand, 2000); Manual for Schools (S. Chand 2002).
Prof. Srivastava has also been decorated by the Government of France with the title of 'Chevalier dans I'Ordre Palmes Acedemiques which is the French equivalent of the British Knighthood Sir.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000275.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATIONAL VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING PRINCIPLES, TECHNIQUES AND PROGRAMMES RASHMI AGRAWAL 9788175413061(HB) 9788175413078(PB) 2017

x+284pp, rev. ed.

250.00 995.00 Educational Vocational Guidance and Counselling Preface List of Tables and Figures Guidance-The Concept and Objectives What is Guidance? Need for Guidance Objectives of Guidance Principles of Guidance Scope of Guidance Guidance and Education Foundations of Guidance Sociological Foundation Economic Foundation Psychological Bases of Guidance Philosophical Bases of Guidance Types of Guidance Educational Guidance Vocational Guidance Personal and Social Guidance Objectives Types of Problems of Students Functions of the Guidance Worker How to Identify Problems Essential Guidance Services Orientation Services Pupil Information Services Educational and Occupational Guidance Services Group Guidance Services Counselling Services Support Services Placement Services Follow up Services Evaluation Services Group Guidance Group Guidance Objectives Advantages of Group Guidance Planning a Group Guidance Programme Scope of Group Guidance Programme Techniques of Group Guidance Individual Guidance (Counselling) Objectives Features of Counselling Approaches to Counselling Counselling and Psychotherapy Importance of Interview in Counselling How to Conduct Interviews in Counselling Guidance and Conselling-The Distinction Career Information Specific Need for the Information Objectives of Career Information Sources of Information How to Evaluate the Information What Information should be Collected by a Guidance Worker? Classification of Information Preparation/Dissemination of Information Type of Career Literature Available Testing and Non-testing Techniques of Guidance Testing Techniques (Psychological Tests) Objectives of Using Psychological Tests in a Guidance Programme Classification of Tests Characteristics of a Good Test Statistical Concepts Uses of Psychological Tests Types of Tests Non-Testing Techniques of Guidance Career Education Models Emergence of Career Education Objectives Principles of Career Education Career Education Models Comparison of British and American Models Limitations of the Models Guidance Services in India National Level Programmes State Level District Level Institutional Level Guidance Programme in the Schools Various Levels of Education Information Needs Guidance at Elementary School Level Guidance at Middle and Secondary Level Guidance at Senior Secondary Level Role and Functions of Counsellor Characteristics of a Counsellor Establishment of Career Resource Center The Budget for Guidance Features of a Good Guidance Programme Resources for Guidance and their Role in a Guidance Programme An Action Plan Time Scheduling Career Choice and Vocational Development Trait and Factor Theories Developmental Theories Chance Theories Other Theories Importance of Choosing a Career Factors Influencing Choice of Careers Mistakes in Choosing a Career Job Analysis and Survey Job Analysis Survey Method Guidance for Women The Indian Scene Objectives of Guidance for Women How to Organise Guidance for Women Guidance for Children with Special Needs lTypes of Children with Special Needs lSome Major Problems of Disabled lHow to Identify Children with Special Needs lRole of Guidance Worker Evaluation of Guidance Programme How to Collect Information The Evaluation Technique Some Success Indicators Who Should do the Evaluation? Employment and Skill Scenario in India The Existing System of Skill Development Problems in the Existing Training System What is Needed Self-employment Promotion Characteristics of Self-employment Traits Required Barriers to Self-employment Promotion How to Overcome Barriers Steps in Self-employment Promotion Some Emerging Areas in Rural Sector Some Emerging Areas in Urban Sector Annexure I : Agencies Dealing with Psychological Tests II : Agencies Publishing/Dealing with Career Literature III : Websites Information Bibliography Index

The book covers a wide spectrum of topics relating to counselling and guidance - concepts, principles and types of guidance and counselling, career information and its importance, psychological tests, non-testing techniques of guidance, resources needed to make the guidance a success, successful models of guidance, and so on. The subject is treated not purely from a theoretical perspective but also with a practical orientation. Examples provide insights into various facets of the subject and guidelines to those who want to be practitioners in the field.

It also includes material on emerging fields of employment, importance of self-employment, skill development in changing labour markets, specific problems of women in relation to education and employment - that would prove useful for a practicing counsellor.

Teachers, those who have to guide and counsel their students in matters relating to education, careers and personal problems, may find the book useful. The book provides answer to the questions like what to do in guidance, why and how to do?




 

Dr. Rashmi Agrawal (b. 1956) is a Ph.D. in Psychology from Lucknow University. She did P.G. Diploma in Guidance and Counselling from NCERT, New Delhi and later specialized in rehabilitation and counselling from the University of California, USA.

Dr. Agrawal has a long experience of working as Guidance Counsellor in various schools of Delhi and as a practicing Psychologist in the Aptitude Testing Center attached to University of Delhi.

She has been deeply interested in social issues and has done research work independently of her official assignments. She authored three books relating to Drug Abuse, Street Children and Gender Issues, and has published/presented a number of technical papers.

She has held various positions in Government of India and is presently working as Chief and Head of the Gender and Child Studies Unit and also Training Unit of the Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Planning Commission, New Delhi.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000276.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT TEACHING LEARNING BASICS OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA JAHANGIR KHAN 8175413034(HB) 8175413042(PB) 2011

152pp, rev. ed.

140.00 450.00 Preface Evolution and Growth of the Electronic Media Television News The Language of Audio-Visual Communication Camera Techniques Scripting for Television Interviews Camera Images Lighting Sound The Edit Suite Glossary

Television has its own specific language. It creates fictional and non-fictional stories. For a television programme, a story starts with a script but it has to be turned into moving images and sounds in order to make sense to the audience.

There are more than 100 TV channels not only to entertain audience but to keep them update in their spheres of interest. And 'News' is the world's largest and fastest selling 'product'.

The present book provides a comprehensive picture of script writing, TV news/interview, light used for shooting and editing of the news story and documentary. The book may be useful for media, TV professionals and students of mass communication

 

Prof. Jahangir Khan currently teaches at Amity University. He is a former Director (Media and Mass Communication) of JIMS Delhi. Prof. Khan has also been associated with BITV (TVI) and TV Today.
 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/electronic_media.jpg
Economics,Political Science COMMUNAL VIOLENCE A SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY OF GUJARAT V KANNUPILLAI 8175413026(HB) 8175413263(PB) 2006 208pp 195.00 650.00 Preface1.Democracy, Religion and Religious Conflicts2.Communal Violence3.Communal Brutality-2002 Gujarat Riots4.Scheme of Study5.Process of Communal Violence, Social Problems and Behaviour6.Recurrent Communal Violence, Insecurity and Harassment7.Police and Communal Violence8.Causes of Communal Violence9.Prejudice and Inter-Distance Relations10.Strategy to Control Communal ViolenceAnnexure: The Communal Violence (Prevention, Control and 184 Rehabilitation of Victims) Bill, 2005 (Some Excerpts)BibliographyIndex India is multi-cultural state with large number of Muslims. In the recent past communal violence has been frequent. The state puts down violence by crushing it by police, paramilitary forces and army. But it is necessary to understand and critically examine various causes of social violence and adopt successful strategy to curb such violence.

The present volume is an attempt towards this direction. It is a unique strikingly quantitative sociological research on communal violence with special reference to Gujarat. Casual repression, without analyzing critically causes of ferociousness, results into further turmoil, constantly concerning lives of innocent people. The data received from more than twelve hundred respondents and with the aid of information technology, the entire course of communal violence is examined point by point in the book. Policy makers, research scholars and students of sociology and political science may find the book useful.
Dr. V. Kannupillai, after Post graduation in Economics from Madras University, has served as a member of India Police Service since 1963 and was allotted Gujarat State. He served as Superintendent of Police in communal sensitive districts of Godhra, Junagadh, Rajkot and Bharuch; as Additional Commissioner of Police, Ahmedabad city during 1986 communal violence; and as Deputy Inspector General of Police, Ahmedabad Range during 1987-1988 communal riots. He took M.B.A. and received Ph.D. from Gujarat University.

He has contributed many articles at All India Police Science Congress and was guest faculty at National Police Academy and the other Police Training Institutes. Dr. Kannupillai has to his credit two books An Introduction to Caste System and Politics in Tamilnadu and Hinduism Varna and Caste.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000278.jpg
Political Science SONIA IN POWER UPA GOVERNMENT: 2004-06 C.P. BHAMBHRI 817541328X 2006 viii+276pp 0.00 900.00 Preface1. Introduction2.Sonias Congress and Manmohans UPA Government Sonia: Miles to Go; Whither sonia congress; Sonia must intervene; Manmohans Active Voice; A Prescription for the Doctor; Do We Have a Prime Minister? Officially the Weakest? Congress Search for Direction; Politics of Continuity; In The DNA of UPA; Make India A Strong and Egalitarian Nation; The Relevance of Indira Gandhi; Party of Gate-Crashers; More and More of the Same; Need to practice secularism in letter and spirit; Discordant Orchestra; Congress on tight red leash3.Supporting Parties, Left and Politics Party of Poopers: Political Adventurists; Towards An Alternative; Chasing A Chimera? Coalition and Confusion; Point of Departure; Politics of Tired Front; Hammer and Tongs: Left Means Business; Red Sunrise, Saffron Sunset; Squabbling Secularists; An Inherently Weak Coalition ; Friends at the Centre, Foes in the States: ASSEMBLY ELECTIONS; Caution: Left Hand Drive; A Meaningful Verdict4.Bharatiya Janata Party, Hindutva and Allied Parties What Is The BJPs Political Future? Keep Religion Private; Priests and Politics; Hindutva vs. Secularism; NDAs Same-Side Goal; Why the Parivar Hates Nehru; Historically False Definition; The BJP is Hardly Eligible for the Moral High Ground; Riots and Wrongs; Secularise State Apparatus; RSS is the Only Reality; Whither BJP]5.Caste Politics and Reservation Reservation and Casteism; Limits of Caste Politics; Left and Caste Politics; UPs Caste Cauldron is Boiling; Whither Caste Politics; Not Minorityism but Just Enrichment; The Divide and Rule Game Goes On 6.Political Parties and Issues before the Nation Explosive and Burning; Callousness towards Naxalism; Restructuring Bureaucracy; Revolution and Crime: Agrarian Discontent; Elections, Parties and Democracy; Is The EC Always Right? Party Behaviour and Misbehaviour; Independents Day: Show Them The Door; Seven Sisters Parliament; Federalism at Crossroads; Federation and Coalition; Ties of Convenience; The Tug of War in Bihar; A Judgement Misunderstood; Politics Alone Can Tackle Naxalism; An Uncaring Society; Towards Soap-Box Politics; Democracy Disgraced; Banish Illiteracy; Governance and Accountability; Into and Already Stuck; Secularism: Zig Zag Process; The National as Local7.The Foreign Policy of India and US192 Kerry, by George: Vote for Civilised World; Tread with Caution in Bushland; Outsiders are Meddling; Enter, 'King George-II; Scaling Down the Summit; Rice Menu not Nice for India; Between the Lines: Journey for Peace; Six Tete-A-Tetes or A Dialogue of Seven? For Love of Uncle Sam; Bandung to Jakarta; Americas Kiss of Death; Symbols of National Power; The US is Best Avoided; Age of Silent Consensus; Nuclear India Immobilised; Iraq, America and Natwar; Probe Ram Naiks "Business" Delegation Too; Letting America Call the Shots; A Nation Divided on Foreign Policy; A Surrender of Sovereignty; Bush has 'Left us in a Tizzy; Imperialist Truths ; India and the United States; Mortgaging Indias Sovereignty; India-US Strategic Relations 8.India, Pakistan and Kashmir261 Engage Pakistan Seriously; Take Musharraf Seriousl; Shedding Kashmir Fixation; Valley of ContradictionsIndex The author has discussed and analysed complex problems faced by the United Progressive Alliance government at the Centre. Sonia Gandhi-led Congress party has not only managed a coalition government at the Centre, it has also been engaged in tackling complex domestic and foreign policy issues while in government. It is an analytical-cum-evaluative study of UPA-in-Government around the issues of party politics, centre-state relations, domestic and foreign policies.
Professor C. P. Bhambhri currently 'Distiguished Scholar' of Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to McGill University, Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University, Tanzania. He is a prolific writer who has published in international and national academic professional Journals and has also intervened through newspapers articles. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000279.jpg
Political Science,Human Rights CRITICAL READINGS IN HUMAN RIGHTS AND PEACE RAM NARAYAN KUMAR, SONIA MULLER-RAPPARD(SAFHR) 8175413247 2006 xviii + 326pp 0.00 995.00 ForewordPrefaceIntroductionBasic Concepts of Human Rights, Society and the StateCitizenship: Its Hierarchies, Ambivalences and ExclusionsConflicts and the Politics of Peace in South AsiaThe War on Terror and the Challenges to Democracy and Human Rights from the Emergent World OrderOf Nations and StatesRights-Based Approach to DevelopmentGlobalization and Human RightsThe Issues of Conflict in NepalConflicts of History and Humanism in South AsiaUniversal Rights, Cultural Sensitivity, and Engagement with ReligionThe Human Rights Discourse: Flaws, Weaknesses and ProblemsThe War on Terror, Islam and Wahabi FundamentalismIndexContributors Talking and teaching human rights and peace not only require strong convictions but also the capacity to question and verify their logical foundations as well as their potential to prevail over the equations of power within the world of reality.

It is a book that mingles zeal for social transformation with a critical intellectual rigour that is resolute in interrogating the philosophical foundations of human rights; their political histories and their future under the new challenges attending on the emergent world-order.

The implications of the pedagogical method the book follows are, indeed, far reaching. Students of Human Rights, research scholars and policy makers may find the book useful.
























ISBN: 81-7541-324-7
Ram Narayan Kumar, Director of the South Asian Orientation Course in Human Rights and Peace Studies, SAFHR, has been involved with human rights, democracy and peace issues since 1975 when he was imprisoned for 19 months for his vocal opposition to Emergency (June 1975 to March 1977). Kumar has authored several books on human rights, conflict and peace issues.

Sonia Muller-Rappard is a jurist currently with the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Nepal Office. She did her LLM at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, and has since worked with Partners for Law in Development in Delhi, the European Commission in Brussels and with SAFHR's HRPS programme.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000280.jpg
North East ADIVASIS AND THE CULTURE OF ASSAM HARKA BAHADUR CHHETRI 8183640087 2005 156pp 0.00 495.00 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT,INTRODUCTION,ADIVASIS IN ASSAM,TRADITIONAL BELIEFS AND OUTLOOKVILLAGE LIFE AND THE TEA-GARDEN LIFELITERARY WORLDMIXED CULTURE OF INDIADEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMESBIBLIOGRAPHYINDEX The study covers the historical identity of Adivasis (Santhals) since pre-historic period and their role in forming the composite culture of Assam. It discusses the literary and cultural aspects development of the Santhals.

The book may be found useful by researchers and students in the area.


Dr. Harka Bahadur Chhetri is associated with Department of Hindi, Bongaigaon College, Bongaigaon, Assam and was Fellow of the Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000281.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ECOLOGICAL SECURITY THE FOUNDATION OF SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT SAMAR SINGH(ED) 8175413212(HB) 8175413441(PB) 2007

xiv+210 pp

160.00 495.00 Preface     Introduction         Ecological Security,Issues and Challenges         Amrita Patel         Faiths and Ecological Security         Karan Singh         Dimensions of Ecological Security         L.M. Singhvi         Governance for Ecological Security         Ashok Khosla         Policy and Planning for Ecological Security         Shekhar Singh         Gender and Ecological Security         Vandana Shiva         Livelihoods and Ecological Security         N.C. Saxena         Lifestyles and Ecological Security         R. Rajamani         The Earth Charter and Ecological Security         Kamla Chowdhry         Human Rights and Ecological Security         J.S. Verma         Globalization and Ecological Security         Jairam Ramesh         Ecological Security: Backbone of National Food Security         M. S. Swaminathan         Political Process and Ecological Security         Najma Heptulla         Education and Ecological Security         Erach Bharucha         Institutional Framework for Ecological Security         Dilip K. Biswas         Natural Resource Management and Ecological Security         P.S. Ramakrishnan         Media for Ecological Security         N. Bhaskara Rao         Accounting for Ecological Security         R.K. Pachauri         Contributors    

The basis and raison d'être of the concept of Ecological Security lies in the linking of two substantive words 'ecology' and 'security', connoting an ecological condition in safe-keeping, firmly fastened and guaranteed against minimum loss or damage. Ecology is the science concerned with the relationships among and between organisms and all aspects-living as well as non-living-of their environment. Security stands for that which is safe, sure and guaranteed.

This volume contains papers based on in-depth studies by eminent persons on different aspects of a wide ranging, complex and contemporary subject. The book is an essential reading for all those who are concerned about securing a firm and sound foundation for sustainable development.

Samar Singh was a member of the Indian Administrative Service (1962-2000). He held several senior positions in Madhya Pradesh, his cadre state, and with the Government of India, where he worked first in the Ministry of Agriculture and then in the Ministry of Environment & Forests. Thereafter, for seven years, he was on deputation as the Secretary-General of the World Wide Fund for Nature-India (WWF-India), the country's largest conservation NGO, and retired in June 2000 at the level of Secretary to the Government of India.

A recipient of the 'Order of the Golden Ark', an international award for exceptional work done in the field of nature conservation, he has authored many books, among which are Conserving India's Natural Heritage (1987), World Charter for Nature (2000), Religion and Conservation (2000) and Maintenance of Public Order (2004).

Presently, he is the President of WPA-India, the Samarpan Foundation and the Tourism & Wildlife Society of India and is associated with several other conservation bodies, including the Foundation for Ecological Security.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000283.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT SCHOOL MANAGEMENT S. GUPTA, J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175413450 (HB) 9788175413467 (PB) 2013

221+x, 2010 imp.

150.00 650.00 Preface Section I School Management: Concept, Characteristics and Scope Meaning of the Concept of School Management; Characteristics of School Management; Origin and Meaning of School Management; Objectives of School Management; Main Functions of School Management; Scope of School Management: 5 Ms; School Management Process; Influencing Efficient School Management; Flexibility and Not Rigidity in School Management: Management Good Servant but a Bad Master; Changing Concept of School Management: Factors Affecting School Management ; and Democratic School Management; Chief characteristics of a Well Manage School; Principles of Effective and Inspirational School Management; Administration, Management and Organisation Management Approaches and Decision Making Approaches to Management; Manpower Approach; Cost Benefit Approach or Rate of Return Approach;Social Demand Approach; Social Justice Approach; Decision Making; Significance of Decision-Making; Types of Decisions; Types of Administrative Behaviour Decisions; Decision-Making Process;Four-Stage Process of Decision-Making; Factors and Problems in Decision-Making; Competencies and Skills Needed in Decision-Making Physical Infrastructure of the School Effective Physical Infrastructure of the School; Meaning of Physical Infrastructure of the School; Availability, Adequacy and Utilisation of Infrastructure; Principles of Managing Physical Infrastructure; General Principles of Designing School Building; Scientific Planning of Schools; Selection of School Site or Place; Area Requirements: Space for the School; Types f Building Design of a School; Class room Equipment/Infrastructure; Management of Space; Problems of School Buildings and Recommendations of Commissions and Committees; School Building andPlaygrounds as per H.P. Education Code School Library, Laboratories, Playground and Hostel Importance of the School Library: Hub and Centre of Intellectual and Literary Life; Organisation of a Good Library: Role of the Librarian; Central or Class Library; Subject Libraries; Encouraging Students to Make the Best Use of School Library; School Laboratory; The Playground as the Uncovered School; School Hostel Section II School Head: Qualities and Duties Supreme Position: As the Head, So is the School; Multiple Roles, Responsibilities and Relationships of the Head of the School; Important Management Roles; What is the Head Like?; Qualities of the Head as per Himachal Pradesh Education Code; Duties of the Head of School as Per Himachal Pradesh Education Code; Role of the Head in Planning, Monitoring, Supervision and Evaluation; Role of the Head in Monitoring; Role of the Head in Supervision; Role of the Head in Monitoring and Supervision; Role of the Head in Evaluation; Delegation of Authority and Accountability; Accountability in School Education: Importance, Need and Meaning; Meaning and Definition of Accountability; Dimensions of Accountability; Methods Used for Assessing Accountability; Issues Involved in Accountability; Broad Parameters Determining Accountability of an Institution; Tools and Techniques Used The Teacher Teaching as a Profession; Characteristics of the Teaching Profession; Professional Trait of a Teacher; Significant Trait Attached With Each Letter of the Word Teacher; Roles of the Teacher; Instructional Input; Teacher as a Manager and Facilitator of Instruction; Teacher as a Counsellor; Teacher as a Community Leader Class room Management Meaning and Concept of Class room Management; Significance of Class-room Management; Four-Fold Process of Class-room Management; Influencing Factors of Class-room Management; Techniques of Class-room Management; Teaching Skills; Class Discipline: Code of Behaviour; Effective Group Dynamics; Various Ways of Codifying Student’s Behaviour: Acceptable Students Behaviour An Overview of Teachers Roles, Functions and Status: Views of Eminent Thinkers Great Thinkers on the Significant role and status of the teacher; A Few Epithets about Teachers; Responsibilities of the Teachers as per H.P. Code (2001) Section III Educational Administration in the State of Himachal Pradesh Introduction; Educational Administrative Structure of a State; Pyramid Structure of Educational Administration and Management; Broad Pattern of the Administration Setup of the State Department of Education; Acts and Codes Providing Legal Foundation to the Organisation, Administration and Management of Education in Himachal Pradesh; Number of Educational Institutes in the State of Himachal Pradesh (2003-2004); Expansion of School Education (Schools) in Himachal Pradesh (1993 and 2002); Structure of Education in Himachal Pradesh; Organisational Set-up of Education Department of Himachal Pradesh; Himachal Pradesh Education Code; Himachal Pradesh State Board of School Education; Functions of the Himachal Pradesh Board of Education; Recommendations for Strengthening the Functioning of the Board Co-Curricular Activities Concept of Co-curricular Activities; Principles of Organising Co-curricular Activities; Role of a Teacher in Co-curricular Activities; Description of Various Co-curricular Activities; Student Participation and Student Self-Government Section IV School Time Table Concept of School Time-Table; Types or Forms of a School Time-table; Principle of School Time-table Construction; Problems in the Construction of the Time-table; Tyranny of the School Time-table and Modern Protests: Flexibility of Time-table; Role of the Teacher and the Time-table; Time-table and Allied Matters as Specified in the Himachal Education Code School Records and Registers Indispensability of School Records; Need of School Records; Need of School Records for the School, Class-room Teachers and Pupils; Maintenance and Essential Requisites of School Records; Mode of Keeping Records; Broad Classification or Type of School Records; Description of Some Important School Registers and Records; Cumulative Records; Contents of the Cumulative Record Card; Characteristics of a Cumulative Record; Admission and Withdrawal Register; Stock of Non-consumable Articles; Accounts and Financial Records; Miscellaneous Records; Records and Registers as Prescribed by the Himachal Education Code; Specimen of School Records Supervision and Inspection Nomenclature of the word Supervisor, Education Officer, Inspector, Adviser and Consultant; Concept of Supervision; Characteristics of Supervision; Types of Supervision and Inspection; Epithets Given to School Inspection; Scope of Supervision: Contents of Supervision and Inspection; Scope of Supervisory Activities; Changing Concepts of Supervision and Inspection; Aims and Objectives of Supervision; Defects in the Present System of Supervision and Inspection; An Interesting Account of an Inspectors Traditional Visit: Shortcomings in the Inspection; Supervisory or Inspection Staff; Inspection Report: Norms of Inspection; Supervision Report; Steps in Supervision; Inspection of Middle Schools, by Heads of Complex Schools; Guidelines for Supervisors; Purposes of Observation or Class-room Visitation; Principles and Procedures of Observation; Supervisory Procedures and Guidance: Role of the Supervisor; Check List for Evaluation and Supervision of Instruction Revamping Supervision and Inspection Defects in the Present Supervision and Inspection; Suggestions for Improving Supervisory Practices; Concluding Remarks; Human Relations and Principles of Supervision and Inspection; Principles of Good Inspection/Supervision; Qualities of a Supervisor/Inspector

The book covers a wide range of issues and themes relating to the management and supervision of educational institutions. It highlights the significance of the observations made by the Kothari Commission that 'The destiny of India is now being shaped in her classrooms'. Accordingly it analyses the role of the Heads Teachers Administrators and Supervisors in training the students in the 'Art of Living' harmoniously and developing ideals and values needed in 'an enlightened citizen' of a democratic and secular State. The book may be useful for pre and in service teachers.

S Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University Delhi and has been associated with teaching for the last twenty years. She has widely travelled and participated in several school programmes. She has authored a book entitled Education in Emerging India and co-authored two books with Sh. J C Aggarwal.

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks Delhi Administration Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher principal plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He also taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He is widely travelled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000284.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ELEMENTARY GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING RASHMI AGRAWAL 8175413395 (HB) 8175413340(PB) 2015(re-run)

viii+191pp, rev. ed.

140.00 650.00 Preface     Guidance: The concept and need         What is Guidance?         Need for Guidance         Objectives of Guidance         Principles of Guidance         Scope of Guidance         Guidance and Education         Guidance and Counselling         Areas Requiring Guidance at Primary Level         Educational Guidance         Vocational Guidance         Personal and Social Guidance         Types of Problems of Students         Functions of the Guidance Worker         How to Identify Problems         Group Guidance: Concept and Techniques         Group         Group Guidance         Individual Guidance (Counselling) Concept and Technique         Objectives         Features of Counselling         Approaches to Counselling         Counselling and Psychotherapy         Specific Skills Required in Counselling         Importance of Interview in Counselling         How to Conduct Interviews in Counselling         Testing and Non-testing Techniques of Guidance         Testing Techniques (Psychological Tests)         Objectives of Using Psychological Tests in a Guidance Programme         Classification of Tests         Characteristics of a Good Test         Non-Testing Techniques of Guidance         Guidance of Children with Special Needs         Types of Children with Special Needs         Some Major Problems of Disabled         How to Identify Children with Special Needs         Role of Guidance Worker         Role of Teacher in Dealing with Children with Special Needs         Curriculum Adjustment and Adaptation         Components of Curriculum Adaptation         Classroom Management         Teaching Strategies         Guidance Services in School         Orientation Services         Pupil Information Services         Inventory Services         Educational and Occupational Guidance Services         Group Guidance Services         Counselling Services         Support Services         Placement Services         Follow-up Services         Maintenance of Records         Records Needed         Role of Counsellor in Schools         Characteristics of a Counsellor         Establishment of Career Resource Center by Counsellor         The Budget for Guidance to be Prepared by Counsellor         Planning of a Good Guidance Programme by Counsellor         Resources a Guidance Counsellor must know         Practical Work         Annexure I : Websites Information    

This book is intended as a theoretical and practical guide to deal with the educational, personal, and social and other adjustment problems of children in school. The book is helpful for teachers, parents, counsellors, students and others, who are interested in knowing about the concepts, approaches, procedures, and techniques of guidance and counselling. This book is extremely useful for self- learning.

Rashmi Agrawal has done Ph.d in Psychology from Lucknow University and specialisation in Guidance and Counselling from India and U.S.A.
She is Chief & Head of Gender and Child Studies and Training Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Delhi

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000285.jpg
Political Science,General PURSUING IDEALISM THROUGH CIVIL SERVICE MEMORIES OF AN ADMINISTRATOR AND A TRAINER P.R. DUBHASHI 8175412917(HB) 8175413298(PB) 2007 vi + 314pp 295.00 700.00 1. Prologue2. Choice of the Administrative Career3. Training at Metcalfe House: Grooming of an Administrator4. Joining the Cadre - Practical Training at Banglore5. Subdivision Officer - Davangere - My First Charge: Igniting the Spark of Community Development6. SDO Pandavpura (1957-58): Giving Relief to Tenants 7. Deputy commissioner, Raichur 1958-59 - administering a backward, droughtprone area8. Deputy Development commissioner and Director (Youth): Combining Sacreteriat Work and Field Supervision9. Brief Interlude at Mussorie10. At London School of Economics (1962-63)11. New Delhi - In the Central Ministry (1963-65)12. Founding Director, Vaikunth Mehta National Institute of Cooperative Management (1967-71)13. Secretary to Government of Karnataka: Dealing with Mountain of Files and Many Ministers14. Administrator, Malaprabha and Ghataprabha Project (1971-72)15. Divisional Commissioner Belgaum (1974-77)16. Joint Secretary in the Department of Cooperation (1977-78)17. Establishment Officer (1978-80)18. Additional Secretary, Ministry of Agriculture (1980-81)19. Director, IIPA20. Secretary (Coordination) Cabinet Secretariat (1986-88)21. Epilogue

The book is a rich treasure of
administrative experience relating to a whole range of development programmes taken up in
the early years of post-independent India. The successive chapters of the book dealing
with different assignments are administrative case studies, which are as interesting as
they are instructive. Successful implementation of development programmes has many
dimensions – programme planning, organization building, coordination between
different agencies, human resource development etc. But even more important than these
technical aspects are the character of administration and attitudes, which the civil
servants bring to bear on their work. Is administration people-oriented? Do the civil
servants have a sense of dedication and idealism? If these were missing, the goals of good
governance would remain elusive. The book hopefully may provide the needed corrective to
governance. All those who are interested in better administrative performance would find
the book valuable.



 



A


About the Author



Dr. P. R. Dubhashi had his career in the
Indian Administrative Service over a span of thirty-five years. He has been an
administrator with a difference. In addition to administrative assignments at all levels,
he has headed four national institutions of training and research and has been a
Vice-Chancellor of Goa University. He has authored several articles and books, which have
been well reviewed. He has also served as Chairman or Member of several expert committees.
He has visited several countries of the world and has served as a consultant to
international agencies on development projects in different Asian countries.


SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000287.jpg
Education,Sociology,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION CHILD LABOUR AND NGOs PRACHI SHIRUR, SRINIVAS SHIRUR 9788175413474(HB) 9788175413481(PB) 2007 x+ 200 pp, 2010 imp. 160.00 550.00 Child Labour: Nature of the Problem, Towards an Understanding of Non-Governmental OrganisationsNon-Governmental Organisations in IndiaEducational and Other Strategies of Non-Governmental Organisations Bandhua Mukti Morcha: A Case StudyNGO-Salaam Baalak Trust: Shelter and EducationRestoring Child Rights: Summary and Recommendations The problem of child labour is not new and much more needs to be done to abolish child labour. Education is an essential tool to not only eradicate child labour but also ensure better childhood of these tiny working hands. In this effort grass root NGOs can play a pivotal role. Many NGOs like Bandhua Mukti Morcha Salam Balak Trust etc are not only rescuing the working children and providing shelter to them but are also looking after their educational needs. The book focuses on the problem of child labour with case study methodology and suggests the measures to deal with the problem. Policy makers researchers and students of economics sociology and education may find the book useful.

Dr. Prachi Shirur did her post graduation from Delhi School of Economics and Ph.D from Jawaharlal Nehru University New Delhi. She is presently a member of senior editorial staff of CSDMS. She has also worked in CARE as research manager. She has done Research Projects on Child Labour and Empowerment of Women in both governmental and non-governmental organizations. She has contributed articles on social and current issues in various publications and authored a book entitled Child Labour: A Sociological Study.
Dr. Srinivas Shirur is a faculty in IILM Delhi and is also looking after its Ph.D programme in collaboration with Jamia Hamdard University. He has earned his Ph.D from Dept. of Business Studies Jamia Millia Islamia New Delhi. He has done his M.A (Economics) from Osmania University and MBA in finance from Punjab Technical University. He was awarded JRF by UGC to pursue his doctorate. He has taught in Institutes like FORE GGSIP University and Jamia Millia Islamia. Dr. Srinivas Shirur has written four books on topics relating to Strategy and Economics. Around 30 of his articles have been published in reputed journals. He has presented five papers in national and international level conferences.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000290.jpg
Sociology ECOLOGY AND HUMAN WELL-BEING NATURE AND SOCIETY IN HIMACHAL PRADESH RAGHUBIR SINGH PIRTA 8175413549(HB) 2007 xii+196pp 0.00 495.00 PrefaceLife and its Support SystemEcology and SustainabilityWater Forest and LandDiversity of ViewsEvolution of CooperationNative WisdomInstitution of DeityFuture AgendaAppendix 1:Moratorium on Commercial Felling of Trees in the HimalayasAppendix 2:Declaration of the Save Himalaya MovementAppendix 3:National Parks and Sanctuaries inHimachal PradeshAppendix 4:List of Some of the Plants Eaten by the Rhesus Monkey (R) and Hanuman Langur (L) inHimachal Pradesh Ecology needs contributions from a number of scholarly fields. Following an inter-disciplinary approach the book raises global and local issues about the great challenge that humanity faces - to combine the marginal society's needs for survival and security. Human well-being lies in the cognitive revolution where ecology and culture co-evolve.
In this lucidly written book one encounters the fundamental evolutionary dilemma: the emergence of cooperative relationships in a fierce competitive scenario. And to resolve it the book argues on the biological and cultural evolution of cooperation drawing evidence from the social structures of monkeys men and deities. It fashions an integrative view of human well-being where material and non-material coalesces.
The book denies negative relationship of poverty and environment not as social chauvinism but for singular materialistic notions of human well-being. Though Himachal Pradesh is a model of social harmony and development for the other Himalayan states there is an apprehension that the gigantic interventions may cause disruptions in these socio-cultural processes. For evolutionary psychologists and biologists the volume is a rich source of novel hypotheses; it may also serve a useful reference book for all the social scientists pursuing environmental issues.

Prof. Raghubir Singh Pirta teaches psychology at the Himachal Pradesh University Shimla. Soon after his college education at Dehra Dun he began ethological studies on the social life of monkeys in various parts of India where he had first hand encounters with the grassroots social issues involving man and animal.
The theoretical understanding of Dr. Pirta refined in several brief sojourns to the Center for Ecological Sciences I.I.Sc. Bangalore however it is with the Chipko activists in the Himalayas that he imbibed the deep humane spirit about nature. These wide-ranging experiences make him feel at home with the grassroots and global issues.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000291.jpg
Education,Sociology,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ETHNO-PEDAGOGY EDUCATION OF TRIBES, TEACHERS' TRAINING AND JUXTAPOSITION OF STATUS RAJARSHI ROY (ED.) 8175413182(HB) 9788175413191(PB) 2007 xii+251pp, 2009 imp. 160.00 495.00 PrefaceIntroductionPART ITribe Teacher and EducationEducation of the Tribes: A GlimpseEducational Research: An Anthropological ApproachResearch Trends in Tribal EducationMethod to Study the Teachers from Tribal DenominationPART IIStatus of Tribe Teachers Empirical Observations Profession Experience and Job Satisfaction Education Training and Constraints Linguistic Religions and Family Status Economic Status Socio Political StatusPerception Towards Changing Cultural PatternAssociation among Status ComponentsProblems Faced by Tribe Teachers PART IIIPsychography of Tribe TeachersStatus of Tribe Teachers: The Socio-Economic DimensionPsychographic Status of Tribe Teachers: The Attitudinal DimensionComparative Status of Tribe Teachers in Terms of Level of CreativityPART IVPost Script The book is an interesting and a serious attempt to explore the problem of tribal-education in India. It attempts to juxtapose two different and too different well-defined and recognized dimensions of education viz. Teacher Education and Tribal Education within a common frame.
The volume is based on an axiom evolved way back to 1971 which holds that tribal education is best possible and can be a successful venture provided the tribe students be taught by the teachers from their own denomination. Fact reveals status of tribe teachers in Indian scenario is till unknown. An attempt to conglomerate achieved status and ascribed status of tribe teachers through ethno-pedagogic model is observed in the volume which may appear somewhat uncommon to the reader. The work recognizes the need to integrate anthropology especially the social-anthropology with that of education for better achievement of educational goals as emitted by a welfare nation-state like ours.
A thorough survey of tribal education scenario in the country is made analyzed the problems rigorously critically reviewed the recommendations of the various commissions and committees on the subject and finally enumerated the results of field based study.
Dr. Rajarshi Roy (b.1972) is Assistant Professor in National Institute of Technical Teacher Training and Research [NITTTR] Kolkata. He also served as a member of faculty in the P.G. Department of Education in a central university in Northeast India.
Being a postgraduate in Sociology and Education his area of interest is zoomed over social anthropology of education. He aims to explore the developmental strategies of vulnerable groups and is much focused over indigenous technology for their life improvement.
Dr. Roy has to his credit more than three dozens of papers in various national and international journals of repute. He was also associated to the Department of Continuing Education and presently associated with Curriculum Development Center of his present Institute.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000292.jpg
Economics,Industry and Commerce TEA OF HIMACHAL PRADESH RAM GOPAL SUD 8175413492 (HB) 2007 132pp 0.00 395.00 Historical BackgroundResearch and Development: Agrotechnique Managementand ExtensionResearch and Development: Nutrients Quality and BreedingResearch GapsIdentification of Areas of Short-term and Long-term ResearchPolicy ImplicationsAction Plan The tea of Himachal Pradesh popularly known as 'Kangra tea' needs no introduction among the tea connoisseurs due to its distinct aromatic characteristic. The book is about the history of beginning of tea its glorious past and present status. It also delves into the developments that have been made so far as a result of research and extension accomplishments and Government initiatives to sustain the tea industry of Himachal Pradesh. The book also brings to fore the challenges that Kangra tea is facing due to opening up of the World trade and suggests remedial measures. Tea industry is a potential resource of income generation and employment. This book acquaints the reader with the ongoing efforts of the Centre and State Governments to promote the tea industry of the state in order to improve the socio-economic status of its people. Prof. Ram Gopal Sud is Head Department of Chemistry & Biochemistry Chaudhary Sarwan Kumar Himachal Pradesh Krishi Vishvavidyalaya (CSKHPKV) Palampur. He is M. Sc. Gold Medalist and Ph.D (Chemistry) from Himachal Pradesh University Shimla where he also served for a year. During his teaching and research experience of 30 years he contributed 45 papers in journals of repute guided seven students for doctorate degree and organized trainings on Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) and the World Trade Organization (WTO).
Dr Sud's research work pertaining to Kangra Tea: Evaluation of quality nutrient status polyphenol profile and non-conventional teas has found application in improving the quality of Kangra tea.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000293.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT ELEMENTRY EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY J.C. AGGARWAL, S. Gupta 8175413573(HB) 9788175413581(PB) 2012

152+viii, rev. ed., 2014 reprint

130.00 495.00 Preface UNIT I CONCEPT OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY Meaning Need and Scope of Educational Technology Difference Between 'Technology of Education' and 'Technology in Education' UNIT II BASICS OF TECHNOLOGY Relationship Between Teaching and Learning Variables of Teaching Principles of Teaching UNIT III TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING Teaching Skills: Micro-Teaching Development of Specific Teaching Skills Programmed Learning Simulated Teaching Team-Teaching Computer Aided Instruction (CAI) TV Transmission: Educational Television (ETV) UNIT IV COMMUNICATION Concept of Communication Modes of Communication: Audio Visual and Audio-Visual Aids Edgar Dale's Cone of Experience and Principles of Effective Communication

Advancements in Information and Communication Technology (ICT) have influenced almost all the dimensions of education and at all levels. Consequently a new discipline 'Educational Technology' has emerged recently. In this book an attempt is made to analyze the impact of technology on the theory and practices of teaching and learning.
The focus of this publication is on four broad themes - concept of educational technology including 'Technology of Education' and 'Technology in Education' role of educational technology in teaching and learning recent innovations in education as a result of the use of technology in education and lastly the new modes of communication in education. Wherever needed the text is illustrated with appropriate charts figures and diagrams for making it more meaningful and appealing.

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks Delhi Administration Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Teacher Principal Plan Evaluation Officer and Educational Supervisor and Administrator. He also taught in a PG Teacher Training College. He is widely travelled and has written extensively on education.

S Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University Delhi and has been associated with teaching for the last twenty years. She has widely travelled in India and abroad and has participated in several school programmes. She has authored a widely acclaimed book entitled Education in Emerging India and co-authored two books viz School Management and Great Philosophers and Thinkers on Education.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000294.jpg
Economics PERSPECTIVES ON A GROWTH-ORIENTED HILL ECONOMY HIMACHAL PRADESH L.R.SHARMA 8175413433(HB) 2007 xiii+300pp 0.00 595.00 PrefaceIntroductionStrategies for Sustainable Development of Agricultureand HorticultureRANVEER SINGHModern Manufacturing Sector: Status and SuggestionsMEENAKSHI SOODAN AND KAMINI SARNAVillage Industries: Growth and Revitalization PolicyMeasuresSATISH K. SHARMATourism and DevelopmentRAVINDER N. BATTANeed and Measures for Strengthening and DiversifyingRural SectorAJAY SHARMAHimachal's Tribal EconomyH.S. PARMARUpgradation of Physical InfrastructureA.K. TIWARIFiscal Measures for Fiscal Health N.K. SHARDAStrategies for Poverty Alleviation and EmploymentGenerationDALIP S. THAKURHuman Resources-An Appraisal and Action PlanN.S. BISTStatus of Human Development and its Promotion forEconomic GrowthBASU SOOD The hill State Himachal Pradesh has made tremendous progress since Independence in terms of several indicators of development particularly those relating to education and health.

The perspectives of the contributors of different chapters of this book bring out the opportunities that abundantly exist for accelerating economic growth of the State so as to lift it to the near-top rank in the matter of all-round development. After all faster economic growth is instrumental in generating much bigger volume of wealth income employment etc. and thus helps in improving the quality of life eradicating poverty and contributing to further social sector development. For that the book argues that a potential synergy already exists between social and economic development only if the state government acts as a real facilitator of over-all development.

The policy makers researchers and students of economics may find the book useful.
Dr. L.R. Sharma retired more than a decade ago as Professor and Chairman Deptt. of Economics H.P. University Shimla. During the period of his service he was appointed by the UNDP as one of the consultants to draft the first Human Development Report of Himachal Pradesh. Presently Dr. Sharma is acting as an Honorary Consultant in the Institute of Integrated Himalayan Studies (a UGC Centre of Excellence) H.P. University Shimla. He has to his credit nearly two dozen articles in reputed journals and two books viz. The Economy of Himachal Pradesh and Quality of Life in the Himalayan Region. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000295.jpg
Economics MID- YEAR REVIEW OF THE ECONOMY 2006-2007 INIDA AT A STRUCTURAL BREAK SURJIT S. BHALLA 8175413697(HB) 2007 122 0.00 395.00 Preface; List of Tables; Introduction and Overview; Agriculture Growth in India 1950-2006;Performance of Indian Industry 1960-2006; Investment Rate and the Sustainability of Growth; Infrastructure-A Bottleneck?; Solving the Savings-Investment Puzzle; India's Public Finances; Interest Rates; Inflation and its Implications for Monetary Policy; Indian Economic Growth: 1950-2006;Social Sector Performance; Indian Equity Markets; Conclusions; Comments on the Review by the Discussants; References The book presents evidence on the determinants of economic growth in India. There are two major puzzles about the Indian economy: first, why was there so little acceleration in GDP growth despite wide ranging economic reforms introduced in the two-year period 1991 to 1993. Second, what has caused the acceleration in economic growth since 2003. In addition, the book provides evidence to document that savings, investments, and GDP growth in India reveal unambiguous signs of a structural break and hence rejects the hypothesis that 8 per cent plus GDP growth in India is unsustainable. Dr. Surjit S. Bhalla is Managing Director of Oxus Research and Investments a New Delhi-based economic research asset management and emerging-markets advisory firm. He taught at the Delhi School of Economics and worked at the Rand Corporation the Brookings Institution and at both the research and treasury departments of the World Bank. He has also worked at Goldman Sachs and Deutsche Bank.

Dr. Surjit Bhalla holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton. He is author of Imagine There's No Country: Poverty Inequality and Growth in the Era of Globalization (2002) and has just finished Second Among Equals: The Middle Class Kingdoms of India and China forthcoming Peterson Institute for International Economics (2007). He has been a member of several Government of India committees on economic policy most recently the committee on Capital Account Convertibility. He is on the board of India's largest think tank (NCAER) on the board of Gargi College Delhi University and is an appointed member of the National Statistical Commission of India. His first book Between the Wickets: The Who and Why of the Best in Cricket published in 1987 developed a model for evaluating performance in sports.





SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000296.jpg
Education RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS IN EDUCATION out of stock J.C. AGGARWAL 9788175414655(HB) 817541362X (PB) 2009

298+xii (3RD ED.)

0.00 0.00 Preface 1. Right to Education: Amendment in the Constitution (2002) Universalisation of Elementary Education 2. Education in the Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-2007) 3. Early Childhood Care and Education: Comparative Study of E-9 High Population Countries 4. Financial Estimates of the Expert Group for Making Elementary Education a Fundamental Right (1999) 5. Secondary Education for the Twenty-first Century 6. Education for Fundamental Duties: Verma Committee Report (1999) 7. Value Education: Chavan Committee Report (1999) Programme for Value Education 8. Teaching of Learning to Live Together 9. Inter-faith Values of Education for a Global Society 10. Human Rights Education 11. Education For Prevention of AIDS: AIDs Education Programme in Schools: Resources on AIDS Education 12. Education for the Prevention of Drug Abuse and Smoking 13. Environmental Education 14. Vocational Education: Exploring Vocational Education Reforms 15. Population Education: Action Framework 16. Education of the Children with Disabilities 17. Educational Rights of the Minorities Supreme Court Judgement (October 31 2002) 18. Education for Street and Working Children in India 19. Education and Challenges of Science and Technology 20. Adult Continuing and Non-formal Education 21. Empowerment of Women through Education and other Socio-economic Measures 22. Education and Guidance of Indian Adolescents 23. Correspondence Education Distance Education and Open Education 24. Teachers for the Twenty-First Century 25. Strategies for a University-Industry Cooperative Programming in Science Technology and Engineering in India 26. Quality Higher Education: Comparative Data on Select Countries 27. Education and Human Development Comparative Data on Select Countries 28. Quality Issues in Elementary Education 29. Universalisation of Secondary Education and Its Financing in India 30. Financing of Higher and Technical Education 31. Girls' Education and Common School System 32. Textbooks 33. Education of SC/ST Children and Special Needs Under Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan 34. Autonomy in Higher Education 35. Development of ECCE, Primary Education and Adult Education in India in Global Context 36. Reconstructing National Curriculum: National Currirulum Framework (NCF) 2005 37. Sachar Committee Report (2005-06) 38. Major Observations and Recommendations of the National Knowledge commission (2006) 39. S.S.A. Component: Major Observations and Recommendations (Draft) of the Working Group on Elementary Education and Adult Literacy for the 11th Plan 40. Teacher Education Component: Major Observation and Recommendations of the Working Group on elementary and Adult Literacy for the 11th Plan 41. Adult Literacy Component: Major Observation and Recommendations of the Working Group on Secondary and Vocational Education for the 11th Plan 42. Major Observations and Recommendations of the Working Group on Secondary and Vocational Education for the 11th Five Year Plan 43. Major Observation and Recommendations of the Working Group on Higher Education during the 11th Plan 44. Education in the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2012)

The role of education in meeting the emerging socio-economic challenges of the 21st century, especially in the context of ICT revolution, is the highlights of the book. It embraces in its orbit a multitude of issues from early childhood care to education for peace, 11th Five Year Plan with facts and figures which are suitably culled from authentic sources and annual reports.

Since most of the topics discussed form part of the teacher training modules, the book may prove useful to prospective and the serving teachers. Social Scientists engaged in research may also find valuable material in this volume.

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Dy. Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks, Delhi Administration, Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher, principal, plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He also taught in a PG Teacher Training College. He has widely traveled and written extensively on education.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000297.jpg
History/culture,Hindi UTTARANCHAL EK SANSKRATIK JHALAK INDU PANDEY 9788175413351(HB) 9788175413368(PB) 2006 98+iv 40.00 195.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000300.jpg
Education,General SCORING MORE MARKS IN BOARD EXAMINATIONS H.S. SRIVASTAVA 8183640125(PB) 2013

72+vi, revised. edition

80.00 0.00 1. Why this Monograph? 2. Core to inculcate for facing examinations 3. Tackling different forms of questions 4. Tackling question papers/tests 5. Attaining better success in practical examinations 6. Examiners general observations 7. Statements of students about performance shortfalls 8. Physical fitness during examination preparation   SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000301.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION OF THE MASSES A QUEST FOR PEDAGOGY VETUKURI P.S.RAJU 9788175413559(HB) 9788175413566(PB) 2007

166

150.00 400.00 Preface List of Abbreviations 1. The Quest Introduction Education of the Masses The Planning Process Pedagogy Teacher Training and Capacity Development for Quality Improvement . Census Profiles Disparities - Educational Surveys Challenges of Elementary Education 2. Educational Disparities at Elementary Level: In Support of the Quest State-Specific Evidence The Andhra Pradesh Evidence International Evidence Determinants of Discrimination 3. Pedagogy in Practice: Educational Disparities in Andhra Pradesh Literacy Profile District Profile Case Study of District Disparities Disparities in the Case Study Mandal Malikipuram Mandal Case Study Conclusion 4. Schools as Centres for Joyful Learning Outcome of the Quest Indomitable Problem Determinants of Disparities Case-study outcomes Implications Suggestions Bibliography

Education being an essential investment in the development of human resources is quite vital to the nation building process. In this regard quality has been one of the major concerns of education across all levels. With the globalisation of economy demand for quality education has become all the more prominent. Presently different sections of the society in any part of the world do not have an equal access to education especially in the developing and under-developed countries so much so that inequality in the distribution of earnings and inequality in access to education form an unabated vicious circle forcing every nation to set the clock right.
The book addresses elementary education with special reference to Universalisation of Elementary Education (UEE) and quality concerns in terms of pedagogical quests. Implementation of UEE programme depends upon a holistic planning and management strategies instrumentalities as well as methods of strategic implementation in schools. The book also attempts to make an empirical research on the basis of case study of Andhra Pradesh and reflects determinants of disparities along with implications and suggestions. It presents the perspectives of UEE vis-à-vis the emerging educational innovations and practices.
Research scholars policy makers and in-service teachers may find the book useful.

Dr. Vetukuri P.S. Raju is Assistant Professor at National University of Educational Planning and Administration (NUEPA). He is Ph.D. in Education Master of Education and Master of Commerce. He did International Diploma in Educational Planning and Administration from IIEP UNESCO France.
He has to his credit empirical research studies on equity issues in education a number of research papers presented in national and international conferences and articles published in journals and books.
Dr. Raju has deep interest in educational problems of the disadvantage groups at gross-root level.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000302.jpg
Economics,North East NORTHEAST INDIA DEVELOPMENT, COMMUNALISM AND INSURGENCY RAMASHRAY ROY, SUJATA MIRI, SANDHYA GOSWAMI 8183640117(HB) 2007

213+x

0.00 495.00 Preface Chapter One A Theoretical Perspective Chapter Two Socio-Political Antecedents of Insurgency Chapter Three A Peep into the People's Mind: Assam and Meghalya Chapter Four Meghalaya: The Crucible of Politics Chapter Five As People View Their World Chapter Six Assam: The Cauldron of Insurgency Chapter Seven Assam: As People See Their World Chapter Eight Overview Index

Northeast India: Development, Communalism, and Insurgency represents a pioneer effort in understanding the linkage among the phenomena of development, communalism, and insurgency. Heretofore insurgency has been viewed as pathology of body politic, a prime instance of the breakdown of law and order and a challenge to the legitimate centralized political authority. The present book argues against this partisan view and underlines the fact that to treat it as a problem of law and order is to turn a blind eye to the causes which, when ignored for long, lead to political violence and insurgency.

The cause of insurgency lies in the frustrated aspirations of the people with distinct socio-cultural identities by tardy development; this paves the way for the politicization of traditional socio-cultural referents of identity-formation; this, in turn, paves the way for intense political agitation which eventually graduates into political violence and insurgency if the smouldering discontent is not pacified. The root of insurgency lies in unsatisfied political demands that are considered by the agitators as Iegitimate.

This is the causal path that Development, Communalism and Insurgency traces in the Northeast, although the theoretical paradigm developed in this study has universal applicability. While developing this theoretical paradigm, the book also focuses on some important aspects of political life and relations in Assam and Meghalaya, the two foci of this study, and probes into the subjective world of the people in these two states.

The combination of these dimensions, the theoretical and the pragmatic has made this study a landmark in the study of the linkage among development, communalism, and insurgency.

Ramashray Roy is currently a visiting Fellow at G. B. Pant Social Science Institute Allahabad. He has also been the director of Centre for the Study of Developing Societies Delhi. He has been associated also with Indian Institute of Advanced Study Shimla; he has been a UGC National Professor National
Fellow of the Indian Council of Social Science Research New Delhiand a Fellow of the Indian Council of Historical Research New Delhi. He is Recipient of Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru National Award Government of Madhya Pradesh. He has written widely on such subjects as Political Parties Bureaucracy Development Gandhian Thought Vedic Philosophy etc.

Sujata Miri was a professor of philosophy at the North Eastern Hill University (NEHU). She has many books and articles to her credit and is also an accomplished painter and writer. She has held several positions during her professorship and has been visiting fellow to several institutions of repute.

Sandhya Goswami is a professor and chairperson in the Department of Political Science. Guwahati University Guwahati Assam. She did her M.A. an M.Phil. Degrees from Jawaharlal Nehru University New Delhi and PH.D. from Gauhati University. She has authored Language Politics in Assam; she has also published several research papers in prominent journals and edited books.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000303.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi PRATIBHASHALIYON KI SIKSHA HANSRAJ PAL, MANJULATA SHARMA 8175413336(HB) 8175413344(PB) 2007 152 140.00 395.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000304.jpg
Education,Sociology,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION FOR DISABLED CHILDREN RASHMI AGRAWAL, BVLN RAO 9788175416093(HB) 9788175416109(PB) 2011 216+viii 180.00 650.00 Special Education: An IntroductionDefinition of Exceptional Children;Historical Evolution of Education of the Disabled;Concepts of Impairment Disability and Handicap;Types of Disabilities;Degree of Disability;The Changing Terminology;Concepts of General Special Integrated and Inclusive Education;Concept of Education for All and Equal Opportunities of Education: A Differentiation;Objectives of Special Education;Need for Special EducationIncidence of DisabilitiesConcepts of Prevalence and Incidence of Disabilities;Prevalence of Disabilities in the World;Incidence of DisabilityChildren with Mental RetardationCategories of Mental Retardation;How to Identify Mentally Retarded;The Assessment;Causes of Mental Retardation;Preventive Measures;Disorders Relating to Mental Retardation;Helping the Mentally Retarded;Educating the Mentally Retarded;Instructions and Functional StrategyChildren with Hearing and Speech ImpairmentCauses of Hearing Disability;Hearing Disability Speech and learning;Early Detection;Assessment;Identification of Hearing Impaired (Characteristics);Educating the Hearing Disabled;Glossary of terms used in Speech Pathology and AudiologyChildren with Visual ImpairmentsCauses of Blindness;How to Identify a Visually Impaired Child;Colour Blindness;Prevention and Remedies for Visual Impairment;Tools Helpful for Visually Impaired;Dealing with Children with Visual Impairment;Education for the Visually Impaired;Pre-Requisites for Education of Visually Disabled;Teaching PlanOrthopaedically HandicappedDisorders related to Orthopaedic Handicap;Effects of Orthopaedic Impairments;Prevention;Characteristics;Measurement;Role of Teachers;How to Deal with Orthopaedic Children;Writing AidsLearning DisabilitiesCauses of Learning Disabilities;How to Identify Learning Disabled;Assessment of Learning Disability;Learning Disabilities and Attention Deficit Hyper-activity Disorder (ADHD);How to Deal With Learning Disabled Children;Pre-Requisites to Educate Learning-Disabled Child;Educating the Learning Disabled;Precautions for the TeachersAdjustment Problems of Disabled and Coping StrategiesSome Specific Problems of Disabled;Role of the Family;Role of the School;Role of CommunityIdentification and Assessment of Children with Special NeedsIdentification and Assessment;Need for Early identification;Process and Basis of Identification and Assessment;Formal Assessment;Role of Teachers in Identification and AssessmentTeaching Learning Strategies and Social Educational ProvisionsCurriculum Adjustment and Adaptation;(B) Classroom Management;(C) Peer Tutoring;(D) Teaching Strategies;(E) Teaching and Social Perception Skills;An Appropriate Teaching StrategyIntegrated and Inclusive Education for the DisabledIntegrated Education;Inclusive Education;Specific Considerations in Mainstreaming of the Disabled:(A Plan of Action)Policies and ProgrammesConstitutional Obligations Universalisation of Elementary Education;Policies for Education of Persons with Disabilities;Integrated Education;Special Institutions for the Disabled;Facilities for the Education of the DisabledAnnexureState-Wise Disabled Population by Type of Disability 2001 National Policy for Persons with Disabilities Scheme of Integrated Education for the Disabled Children (As on 01.01.2004) Guidelines for Evaluation of Various Disabilities Special Devices List of Audio Book Production Centre in India List of Braille Presses in India Mainstreaming of the disabled is a must as countries cannot afford to waste the talents of a vast section of children just because they have some disability. There are instances where disabled children have excelled in various fields. This book provides an insight into the world of the disabled their needs their problems and ways to cope with them.
The concept of mainstreaming of disabled has gradually been taking root in the education system. While such a step is eminently desirable in the larger social perspective the teachers need to acquire special abilities to identify the out of the ordinary needs of the individual child develop among themselves appropriate management skills in a class comprising children of diverse levels of learning abilities use special equipment adopt special instructional methods and material adapt the normal educational curriculum to suit the situation and above all in displaying a humane approach in handling children with special needs.
This book attempts to provide detailed guidelines to teachers in identification and effective education of children with special needs in a normal school setting. It is hoped that the material included in the book will help the teachers develop a sense of awareness about the requirements of such children and in translating this awareness into effective methods of instruction. Specific illustrations have been included for curriculum modifications and teaching strategies to suit different types of disabilities. It is also expected that the book will be useful for normal as well as disabled children to understand each other and grow and learn together in a mutually beneficial manner.
The book also explains various concepts in the field of disabilities indicates the size of the problem and outlines various current policies and programmes in the field of special education.
Dr. Rashmi Agrawal (b. 1956) is a Ph.D. in Psychology from Lucknow University. She did P.G. Diploma in Guidance and Counselling from NCERT New Delhi and later specialized in rehabilitation and counselling from the University of California USA.
She has been deeply interested in social issues and has done research work independently of her official assignments. She has authored four books entitled Drug Abuse: Socio-Psychological Perspectives and Intervention Strategies; Street Children; Gender Issues: A Road Map to Employment and Educational Vocational Guidance and Counselling; and has published/presented a number of technical papers.
She is presently working as Chief and Head of the Gender and Child Studies Unit and also Training Unit of the Institute of Applied Manpower Research Planning Commission New Delhi.
Banda Venkata Lakshmi Narasimha Rao (b. 1937) retired from Indian Statistical Services in 1995. He served in Ministry of Labour GOI in various capacities Central Institute for Research and Training in Employment Service as Director and in Planning Commission as Dy. Advisor. He also worked with ILO on projects in Bangkok and Hanoi. After retirement Rao has been consultant to organizations like NCAER NLI etc. He has presented/published many papers and co-authored a book with Dr. Rashmi Agrawal entitled Gender Issues: A Road Map to Employment.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000305.jpg
Political Science,History/culture THE INDIAN STATE AND POLITICAL PROCESS C.P. BHAMBHRI 9788175413740(HB) 9788175413751(PB) 2007 vii+360pp 395.00 950.00 Preface;Introduction;Jawaharlal Nehru: The Foundational Phase;Indira Gandhi: The Consolidational Phase Congress: Rajiv to Sonia;Bharatiya Janata Party;The United Progressive Alliance Government;The Indian State An attempt has been made to analyse the story of many Indias which co-exist within One Indian State and they also participate in democratic-electoral process at the national regional and local levels from Kashmir to Kanaykumari. Further the analytical exercise undertaken in this volume tries to link the external and internal dimensions of the Indian State and democratic political process because dialectics of a society cannot be analyzed and explained by isolating it from other societies around the world. The Grand Transition of India and its social dialectics have been explained by linking the negative and the positive developments of the last sixty years i.e. from Jawaharlal Nehru to Sonia Gandhi phase of politics. The main focus of the study is to 'demystify' the contradictory reality of democratic capitalist state of India.
The volume will be of interest to literary scholars historians and the general readers interested in Indian polity.
C P Bhambhri currently 'Distiguished Scholar' of Jawaharlal Nehru University New Delhi has been Professor and Dean of the School of Social Sciences. He also has been a Visiting Professor to McGill University Canada and Dar-Es-Salaam University Tanzania. He is a prolific writer who has published in international and national academic professional Journals and has also intervened through newspapers articles. SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000306.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION IN INDIA:DYNAMICS OF DEVELOPMENT 2nd Impression MARMAR MUKHOPADHYAY AND MADHU PARHAR (Ed.) 9788175418493(HB) 9788175418509(PB) 2016

344+viii

295.00 1250.00 Indian Education since Independence: An Overview;Marmar Mukhopadhyay Evolution of Policies in Education;Kailash Khanna Universal Elementary Education of Satisfactory Quality: An Assesment of Our Performance;Amarjeet Sinha Adult Education in India after Independence: A Critical Historical Account;H.S. Bhola Women's Education in Post-independent India;Manju Narula Gauri Srivastava Secondary Education: The Victim of Perennial Neglect;Marmar Mukhopadhyay Higher Education Story of the Past and Reconstituting the New;Sudhanshu Bhushan Technical Education: Poised at a New Crossroad;C.R. Mitra Education of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes;Sachchidananda Education of Children with Disabilities in India;Sudesh Mukhopadhyay Teacher Education;Madhu Parhar Educational Technology;Marmar Mukhopadhyay Media in Education;Madhu Parhar Open and Distance Education ;Madhu Parhar and Marmar Mukhopadhyay Financing of Education in India;J.L. Azad

There was a massive turn of events in education in the late 1990s, particularly with the emergence of right wing BJP into power. We decided to take a fresh look at the dynamics of development of Indian education, based on our experience in Indian Education: Development since Independence.
Several major institutions like CABE, ACC etc. were adapted to suit political agenda of cultural nationalism during the NDA regime. There was no qualitative shift in the regime that succeeded. It resurrected CABE, but stuffed with 'one dimensional' intellectuals. Political and bureaucratic obedience was preferred over academic excellence for the leadership position in higher education institutions. School curriculum shuttled between the 'left' and 'right', leaving students' interest in the back burner. Anti-reservation agitation by the bright students, India's future, met with water cannons, 'lathis' and gunshots when traders' agitation met with 'tears' across party lines. A dangerous trend of 'utter politicalization' of education was set in motion. This dynamics needs to be captured.
This book comprises 15 chapters; a chapter each on to elementary education, adult education, education of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, secondary education, higher education, technical education, women's education, inclusive education, educational technology, teacher education, media in education, open and distance education, and educational financing. These 13 chapters has been preceded by a chapter each on an overview of development of education since independence, and evolution of educational policies in India. Each chapter coming from distinguished specialist in the respective field adds additional value to the book.

 

Professor Marmar Mukhopadhyay former Joint Director and Director (i/c) of NIEPA was involved in educational policy making planning implementing and evaluating at the highest level. He is an articulate author with several books to his credit including Total Quality Management Story of EDUSAT and Educational Technology: Knowledge Assessment. Dr. Madhu Parhar is Reader in Distance Education in STRIDE of Indira Gandhi National Open University New Delhi. An established researcher and author has contributed to several Indian and International Journals; her book Satellite in Education is the most comprehensive research treatise on the subject.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000307.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT SECONDARY EDUCATION AND MANAGEMENT J.C. AGGARWAL, S. GUPTA 9788175416963(HB) 9788175416970(PB) 2013

xv+319 pp (2nd Ed. in 2008), 2013 impression

200.00 995.00 Preface UNIT I: DEVELOPMENT OF SECONDARY EDUCATION IN INDIA 1. Nomenclature of Secondary Education and the Characteristics of Learners at this Stage     1.1 Nomenclature of Secondary Education/School-World Overview 1.2 Nomenclature of Secondary Education/Secondary School in India 1.3 Characteristics of the Secondary Stage 1.4 Central Advisory Board of Education (CABE) Committee 2004-2005 on the Characteristics of Secondary Education 2. Significant Developments in Secondary Education in India During the Pre-Independence Period 2.1 Important Documents and Policy Decisions Having Bearing on Secondary Education 2.2 Charter Act of 18 I3 2.3 Macaulay's Minute of 1835: Macaulay as the Architect of the British System of Education in India 2.4 Lord William Bentinck's Resolution (March 7, 1835) 2.5 Formulation of the Education Policy in India 2.6 Lord Harding's Proclamation (1844) 2.7 The Despatch of 1854 and It Impact on Secondary Education 2.8 The Hunter Commission (1882) and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.9 The University Commission of 1902 and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.10 National Education Movement and National Council of Education (1906) 2.11 The Calcutta University Commission or the Sadler Commission of 1917 and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.12 The Hartog committee 1929 and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2. I3 The Sapru Committee of 1934 and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.14 The Abbot-Wood Report (1936-37) and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.15 The Sargent Report 1944 and Its Impact on Secondary Education 2.16 Expansion of Secondary Education 2.17 An Overview of the System of Secondary Education in India During the British Period 3. Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) 3.1Pattern of Education Including Secondary Education as It Existed at the Time of the Appointment of the Secondary Education Commission 3.2 Background to the Appointment of the Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) 3.3 Appointment of the Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) 3.4 Terms of Reference 3.5 Functioning of the Commission 3.6 Major Recommendations of the Commission 3.7 Evaluation of the Report and Its Impact 3.8 Impact of the Report of the Secondary Education Commission 3.9 Secondary Education Commission on the Construction of the Curriculum at the Higher Secondary Stage 3.10 Secondary Education Commission on Different Types of Secondary Schools Including Multipurpose Schools 4. Indian Education Commission or Kothari Commission (196466) on Secondary Education 4.1 Background of the Appointment of the Education Commission 4.2 Composition of the Kothari Commission 4.3 Terms of Reference 4.4 Essence of the Report -Needed Educational Revolution 4.5 Important Issues in Secondary Education (Classes VIII-XII) 4.6 National Structure of Education-Proposed by Kothari Commission 4.7 Education Commission on Curriculum Reform 4.8 Religious Education and Secular Education 4.9 Education Commission and Teachers 4.10 Common School System 4.11 Equalisation of Opportunities 4.12 Vocationalisation at the Higher Secondary Stage 4.13 Implementation of the Recommendations of the Education Commission 5. NPE (1986), Ramamurti Committee (1990-91) and Programme of Action (1992)     5.1 Secondary Education and National Policy on Education (1986) 5.2 Need for the Formulation of NPE (1986) 5.3 Process for the Formation of the NPE 5.4 Salient Features of NPE 5.5 NPE on Secondary Education 5.6 Pace-Setting Schools 5.7 Vocationalisation 5.8 Reorienting the Content and Process of Education (Part 8) 5.9 National Policy on Education, 1986: Programme of Action (POA) (1986) 5.10 Evaluation and Observations on NPE 1986 and Programme of Action 1986 5.11 Committee for Review or Ramamurti Committee on National Policy on Education, 1986 5.12 Observations on the Report 5.13 Revised National Policy on Education (1992) 5.14 NPE and Programme of Action 1992 5.15 Observations and Implementation of the Programme of Action 6. Constitutional Obligations Related to Education (With Special Reference to Secondary Education) 6.1 Education in the Concurrent List 6.2 Various Constitutional Provisions Relating to Education 6.3 Educational Administration at the National Level 6.4 A Meaningful Partnership 6.5 Constitutional Provisions and Designed Changes in Secondary Education UNIT II : SECONDARY EDUCATION IN INDIA PROBLEMS AND ISSUES 7. General Aims of Secondary Education 7.1 Significance of Secondary Education and Needs of India 7.2 Secondary Education Commission on Aims of Secondary Education in India 7.3 Aims of Secondary Education arid Education Commission (1964-    6) 7.4 Aims of Secondary Education According to Ishwar Bhai Patel     ommittee (1977) 7.5 Aims of Secondary Education as Stipulated in the National     ommittee on Higher Secondary Education or +2 Committee or Adiseshiah Committee (1977-78) 7.6 Aims of Secondary Education According to NPE, 1986 7.7 Aims as Formulated by the International Commission for the     wenty-First Century (1993-96) 7.8 Aims of Secondary Education in Behavioural or Functional or Operational Terms 7.9 Broad Aims of Education Including Secondary Education as Visualised in the National Curriculum Framework 2005 (NCERT) 7.10 Summing Up the Aims of Secondary Education 8. Quality of Secondary Education 8.1 Meaning of Quality in Secondary Education 8.2 Quality of Secondary Education in Terms of Aims 8.3 Improving the Quality of Secondary Education 9.Qualitative Expansion and Universalisation of Secondary Education: Financing in India 9.1 Reasons for Expansion of Secondary Education 9.2 Observations and Recommendations of the CABE Committee on Universalisation of Secondary Education (2004-05) 9.3 Financial Projections 10. Secondary Education for the Twenty-First Century 10.1 UNESCO International Expert Meeting (2001) 10.2 Executive Summary of the Consensus of the UNESCO International Expert Meeting 10.3 General and Selective (Vocational) Education 10.4 Cognitive and Behavioural Outcomes 10.5 Other themes identified by the meeting that Secondary Education is, or will be, facing in achieving its new objectives and functions included: 10.6 Resources and/or Strategies Needed to Respond to the New Objectives and Functions of Secondary Education and to Manage the Themes or Dilemmas 11. Secondary Education Curriculum 11.1 Curriculum Construction Framework 11.2 Mechanism of Curriculum Development in India 11.3 Brief History of Curriculum Reforms in India 11.4 National Curriculum for Elementary and Secondary Education (1988) 11.5 NCERT 'National Curriculum Framework for School Education' (2000) 11.6 National Curriculum Framework (2005) 11.7 Evaluation of the National Curriculum Framework for School Education 11.8 CBSE Scheme of Studies 12. Methods of Teaching 12.1 Need for Dynamic Methods of Teaching 12.2 Meaning of Teaching Method 12.3 Objectives and Characteristics of Good Methods of Teaching 12.4 Classification of Methods of Teaching 12.5 Brief Description of Methods of Teaching 12.6 Important Methods of Teaching 12.7 Relative Merits and Limitations of Teaching Methods 12.8 Inductive and Deductive Methods of Teaching 12.9 Analytical-Synthetic Method 12.10 Problem solving Method of Teaching 13. Human and Physical Resources 13.1 Concept and Meaning of Human and Physical Resources 13.2 Human Resources 13.3 Norms for Post Fixation 13.4 Norms for Human and Physical Resources for Secondary School (Classes IX and X) Recommended by Central Advisory Board of Education Committee (CABE Committee), Department of Education, Ministry of Human Resources Development, Government of India (2004-2005) 13.5 School Plant 13.6 Selection of School Site or Place 13.7 Higher Secondary School Buildings: Area Requirements for Different Rooms/Purposes 13.8 Types of Building Design of School (Generally Applicable to a Government school) 13.9 Secondary School Laboratories 13.10 The Playground as the Uncovered School 13.11 National Policies on Education (1986 1992): School Infrastructure 14. Administration of Secondary Education 14.1 Vital Role of the State Government in Secondary Education 14.2 State Level Educational Bodies in the Field of Secondary and Higher Secondary Education or Relating to Secondary and Higher Secondary Schools 14.3 School Boards of Education 14.4 State Council of Educational Research and Training 14.5 Administration of the School and Education Code 14.6 The Head of the Secondary School 14.7 Important Management Roles 14.8 Duties and Responsibilities of the Head of the School 14.9 Delegation of Authority/Power 14.10 Accountability in School Education: Importance, Need and Meaning 15. Evaluation 15.1 Meaning of Evaluation 15.2 Triangle of Objectives, Learning Experience and Evaluation 15.3 Purposes of Evaluation 15.4 Total Scheme of Comprehensive Evaluation 15.5 Evaluation Devices or Tools 15.6 Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation (CEE) 15.7 Main Types of Evaluation 15.8 Summative Evaluation 15.9 Formative Evaluation 15.10 Criterion-Referenced Test or Criterion Reference Evaluation 15.11 Norm-Referenced Test (NRT) or Nonn-Referenced Evaluation 15.12 Diagnostic Evaluation 15.13 Traditional System of External and Internal Examinations 15.14 Reforms in the System of Examinations 15.15 Design of the Question Papers (Secondary/Senior Secondary) 15.16 Grading Scheme of the Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE, Delhi) 15.17 Cumulative Record Card 15.18 Characteristics of a Cumulative Record 16. Vocationalisation of Education'at the Secondary Level 16.1 Meaning of Vocationalisation of Education 16.2 Need for Vocational Education at the Secondary Stage 16.3 Major Steps Taken in Vocationalisation of Education 16.4 Targets Set and Achieved in NPE, 1986 and 1992 16.5 Slow Progress and Problems of Vocationalisation 16.6 Suggestions for Accelerating Vocationalisation of Secondary Education 17. Distance Education and Open Learning 17.1 Nomenclature of Distance Education and Learning 17.2 Meaning of Distance Education 17.3 Correspondence Education, Open Learning, Formal Education and Distance Education 17.4 Chief Characteristics of Distance Education 17.5 Main Objectives of Distance Education 17.6 Merits and Limitations of Distance Education 17.7 Brief History of Distance Education in India 17.8 Distance System of Education at Work 17.9 National Institute of Open Schooling (NIOS) 17.10 Objectives 17.11 Courses Offered 17.12 Examination System 17.13 Public Examination/Scheme of Examination 18. Teacher Education at Secondary Level: Pre-Service and In-Service 18.1 Meaning of Teacher Education 18.2 Need and Significance of Teacher Education 18.3 Objectives of Secondary Teacher Education and Higher Secondary Teacher Education 18.4 Types of Teacher Education and Institutions 18.5 State of Teacher Education in India: Shortcomings 18.6 Revitalising and Modernisation of Pre-Service Teacher Education 18.7 In-Service Education of Teachers 18.8 National Council for Teacher Education (NCTE) UNIT III : SPECIFIC ISSUES AT THE SECONDARY LEVEL 19. Moral Education 19.1 Introduction 19.2 Need for Moral Education 19.3 Definition and Meaning of Moral Values 19.4 Development of Moral Values 19.5 Moral-oriented Thoughts from Religious Scriptures 19.6 Illustrative List of Programmes and Moral Values Inculcation 19.7 Role of the Teacher in the Promotion of Moral Values Among Students 19.8 Summing Up 20. Women's Education 20.1 Importance of Women's Education 20.2 Progress of Women's Education in India 20.3 Wide Gap Between Girls' Education and Boys' Education 20.4 Measures for the Promotion of Girls' and women Education 20.5 Committees and Commissions on Women's Education 20.6 Differentiation of Curricula for Boys and Girls 20.7 Co-Education at the Secondary Stage 20.8 Empowerment of Women: Equality and Education 20.9 NPE and Education of Girls 21. Study of Secondary Education System in USA, UK, Germany and Japan 21.1 Secondary Education System in USA 21.2 Secondary School as the Key Stone 20.3 Objectives of Secondary Education 21.4 Salient Features of Secondary Education 21.5 Curriculum 21.6 Beyond the Curriculum 21.7 Vocational Education 21.8 Problems at the Secondary Stage of Education in the USA 21.9 Secondary Education System in the UK 21.10 Secondary Education in England and Wales: Chief Features 21.11 Grammar Schools 21.12 Secondary Education in Germany 21.13 Secondary Education in Japan 21.14 Comprehensive Schools 21.l5 Public Schools UNIT IV: SCHOOL MANAGEMENT 22. Concept of School Management: Characteristics and Scope 22.1 Meaning of the Concept School Management 22.2 Characteristics of School Management 22.3 Objectives of School Management 22.4 Main Function of School Management 22.5 Scope of School Management: 5 M's 22.6 School Management Process 22.7 Principles of Efficient School Management 22.8 Flexibility and Not Rigidity in School Management: Management Good Servant but a Bad Master 22.9 Changing Concept, Functions and Scope of School Management: Factors Affecting School Management 22.10 Autocratic and Democratic School Management 22.11 Chief characteristics of a Well Managed School 23. Management of Human and Material Resources: Role of the Head of the School 23.1 The Authoritarian Manager and the Democratic Manager 23.2 Concept of Human-Oriented Management and Leadership 23.3 The Head of the School and Human Relations Including Relations with the Staff 23.4 Staff Meetings 23.5 Managing Human Relations with Students Parents and the Community 23.6 Significance of Each Letter of the word 'Headmaster': Qualities of the Head of the school 23.7 Managing Material Resources 23.8 Meaning of Physical Resources 23.9 Principles of Managing Material Resources 23.10 Management of School Finances 23.11 Major Characteristics or Qualities of the Head of the School for the Management of Human Resources and Material Resources 24. School Time-Table 24.1 Concept of School Time-table 24.2 Significance of the School Time-table: Spark Plug of the School 24.3 Types or Forms of a School Time-table 24.4 Principles of School Time-table Construction 24.5 Problems in the Construction of the Time-table 24.6 Tyranny of the School Time-table and Modem Protests: Flexibility of Time-table 25. Classroom Management: Role of the Teacher 25.1 Meaning and Concept of Classroom Management 25.2 Significance of Classroom Management 25.3 Importance of the Classroom as a Social Group 25.4 Four-Fold Process of Class-Room Management 25.5 Principles of Classroom Management 25.6 Influencing Factors of Classroom Management 25.7 Important Elements in the Classroom Management 25.8 Techniques of Classroom Management 25.9 Class Discipline: Code of Behaviour 25.10 Instructional Input 25.11 Instructional Input and Teaching Skills 25.12 Discipline (School Discipline and Class Discipline) 25.13 Manifold Roles of the Teacher 25.14 Characteristics and Qualities of an Effective Teacher 25.17 Summing up the Characteristics of an Effective Teacher 25.18 'A' to 'Z' of Effective Teacher and Effective Classroom Management and Instruction 25.19 Social Management and Classroom Management 26. Maintenance of School Records 26.1 Indispensability of School Records 26.2 Need of School Records 26.3 Need of School Records for the School Management, Classroom Teachers and Pupils 25.4 Maintenance and Essential Requisites of School Records 26.5 Mode of Keeping Records 26.6 Broad Classification or Type of School Records 26.7 Description of Some Important Records 26.8 Specimen of School Records 27. Organising School Library 27.1 Importance of the School Library: Library as the Hub and Centre of School Life 27.2 Important Functions of a School Library 27.3 State of School Libraries in India 27.4 Main Characteristics of a Well Managed School Library 27.5 Encouraging Students to Make the Best Use of School Library 27.6 Central or Class Library 27.7 Role of the Teachers in Encouraging Students to Use Library 28. Organisation of Co-Curricular Activities 28.1 Concept of Co-curricular Activities 28.2 Types of Co-curricular Activities 28.3 Importance of Co-Curricular Activities 28.4 Principles of Organising Co-curricular Activities 28.5 Role of a Teacher in Co-curricular Activities 28.6 Causes of Lack of Due Interest among the Students in the Co-curricular Programme 28.7 Causes of the Lack of Interest among Teachers in Organising Co-curricular Activities 28.8 Limitations of a Co-curricular Programme 27.9 Description of Various Co-curricular Activities

This is one of the few books dealing exclusively with Secondary education. It provides an extensive as well as an in-depth analysis of all important issues and problems relating to secondary education. The period covered in this book is since 1813 however focus is on the contemporary period. The volume is organized on three themes namely Development of Secondary Education in India Issues and Problems and School Management and it takes note of financial aspect also.
It highlights the often forgotten element that secondary education is the terminal stage for the majority of the population in India and as such it should receive priority over other stages of education.
The book may be an essential reading for a wide range of potential readers having interest in the subject.

J.C. Aggarwal is a former Deputy Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks Delhi Administration Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher principal plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He also taught in a Post-graduate Teacher Training College. He is widely traveled and has written extensively on education and contemporary issues.

S Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University Delhi and has been associated with teaching for the last twenty years. She has widely travelled and participated in several school programmes. She has authored a book entitled Education in Emerging India and co-authored three books.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000308.jpg
Political Science INDIAN BUREAUCRACY MALADIES AND REMEDIES HAR SWARUP SINGH 9788175413764(HB) 2007 144pp 0.00 395.00 Preface1 Introduction2 In Defense of Bureaucracy3 Lack of Specialization in Civil Services4 Establish Additional Technical/Specialized Services5 Make Bureaucracy Less Insular6 Induct More Outsiders into the Foreign Service7 Banish Elitism from Bureaucracy8 Introduce Greater Accountability in Civil Services9 End Job Reservations10 Government's Proposed Reforms11 Summary and ConclusionsEndnotesAppendixPress Release ? October 8 2004: A Rare Look at Bureaucracies: A Lecture Series with Gravitas and Shared Personal ExperiencesRole of Bureaucracies in Economic Development and Foreign AffairsIndex India's governance structure a throwback to the Raj days has to meet the challenges of lifting hundreds of millions of people out of poverty and empowering them' as citizens of a democratic polity.
The development and welfare orientation at the normative level in India does not get translated too well in positive terms into actual results of a progressive and just society. More and better plans are constantly drawn up but the bureaucracy's capacity to deliver never worth bragging about so far as development is concerned has noticeably declined over the years. Political masters and the civil service elite often resort to collusion and connivance to use public office for private gain thwarting all good intentions. Corruption and inefficiency combined with callousness in dealing with the public certainly are very serious problems. However we really ought to be looking more closely at fundamental systemic problems in administration.
Our basic civil service structure at the all-India level the focus of this book suffers from several maladies including: Lack of specialization and discrimination against specialists; insularity; lack of accountability; unsuitable recruitment and testing procedures; and faulty personnel management.
That the country persists in having such administrative setup in this day and age is nothing short of tragic. The situation is so bad that tinkering with the administrative structure even overhauling it will not do much good. The need clearly is to reform the system drastically to re-engineer it so as to have competency technical and otherwise and professionalism accountability and transparency and responsiveness and civility; let us make our civil servants civil and servants of the people. After all aren't these the imperatives of democratic governance within the overall goal of achieving rapid economic and social progress?
Ambassador Har Swarup Singh obtained a Ph.D. degree from North Carolina State University. He had a long and rewarding career in economic research including positions at Delhi School of Economics NCAER as a Director in the U. N. system and also as Deputy Executive Director at the International Cotton Advisory Committee Washington DC.
Dr. Singh took early retirement from his international civil service position in the mid-1980s to return to India where he held four high-level political appointments: Vice Chancellor of CCS-Haryana State Agricultural University; Member of the Planning Commission; Lt. Governor of Pondicherry; and India's High Commissioner to Maldives.
Dr. Singh's senior positions particularly the latter ones in India gave him an opportunity to exercise hands-on administration. Also dealing with the top political leadership in various jobs enabled him to acquire unique understanding of democratic functioning and a rich perspective on what it takes to achieve all-round progress in a developing society.
Since his retirement from a long varied and distinguished career Ambassador Har Swarup Singh is engaged in international consulting specializing in economic policy and development food security globalization and international relations and also freelances as an editor.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000310.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT TEACHING OF SCIENCE FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY PRE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHERS RAJINDER M KALRA 9788175413597(HB) 9788175413603(PB) 2011

200pp 3RD ED. IN 2007

150.00 595.00 Introduction to Science What is Science?;Nature of Learning Science; Pillars of Science Teaching;Goals of Science Programme; Teaching Learning Environment at the ElementaryLevel in the Developing Countries Three Important Elements in Elementary Teaching; Competencies to be Developed;Recent Developments in Elementary Education in India;Minimum Levels of Learning; In-service Training of Teachers;Conclusion Curriculum Development in Science Education-Based on Competence Approach Curriculum Developments in Science Education;International Perspective;Curriculum Developments in Science Education in India-An Overview; Minimum Levels of Learning Teaching of Science at the Elementary Level-Based on Competency Approach Components of "Open Competence" Approach; Teaching Learning Strategies in the Open Competence Approach Recent Approaches to Teaching Learning Science Environmental Education-An Introspection; Science Values and Applications to Daily Life Environment;Philosophy and Aims of Science Teaching; Science Teaching with a Focus on Values and Daily Life Environment Development of Exemplar Science Teaching Learning Materials Environmental Studies Units;Village Pond;Exemplary Unit; Statement of General Objectives;Specific Objectives;General Suggestions to the Teacher; Heat and Energy Change;Chemistry in Home and in Farming;Maintaining Good Health Environmental Studies and Integrated Science Teaching Activities and Projects Suggested Environmental Studies Projects at the Elementary Level; Integrated Approach to Science Education Activities at the Elementary Level in Action Motivational Devices in Science Teaching Learning Science Fair;Improvisation of Apparatuses for Teaching of Science;Academic Games in Science Teaching;Academic Games in Chemistry Teaching Development of Scientific Temper Scientific Temper-What is it?; How do we Inculcate Scientific Temper?;Ingredients of Scientific Temper Elementary School Science-Psychological Basis of Learning Learning-An Acquisition of Knowledge; Retention and Forgetting;Transfer of Training Evaluating Science Education-Based on Environmental and Integrated Approach Status of Evaluation and Examination System in India-An Introspection;Examinations and the Threat of Failure;Contract Method and Elementary Science Education Classroom Research in Science Education-Action Research Classroom Research in Ancient and Modern India; Definition of Classroom Research;Criticism of Classroom Research;How to start Classroom Research? Summary and Assignments

The most important contribution of the elementary or secondary school teacher is his/her ability to make interpretations innovations invent his/her own study units. Meaningful science education for pre-service and in-service teachers is imperative to develop study units in this direction. And qualitative rather than quantitative aspect of in-service orientation programmes is crucial.
The book emphasises on new approaches effective planning monitoring and evaluation of pre and in-service programmes to reflect upon development of desired competencies in teaching and minimum levels of learning which a pupil must acquire at the primary level. It focuses on development of exemplar science teaching learning materials; integrated science teaching activities and projects; motivational devices in science teaching and learning; classroom research etc. The book may be useful to all interested in the subject.

Prof. Rajinder M. Kalra is former Dean (Academic) NIE Prof. and Head Department of Educational Measurement & Evaluation NCERT. He got his Doctorate and Masters' in Education and Masters' in Chemistry from USA and Canada.
He has written several books and articles and won international recognition for his contributions in educational experimentation and innovations. He was honoured by the Canadian Teachers Federation Ottawa (Hilroy Fellowship) NSTA Washington STAR Awards and Chemical Institute of Canada Award Ottawa.
Dr. Kalra has been actively involved in Commonwealth UNESCO UNDP UNICEF and World Bank assisted Projects. He has been appointed as a visiting Professor in Canada and USA. He is Professor Emeritus International Institute of Adult and Life Long Education Delhi.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/9788175413597.jpg
Asia and International Studies,Political Science CONTEMPORARY SAUDI ARABIA AND THE EMERGING INDO-SAUDI RELATIONS GULSHAN DIETL, GIRIJESH PANT, A.K.PASHA, P.C.JAIN 9788175413726 (HB) 9788175413733 (PB) 2007 188+xii 200.00 450.00 Introduction ? Gulshan Dietl1. The Political Dynamics of Saudi Arabia and the Challenge of Reform-Talmiz Ahmad2. State and Oppositions in Saudi Arabia Emerging Trends-    nwar Alam3. Saudi Arabia from Oil Kingdom to Market-Girijesh Pant4. Population and Society in Saudi Arabia-Prakash C. Jain5. Iranian Nuclear Programme Saudi Concerns and Responses-Gulshan Dietl6. Saudi Arabia and the US Contextualizing an Uneasy Relationship in the Post-II September Phase-Bansidhar Pradhan7. Indo-Saudi Relations: Past and Emerging Challenges-A.K. Pasha8. New Trends in Indo-Saudi Economic Relations-Javed Ahmad KhanAppendicesI: Saudi Arabia: Basic Law of GovernmentII: Delhi Declaration, Signed by King Abdullah bin AbdulazizAl Saud of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh of IndiaContributorsIndex Saudi Arabia is a unique country at least in three specific details. One it possesses more than a quarter of the global oil reserves has been the largest oil producer for over half a century and is the only producer with a spare production capacity today. Two the holiest Islamic shrines are located in Makkah and Medina placing the country in the epicentre of the Muslim sacred space. Three it is one of the last surviving ruling monarchies and the only one that has named the country after its own family name.

Saudi Arabia is worth a scrutiny. The political economic and social situation in the country its foreign policy and Indo-Saudi relations are focused in this book. The authors with different perspectives and on different Subjects have coalesced to put together a volume that is a serious and well-rounded treatment of the theme.
Gulshan Dietl is a Professor and the Director the Gulf Studies Programme at Jawaharlal Nehru University New Delhi.

Girijesh Pant is a Professor and Chairperson in Centre of West Asian and African Studies at Jawaharlal Nehru University.

A K Pasha is Professor Gulf Studies CWAAS School of International Studies Jawaharlal Nehru University.
Prakash C. Jain is on the faculty of the School of International Studies Jawaharlal Nehru University.
SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000312.jpg
Education EDUCATION IN INDIA AFTER INDEPENDENCE JAGDISH CHAND 9788183641050(HB) 9788183641067(PB) 2016

192+viii, 2016 reprint edition

160.00 695.00 Preface 1.University Education Commission (1947-48) 2.Secondary Education Commission (1952-53) 3.Education Commission (1964-66) 4.National Policy on Education - NPE (1986) and Programme of Action (1986) 5.Modified National Policy of Education (1992) 6.Universalisation of Elementary Education (UEE) 7.Women's Education 8.Distance Learning 9.National and Emotional Integration 10.Medium of Instruction 11.Education of Weaker Sections 12.Adult Education 13.Quality Control in Higher Education 14.Secondary Education and Its major Problems: Expansion and Vocationalisation 15.Development of Teacher Education in India SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/educn_india_after_indepence.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES J.C. AGGARWAL, S. GUPTA 9788175418554(HB) 9788175418561(PB) 2016 impression

258+xiii pp,

195.00 850.00 Preface UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION 1 Essentials of Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) 2 Meaning and Nature of Early Childhood Care and Education 3 Significance of Early Childhood Care and Education 4 Objectives of Early Childhood Care and Education 5 Pedagogical (Philosophical, Psychological and Sociological) Theories or Bases of ECCE 6 Methodology of Early Childhood Care and Education 7 Methodology of Early Childhood Care and Education Suggested by Committees and Commissions 8 Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) 9 Linkage of Early Childhood Care and Education with Primary Education 10 Issues in Early Childhood Care and Education: Problems and Prosposals UNIT II: CURRICULUM TRANSACTION 11 Curriculum Transaction 12 Types of Activities 13 Activities for the Development of Motor Skills and Language Skills 14 Activities for the Formation of Concepts and Number Readiness 15 Development of Cognitive and Socio-Emotional Skills 16 Low Cost Materials for Developing Various Sills: Suggested by UNESCO 17 Evaluation in Early Childhood Care and Education Programme 18 Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation: Basic Indicators for Evaluation UNIT III: HEALTH AND NUTRITION 19 Health and Nutrition 20 Nutritional Needs of a Pre-School Child and Balanced Diet 21 Health Programme 22 Immunization: Maintenance of Health Records UNIT IV: PROMINENT PROMOTERS OF ECCE (PRE-PRIMARY OR PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION) 23 Western Educators on Early Childhood Care and Education/Pre-Primary Schooling 24 Promoters of Early Childhood Care and Education/Pre-Primary Schooling in India Appendices  

The fact is that about two third of brain development is nearly complete during the flrst two years of child's life and the rest in second two years. Hence there is need for utmost care of the child during this period. This book provides an extensive and in-depth analysis of dimensions of early childhood care and education in simple language. The book will not only be useful for students undergoing teacher training programmes but also for parents and individuals engaged in child care and the education.

].C. Aggarwal is a former Dy. Director of Education and Executive Director of the Delhi Bureau of Textbooks. Delhi Administration Delhi. He worked at the grassroots level as a Post-graduate teacher principal plan evaluation officer and educational supervisor and administrator. He also taught in a PG Teacher Training College. He has widely traveled and written extensively on education.

S Gupta is Post Graduate from Delhi University Delhi and has been associated with teaching for the last twenty years. She is widely traveled in India and abroad

 

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000314.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT M.K.SATAPATHY(ED.) 9788175413634(HB) 9788175413641(PB) 2010

xii+324 pp, 2010 IMP.

195.00 750.00 Foreword Preface Man and Environment Human Dimension of Environmental Concerns and Sustainable Development-MK. Satapathy Environmental Education Philosophy, Structure and Nature D. Dash and and M.K. Satapathy Environmental and Ecological Programmes in Higher Education-J.G Ray Perspectives of Environmental Education in College and University Environment and Sustainable Development Concept, Model and Principles-Dipak De Education for Sustainable Development: Issues and Concerns -MK. Satapathy and D. Dash Education for Sustainable Development in the Context of Teacher Education Programme-MK. Satapathy and D. Dash. Equity, Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development-B.P. Sahu and P. Ghildayal Need and Importance of Value Education for Environinental Conservation and Sustainable Development-MK. Satapathy and D. Dash Biodiversity arid its Conservation Strategies 'for Sustainable Development-A.S. Dixit and MK. Satapathy Women's Education, Environmental Sustainability and National. Development-K.K. Tiwari Environment, Biodiversity, Conservation and Sustainable Development in the Perspective of Education-Nc. Datta Understanding Microbes for Biosphere Sustainability-R. N Bisoyi Role of Mass Media in Promoting Environmental Conservation and Sustainable Development -B.N Neelima Ecological Concerns and Environment-friendly Agriculture-Shivadhar Singh . Indigenous Technology, Eco-friendly Environment and Sustainable Agriculture-P.s. Sivakumar, M Nedunchezhiyan and R. C. Ray Community Participation in Management of Forest Resources and Sustainable Development-N. Subba Rao. . Women and Environment: The Gender Difference-Dipak De . Community Awareness for Sustainable Development: A Case Study from Bhubaneswar-A.K. Patra and Paramita Pramanick References and Bibliography Index List of Contributors

Education is considered to be a powerful tool for socio-economic development, environmental protection and improving the quality of life.
The book describes various issues and concerns of environment and sustainable development, starting with human dimension of environmental conservation and sustainable development to perspectives of environmental education at school and college level with emphasis on structural and philosophy of environmental education, models and principles of sustainable development, teacher education, value education, women education and gender issues in environmental sustainability. The current concern for conservation of natural resources especially biodiversity has been emphasized in the perspectives of education.
The book is an outstanding contribution supported with data, diagrams, flow charts and illustrations. It will be useful to students, teachers, academicians and researchers from the field of science as well as social science having interest in the fields of environmental education and sustainable development

M.K. Satapathy is Professor and Head, Department of Education in Science, Mathematics & ICT in North-East Regional Institute of Education (NCERT), Shillong.
Dr. Satapathy worked as a Post-Doctoral Fellow at the International Rice Research Institute, Philippines on Sustainable Agriculture during 1991-93 and visited countries such as UK, Singapore, Thailand and Malaysia for attending conferences and workshops. Besides supervising a couple of students for Ph. D in Botany and Environmental Education, he has authored two books and published many research papers, reviews and popular articles in national and international journals of repute. Apart from sustainable agriculture, Prof. Satapathy has interest in educational innovations especially in science and environmental education in the country.

SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000315.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT EDUCATION IN INDIA DURING BRITISH PERIOD JAGDISH CHAND 9788183640213(HB) 9788183640220(PB) 2009

vi+121 pp, 2009 impression

130.00 300.00 Preface 1.Macaulay's Minute (1835) 2.Woods Despatch (1854) and Indian Education Commission (1882) 3.Lord Curzon's Educational Policy and National Education Movement 4.Growth of National Consciousness: National Education Movement 5.Gokhale's Bill, Government Resolution on Education and Sadler Commission (1917-1919) 6.Government of India Act (1935) and Wardha Scheme of Education (1937) 7.Sargent Report (1944) 8.Overview of the System of Education During the British Rule   SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000316.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi SWATANTRA BHARAT MEIN SHIKSHA KA VIKAS JAGDISH CHAND 9788183640336 (HB) 9788183640343 (PB) 2014

228+viii pp, 2014 impression

150.00 550.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000317.jpg
Education,Human Rights,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi MULYA, PARYAVARAN AUR MANAV ADHIKAR KI SHIKSHA IInd EDITION JAI SHREE 9788175413375 (HB) 9788175413382 (PB) 2008 294+x, 2009 imp. 180.00 550.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000318.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi ADHIGAM NIRYOGYON KI SHIKSHA HANSRAJ PAL, ASHA PAL 9788175413894 (HB) 9788175413900 (PB) 2008 116pp, 2014 imp. 120.00 395.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS 0.00 http://www.shiprapublication.com/images/book/thumbimgs/000319.jpg
Education,M.Ed/B.Ed/DIET/ETT,Hindi PARYAVARAN SHIKSHAN JAI SHREE 9788183640275 (HB) 9788183640282 (PB) 2014

168+viii, 2014 revised edition

140.00 350.00 SHIPRA PUBLICATIONS